0.0 – Christian Science Publication Contents

FOREWORD: Matter now has been entirely excluded as an objective substance over which we have little or no control. This means that all of mankind and its universe must be dematerialized and now understood to be scientifically spiritual. This great truth will transform science, theology, and medicine in ways we can barely begin to imagine. Since it is the science that has always existed, it must be a principle consisting of laws which govern everything with absolute perfection. It must, in fact, be an unchanging, invariable science which mankind can understand and depend upon for every conceivable need. Taking incorrect beliefs and trust out of matter which seems to exist outside of ourselves, “out there,” we will find that we have complete control of our lives. Our health, welfare, happiness, and our fears, hatreds, “bad luck,” will come not from “out there” but will be seen as under our own mental control, as our protection from evil and our source of all good.     -- Please see publication to view complete Foreword.

The Comforter 
Physics to Metaphysics 
To my husband, Brent,with love & gratitude, for his dauntless encouragement & significant help in bringing this book to fruition. 
Copyright  2016 by Yvonne Reus All rights reserved. 
ISBN: 
ISBN-9781534777316: 
Library of Congress Control Number: 2016909298 CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, North Charleston, SC 
Physicists now know that the universe and all it contains is not the expression of something objective to us which we have called “matter.” Instead, it is now known that all of creation is the manifestation of Mind, Consciousness. The more this assertion is studied the more it shows that our glorious universe, and all of its infinite detail, is meant for its highest idea, man. Matter now has been entirely excluded as an objective substance over which we have little or no control. This means that all of mankind and its universe must be dematerialized and now understood to be scientifically spiritual. This great truth will transform science, theology, and medicine in ways we can barely begin to imagine. Since it is the science that has always existed, it must be a principle consisting of laws which govern everything with absolute perfection. It must, in fact, be an unchanging, invariable science which mankind can understand and depend upon for every conceivable need. Taking incorrect beliefs and trust out of matter which seems to exist outside of ourselves, “out there,” we will find that we have complete ...control of our lives. Our health, welfare, happiness, and our fears, hatreds, “bad luck,” will come not from “out there” but will be seen as under our own mental control, as our protection from evil and our source of all good. This volume not only goes into detail concerning the “great discovery” but also gives some examples of how my own use of this new science has transformed my own life. I learned that a woman, Mary Baker Eddy, in the 1800’s before physicists discovered the nothingness of matter and allness of Mind, had not only discovered and proved it but had taught others how to use it to heal & improve their lives. She, in fact, is the one who founded this “new science” in human consciousness many years before the physicists. I believe you will find her story amazing and a window into how mankind will finally be able to use the one universal Mind for our advancement out of sin, sickness, disease, misfortune, and death. She wrote in her book, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures: “Mind, supreme over all its formations and governing them all, is the central sun of its own systems of ideas, the life & light of all its own vast creation; and man is tributary to divine Mind. The world would collapse without Mind, without the intelligence which holds the winds in its grasp.” (209:5) Evan Walker PhD, a physicist, writes: “We have fathomed the relationship between mind phenomena and quantum mechanics – between miracle and physics. In all of this , we can see that the miracles of our faiths, which seemed to defy all reason, now lie within the grasp of our understanding. These things do not violate the laws of the universe but rather form a part of a reality that bonds man, mind, and God together in a lawful and knowing universe. We can now understand that these miracles are the inevitable consequence of our own being.” (E. Walker PhD, The Physics of Consciousness, p.336, Basic Books, Perseus Books Group, NY 2000) 
Table of Contents 
Chapter  1   Physicists’ Life-altering Discovery and Its Profound Ramifications for Mankind . 1 The Comforter and Its Vast Spiritual Implications for Science .......................................... 19 Chapter 2  Physics Yielding to Metaphysics in My Own Experience ...................................... 25 My Quandary Answered by a Dream ................................................................................. 25 The Dream Fulfilled ............................................................................................................ 29 The Dream's Interpretation ............................................................................................... 33 Chapter 3  The Comforter and its Vast Spiritual Implications for Theology .......................... 41 Chapter  4   The Comforter and Its Vast Spiritual Implications for the Medical Profession .. 52 Overcoming the Illusion of Matter .................................................................................... 62 More Testimonies .............................................................................................................. 72 Chapter 5  Mary Baker Eddy: Revelator of the New Physics ................................................. 83 Her Early Years Prior to Her Revelation  1821-1866 .......................................................... 83 Chapter 6   First Period of Mrs. Eddy’s Founding of Christian Science   1866-1877 .............. 97 Chapter  7  Second Evolutionary Period  1878-1882 ........................................................... 118 Chapter  8  Third Evolutionary Period     1883-1885 ............................................................ 124 Chapter  9  Fourth Evolutionary Period     1886-1890 ......................................................... 127 Chapter  10  Fifth Evolutionary Period    1891-1901 ............................................................ 136 Chapter  11  Sixth Evolutionary Period   1902-1906 ............................................................ 164 Chapter  12  Seventh Evolutionary Period     1907-1910 ..................................................... 181 Chapter 13  Epilogue to the Life of Mary Baker Eddy .......................................................... 221 Bibliography ......................................................................................................................... 246 
1 
The Comforter 
Chapter  1   Physicists’ Life-altering Discovery and Its Profound Ramifications for Mankind 
Did you know that in all the universe there is no matter, not one atom of matter--- that, in fact, all is mind or consciousness instead?   Did you know that physicists have been studying and have accepted this amazing fact of the allness of mind for decades now, one that is proving to be a profound game-changer for life on earth?  Their conclusion and its awesome ramifications are now viewed to be so profound that it is seen by them as a paradigm-shift, the most important in human history!  Understanding these ramifications will propel life on this planet light-years ahead.  Yet, I thought to myself as I read the book spread out on my lap, “hardly anyone knows this!”  Somehow the physicists’ historically important conclusions have not filtered out into the general public’s knowledge.  Unless one has a special interest in physics and reads up on their latest findings or researches their websites on-line, the public remains clueless, completely in the dark about the most transforming fact to come to humanity’s attention and aid in the past two thousand years!  I thought to myself, “I am going to write a book.” I continued reading the book on my lap.  It was not a book about physics, yet every page was full of facts about the profound game- changer physics had discovered and now follows. Seven years later, here is my book. 
Of course, the great majority of people manage to get through life without ever knowing or caring about what physicists have discovered!  They put up with the good and the bad and learn how to cope.  There are others, however, who do give some thought to the more philosophical questions we have come to wonder about over the centuries.  For instance, Is the universe a result of design or just an accident?  Is life a quirk of fate or is there a purpose, a God?  What are we made of?  What is time and space?  Why am I here? 
Is there life after death?  Is there really such a thing as out-of-body experiences?  Is there really a heaven and a hell?  Are these things real, like mind-reading, miracle healings, telegraphy (communicating with the mind alone), telekinesis (moving things about with the mind)?   Due to a life-changing fact that has won acceptance by physicists everywhere, the answer to all of these questions can now be known.  Let us begin with what most people believe to be the truth concerning themselves and life in general. 
Do you believe that you are a formation of matter, that your body, your health, your happiness, your longevity is at the  mercy of your body, your inheritances, or things “out there “over which you have little or no control?  Do you believe that your mind is or is in your brain?  You would be wrong on all counts!  How will the true scientific facts affect us, individually and world-wide?  The implications of this grand discovery of the universal allness of one Mind, for religion, science, the medical profession, universal education, and world peace, are enormous, transformative.  We will look at God, mankind, the world, the universe, our health, happiness, and religion, from an entirely different perspective, and thereby gain a true understanding of the universal science which governs all.  It will lead to 
2 
the complete mastery of our lives and profound joy. The discovery of this always-has-been science, even when only a little of it is known and practiced, will begin to bring a peace, a unity, a prosperity unknown to us since before “the fall” of mankind mythologized in the Bible’s “Adam and Eve” story.  I myself know very little about physics, but I do know something about the wonderful truth that has always been the actual science of everything--- the Science of Mind.  This Science is fundamental, infinite, eternal, and turns upside down our old, outdated scientific beliefs.  This book is about that discovery, on two different levels, of the foundational principles of the discovery, and their ramifications, which are already bearing fruit for mankind. 
Here are some of the physicists’ remarks about their findings which are convulsing their field of endeavor as well as the world itself.  You will see that one of its most important results is the bringing together of the religions of the world to accept the fact that there is only one Mind, one Consciousness, one Truth, that it is good and, that it is the governing science or Principle of the universe.  It will operate to bring all of mankind under this saving grace---no more mysticism, radical religious views of whose God is the true one, but one acknowledgement of all being included in the one divine Consciousness of the universe. 
Helping to get out the word will, I hope, serve to foster a greater interest in and understanding of the wonderful implications of this all-enveloping discovery. 
Phil Davies, a physicist, writes:  “…the concrete reality of the world ‘out there’ has dissolved.  In daily life a chair is still a chair, is it not?  Well---not quite.  Chairs are made of atoms.  How can lots of ghosts [atoms] combine together to make something real and solid? 
Through decades of experiments, physicists have learned that it is the observer himself that has “…the power to focus the fuzziness of atoms into sharp reality.”  This is called by physicists the “quantum factor.”  “The commonsense view of the world, in terms of objects that really exist ‘out there’ independently of our observations, totally collapses in the face of the quantum factor.” (Davies, God and the New Physics, 107)  “David Bohm, a leading quantum theorist, in his book Wholeness and the Implicate Order, says:  “The common division of the world into subject and object, inner world and outer world, body and soul, is no longer adequate.”  (Ibid., 112) 
The findings of quantum theory have rattled the physics world, for it indicates that the world of the infinitesimals, atoms and their constituents, which seem to move about in complete uncertainty, are not as indecisive as once thought.  “What they finally concluded shattered all previous physics determinations.  They discovered that the “nebulous world of the atom only sharpens into concrete reality when a human observation is made of it!  In the absence of an observation, the atom is a “ghost.”    It only materializes when you look for it…The reality that the observation sharpens into focus cannot be separated from the observer…”  (Ibid., 103, emphasis mine)  In other words, the infinitesimals await the participation of a conscious observer before snapping into shape!  In other words, the mind governs the body---never does the body, including the brain, govern the mind!  “…the new physics has given ‘the observer’ [mind] a central role in the nature of physical reality.  A growing number of people believe that recent advances in fundamental science are more likely to reveal the deeper meaning of existence than appeal to traditional religion.  In any 
3 
case, religion cannot afford to ignore these advances.”  (Ibid., 8)  And, I might add, neither can the medical profession. John Wheeler, another physicist, speaking at a symposium at Princeton in 1979, remarked that the need of an observer in the nature of creation represents the universe as a self-observing system, responsible for the retroactive creation of reality---even a reality that existed before there were people. (Ibid., 110-111) The physicists’ findings gave me hope that at long last science was furnishing proof of the importance of mind, excluding a belief in matter, as the absolute necessity for true science---a science that governs the universe and man.  It would have to be a science that all human beings could grasp and use for the betterment of themselves and society.  It would have to be demonstrable in every way for every situation, including health.  Of course, the physicists were not really discovering a new science. Their experiments were simply authenticating a science that has always been, yet not anticipated, for it did not fit their presumed views of matter. What would they make of it?  This quote begins to express their deeper sense of its discovery:  “There is…a growing awareness that the theory contains some astonishing insights into the nature of the mind and the reality of the external world, and that full account must be taken of the quantum revolution in the search for an understanding of God and existence…whatever one’s religious persuasions, the quantum factor cannot be ignored.”  (Davies, God and the New Physics,100-101) Greatly heartened by what I was learning, I began to read, over the coming years, other physics books in order to catch up with their advancing thought.  I found that it was at last affirming a teaching I had found, followed and proven for myself since the early ‘60’s: This teaching, which came to light in the mid-to-late 1800’s (before the physicists discovered the nothingness of matter and the allness of Mind!) includes these facts:  1) Matter is the manifestation of mind.    2) Objects are not objective, but subjective---not “out there” separate from you, but in your mind, or consciousness    3) Objective reality does not exist    4) Our mind can alter matter, transport matter, translocate matter.   5) Mind is the primary reality.    6) Matter is “shadow.”    7) Matter is not physical but formed of ideas.    8) Objects are only the sum of their qualities.    9) Objects are not objective, but subjective, which we have formed ourselves.   10) We see only what we have been taught to see, as we are, not as it is.   11) Body is illusion.   12) The world is constructed from principles instead of units of matter.  In other words, matter is out and Mind is in! 
I had found to my great joy that quantum physics is right on board with these articles of my faith.  They are on the cusp of a wonderful Truth. Because of the ramifications of these advancements in physics, and a revelation including them, we stand at the threshold of a revolution in thinking that transcends  anything that has happened in 2,000 years!  In fact, this revolution with its ramifications, makes up the body of this book.  All human thought, all of its religions, sciences, social and economic structures, must come to agreement on the principles and laws that govern the universe, including man.  Only then can we all work as one and the world be at peace. The physicists were not discovering a new science. Their experiments were simply authenticating a science that has always been, something which many of them have begun to 
4 
discern, but have not yet fully grasped. Now, may I be so bold as to proclaim to you what they are beginning to realize they have found? Physicists have found the basic truth about what God, man, and the universe are! 
This finding will save the world, for mankind’s understanding of it will revolutionize not only the way we think about and deal with each other, but also will enable us to apprehend the great fact that God and man are one, one infinite Mind and its infinite manifestation. The following quote from Davis summarizes my own thoughts on the subject:   “Considering that the quantum theory is now several decades old [now about eight decades] it is remarkable that its stunning ideas have taken so long to percolate through to the layman.” (Davies,  God and the New Physics, 100, emphasis is mine)  Perhaps the physicists do not yet know enough themselves to translate their findings to the laymen.  One must first have an elevated sense of what God (Truth) is before any instruction can begin.  The great Cause of the universe and its laws must be studied and demonstrated in ordinary life situations and then it can be taught. “There is, however, a growing awareness that the “new physics” contains some astonishing insights into the nature of the mind and the reality of the external world, and that a full account must be taken of the quantum revolution in the search for an understanding of God and existence…whatever one’s religious persuasions, the “quantum factor” cannot be ignored.”  (Ibid.,100-101) The physicists’ findings had certainly percolated through to my waiting thought and lit a hopeful spark in my view of the times in which we now find ourselves.  Were they, in their further research,  beginning to apprehend the depth and breadth of their findings?  As I researched, over several years, more of their writings on the subject, to my surprise and joy, they were gaining even more than I had dared hope!  You see, I had already read and studied and proven to my satisfaction the definitive book on the subject; it had been in my possession since 1961!  In fact, the book had first been published in 1875, long before the physicists had discovered the nothingness of matter!  Its scientific message even surpasses the latest physics books on the subject today!  The book is titled Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures, by Mary Baker Eddy.  If you have heard of it, you may have believed it was all about healing without doctors which you thought was questionable if not crazy! 
However, you would get an entirely different view of it as you continued to read, for its entire thesis is based on the “new” physics of today!  The book is full of proofs of the truth behind the physics.  In fact, many people are already studying it to learn how to use the fact that there is nothing “out there” but that all is in Mind, (capitalized because Mind is God, the one Consciousness behind the universe). The world is destined to learn how the now accepted fact that mind is all and matter is nothing affects every aspect of our lives---for the good. Mrs. Eddy’s book deals with the ramifications of what physicists have learned about reality long before they, even to this day, have grasped.  It explains the entire idea of the universe and man being the reflection of Mind, which she calls the “divine Mind.” Physicists have begun to realize that the so-called miracles of the Bible can be explained by their findings. The miracles of Jesus, his disciples and apostles as well as the Old Testament prophets, Moses and others, relied on their apprehension of the great fact that man’s Mind is 
5 
the timeless Principle of the universe, the Mind that is also divine Love.  It was the operation of this science that has been a forever fact of creation, which the spiritually-imbued Bible characters knew and that enabled them to do their mighty works.  We all have access to this Mind, the universal Consciousness of good, of Life, Truth, and Love.  In fact, we are embraced in this infinite Mind. It was a woman, Mary Baker Eddy, 2,000 years after Christ Jesus, who was able, through her reverence for God, compassion for mankind, and constant, persistent searching for the truth of healing sickness and disease outside of medicine and surgery (which were very elementary in her day), that enabled her to receive the revelation that explained how spiritual healing is done.  Her story is a holy one which, when given its rightful place in the hearts of people everywhere, will raise the standards of mankind a thousand-fold.  From 1866-1910, Mrs. Eddy founded a system of metaphysical healing based upon the reflection of divine intelligence.  The term “metaphysics,” according to the 1928  Webster’s Dictionary, is defined as “…the science of mind or intelligence.”  This so happens to now be the main field of inquiry among physicists! Today’s scientists are discovering Mrs. Eddy’s concept of God as the basic Principle or Mind of the universe.  Einstein’s concept of God was the “spirit manifest in the laws of the universe” and  “a God who reveals Himself in the harmony and beauty of what he called “the mind of God” which he saw as being expressed in the creation of the universe and its laws.  He said, “Try and penetrate with our limited means the secrets of nature and you will find, that behind all their discernible laws and connections, there remains something subtle, intangible, inexplicable.  Veneration for this force beyond anything we can comprehend is my religion.  To that extent, I am, in fact, religious.”  He also said:  ‘Science without religion is lame;  Religion without science is blind.’”  (New York Times article, 1930) 
“When asked if he believed in God he answered, “I’m not an atheist…The problem involved is too vast for our limited minds.  We are in the position of a little child entering a huge library with books in many languages.  The child knows someone must have written those books.  It does not know how.  It does not understand the language in which they are written.  The child dimly suspects a mysterious order in the arrangement of the books but doesn’t know what it is.  That, it seems to me, is the attitude of even the most intelligent human being toward God.  We see the universe marvelously arranged and obeying certain laws but only dimly understand these laws.”  Einstein also admired the philosopher Spinoza’s contribution to modern thought that ‘the soul and body [is] one, and not two separate things.’”  (Ibid.) ( G.S. Viereck’s book, Glimpses of the Great, 1930)   This is a primary teaching in Christian Science. Einstein did not believe that miracles proved the existence of God but that it was, in fact, the absence of miracles that reflected His presence, that the world was comprehensible through laws, was alone worthy of awe.  Little did Einstein know that all of the basic Truth of God, man, and the universe that he assumed must take up a huge library had already been written---just one book in one language, the language of Spirit, which man will in time re- learn, that sets out the laws of a marvelous universe that we will eventually use understandingly, a book, [Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures] which beautifully 
6 
marries the workings of science with the workings of religion.  This, of course, is a necessity. It means both must be demonstrable according to the laws of the universe. There can be no mysticism, mystery, miracles, or veiled beliefs for only a select number of adherents.  Universal laws, like mathematics, must be understandable and useable by anyone in the universe.  Principle is changeless, dependent on nothing outside of itself, eternal, learnable, and certainly should express uniformity of action wherever and whenever applied correctly.  Like math, which is manifestly metaphysical, it works perfectly when used with understanding.  It cannot be dependent on persons, things, atmosphere, or material situations.  It is infinite, eternal, and governs everything in the universe, including everything that has to do with mankind. Einstein is known to have been an extraordinarily original thinker and one of the greatest scientists to have ever lived.  His summations concerning God agreed in many ways with Mrs. Eddy, but she did not have his views to refer to when she wrote her book about God and the universe.  Einstein was born in 1879.  She published the first edition of Science and Health in 1875, four years before Einstein was born. In fact, Einstein visited Christian Science churches and studied Science and Health in their Reading Rooms.  One afternoon, after his study, he said to the Reading Room librarian in a New York City Reading Room: “I wonder if you folks realize what you have in these books.”  (Helen Wright,  Star of Boston, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Helen M. Wright Publishing, 1998,  12) In fact, even to this day, we have not fully apprehended what is in Science and Health.  It is based on a universal Science that will, when understood by most of the world’s inhabitants, bring in the millennium.  What it teaches is awesome, and there are physicists, other scientists, theologians, and doctors looking into it and agreeing with it.  It is the true science behind the universe. After one of Einstein’s frequent visits to New York’s Fifth Church Reading Room, he had a conversation with its librarian, Mary Spaulding, wife of the famous violinist, Alfred Spaulding.  (This is according to an affidavit made by Mrs. Spaulding.)  He remarked, “Science and Health is beyond this generation’s understanding.  It contains the pure science. 
And to think that a woman knew this over eighty years ago!”  He marveled that a woman had discovered the nothingness of matter, a fact with which advanced scientists of today have only recently begun to reason.  In Einstein’s words, “Matter as matter does not exist.” (Ibid., 10)   Einstein was also a frequent visitor of the Princeton, New Jersey Reading Room. 
He would spend an hour or two just reading Science and Health.  One day as he was leaving, he said to the librarian, ‘If everyone realized what is in that book [Science and Health], you would not have room enough anywhere to accommodate the people who would be clamoring for it.”  (David Keyston,The Healer, Cross and Crown Publications and Healing Unlimited, 1996, 189)  This actually happened as it became more widely known.  Lectures on Christian Science at halls and churches in the United States and Europe would fill up quickly, long before the lecture was scheduled to begin, and people had to be turned away. Mrs. Eddy went much further than Albert Einstein in his surmisings.  He stuck his toe in;  she bathed in the revelation that God was the Principle behind all that is, the infinite One of all being.  From the time of her revelation in 1866, when she was forty-five years 
7 
old, until her passing in December,1910, she devoted her life to defining this Principle, working over many years translating her comprehension into a language that this age can begin to understand and demonstrate.  She explained the great fact that the universe is an ever-unfolding of a timeless, changeless intelligence---order, harmony, and beauty being its hallmark.  She then did what scientists today, for the most part, are not yet doing.  With deep prayer, searching the Scriptures to explain its God-sent message, and then reasoning out from God, the divine Principle of all, she began applying what she was learning to the many human “problems” that did not “agree” with her enlightened sense of God and man.  Using this reasoning, she healed many cases of sickness, disease, and bodily disorders, and taught her students to do the same. If what was revealed to her was the absolute Truth, then it must be provable again and again.  It must be a law of annihilation to all that does not conform to it.  The conclusion she was coming to, that there is no matter and that the only Mind is God, as well as her love for mankind, enabled her to heal, to prove again and again, as no one else has since Jesus Christ was on earth, her insight into the nature of God as the divine Principle, Love.  Her healing work is detailed later in the book. What was Mrs. Eddy finding from her study of the Scriptures and her healing work? 
She did not have the science labs to carry out experiments, or colleagues to talk with concerning her findings.  She listened to what her Mind, God, was telling her. Of late, many of today’s physicists are finding that they cannot leave God, or intelligence, out of the universe as the primary Cause of it.  This shift in thinking has caused a great stir in their ranks. They are being driven irresistibly towards standpoints of Christian Science regarding the nature of matter and the meaning for mankind.  In fact, they can find their standpoints embodied in “the scientific statement of being” in Science and Health:  “There is no life, truth, intelligence, nor substance in matter.  All is infinite Mind and its infinite manifestation, for God is All-in-all.  Spirit is immortal Truth;  matter is mortal error.  Spirit is the real and eternal;  matter is the unreal and temporal.  Spirit is God, and man is His image and likeness.  Therefore man is not material; he is spiritual.”  (S&H 468) The proofs of God’s Being as the Mind or Consciousness encompassing the universe multiplied to the point where many thousands were healed of just about every physical discord known to man---most instantaneously.  The practitioners learned, from the study of Christian Science, to reason as a mathematician who is trying to solve a mathematical equation.  He could not hope to solve it from the problem, but must look to the principle governing the type of problem, be it addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division.  The problem is “solved” only by first understanding and working from the ever- present, ever-operative, impersonal principle (laws or rules governing the solving of the “problem”) which apply specifically to it.  The problem is solved entirely through the operation of Mind, intelligence.  Nothing material needs to be applied to it for it is metaphysical (“having, or pertaining to real being or essential nature of reality.”  Webster). 
The whole universe is completely composed of and reliant on Mind.  The principle of math and music is the same Principle of everything else;  thus, all is  harmonious. 
8 
To Jesus, the harmony was not miraculous, but the natural, normal working of divine Principle as he applied it mentally to everything which presented itself to him as inharmony.  He told us we would do the same.  “He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also.”  (King James Bible, John 14: 12)  Anyone who discerns the true Science behind the universe can learn to use it!   Jesus Christ’s mission was the greatest life-giving mission to mankind, for it pointed us to a divine Principle which he understood and used daily, a Science far beyond the knowledge and understanding of the people of his day.  “The Christ was the Spirit which Jesus implied in his own statement:  “I am the way, the truth, and the life;  I and my Father are one.”  He knew that man is the reflection of God, Mind, the Observer looking into His own reflection or manifestation, and seeing Himself, expressed as man, including the universe!  The “Subject” and the “object” of the universe!  There is only one “Subject” or “Observer” or “Mind”---God.  God and man are truly one.  Man is as non- material as God.  Man is so much more than he believes he is!  He can learn to govern his life using Mind Science, and his life will be forever harmonious.  He will lack nothing, for all “things” are ideas which originate in Mind and reflected by man, including the universe. “This Christ, or divinity of the man Jesus, was his divine nature, the godliness which animated him.  Divine Life, Truth, and Love gave Jesus authority over sin, sickness, and death.  His mission was to reveal the Science of celestial being, to prove what God is and what He does for man.”  (S&H 26)   “Celestial being” is heaven!  Not up in the sky somewhere, but right here!  Obtaining it means changing our perspective about what is real and what is unreal. It’s what the physicists are having to do!  “The infinite Principle is reflected by the infinite idea and spiritual individuality, but the material so-called senses have no cognizance of either Principle or its idea. The human capacities are enlarged and perfected in proportion as humanity gains the true conception of man and God.”  (S&H 258) 
The scientists of today are finding that the world we live in is very different from what most people believe. When finally taught and understood, the ramifications for mankind are incalculable!  We are headed for a metaphysical answer to every question regarding “the big three,” science, theology, and medicine!  Metaphysical reasoning will reach into every area of life. The basic science is the use of Mind, not the application of matter.  No one has ever seen life in matter;  they have seen so-called matter exhibiting the effects of life, intelligence, and power.  Physicists and Science and Health call matter an illusion, and no illusion can be truth. In her book, The People’s Idea of God, Mrs. Eddy states, “Every step of progress is a step more spiritual.  The great element of reform is not born of human wisdom;  it draws not its life from human organizations;  rather it is the crumbling away of material elements from reason, the translation of law back to its original language,---Mind, and the final unity between man and God.”  (1) We will see the truth of this “crumbling away” through the following samples of physicists’ changing views of reality.  When the impact of what they are even now learning begins to take hold on their consciousness with its inevitable Truth; when they begin to publish it as the “final equation,” as the “Mind of God,” (as, you will see, they are now doing!) this new perception of reality will burst upon the world scene with the brilliance of a 
9 
“Big Bang!”  Of course, those who have been studying Christian Science have long been aware of the “Mind of God,” for the illumination of its coming to the human consciousness has been redeeming and restoring them for generations.  They “Wait patiently for divine Love to move upon the waters of mortal mind, and form the perfect concept.  Patience must have her perfect work.”  (S&H, 454) We have been looking at our universe from the wrong perspective for so many thousands of years that we, as a general populace, are unable to think “outside the box” of the old disproved view of  brain-matter being mind.  Most people believe their brain is their mind.  Physicists’ views have undergone such a great change in the past century and into this one.  Science and Health is full of passages about matter-views and how they are completely erroneous.  As “asleep” as most of the world still is to the Truth concerning the all-power of Mind and the nothingness of matter, the “little book,” Science and Health, has begun a stirring, an overturning, an awakening to its unfolding power.  The truth of spiritual being, as opposed to material being, now known to be erroneous, is powerful enough to lift the veil of human beliefs and assert the reality of omnipotent Mind as the creator and governor of the universe and man.  Christ Jesus reflected this Mind when he overcame every material “law” with the divine law of Spirit.  The Science of Christ, or Christian Science, proves this law to be impersonal, ever-available, and ever-operative for all who learn how to use it. Mrs. Eddy writes: “Belief in a material brain, from which may be deduced all rationality, is slowly yielding to the idea of a metaphysical basis, looking away from matter to mind as the cause of every effect.  Materialistic hypotheses challenge metaphysics to meet in final combat.  In this revolutionary period, the shepherd boy with his sling, woman goes forth to battle with Goliath.”  (S&H 268: 6-13)  The theories I combat are these: 1.That all is matter;  2.That matter originates in mind, and is as real as Mind, possessing intelligence and life…Matter and Mind are opposites.  One is contrary to the other in its very nature and essence;  hence both cannot be real.  If one is real, the other must be unreal;  3. Only by understanding that there is but one power,---not two powers, matter and Mind,---are scientific and logical conclusions reached.”  (Ibid, 269:29-31; 270:5-10) We see every day the abundant evidence of an intelligent force.  The qualities of order, purposeful movement, balance, plan, system, form, intricacy, etc. could not be the outcome of a blind, unintelligent, crude, brute force.  Such a notion defies simple reason. 
Man originated none of it. That non-intelligence brings forth intelligence has never been proven and has never been observed or documented.  If we see calamity, accident, plagues, famine, beastliness, severe climate, disease, want, and woe, could it be that we have not yet discerned man’s true identity and that of the universe as ideas of the one infinite Mind?  The dawning of this integrated concept, when finally admitted and learned by all, will bring in the millennium.  It will be the answer to Jesus’ prayer that all men may be one, (one in spiritual understanding).  (John 17: 21) “Mind is the I AM, or infinity.  Mind never enters the finite.  Intelligence never passes into non-intelligence, or matter.  Good never enters into evil, the unlimited into the limited, the eternal into the temporal, nor the immortal into mortality.  The divine Ego, or individuality, is reflected in all spiritual individuality from the infinitesimal to the infinite.” 
10 
(S&H 336: 1-8)   “The universe reflects God. There is but one creator and one creation. 
This creation consists of the unfolding of spiritual ideas and their identities, which are embraced in the infinite Mind and forever reflected. These ideas range from the infinitesimals to infinity, and the highest ideas are the sons and daughters of God.”  (S&H 503: 5) 
Sir James Jeans, the British philosopher/physicist, said: “The stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality;  the universe begins to look more like a great thought than a great machine…(Physics and Philosophy) 
Roger Penrose, in his book The Emperor’s New Mind, gives us a sense of the precision needed in order to create the conditions and energy for a universe that could sustain life---one chance in ten to the power of ten to the power of 123.  That is one chance out of a billion, billion, etc. repeated more than a billion, billion times.”  (Roger Penrose, The Emperor’s New Mind, Oxford University Press, 1989)  Does this not speak to the perfection of the universe---perfect Mind, perfect manifestation of Mind? 
Nobel physicist Eugene Wigner says quantum mechanics demolishes the view that the universe sits “out there.”  [objective to the “observer,” or the typical way most of us see everything, as separate from us ]   (Genesis and Observership) 
Lynne McTaggart writes in her book, The Field:  “The coming scientific revolution heralded the end of dualism in every sense.  Far from destroying God, science for the first time was proving His existence---by demonstrating that a higher, collective consciousness was out there.  There need no longer be two truths, the truth of science and the truth of religion.  There could be one unified vision of the world.”  (Lynne McTaggart, The Field, Harper Collins Publishers, 2002) 
Dr. Sydney Drell of Stanford University says physicists are today advancing closer to the description of reality given in the Bible and are “in search of a sort of a Holy Grail, with a faith that there is some elegant, single beautiful system in nature to be discovered.” (Daedalus 1977) 
Physicist/philosopher Sir Arthur Eddington wrote:  “When science has progressed the furthest, the mind has but regained from nature what the mind has put into nature…The nature of all reality is spiritual, not material, not a dualism of matter and spirit.”  (Arthur Stanley Eddington, by Douglas) 
Gerald Schroeder writes:  “Wisdom is the fundamental building block of the universe, and it is inherent in all parts.  In the processes of life it finds its most complex revelation.  Wisdom, information, an idea, is the link between the metaphysical Creator and the physical creation. It is the hidden face of  God…Atheist, agnostic, skeptic, and 
11 
‘believer,’ all share the understanding that some metaphysical non-thing, metaphysical in the sense of being alone or outside of the physical, must have preceded our universe or have our universe embedded in it. That much is a certainty.”  He also writes, “Is God immanent [inherent; operating within the subject considered; subjective; confined to consciousness or mind] ?...twentieth century physics has opened a door, opened it wide, for that interpretation…Our universe, tuned so accurately for the needs of intelligent life, indeed ticks to the beat of a very skillful Watchmaker.”  (The Science of God) 
Dr. Allen D. Allen of Wisconsin University and Algorithms incorporated said, “The capacity of the human senses for self-deception is nearly infinite.”  He also said it is now an established theory that “the world is constructed from principles rather than from units of matter.”  “Matter doesn’t exist.”  (“Look Magazine,”  April 5, 1955) 
Leo Rosten writes: “We see not what is ‘there,’ but what we have been taught to see there----not what is the ‘real,’ but what we have been conditioned to think of as real…We see things as we are, not as they are.” (The Story Behind the Painting) 
Michael J. Denton wrote:  “Four centuries after the scientific revolution apparently destroyed irretrievably man’s special place in the universe, banished Aristotle, and rendered teleological [“the fact or the character of being directed toward an end or shaped by a purpose.” Webster] speculation obsolete, the relentless stream of discovery has turned dramatically in favor of teleology and design, and the doctrine of the microcosm is reborn…Science which has been for centuries the great ally of atheism and skepticism, has come at last, in these final days of the second millennium, to which Newton and many of its advocates had so fervently wished---the defender of the anthropocentric faith. [“regarding humankind as the central or most important element of existence.” Oxford American Dict.] (Nature’s Destiny) 
Kitty Ferguson writes:  “Suppose one believes in God not as the embodiment of the laws of physics, but as the source of them, a God behind and beyond the laws---or, even more fundamental than that, the creator of a context in which such laws would inevitably arise and make a universe.  This God wouldn’t be a person.  A Mind perhaps, but we shouldn’t expect to have a word or concept that fits.”  (The Fire in the Equations) 
Stephen M. Barr  “…[a] lucid and engaging survey of modern physics and its relation to religious belief…Barr has produced a stunning tour de force…[a] scientific and philosophical breakthrough.”     (quoted from back of book cover by National Review)  He asks:  “Is the human mind nothing but matter in motion?  Surprisingly, physics itself,…may tell us the answer is no.  At least, this is the view of some modern physicists of great eminence…What they claim is that the fundamental postulates of quantum theory imply that the human mind cannot be reduced to physics…It is not so much a theory in physics as an entirely new theory of physics.”  (227, emphasis in original) 
12 
“In quantum physics, when faced with a problem and the probabilities of solving it [in the world of ever-moving atoms as observed by physicists], the probabilities instantly became a ‘solved answer’ when “observed” or “measured” by a person.  The observer must be an ‘outside’ observer who intervenes in the system [of the jumpy atomic parts] by looking at it.  “…how does a theory that deals only with probabilities get related to a real world in which things definitely happen or do not happen?  In calculating probabilities, quantum theory treats events as hypothetical.  But the real world is made up of actual events.  What is the link between the two?”  (Ibid., 229, emphases in original)  “This is why quantum physics forces us to confront the question of what this ‘observer’ is, and how mind and matter are related.”  (Ibid., 230) “Whatever it is must be something that makes an observer an observer in the first place.  It must be something that allows him to play the role of ‘finder of fact,’ so to speak, linking the hypothetical to the factual.  And what can that something be but the observer’s mind, or at least that part of his mind which judges truth and falsehood?”  (Ibid., p. 231) “The idea that all of reality is rational, intelligible, and knowable leads the theist to conclude that there is some act of knowing and understanding---infinite of course---that completely grasps all of reality.  It leads him to conclude, in fact, that to be a part of reality is precisely to be known by this supreme act, which is God…It must, indeed, perfectly know and understand itself.  It is the supreme reality, which comprehends---in both senses of the word---everything that exists.”   (Ibid., 265, emphasis in original) 
“In the history of science, when a theory gives rise to seemingly insuperable problems it is often a sign that a ‘paradigm shift’ is required, to use the term made fashionable by Thomas Kuhn.”   (Ibid., p.246) [This “paradigm shift” has been underway since Mrs. Eddy published Science and Health in 1866.] 
“The author is external to his work, and his act of creation is not an episode within it.  This leads to the conception, first clearly articulated by St Augustine, that God is outside of the time of the universe…This perhaps can be better understood if one thinks of God as an infinite mind…As truth is unchanging, so is the divine act that apprehends it in its fullness.  In the traditional view, this infinite act of knowledge and understanding is God.” (Ibid., 262, emphasis in original) 
“Mathematical truths are tenseless, eternal…God, the unchanging source of being, exists in a timeless present…This timelessness is also asserted by Christ in the New Testament, when he makes the astonishing statement about himself, ‘Before Abraham was, I AM.’”  (John 8: 58)  (Ibid., 262, 263, 265)  “Both the rationality of the world and our capacity to understand it have the same ultimate source.”  (Ibid., p.267)  (Barr, Modern Physics and Ancient Faith, University of Notre Dame Press, 2003) 
Michio Kaku, professor of theoretical physics and cofounder of string field theory, writes:  “…the finest minds on the planet are working furiously on …a new theory, and its latest version, M-theory, which promise not only to unravel the nature of the multiverse but also to ‘read the Mind of God,’ as Einstein so eloquently put it.  If proved correct, it would 
13 
represent the crowning achievement of the last two thousand years of research in physics, ever since the Greeks first began the search for a single coherent and comprehensive theory of the universe…Ultimately this theory may answer the question that has dogged cosmologists ever since the big bang theory was first proposed:  What happened before the big bang?”  (This is written on the back of Kaku’s book, Parallel Worlds, by the publisher, Anchor Books, a division of Random House, Inc., 2005) “String theory and M-theory are based on a simple and elegant idea that the bewildering variety of subatomic particles making up the universe are similar to the notes that one can play on a violin string, or on a membrane such as a drum head…”If we had a super microscope that could peer into the heart of an electron, we would see that it was not a point particle at all but a tiny vibrating string.  It only appeared to be a point particle because our instruments were too crude.”  (Kaku, Parallel Worlds,17) 
“ This tiny string…vibrates at different frequencies and resonances.  If we were to pluck this vibrating string, it would change mode and become another subatomic particle, such as a quark.  Pluck it again, and it turns into a neutrino.  In this way we can explain the blizzard of subatomic particles as nothing but different musical notes of the string…In this new vocabulary, the laws of physics, carefully constructed after thousands of years of experimentation, are nothing but the laws of harmony one can write for strings and membranes.  The laws of chemistry are the melodies one can play on these strings.  The universe is a symphony of strings.  And the ‘Mind of God’ which Einstein wrote eloquently about, is cosmic music resonating through hyperspace.  (Which raises another question:  if the universe is a symphony of strings, then is there a composer?)”  (Ibid.,18) M-theory is the most advanced string theory (which I will not attempt to describe in this book!).  According to Kaku, it not only unifies the five different string theories, but also explains the mystery of supergravity.  String theory has been found to be a way to unify the ten-dimensional and eleven-dimensional physics into a single theory.  It also provides an explanation for Einstein’s theory of general relativity. 
“Another prediction for M-theory is that it “may have deep physical and philosophical consequences.  This result forces us to ask the question:  is the universe a hologram?”  (Ibid., 230-231)  (Kaku, Parallel Worlds, Anchor Books, A Division of Random House, Inc. 2005)   (10) 
The following references were found from online websites established by forward- looking physicists, as will increasingly be the case as time goes on.  We look forward to professionals from science, medical, and religious fields who are overcoming reliance on matter and materially-oriented observations and conclusions in their work, and, instead, begin to validate through the various news media the actual and only scientifically true demonstrations proven or witnessed by themselves.  The world is hungry for proofs of God, and man as His image and likeness, proofs that can be repeated through the understanding of God as Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love. 
14 
Ahmed Farag Ali at Benha University and the Zewail City of Science and Technology, both in Egypt, and Saurya Das, at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada, have published a paper in (Physics Letters B) claiming that the Big Bang singularity can be resolved by their new model in which the universe has no beginning and no end. “The universe may have existed forever, according to a new model that applies quantum correction terms to complement Einstein’s theory of general relativity. “The widely accepted age of the universe, as estimated by general relativity, is 13.8 billion years.  In the beginning, everything believed to be in existence is thought to have occupied a single infinitely dense point, or singularity.  Only after this point began to expand in a “Big Bang” did the universe officially begin. “Although the ‘Big Bang’ singularity arises directly and unavoidably from the mathematics of general relativity, some scientists see it as problematic because the math can explain only what happened immediately after----not at or before---the singularity.  “The Big Bang singularity is the most serious problem of general relativity because the laws of physics appear to break down there,” they told Phys.org. 
“The physicists emphasize that their quantum correction terms are not applied ad hoc in an attempt to specifically eliminate the Big Bang singularity.  Their work is based on ideas by the theoretical physicist David Bohm, who is also known for his contribution to the philosophy of physics.  Ali and Das expect their results to hold even if and when a full theory of quantum gravity is formulated.  ‘Motivated by the model’s potential to resolve the Big Bang singularity and account for dark matter and dark energy, the physicists plan to analyze their model more vigorously in the future, but they do not expect anything to significantly affect the results.’”   (Quotes from an on-line site:  Lisa Zyga, Phys.org., Feb. 9, 2015) 
Christian Science teaches that “The infinite has no beginning.”  (S&H 502: 24) 
Brandon West is a physicist and creator of “Project Global Awakening,” a website dedicated to the research of a variety of scientific disciplines, applying that knowledge to help us live an inspired life (11) and change the world (found at Facebook and Twitter and online at www.projectglobalawakening.com This article was online at his website beginning on 2014/03/29 and still there on 2015/10/13. Physicists are now claiming that “your body is a holographic projection of your consciousness.”  Therefore, we have absolute control over our physical health, actions, looks, etc.  A key principle of quantum physics is that our thoughts determine what is real. “The quantum level of reality isn’t a local and insignificant level of creation.  It is all around us, and it is the most fundamental aspect of creation aside from the unified field itself.” This “field” is “the fusion of our thoughts, emotions, beliefs, and intentions” and are “defined by the energy of our thoughts and emotions.”  These are “perpetually informing the quantum reality within us and around us at each moment of our existence…when we tap into ourselves as pure consciousness…then we open ourselves to the infinitude of our own awareness because we inseparably are that infinite creative consciousness.  We are it and it is us…It is absolutely clear that we must start to consider ourselves as more than a physical 
15 
body.  In truth, it is much more coherent to think of ourselves as a luminous energy field organizing ourselves in a body, or as pure consciousness illustrating that our mind is non- local and is independent of the brain, which means it doesn’t need the brain, or the body for that matter, to exist. 
“We are so much more than we think we are, and infinitely more than we have been led to believe…the next step in our human evolution now involves us learning how to use and hone this power we have to influence reality and literally manifest anything we want directly out of the field, from new body parts to better eyesight, or to a fit and healthy body, all the way to a new life.”  We do this using the  “universal principles… of love, kindness, etc. which promotes healing, happiness, vibrancy, and creative being, which is man’s natural state.  Keep in mind that your body projects your thinking.  The projection of your body can only be disrupted by a disturbance in your energy field---your consciousness---caused by unbalanced  thoughts and emotions, and limiting beliefs.  Our luminous energy field is naturally vibrant, and our energy flows unhindered as a powerful stream of consciousness, but the lower levels of consciousness, which we have been conditioned to live in as part of our social indoctrination, disrupt this flow which, if left unhindered would express its perfection everywhere. 
“Another key concept to understand is that your body is always regenerating.  Our atoms do not age.   They do not die…None of the raw materials that form your physical body age;  they are constantly changing.  Your body is not the real you.  Your body is merely the projection of what you believe yourself to be.  Discover that you are pure consciousness,…every being is an expression of the infinite universal consciousness we have labeled God, then…start to take complete control over your body, your health, your life…Our ability to heal is directly related to our level of attention and our level of belief. 
For example, we can heal ourselves of any affliction, illness, disease, or injury that is possible so long as we have absolute certainty, a knowing, that we will be healed. [emphasis in original]”  [This is how Mrs. Eddy healed instantaneously---she knew that God, good, health, wholeness is the absolute reality of life---and that, in fact, God and Life are one.] “You have no limitations, and nothing is impossible.  It is only your beliefs which dictate what you can and cannot do.”   (Brandon West, creator of Project Global Awakening, a website dedicated to the research of a variety of scientific and spiritual disciplines, and applying that knowledge to help you live an inspired life and change the world (can be followed on Facebook and Twitter, and online @ www.projectglobalawakening.com  This article was online at his website on 2014/03/29/nature-of-mind/  The title is “Exploring the Nature of Mind and our Holographic Brain) 
This following website, “Y-Jesus.com,” is a website of “Jesus Online” by Larry Chapman, Rick James, Eric Stanford.  “Has Science Discovered God?”   Cosmologists who specialize in the study of the universe believe that the universe is precisely constructed to bring about life---that means a “Constructor,” or designer behind it all.   Everything had to be, and thus has to be, perfect for the universe to foster and sustain life.  Doesn’t that mean that the science which is constantly maintaining and unfolding its perfection as seen by 
16 
mankind must be constantly its perfection, its highest creation, man?  Each of us, then, in absolute fact, must be the forever reflection of that wonderful reflection. 
“Creation, or steady state, whichever one wants to look at, defies the laws of probability by odds that are fourteen trillion to one, as calculated by our astronomer.  The Creator is a Scientist of the highest order, as proven in its expression of Itself---the existence of this universe.  Do not the infinitesimals that make up virtually everything in the universe also express perfection and eternality?  It is so perfect that there is not a chance that somewhere in it there is non-perfection.  (So much for wars between beings on other planets!)  The universe, and everything that makes up the universe, expresses order and harmony.” 
Physicists and other scientists like these just quoted, who are taking their discoveries directly to the general population are needed in this new age of Mind.  As time goes on, they, along with theologians and medical personnel, will begin to change our whole way of thinking about this marvelous world and universe in which we live.  Material concepts will be overcome by true Science and demonstrations or proofs of Truth will become commonplace.  We must, however, be careful and wise about what teachings we are following.  Anything that depends on the body in any way for informing us of the condition of our health must be ignored.  We are learning that the body does not determine our health. “You admit that mind influences the body somewhat, but you conclude that the stomach, blood, nerves, bones, etc., hold the preponderance of power. Controlled by this belief, you continue in the old routine. You lean on the inert and unintelligent, never discerning how this deprives you of the availability of divine Mind.  Mind is the grand creator, and there can be no power except that which is derived from Mind.”  (S&H 143: 17-25) 
On Nov. 30, 2015, I found this information on the website SFGate.com entitled “Why a Mental Universe is the Real “Reality.”  By Deepak Chopra, Mensas Kafatos, MD., Bernard Kastrup, PhD,  Rudolph Tanzi, PhD “…our universe is in fact fundamentally mental. What we call physical things and events, as it turns out, do not exist independently of subjective experience.”  “…reality can be independent of the human mind, but not necessarily of mind or consciousness in general…if all reality is mental, then our heads and bodies, as parts of reality, are in mind…There is nothing to our bodies but our felt perception of them.”  “…the universe is the expression of a universal mind that transcends personal awareness.”   “The universal mind cannot be explained, and does not need to be explained, in terms of anything else.  It simply is.”  (All italics are in the original.) 
“Evan Harris Walker, who received his Ph.D. in physics from the university of Maryland, has published more than a hundred papers in scientific journals, holds a dozen patents, and is founder of the Walker Cancer Institute.  His book, The Physics of Consciousness, (Perseus Books Group, Basic Books, 2000)  “explores in an absorbing way the phenomenon of consciousness and its relation to the principles of quantum physics as it 
17 
finds it must become engaged with the meaning of reality and the question, ‘What is God?’ ” “Walker exposes the emptiness of a science that avoids the ultimate questions.”  Booklist (This information is from the back cover of Walker’s book from which I am quoting). “We are saying that our mind can affect matter---even other brains---and that distant matter and minds can have an effect on us…”   “What, then, truly are the bounds of mind? 
Can the quantum mind alter matter?  Can the entangled quantum states of consciousness see into other minds and beyond the limits of space and time? …These things seem to fly in the face of the laws of physics…Yet these questions now stand at the frontier of physics thinking.  And, indeed, at the atomic and subatomic levels, such things are in fact quite familiar oddities…The particle does not travel from the inside to the outside;  it translocates. 
It disappears from one place, and then, in the next moment, appears somewhere else.  The laws of physics not only permit this odd translocation of matter, but it is ingrained in the very fabric of these laws.  At the very heart of reality, that is how things work.  This ‘translocation’ is not the exception;  it is the rule.”  (Ibid., 267-268)  [The use of the term “matter,” although known not to exist is used for lack of a better word for what we think we see “out there.”]  Mrs. Eddy used the term “mortal mind.” [Did Jesus, knowing this scientific law, “translocate” himself and his boat full of disciples to the other side of the lake in an instant as the Scriptures tell us?  “…and immediately the ship was at the land whither they went.”  (John 6: 21)] “The walls of the room are not mental images of objective objects.  Such a characterization does not do justice to the extent to which everything about walls derives from consciousness and is consciousness.  The wood paneling of the walls around me, the pattern and grain of the wood, the feel, texture, color---are all consciousness.” “Body is an element of consciousness, and because we have shown that objective reality does not exist, so, too, the objective body must be more illusion than not.  Body depends on consciousness, and consciousness, therefore, does not depend on body…It is to these heights that pure consciousness propels the mind.  It is a vision of transcendent reality.”  (Ibid., 154-155) “This revised view of reality in which we see the observer and the consciousness as central to reality itself is as significant as if we had found the key to the soul.  Perhaps that is what has been found here.  Our quest for the fabric of reality has brought us from religion to science.  But that science, when asked to show us reality, has caused us to look into a mirror to see what we are.  It is the last place that science would have chosen to search, yet now we must look there into that image we see within ourselves.” (Ibid. 137-138) “Our understanding of the nature of consciousness, which we need if we are to understand reality, must be actively sought.  We must treat it as though it were a distinct phenomenon worthy of study.  That bold step must be taken for science to advance the understanding of who we are ourselves.  Consciousness that gives meaning to our concepts of matter cannot be understood in terms of old concepts of matter.”   (Ibid.,  p. 176) [Hooray!  Another physicist is finally talking about educating  the common man about the ramifications of Mind being all, and realizing that is the only way mankind can advance!] 
18 
In the late 1990s, Walker attended a conference sponsored by the Department of Physics at the University of California, Berkley, a conference on “New Visions  of Reality.” A number of well-known physicists were there.  On the last day, Dr. Walker gave his synopsis of the meeting:  “What we have been doing here is laying a foundation for a religion of the twenty-first century.”   He was surprised at how quickly the others agreed with his synopsis, since neither God nor religion had been a main topic.  But it was clear that… “The fabric of all our conventional beliefs has been severely strained in recent years. 
For many, little more than tatters remains.  We were there to put some of the pieces back together, knowing that if we could understand those pieces of reality, we might then better know the mind of God and the future of religion.”  (Ibid. 327-328) “I hope we have shown that questions of religion can be pursued and answered by science and that somewhere in the future, perhaps, we will have a full understanding of our reality…we as observers of reality play a basic role in the structure of the universe…” Perhaps knowing that consciousness is something real and ponderable, perhaps we see that the Kingdom is here and it is now.”  (Ibid., p. 334) “…we need more tools to find the comfort of truth than faith alone has been able to give us in the past.  Faith was never meant to be blind faith.  Faith was always meant to be a faith guided by revealed truth---revealed through the experience of something beyond our own physical self;  revealed through the lives that many have lived as examples;  revealed in histories, in prophecies, and in the poetry of Scripture…”  (Ibid.,  p. 335, emphasis is mine) “We can see that the miracles of our faiths, which seemed to defy all reason, now lie within the grasp of our understanding.  These things do not violate the laws of the universe but rather form a part of a reality that bonds man, mind, and God together in a lawful and knowing universe.  We can now understand that these miracles are the inevitable consequences of our own being.”  (Ibid., 336)   “A universe that has only matter cannot have consciousness and cannot have will.”  (Ibid., 337)  [Mrs. Eddy says that “A miracle fulfils God’s law, but does not violate that law…The miracle introduces no disorder, but unfolds the primal order, establishing the Science of God’s unchangeable law.” ] (S&H 134-5: 31-2 and 6-8 n.p.) “We have seen that the universe springs from every thought of God and matter from the very existence of mind.  We have looked to find reality.  We have seen beyond the open door.”  (Ibid., p. 367)  (Basic Books, A Member of the Perseus Books Group, New York) 
Mrs. Eddy not only saw “beyond the open door;”  she walked through it, and in her book, Science and Health, invites all of mankind to follow her, into a new world, into a dazzling new understanding that the universe we live in, is, in fact, “the mind  of God.” Many of these comments sound more like theologians than physicists, don’t they?  It is inevitable that science and religion coalesce for they truly are one.  Here is a summary of the physicists’ findings.  Below each section I will quote some statements by Mrs. Eddy from her book Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  The “key  to the soul,” believed to have been found by quantum physicists according to Evan Walker, is the “Key to the Scriptures” found by Mrs. Eddy---the key to the profound message she found in its pages---
19 
that God is the one and only Mind, the Consciousness which is the eternal Source and Sustainer of the universe including man. This universe including man is Mind’s reflection of His/Her own Being. 
We can each say:  “I am fundamentally a spiritual creation and not material.  There is no imperfection in God’s conception of me, and nothing can be imposed on the concept that an infinitely intelligent and loving Mind has of me.  I am eternally safe as an idea in Mind. As an expression of Soul, I am free from all limitation;  my complete, individualized, changeless identity is self-governing, always aware of spiritual, inexhaustible good, the kingdom of God, as intact, producing fruitful activity continually.  I am harmony in operation, one with God in an inseparable, indivisible relationship.  I have form, outline, and color that is spiritual, unchanging, never degenerative.  This gives me dominion over all things.  I am the lively, joyous functioning of Life and Love.  I am always certain, calm, satisfied and at peace.  There is only one body, and it does not war with itself.  (Try working mentally with these ideas for a week.  Reason through them.  Refuse to give any credit to the opposite thoughts when they come to you.  You may be surprised at what happens!  Truth is the only power obtainable. 
A summary of the physicists’ conclusions concerning  matter,  mind,  body and consciousness,  reality and the universe.   Below each one are quotes from Science and Health  (S&H) which verify the conclusions.  One of the quotes is from another book by Mrs. Eddy, Miscellaneous Writings. 
The Comforter and Its Vast Spiritual Implications for Science 
Matter.   1)  Matter is a “shadow.”   2)  “Matter” is actually the manifestation of mind.   3) Things which we call “matter” are not physical, but are, instead, forms of ideas.   4) “Real” objects are only an illusion.   5)  “Real” objects are only the sum of their qualities.  6) Everything we see that seems to be objective to us is derived from our consciousness, all form, color, texture, feel, smell, even space.   7)  Objects are not objective (out there) to us, but subjective, which we have formed ourselves.  8) We see only what we have been taught to see, as we are, not as it is.  9) Objective reality does not exist. (S&H) “Atomic action is Mind, not matter.  It is neither the energy of matter, the result of organization, nor the outcome of life infused into matter. Thought will finally be understood and seen in all form, substance, and color, but without material accompaniments…God is His own infinite Mind and expresses all.”  (Mis. Writings 22: 190)  “If matter, so-called, is substance, then Spirit, matter’s unlikeness, must be shadow; and shadow cannot produce substance.”  (S&H  257)  “Mind creates its own likeness in ideas, and the substance of an idea is very far from being the supposed substance of non- intelligent matter.”  (Ibid.)   “Continuing our definition of man, let us remember that harmonious and immortal man has existed forever, and is always beyond and above the mortal illusion of any life, substance, and intelligence as existent in matter.”  (302)  “Spirit 
20 
blesses the multiplication of its own pure and perfect ideas.  From the infinite elements of the one Mind emanate all form, color, quality, and quantity, and these are mental, both primarily and secondarily.”  (512)   “The objects cognized by the physical senses have not the reality of substance.  They are only what mortal belief calls them.  Matter, sin, and mortality lose all supposed consciousness or claim to life, substance, and intelligence.” (311)  “….the body, … is in fact the objective state of mortal mind, though it is called matter.”  (374)   “What are termed natural science and material laws are the objective states of mortal mind [material belief].  The physical universe expresses the conscious and unconscious thoughts of mortals.”  (484) 
Mind.   1) Mind is the primary reality.    2) Our mind can see beyond the limits of space and time.   3) Our mind can see into other minds.   4) Our mind can alter matter, can teleport matter, can translocate matter (“matter” meaning that which appears “solid” to us but are really tangible ideas in mind).   5) The human mind cannot be reduced to physics equations, so a “new theory” of physics is needed.   6)The “knower” is a necessity to creation but never found in it. (S&H)  “From the infinite elements of the one Mind emanate all form, color, quality, and quantity, and these are mental, both primarily and secondarily.  Their spiritual nature is discerned only through the spiritual senses.”  ( 512)  “Miracles are impossible in Science, and here Science takes issue with popular religions.  The scientific manifestation of power is from the divine nature and is not supernatural, since Science is an explication of nature.  The belief that the universe, including man, is governed in general by material laws, but that occasionally Spirit sets aside these laws,---this belief belittles omnipotent wisdom, and gives to matter the precedence over Spirit…” (83) “It is the prerogative of the ever-present, divine Mind, and of thought which is in rapport with this Mind, to know the past, the present, and the future.  Acquaintance with the Science of being enables us to commune more largely with the divine Mind, to foresee and foretell events which concern the universal welfare, to be divinely inspired,---yea, to reach the range of fetterless Mind.”  (84) “To understand that Mind is infinite, not bounded by corporeality, nor dependent upon the ear or eye for sound or sight nor upon muscles and bones for locomotion, is a step towards the Mind-science by which we discern man’s nature and existence…If this Science has been thoroughly learned and properly digested, we can know the truth more accurately than the astronomer can read the stars or calculate an eclipse.”  (84-85) “It is recorded that Jesus, as he once journeyed with his students,  ‘knew their thoughts,’---read them scientifically.  In like manner he discerned  disease and sickness. 
After the same method, events of great moment were foretold by the Hebrew prophets.’” (85)   Jesus  walked over the waves of a stormy sea, and when he got into the boat, “immediately the ship was at the land whither they went.”  (John 6: 21)  Even Peter was able to walk to him for a few moments before fear overtook him.  “Jesus walked on the waves, fed the multitude, healed the sick, and raised the dead in direct opposition to material laws. 
21 
His acts were the demonstration of Science, overcoming the false claims of material sense or law.”  (273) 
Body and Consciousness.    1) Body is illusion.   2) Body depends upon consciousness, not consciousness upon body.  (The body cannot tell us about itself, its conditions.)    3) Our collective consciousness is infinite in space and time.   4) Our reason is a reflection of the infinite and divine Reason.    5) Consciousness is the fundamental constituent of reality. (S&H)  “Consciousness constructs a better body when faith in matter has been conquered.  Correct material belief  by spiritual understanding, and spirit will form you anew.”  (425)   “Any supposed information, coming from the body or from inert matter as if either were intelligent, is an illusion of mortal mind,---one of its dreams.”  (385) “Man and his Maker are correlated in divine Science, and real consciousness is cognizant only of the things of God.”  (276)   “Entirely separate from the belief and dream of material living, is the Life divine, revealing spiritual understanding and the consciousness of man’s dominion over the whole earth. This understanding casts out error and heals the sick, and with it you can speak as ‘one having authority.’”  (14) “…the heavens and earth to one human consciousness, that consciousness which God bestows, are spiritual, while to another, the unillumined human mind, the vision is material.  This shows unmistakably that what the human mind terms matter and spirit indicates states and stages of consciousness.”  (573) 
Reality and the Universe.  1) The nature of reality is spiritual, not material, not a duality of spirit and matter.  2)  Nature is filled with beautiful, spontaneous order and rhythm and governed by non-random laws.  3) Reality is entirely rational, intelligible, and knowable. 4)Wisdom is the fundamental building block of the universe.  5) The universe expresses meaning, plan, ideation, intelligence.  6) The new string theory finds the universe to be a “symphony of strings,” cosmic music resonating through hyperspace.  7) The universe is more like a great thought than a great thing.    8) Laws of the universe are not violated by miracles.  They are the consequences of our own being.  9) The universe  springs from every thought of God and matter from the very existence of mind. Because of the ramifications of these findings, we stand at the threshold of a revelation in thinking that transcends anything that has happened in 1,000 years. (S&H)  “The fading forms of matter, the mortal body and material earth, are the fleeting concepts of the human mind.  They have their day before the permanent facts and their perfection in Spirit appear…Mortals must look beyond fading, finite forms, if they would gain the true sense of things…Spirit and its formations are the only realities of being. 
Matter disappears under the microscope of Spirit.”  (264-5) “The three great verities of Spirit, omnipotence, omnipresence, omniscience,--- Spirit possessing all power, filling all space, constituting all Science,---contradict forever the belief that matter can be actual.  These eternal verities reveal primeval existence as the radiant reality of God’s creation, in which all that He has made is pronounced by His wisdom good.”  (110) 
22 
“Reality is spiritual, harmonious, immutable, immortal, divine, eternal.  Nothing unspiritual can be real, harmonious, or eternal.”  (335) “Spirit diversifies, classifies, and individualizes all thoughts, which are as eternal as the Mind conceiving them;  but the intelligence, existence, and continuity of all individuality remain in God, who is the divinely creative Principle thereof…God creates all forms of reality.  His thoughts are spiritual realities…Mind, joyous in strength, dwells in the realm of Mind.”  (513-14) “Eternal Truth is changing the universe.  As mortals drop off their mental swaddling-clothes, thought expands into expression.  “Let there be light,’ is the perpetual demand of Truth and Love, changing chaos into order and discord into the music of the spheres.”  (255) 
When science and religion finally see eye-to-eye on these universal facts, when mankind is educated on their ramifications, when education includes a high sense of morality based on the spiritual meaning behind the Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount (covered later in the book), these will be the world-changing results: “The divine Principle of the First Commandment [Thou shalt have no other gods before me] bases the Science of being, by which man demonstrates health, holiness, and life eternal.  One infinite God, good, unifies men and nations; constitutes the brotherhood of man; ends wars; fulfills the Scripture, “Love thy neighbor as thyself;”  annihilates pagan and Christian idolatry, whatever is wrong in social, civil, criminal, political, and religious codes;  equalizes the sexes; annuls the curse on man, and leaves nothing that can sin, suffer, be punished or destroyed.”  (S&H 340) With materiality coming to a head today, concerned and caring people the world over realize that the way out of the degradation of mankind is a return to spirituality.  The physicists acknowledge it and should get together to plan a way to more publicly disseminate their astounding findings for the benefit of mankind. They need to reflect on the ramifications of the non-materiality of man and the universe and speak out loudly as one mind!  With unrest in just about every nation, the world doesn’t know where it is going and seems helpless to determine the course.  It can’t deal with the problems because it doesn’t know the fundamentals of existence.  The answer is scientific Christianity.  This is a scientific age and needs the new findings impelling science, but also must have Christianity’s basic spiritual guidance to assure its progress.  The Ten Commandments and the Beatitudes given to us by Christ Jesus and his “golden rule” are enough, if lived by mankind, and will bring in the millennium. 
Why does science need revealed religion?  Revealed religion is Christian Science.  It has been revealed to the world as a whole.  It is the understanding that science and God are one.  Physicists, theologians, and those involved in medical practice have begun to discover that we each determine our health by the thoughts we constantly entertain.   We know God by the amount of good being expressed in our lives.  Good is not material and does not depend in any way upon matter.  It is entirely spiritual, the outcome of the divine Principle’s government of the universe.  It is never separated from us.  God does not and cannot see, 
23 
much less send, evil, the opposite of good.  “…thou art of purer eyes than to behold evil,…” (The Bible, Habakkuk 1: 13)  Our own choices separate us from God, good.  We must understand much more deeply the Cause we call God.  The universe including man being the effect, this understanding is stupendous. 
Jesus presented to us an example of life lived on the basis of divine Science.  It was life as spiritual good flowing from the understanding of man’s divinity and his abiding consciousness of man’s forever oneness with his spiritual Cause.  Man’s being can never change to non-being.  The very substance of life is Spirit, unconfined and indestructible; therefore, life is never limited.  Jesus knew (not hoped or believed) that not only is man’s identity eternal, but that everything connected with him is limitless also.  On this basis he could heal, restore, reform, regenerate, and resurrect.  He knew he was not in nor subject to matter. And he knew this great fact pertained to all and thus was able to overcome limitations of time and sense. He taught what he lived---that “the kingdom of heaven is within [us].” Jesus summarized the Ten Commandments into two:  “…thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength…and the second is like, namely this, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.” (Mark 12: 31)  The first commandment includes all the others:   “Thou shalt have no other gods before me.”  This “me” means “my presence.”  Nothing can be recognized outside of divine Presence, within which all is subject to the character of this one Presence---unlimited, infinite, incorporeal, self-sufficient, eternal, all-powerful, wholly incapable of human weaknesses, all-harmonious, the basic All of existence. 
The idea of loving one’s neighbor as one’s true self is an impersonal, non-objective concept, the fullness of divine completeness, like the first command.  It is Love looking into the purity of its own Being and beholding (being wholly) its Self, man.  Since we are not asked to love a corporeal God, we are not asked to love a corporeal neighbor since there is truly no such thing in either case.  These Christian ethics flow from God’s commandments to man and, if kept, retain their purity in the lives of their adherents.  If not, depravity develops, the skew away from God.  Our entire scientific landscape is undergoing a world- transforming change.  Our Science studies must dwell on the character of God to find out what man is and how that will change our entire view of our universe. 
Once we realize the power of Mind, its opposite, mortal mind, will try to gain ascendancy, and we will need the highest sense of morality, that which comes from the Scriptures, to control the use of mortal minds for evil purposes.  Mrs. Eddy had to meet this depravity in a few of her students when she began teaching the allness of Mind.  Mind unshackled from matter goes wild with freedom and, not instructed in moral science, uses its new-found power for material gain or harm.  A world-wide educational system must be devised which enables the human race to use the true Science of Being to solve their problems.  The old, outdated  sciences, theologies, and medical systems based on erroneous beliefs of matter having life and intelligence, will go to the dust-bins of history.  This will naturally begin in Christian nations, and as its wonderful benefits are observed, it will spread to the ends of the earth.  Let us “be still” and know that the I AM is the only Ego we all 
24 
share.  Then let us “be still” and allow ourselves to imagine this Truth understood and demonstrated everywhere.  Why else did the Comforter come? 
Mrs. Eddy knew that what had come to her from God, Mind, was the revelation promised by Christ Jesus to the world.  She knew that it was sent during a time when mankind was beginning to awaken to the possibilities of a new reality.  Like a fish that jumps out of the water and catches glimpses of the wondrous world outside its liquid environs, we earthlings are just beginning to be astonished by the new-found reality of our universal home, the universe of Mind.  We are charting a new course for ourselves, steering our tempest-tossed barque into the river which was flowing out of the metaphorical Garden of Eden, where material beliefs got their start. In the remainder of my book I will put forth the spiritual truth as taught in Christian Science and compare it to the “new physics.”  Mrs. Eddy has already given the world the textbook in which Christianity and Science coalesce.   You will find that she capitalizes the word  “science,” for she saw it as God long before the physicists did.  Christian Science is non-denominational;  its creed is found in the spiritual understanding of the Ten Commandments, the Lord’s Prayer, the Sermon on the Mount, and the Science behind the Old and New Testaments.  It has proven its apprehension of Science in demonstrating the works that Jesus and his disciples and apostles did.  Those works were done through the knowledge, the “new religion,” that the physicists are searching for.  It upholds the basic findings of the “new physics,” and you will recognize them throughout this book. 
All human experience teaches us that evil is self-destructive, so if the one Cause is infinite and therefore indestructible, it must be wholly good.  The Bible tells us of just such a cause---it calls it Spirit.  It is the only tangible thing in the world-----Mind or thought. 
Without mentality, we would not even be conscious of creation.  Mind’s thoughts or ideas (identities) must be facts, as infinite and wholly good as the Mind conceiving them.  Each must have form and outline, color and quality, quantity and tangibility.  Each of those ideas must live and move and have being in the realm of order, rule, system, method, plan, and design.  That is the nature of God’s creation.  There is no such thing as a physical, material, mortal body, either individualized or as the universe. 
As science has learned, all ideas are based on the one Cause.  Cause is Mind and only Mind can have ideas.  These ideas are reflected in the universe which is the visible expression of the invisible God.  There being only one Mind, man and the universe reflect the nature of the one Mind, and because evil cannot be a part of the infinite, the joyous truth is that we are the manifestation of good only.  Mind is the “Observer,” the wisdom which has absolute control over the metaphysical universe.  It is the primary reality.  We reflect Mind’s ability to bring ideas into being, but we must realize that we are not the owners of a brain that thinks and knows.  The brain is only a temporary symbol of intelligence---not the source of intelligence itself.  The body, which we consign to material “rules,” is dependent on Mind alone, not brain.  For this reason it is an absolute necessity that we learn that we are the image of good alone.  In this way we have dominion over the body and all situations, with our mind, the Mind that is God, good. 
25 
Chapter 2  Physics Yielding to Metaphysics in My Own Experience 
My Quandary Answered by a Dream 
You may wonder how I happen to have such an interest in physicists’ evolving views about matter, reality, God, man, and the universe.  My ongoing interest has been impelled by experiences in my life that have been out of the ordinary in many respects. 
They have vastly changed my entire life experience, uplifting and enriching it, gradually unveiling vistas largely unknown to me before and still beckoning deeper examination and demonstration.  The mental journey is an ongoing process of discovery and “aha!” moments, but it’s goal of finding my life to be “hid with Christ in God,” (New Testament, Colossians 3: 3) with Truth in divine Love, is worth my all.  It is the story of how I (while a teenager still living with my parents) found Christian Science, or, I should say, it found us! 
We must be earnest searchers for answers to our questions about life and God.  We must be willing to lay down preconceived ideas and beliefs, then our questions will be answered in ways that will be meant especially for us, individually. Our search will uncover the Truth, just as the physicists’ search is doing, because the Truth is already present as our very Mind and being.  All there really is to us is reflection of God---It is the way the universe has always operated.  If God could look in a mirror, the universe and all it includes is what God would see. This story is an example of how an “observer,” or mind that is pure in its desire for good, sees good appear--- everything aligns with the desired goal.  All is Mind and Mind’s manifestation. 
During the late forties and into the late fifties, Air Force bases in Louisiana, Panama Canal Zone, the Philippine Islands, and Indiana were my homes through the ninth grade. 
They were wonderful experiences, giving my younger sister, brother and I invaluable glimpses of life outside of the United States as well as seeing much of our own diverse country.  While in the Philippines, my mother wrote and produced her own television show for children filmed live on base every Saturday morning.  She told Biblically-based flannel board stories to her young audience, changing her voice for the various Bible characters and keeping her audience in rapt attention the entire time.  It was the first children’s television program to be aired throughout Southeast Asia!  I was on set with her, as her assistant, especially when she hosted a birthday party during the last twenty minutes for “birthday guests” and their friends.  The program was a huge hit with the children, their parents, and the Air Force personnel.  (I’m quite sure the Bible-based stories would not be allowed today! 
However, I was never aware of any negative mail coming in to the TV studio about it!)  My mother also used the program to raise money for a Filipino child who was born with a cleft palate.  Enough money was raised to enable the child to have surgery on the base, done by Air Force surgeons. 
The Philippine sunsets were brilliant palettes of watermelon reds and molten gold. 
Our family loved to take walks on those evenings, exclaiming that it would be a perfect time 
26 
for Jesus to come again as He had promised.  We fervently believed in verse 1:7 in Revelation :  “Behold, he cometh with clouds, and every eye shall see him,…” Several years later, back in the states, my father retired from the Air force and sought a master’s degree in guidance and counselling.  It was 1960, and I was a sophomore in high school.  My father, mother, and younger siblings lived in a rented house in the town where he was attending college.  During that year, a back condition which had afflicted my mother for many years became quite serious.  She suffered from a slipped disk as well as deteriorating disks in her spine.  Often in pain, she was put in traction in the hospital several times, but the relief was only temporary.  The doctors told her there was nothing more that could be done to help her permanently.  My father and I often did the cleaning and cooking and taking care of my sister and brother. 
As the year proceeded into the spring, I became more and more concerned for my mother.  Our whole household was in distress from her constant pain and incapacitation.  I became so discouraged that I began to doubt that there was a God.  Our church’s minister had prayed for her with no relief.  We prayed to know if it was God’s will that she be healed since the church taught that God sometimes sent suffering for a reason.  This did not sit well with me at all, for I knew that my mother had a deep love for God, read her Bible daily, and had spent years in His service in whatever church on base we attended, usually as a Sunday School teacher.  She was a kind and loving mother, intent on raising her children to be good Christians.  Surely, I thought, God would not send such grievous discord to one who loved and worked for Him so faithfully.  That was worse than a caring human father who certainly would not cruelly punish his good, obedient child for no apparent reason!  I prayed with all my heart for a new sense of God, a God that could and would heal, a God that was not punitive, a God that was just, merciful, always reliable, always present, always loving.  That was my highest sense of what God should be like. 
I remembered while living in the Philippines that we had visited a mission-run leprosarium off-base with some other church members.  The lepers living there, all ages, could be seen by family members, but were separated by fences so that they could not be touched.  My heart broke with sorrow and compassion for the children and their parents forever separated by the terrible disease.   I wondered why they could not be healed as Jesus had healed the lepers.  He but spoke the words, “Be clean,” and immediately they would be healed!  Jesus had promised, “…all things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive.”  (Matthew 15: 30)  “Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils, freely ye have received, freely give.”  (Ibid., 10: 8)   “And great multitudes came unto him, having with them those that were lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and many others, and cast them down at Jesus’ feet;  and he healed them.”  (Ibid., 15: 30)  Surely this proved that God was a loving Father, always willing to heal any of His children who needed it!  His disciples certainly believed it, for they also did wonderful healing works, even including raising the dead!  Even the apostles, and those who had never seen Jesus, healed by faith in the Father’s name.  Why not now? 
The explanation from my Sunday School teachers and ministers, that the miracles were to show that Jesus was really God, did not address the need to produce the “…signs 
27 
following [that] shall follow them that believe;  In my name they shall cast out devils;  they shall speak with new tongues;   They shall take up serpents;  and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them;  they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.”  (Mark 16: 17-18)   These were among Jesus’ very last words to his followers before he ascended. 
After his ascension, Mark records:  “And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” (Mark 16: 20) They were obviously not being done today, at least not by any followers of Jesus that I knew!  Surely the God that healed then could heal now! I was very discouraged and felt bereft of my religion and all religion.  I was hungry for the works of my faith, not just the words.  Jesus assured his followers:  “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth in me, the works that I do shall he do also;  and greater works than these shall he do;  because I go unto my Father.”  (John 14: 12)   I yearned for my mother to be well, completely whole. 
My Dream 
One night, during an especially difficult period for my mother, I lay in bed wrestling again with my consuming quandary.  Was there really a God?  Where is He?  What is He?  I felt like my whole life, its happiness and its future, hinged on the answers to those questions. 
I reached out to God, if He was there, to reveal Himself to me so that I could renew my faith in Him. After I had finally fallen asleep, I was suddenly awakened by the sound of trumpets blowing.  It was a rousing, beautiful sound.  I sat up in bed, wondering where it was coming from and not understanding why my sister, asleep on the bottom bunk, or my whole family for that matter, were not awakened.  I got up and looked outside for the source, but the streets were dark and deserted.  Although deeply puzzled, I quickly went back to sleep. I dreamed that I was in a huge field with what seemed to be many thousands of people.  We were all diligently searching the ground for something, looking under rocks, kicking aside leaves, peering into small bushes, shuffling through the dirt, searching for something that seemed terribly important. Before long, I came upon a rotting log lying on the ground. On top of the log was a small, round purple object, moving and humming inside. 
As I stared with fear and fascination upon it, an angel-like being (no wings) appeared beside the log and smiled at me with such a warmth and love that I lost all fear.  Then bending down, the angel gently and reverently picked up the object and held it out for me to take. I took it, cupped, in my hands, and went running into my house which appeared to be right there, calling to my mother, "Mother, Mother, we've found what we've been looking for!" I showed her the object, then turned to look at the doorway.  The angel was there, smiling at us, then instantly disappeared.  I woke up.  Again, I heard the sound of trumpets blowing. 
28 
An awed, joyous sense of certainty filled me that God had sent me a message, heralded by trumpets and brought by an angel!  The next day, when I told my mother about the dream, she, too, believed it was a God-sent  message and that, when the time was right, its meaning would be revealed to us. She added that recently she had prayed to God, asking Him why she had asked for bread and had been given a stone.  She said that immediately the words came to her, " a stepping stone."  She said it gave her hope that her prayers would be answered. 
29 
The Dream Fulfilled 
A few months later, my father graduated with his master's degree and found a job as a guidance counselor in a private school in a very small town not far away. We moved into a furnished rented house on the main street of the town since there were no homes available for us to buy at the time. Shortly after the move my mother was again confined to bed, unable to move without pain. We were still in the process of unpacking boxes when, one afternoon, I was putting some items into a bedside table in my parents' bedroom.  I felt something lodged in the back of the drawer and pulled it out.  It was a paperback book called “The Christian Science Journal.”  Not knowing anything about it, I showed it to my mother who was lying on her bed next to me.  She asked to see it, and I flipped through it before handing it to her. 
It contained religious articles about healing which made me think it was a publication from a religious cult. 
I was afraid Mother was desperate for healing and would get mixed up in it and told her we should just throw it away.  However, she insisted on reading it, telling me that a woman in the town where we had lived previously to my father's retirement from the Air Force, had loaned her a book about Christian Science but she could not understand it and had given it back. Now she wanted to investigate it again. The next day she asked me to call a Christian Science practitioner listed in the back of the Journal.  (Christian Science practitioners devote their lives to healing through prayer and are listed with their phone numbers by town and state in the back of each Journal.) I was afraid to place the call, but she was so insistent that I reluctantly obeyed. That afternoon the practitioner, Mrs. Barnes, came to visit my mother.  She was like a ray of sunshine, full of joy. She sat by the bedside, telling my mother about Christian Science, assuring her that she could be permanently healed.  She read from the Christian Science textbook, Science and Health With Key To The Scriptures by the Discoverer and Founder of Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy.  She also read comforting, inspiring passages from the Old and New Testaments of the Bible.  There was no "laying on of hands," just reading, explaining, and silent praying.  My fears had been groundless!  Instead, I felt relieved and uplifted! She left the textbook with my mother and said she would return within the week. She asked my mother to stay in touch with her daily by phone. 
I read the textbook when my mother wasn't reading it.  As we read, a view of God unfolded to our famished thought that we knew was the God we had been searching for, an unchanging Love, too pure to behold or send evil, that cherished and sustained His creation just as He had made it, perfect, whole, sinless, free. We were also learning a whole new way to perceive of man (generically, meaning  all men, women, and children) as the full representation of God's nature, as His spiritual image and likeness, as the very manifestation and proof of His Being. Perfect Cause---perfect effect. Never before had we heard of such a 
30 
teaching!  And it seemed so right! We just knew this had to be the Truth!  We remembered the dream I'd had a few months before and my mother's promise of a "stepping stone". Human words cannot tell the profound peace and joy we felt as the significance of it all dawned upon us!  We were beginning to find the kingdom of heaven within us, a sure salvation, not someplace up in the sky that Jesus would take us up to someday if we were good enough. Oh, how blessed we felt! We knew that we had been the beneficiaries of Jesus' prayer for all mankind when he told his disciples, "And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever; Even the Spirit of truth;  whom the world [material sense] cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he [Soul, spiritual understanding] dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless:  I will come to you."  (John 14:18) Mrs. Eddy states in Science and Health, "This Comforter I understand to be Divine Science." (p. 55) Jesus continues: "Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; [meaning his physicality, for he was shortly to ascend beyond that to a dimension of spiritual being where all that is perceived of physically ceases to exist. Once in that state of consciousness, there can be no return to outgrown positions.] "At that day" ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you."  "At that day" are the words used by the prophets in the Old Testament to signify the coming of the Christ  (Truth) to human understanding, through proofs of that understanding by the healing of sin, sickness and death, and by St. John in the New Testament in the Book of Revelation through apocalyptic symbolism.  “In that day” was symbolic or “code” for the end of the sixth and on into the seventh thousand year periods, after the mythological Adam and Eve lost their paradise. I will explain that later when beginning my thesis on the Bible’s adherence to the “new physics.” Because the whole world is now "at that day," we can begin to understand that Jesus always thought of himself as One with his divine Principle, as its very expression of presence and power.  This expression is the Christ, the spiritual understanding that empowered him to heal, to see all others as also individualized expressions of divine Principle, One in all and all in One. With Jesus as our  exemplar, we will begin to demonstrate dominion over the "earth," material sense, with our new understanding of the earth as the reflection of  "heaven," harmony, spiritual sense. Although still bedridden, my mother's pain evaporated very quickly.  She and I were learning that the Bible healings were not miracles or just for their day or just to prove that Jesus was God.  We were learning that millions around the world had been healed of just about every illness and disease known to man, as well as many other discordant situations. 
The textbook has 100 healings in the back from testifiers who were healed just by reading the book! Christian Scientists were people that were fulfilling Jesus' command to do the healing works that he had done!  These were the works I had been searching for as long as I could remember. As we began to assimilate the stupendous message in the "little book", a profound transformation began to take place in our consciousness.  We began to touch the hem of Christ's garment. We began to gain a small intimation of what it meant to have "the 
31 
mind of Christ." "Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus." (Philippians 2:5) "For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that we may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ." (I Corinthians 2: 16)  In other words, we began to have not only faith in God, but we were beginning to understand what God is.  Mrs. Eddy writes in Science and Health, "God is incorporeal, divine, supreme, infinite, Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love." (p.465)  According to Webster's Dictionary, when looking up the first four defining words for God as given above, we found that God is "not bodily," "can be proved,” "not finite in time, space, power, quality or quantity,” self-existent, underived." The "names" or synonyms for God specify God's nature. All of the names for God can be found in the Bible signifying God except "Principle."  Webster's definition for Principle is, "a fundamental truth, law, etc., upon which others are based;  the scientific law explaining a natural action."  Principle is the word Mrs. Eddy used to show why she designated her revelation a "Science."  According to the dictionary, "science" is "knowledge reduced to law and embodied in system."  "System" is "a group of diverse units so combined by nature or art as to form an integral whole, and to function, operate, or move in unison and, often, in obedience to some form of control, a complete exhibition of essential principles, or facts, arranged in a rational dependence or connection."  "God is in the midst of her; she shall not be moved." (Psalms 46)---very apt for the one divine Principle of all Science, standing in its purity, harmony, and changelessness,  imparting this steadfastness throughout its creation.  "The divine Science of man is woven into one web of consistency without seam or rent."  (Science and Health, p. 242) "Divinely defined, Science is the atmosphere of God."  (No and Yes, another book written by Mrs. Eddy in 1891, p. 9) The God we were searching for was being revealed to us as something greater than we could have ever imagined!  The "mind of Christ" was an actual Science, the Science of the universe, which is available to every one of us, just as the science of math or the science of music is available to all because it is not reliant on matter but on ever-available, unchanging, impersonal laws that produce results when understood and used correctly. "The universe, like man, is to be interpreted by Science from its divine Principle, God, and then it can be understood;  but when explained on the basis of physical sense and represented as subject to growth, maturity, and decay, the universe, like man, is, and must continue to be, an enigma." (Science and Health, 124)  Of course, such revelations as we were receiving from our studies could not help but bring forth healing. One afternoon, a few weeks after the practitioner brought Science and Health to us and began  praying for my mother, I walked home from a part-time summer job.  As I entered the house, I smelled a delicious aroma and wondered who could be cooking.  My father and I had always done the cooking when Mother was confined to bed.  I walked into the kitchen and found my mother bending down, taking a cake out of the oven.  She had not been able to bend over like that for a long  time.  She looked  at me with a radiant smile and exclaimed that she was completely healed!  We hugged each other, tears of joy flowing down our cheeks!  She said that while reading Science and Health earlier that afternoon her thought had become illumined, and she suddenly knew that the Truth she was loving to read about pertained to her, and she was whole and free at that very moment.  She sat up and put 
32 
on her shoes to walk. However, as she took her first steps, she realized that she could not walk normally in those shoes, for one had a built-up heel, and so removed them and put on her house slippers.  It was then that she realized that one of her legs, which had been shorter than the other and for which she had worn a built-up shoe, was now the same length as the other leg!  The shortened leg, the slipped disk, and the deteriorating disks in her back had all been healed at the same time!  She never suffered from the slightest back problems again. 
My mother found that God never sends "stones," but that needing relief from suffering causes us to seek after God, and laying aside preconceived notions and self-will, we find "stepping stones," a viable path which enables us to apprehend God as "an ever- present help." We both found that the dream that I'd had several months earlier had come true in our lives. It had foretold the coming of the Comforter, the second coming of Christ, to us, which we had previously personalized as the return of Jesus. Mrs. Eddy describes this "second coming" as an "awakening."  "This awakening is the forever coming of Christ, the advanced appearing of Truth, which casts out error and heals the sick. This is the salvation which comes through God, the divine Principle, Love, as demonstrated by Jesus." (Science and Health, 230) As we studied Science and Health along with the Bible over the next several months, we began to understand the symbolism of the dream. "The very circumstance, which your suffering sense deems wrathful and afflictive, Love can make an angel entertained unawares." (Science and Health, 574)  Mrs. Eddy also wrote:  “Spiritual teaching must always be by symbols.”  (Ibid., 575) This amazing and wonderful experience certainly left me with absolutely no doubt that there is a God. The dream and the way its meaning was unfolded to us could not have happened the way it did by chance. It was direct guidance by a loving Intelligence in every detail of the unfoldment.  From  trumpeted dream to my father getting a job in a certain town where we had to rent a furnished house, the only one available, finding a “Christian Science Journal” lodged in the back of a drawer in the bedroom, which included the name of a Christian Science practitioner whom I could call to pray for my mother and introduce us to Christian Science and the "little book" spoken of in Revelation. We now know it as Science and Health With Key To The Scriptures, the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus which he called, "the spirit of truth."  The healings were proofs to us of Mrs. Eddy's claim that the "little book" was indeed the second coming of the Christ, Truth! I should now like to give to you the meaning of the dream, in so far as I now understand it in the light of Christian Science.  Passing years have not dimmed it in its details, but have served to unfold in greater depth the symbols presented at the time, until today, over fifty years later, their profound meanings have been proven many times over in my experience, and have increased immeasurably my gratitude for, and understanding of, the God of my salvation. "Spiritual teaching must always be by  symbols." (Science and Health, 575)  Beginning here and in the following chapters, I will put before you the reasons for my certainty beyond all doubt that Christian Science is the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus.  "...wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?" (James 2: 20) As you read the interpretation, think of the physicists’ new views of reality---that there is only one infinite Consciousness, no matter, therefore, dependence upon a material 
33 
brain or body is useless since there is neither, and in its place is an unhindered reflection of the one perfect Principle of all creation.  Man [including woman of course], is in reality the manifestation in individualized ways of the living Principle, Love;  therefore, each one of us is the manifestation of perfect wholeness.  This absolute fact of existence is provable at every moment…if only we know it!  We must be educated to know that the body is the projection of our beliefs, and therefore we must be aware of what we are taking in as “real.” Mrs. Eddy taught:  “The infinite has no beginning…The creative Principle---Life, Truth, and Love---is God.  The universe reflects God.  There is but one creator and one creation.  This creation consists of the unfolding of spiritual ideas and their identities, which are embraced in the infinite Mind and forever reflected. These ideas range from the infinitesimals to the infinite, and the highest ideas are the sons and daughters of God.”  (S&H 502-503: 24-5 n.p.) All of the numberless “infinitesimals” of the universe belong to God and therefore cannot wear out, go bad, or die.  We, and all, are made of those infinitesimals, which we call atoms, molecules, neutrinos, etc.---it’s time we learned the ramifications of that wonderful fact! 
The Dream's Interpretation 
The trumpets which began and ended the dream: Trumpets were used in the Bible to praise God with music and celebration, as a warning or an announcement of a coming event, or to herald a holy message straight from God, a message Mrs. Eddy called the "trumpet word of Truth." (Science and Health, 427) Trumpets were used in the Book of Revelation by angels to herald the "Day of Christ." "And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets." (Rev. 8:2)  Between the sixth and seventh trumpets, an angel presents "a little book open" to St. John, the beloved  disciple of Christ Jesus who received the Revelation from Christ.  "And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: And he had in his hand a little book open: And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel...And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.  And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings." (Rev. 10:1,2,8,9,11) Mrs. Eddy reveals that this "little book" which was revealed to her by God is none other than Science and Health With Key To The Scriptures. "This angel message which comes from God, clothed with a cloud, [not at first understood] prefigures divine Science." (Science and Health 558:9-10) "This angel had in his hand "a little book," open for all to read and understand.  Did this same book contain the revelation of divine  Science..." (Rev.559:1,2,3) It certainly seemed plain to my mother and me that the trumpets were heralding our finding the "little book."   St. John  writes in chapter 16:12-14,  "..... I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of Truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will show you things to come. He shall 
34 
glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you.” We felt immeasurably blessed to be living in the "Day of Christ," the light of Truth. 
The innumerable crowd of people searching the ground and the rotting log: My dream began with what seemed to be thousands of people diligently searching the ground, looking down at the earth as they walked around, overturning stones, peering into holes, thrusting aside low shrubbery, and kicking through leaves and grass.  This symbolizes all of mankind concentrating on the "earth', matter-based answers, to their quest for happiness and healing.  The old dead log lying on the ground indicated the lifeless character of matter, that it could never bear fruit for mankind.  "And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters."  (Revelation 14: 16,17) 
My fear of the round, purple object: When I found the “Christian Science Journal” in the bedside table, I was indeed afraid. Why, it might be a cult that might enmesh my mother in some kind of bogus hope that she could be healed if she paid them a large sum of money or perhaps send someone out to hypnotize her. I didn't think she would fall for it, but realized that being in pain could cause her to do something she wouldn't ordinarily try.  I tried to talk her out of reading it and then tried to keep her from calling a practitioner listed in the back. I also think that most people, when offered a new way to look at something, find it a bit fearful or unsettling to question or examine long-cherished viewpoints.  Like a child with his nighttime blanket, though tattered and torn, it seems to bring comfort because we've had it for so long, and it has become a necessary habit. It's so much easier not to demand change of ourselves-- -until it is forced upon us. 
The, purple, moving, humming object on top of the log: This object symbolized divine Science, the Comforter or "Spirit of  truth" promised by Christ Jesus. Did the moving and humming not symbolize the fact that right there where material sense was seeing a lack of life and fruitfulness, right there was life?  Life is one of the seven names Mrs. Eddy has given for God. "Life is without beginning and without end. 
Eternity, not time, expresses the thought of Life, and time is no part of eternity. One ceases in proportion as the other is recognized. Time is finite; eternity is forever infinite. Life is neither in nor of matter. What is termed matter is unknown to Spirit [another name for God], which includes in itself all substance and is Life eternal. Matter is a human concept. Life is divine Mind. Life is not limited. Death and finiteness are unknown to Life. If Life ever had a beginning, it would also have an ending.” (Science and Health, 468-469) The perfect roundness of the object speaks of  the whole, complete, unlimited nature of the infinite All of Being. "The circle represents the infinite without beginning or end; ...The sphere represents good, the self-existent and eternal individuality or Mind." ( Science 
35 
and Health, 282)  Anciently the followers of Christ, or Truth, measured Christianity by its power over sickness, sin, and death; but modern religions generally omit all but one of these powers,---the power over sin. We must seek the undivided garment, the whole Christ, as our first proof of Christianity, for Christ, Truth, alone can furnish us with absolute evidence." (Science and Health, 142) The color purple obviously expressed its royal nature since purple has had the significance down through the ages of symbolizing royalty or holiness.  For instance, in Exodus 39:1, we read of purple being used in the garments of Aaron to do service in "the holy place," the ark of the tabernacle which held the two tablets of the Ten Commandments. 
In John 19:2, when Jesus had been delivered to be crucified, the soldiers led him away and clothed him with a purple robe, signifying a king's robe, and  platted a crown of thorns for his head and mocked him, smiting him, and saluting him, crying, "Hail, King of the Jews!" 
Mrs. Eddy called Christ Jesus "the divinely royal man" and "the royal reflection of the infinite." (Science and Health, 313) I realized why the object was purple when I read in Science and Health, 141:10-21, "All  revelation  (such is the popular thought!) must come from the schools and along the lines of scholarly and ecclesiastical descent, as kings are crowned from a royal dynasty.  In healing the sick and sinning, however, Jesus elaborated the fact that the healing effect followed the understanding of the divine Principle and of the Christ-spirit which governed the corporeal Jesus.  For this Principle there is no dynasty, no ecclesiastical monopoly.  Its only crowned head is immortal sovereignty.  Its only priest is the spiritualized man. The Bible declares that all believers are made ‘kings and priests unto God.’” In Rev. 1:4-6, we read, "John to the seven churches which are in Asia:  Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits (the seven names for God given in Science and Health) which are before his throne; and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father; to him be glory and dominion forever and ever. Amen." Lastly, in I Peter 2:9, we read, "...ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvelous light."  This does not mean a particular nation but all nations when we have come together to bow before the Christ, our true selfhood, as One. 
The angel which appeared beside the log and handed me the purple moving object: The Bible is full of references to angels in both the Old and New Testaments. 
According to Webster's, "angel" literally means "messenger:" a celestial being, a messenger of God." Science and Health with Key To The Scriptures reveals some enlightening descriptions of the functions of angels which are as true today as in Bible times. "Angels are pure thoughts from God, winged with Truth and Love, no matter what their individualism may be." (298:28) "My angels are exalted thoughts, appearing at the door of some sepulchre, in which human belief has buried its fondest earthly hopes.  With white [not a skin color, but 
36 
signifying purity and holiness] fingers they point upward to a new and glorious trust, to higher ideals of life and its joys.  Angels are God's representatives.  These upward-soaring beings never lead towards self, sin, or materiality, but guide to the divine Principle of all good, whither every real individuality, image, or likeness of God gathers.  By giving earnest heed to these spiritual guides they tarry with us, and we entertain "angels  unawares." (299:7-17)  "Spirit is symbolized by strength, presence, and power, and also by holy thoughts, winged with Love. These angels of His presence, which have the holiest charge, abound in the spiritual atmosphere of Mind, and consequently reproduce their own characteristics.  Their individual forms we know not, but we do know that their natures are allied to God's nature; and spiritual blessings, thus typified, are the externalized, yet subjective, states of faith and spiritual understanding." (512:8-16)  "ANGELS.  God's thoughts passing to man; spiritual intuitions, pure and perfect; the inspiration of  goodness, purity, and immortality, counteracting all evil, sensuality, and mortality." (S&H 581:4-7) Certainly the angel which appeared to me represented a message from God, meeting me at a place where my human belief had buried its earthly hope. It was winged, not with physical feathery wings, but with Truth and Love.  My mother was definitely included in this dispensation from God, for the angel smiled on both of us before it disappeared. Though still unbeknown to us, our prayers had been answered.  "The footsteps of thought, rising above material standpoints, are slow, and portend a long night to the traveler; but the angels of His presence----the spiritual intuitions that tell us when "the night is far spent, the day is at hand"----are our guardians in the gloom." (Science and Health, 174) 
The "house" which suddenly seemed very close by "The understanding, even in a degree, of the divine All-power destroys fear, and plants the feet in the true path,-----the path which leads to the house built without hands "eternal in the heavens." (Science and Health, 454)  St. Paul said, speaking of his material body, "For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens." (II Corinthians 5:1) He longed to be "clothed upon" with his spiritual body. Is this spiritual body not already the truth about us?  Mrs. Eddy said, "The real house in which "we live, and move, and have our being" is Spirit, God, the eternal harmony of infinite Soul [spiritual understanding, individualized]....Such being its nature, how can our godly temple possibly be demolished, or even disturbed?  Can eternity end? Can Life die? Can Truth be uncertain? Can Love be less than boundless? This beautiful Psalm of  David, beloved by so many Christians, iterates with a great depth of spiritual understanding,  "Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever." (Psalm 23)  Mrs. Eddy gives us the spiritual interpretation of this verse (as well as the rest of the Psalm) in Science and Health, p. 578: "Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life; and I will dwell in the house [the consciousness] of [Love] forever." If our true "house" or body is in reality embraced in "the consciousness of Love," is that not "very close by," even that Love in which we dwell at this moment?  This understanding, "even in a degree," which 
37 
translates "material body" into reflection of Mind, or "consciousness," is our Savior. It "destroys fear," heals and blesses us beyond measure. "Jesus beheld in Science the perfect man, who appeared to him where sinning mortal man appears to mortals. In this perfect man the Savior saw God's own likeness, and this correct view of man healed the sick. Thus Jesus taught that the kingdom of God is intact, universal, and that man is pure and holy.  Man is not a material habitation for Soul; he is himself spiritual." (Science  and Health, 476-477) As I took the "Comforter," the spiritual Truth about God and man, (symbolized by the purple moving object), from the angel (God's message coming to me, the inspiration of goodness, purity, and immortality, which enabled me to know that I had found what my mother and I had been searching for) into my house (my consciousness of Love, where my mother was also dwelling, I lost all fear for her and regained my "lost God.") My mother discovered that the "house" she thought she dwelled in, a pain-filled, inharmonious material body, was in fact an ever perfect and harmonious image in the Mind that we call God. She found that instead of having her own personal body separate from God, she, including all of creation, was the "body" of God, the intelligence of Mind, the purity of Spirit, the spiritual sense and understanding of Soul, the spiritual power of Principle, the loving living of Life, the health and wholeness of Truth, and the fulfillment and holiness of Love. (This is beautifully explained on pp. 115-116 of Science and Health.) She caught a glimpse of the mighty Truth that Mrs. Eddy labored to reveal to poor, suffering humanity, that "Man is not matter; he is not made up of brain, blood, bones, and other material elements. The Scriptures inform us that man is made in the image and likeness of God. Matter is not that likeness. The likeness of Spirit cannot be so unlike Spirit. “Man is spiritual and perfect; and because he is spiritual and perfect, he must be so understood in Christian Science. Man is idea, the image, of Love; he is not physique. He is the  compound idea of God, including all right ideas; the generic term for all that reflects God's image and likeness; the conscious identity of being as found in Science, in which man is the reflection of God, or Mind, and therefore is eternal;  that which has no separate mind from God;  that which has not a single quality underived from Deity;  that which possesses no life, intelligence, nor creative power of his own, but reflects spiritually all that belongs to his Maker." (Science and Health, 475) Are you wondering what is meant by “idea?”  Webster defines it:  “a transcendent entity that is the real pattern of which existing things are imperfect representations.”  Their representation is matter-based to mortal mind and keeps them from being recognized as infinite and eternal. Ideas are visible representatives of the invisible qualities and characteristics of divine Mind. They are never outside of the Mind conceiving them.  God’s embodied ideas are the “body” of God.  Body is, therefore, the aggregation of spiritual ideas forever governed and controlled by the law of Life, harmonious and eternal. 
The prophetic dream and its unfoldment in our experience, the finding of the Christ, Truth, the Comforter, followed quickly by healing, proved to us the veracity of the first sentence in Science and  Health, "To those leaning on the sustaining infinite, to-day is big with blessings."  (Preface, vii) The next paragraph says, "The time for thinkers has come. Truth, independent of doctrines and time- honored systems, knocks at the portal of humanity.  Contentment with the past and the cold conventionality of  materialism are crumbling away.  Ignorance of God is no longer the stepping-
38 
stone to faith. The only guarantee of obedience is a right apprehension of Him whom to know aright is life eternal."  Those in the fields of science, theology, and medicine must become “thinkers” and begin to reason out from God, the Principle of creation. In no other way can they arrive at Truth. 
After my mother's healing, we were certainly ready to let go of old theological doctrines and the world's deeply held beliefs concerning matter.  There are no miracles.  We had touched the hem of an almost inconceivable power---the actual Science of the universe, the power of Mind.  We began to understand that all along it has been Mind that is God, the one infinite consciousness, that is reflected in man and the universe. This wonderful Father-Mother Mind, omniscient, omnipotent, omnipresent, omni- active, is Love.  "To grasp the reality and order of being in its Science, you must begin by reckoning God as the divine  Principle of all that really is.  Spirit, Life, Truth, Love, combine as one,----and are the Scriptural names for God.  All substance, intelligence, wisdom, being, immortality, cause, and effect belong to God. These are His attributes, the eternal manifestations of the infinite divine Principle, Love.  No wisdom is wise but His wisdom, no truth is true, no love is lovely, no life is life but the divine; no good is but the good God bestows." (Science and Health, 275) Naturally, all of this was quite a departure from what we had been raised to believe! 
Were we  disappointed to learn that the Comforter was not Jesus coming down through the clouds and bodily taking all believers up into heaven to be with him?  Honestly, we didn't even think of being disappointed!  We were so affected by the "Spirit of Truth," the "Holy Ghost," that had come into our lives and made an "abode" with us and healed us and was "teaching us all things" that all of the old literal interpretations of Jesus' words just left us.  It seemed the greatest gift and grace of Love to us that a Comforter coming to teach would, quite naturally, be a book that mankind could study and gain thereby a full salvation right here.  If the kingdom of heaven is truly "within you" as Jesus said, then you don't need to go up to it to gain it!  A book, after all, remains available to everyone, bearing the message to an age which is now able to bear it. A belief in a "rapture" event means that suddenly there are millions who don't get taken up into heaven but are left behind to .....what? Go to hell? All roads to salvation cut off, even if you have never had an opportunity to learn about Christ?  Our new conception of God was far above a human-like Father so wrathful and vindictive that for a pitiful life of fourscore years and ten He would consign you to a burning hell forever. Deep in my heart I never could believe in such a God. But who could not believe in a God who is an ever- present source of supply, filling our human needs in ways that seem miraculous, but, we were learning, are normal and natural to the one Mind that is Love in whom we all dwell? Man is the unceasing expression of God’s unfoldment of His own nature as Life, Truth, and Love.  This understanding, even in a small degree, that Love is never separate from His manifestation, man, is our true being, and dissipates the belief that existence is limited, mortal, and finite.  Spiritually thinking from this perspective, the floodgates are open, and nothing is impossible to God, our only real Life and Mind.  Are you a scientist, or perhaps a theologian or in the medical profession, reading this and glimpsing the ramifications of mankind’s yet infant knowledge of man and the universe as Mind and 
39 
Mind’s infinite manifestation?  Having already looked at the ramifications of science through the eyes of physicists and a practical demonstration of it in my own life, in Chapters 3 and 4 we will look at the ramifications for theology and medicine. “Evidence drawn from the five physical senses relates solely to human reason;  and because of opacity to the true light, human reason dimly reflects and feebly transmits Jesus’ works and words.  Truth is a revelation.”  (117) 
Mrs. Eddy gives us her revelation concerning a parable of Jesus not explained in Matthew or Luke:  “Jesus bade his disciples beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and the Sadducees, which he defined as human doctrines.  His parable of the ‘leaven, which a woman took, and hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened,’ impels the inference that the spiritual leaven signifies the Science of Christ and its spiritual interpretation,---an inference far above the merely ecclesiastical and formal applications of the illustration.”  (Luke 13: 21) (S&H 117-118, emphasis is mine) 
“Did not this parable point a moral with a prophecy, foretelling the second appearance in the flesh of the Christ, Truth, hidden in sacred secrecy from the visible world? 
Ages pass, but this leaven of Truth is ever at work.  It must destroy the entire mass of error, and so be eternally glorified in man’s spiritual freedom.  “In their spiritual significance, Science, Theology, and Medicine [the “three measures of meal” hidden by “a woman,” [now known to be Mary Baker Eddy, the revelator to this age of the Comforter] are means of divine thought, which include spiritual laws emanating from the invisible and infinite power and grace.  The parable may import that these spiritual laws, perverted by a perverse material sense of law, are metaphysically presented as three measures of meal,---that is, three modes of mortal thought.  In all mortal forms of thought, dust [signifying the nothingness of matter-based beliefs], is dignified as the natural status of men and things, and modes of material motion are honored with the name of laws. This continues until the leaven of spirit changes the whole of mortal thought, as yeast changes the chemical properties of meal. “The definitions of material law, as given by natural science, represent a kingdom necessarily divided against itself, because these definitions portray law as physical, not spiritual.  Therefore they contradict the divine decrees and violate the law of Love, in which nature and God are one and the natural order of heaven comes down to earth. “When we endow matter with vague spiritual power,---that is, when we do so in our theories, for of course we cannot really endow matter with what it does not and cannot possess,---we disown the Almighty, for such theories lead to one of two things.  They either presuppose the self-evolution or self-government of matter, or else they assume that matter is the product of Spirit.  To seize the first horn of this dilemma and consider matter as a power in and of itself, is to leave the creator out of His own universe;  while to grasp the other horn of the dilemma and regard God as the creator of matter, is not only to make Him responsible for all disasters, physical and moral, but to announce Him as their source, thereby making Him guilty of maintaining perpetual misrule in the form and under the name of natural law.” (118-119) 
40 
We have investigated the first “measure of meal,” science, and its leavening process brought about by divine Science.  We will now see how this leavening process has and is affecting theology. 
41 
Chapter 3  The Comforter and its Vast Spiritual Implications for Theology 
Since my religion is Christian, I will naturally focus on the Christian religion! 
However, based as it is, on the actual science that governs our universe, the beauty of Christian Science is its non-sectarian position on God.  God is Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love.  God is “I AM THAT I AM,” the invisible made visible through reflection, the true universal science now known to be governing everything.  The fact that Mind is reflected as the universe has recently been credited by many physicists as indisputable.  Mind is infinite, therefore eternal, and all people must be seen as expressions of that divine Principle, the  Law that governs us all. Reasoning out from that fact, as we learn to do in Christian Science, will bring us into the civilization described at the end of the Book of Revelation, “the city foursquare.”  It is heaven right here on earth, where God, good, is seen as the very universe, including man, in expression. We saw that scientists studying the universe and its laws have begun to take the “paradigm leap,” an awakening to the truth behind the workings of the universe.  Is there evidence, equally important, that religionists, theologians, ministers, and people just interested in religion, are also beginning to look more closely at long-held beliefs, examining them for their effectiveness in today’s world?  I think there is more interest today in the deeper things of God, in searching the Truth that lies behind their doctrines, wanting more proofs of its utility in their own lives.  Here are a few news items from this past decade that point to such a conclusion: 
“Author, (Episcopalian Minister), and spiritual director Michael Gemignani believes that if the church is to fulfill its mission…, it must have spiritual healing as the focus of its ministry.  In Making Your Church a House of Healing,...Gemignani addresses key questions, including:  What is spiritual healing?  Why is it so important?   How can my church develop a ministry focused on spiritual healing?  What obstacles are we likely to encounter and how might we overcome them?  Foreword writer and prolific author Keith Miller describes Making Your Church a House of Healing ‘a remarkable book.’  Spiritual director and author Dr. Leslie A. Hay offers her praise as well: ‘Michael Gemignani has carefully crafted a straightforward guide for church ministry that is sensitive to healing of both individual members and the congregation as a whole.’”  (Establishing the church as an instrument of spiritual healing.”  Press release via Religion News Service   October 1, 2008) 
The German Bertelsmann Foundation, a leading social researcher, conducted a global survey reaching 21,000 individuals in 21 nations on the significance of religion in main cultures of the world.  They found that worldwide, more than 4 out of 5 young adults, 85%, were religious, and almost half were deeply religious. 13 % had no religious feelings about God, but a third of young adults worldwide who did not belong to a particular 
42 
denomination still thought of themselves as religious.  The United States was the exception with 54% saying they were highly religious---only 9% considering themselves non-religious. (Bertelsmann Foundation  July 10, 2008) 
In 2008, the General Synod of the Church of England made the historic decision to consecrate women as bishops.  It was “a great and long overdue moment for full recognition of the ministry of women in the church and the full dignity of women in society,” reported Ekklesia.  (“Church of England makes historic decision for women bishops.” 
www.ekklesia.co.uk.  July 8, 2008) 
Another “first” for women in the church was the welcoming of women delegates to the Christian Reformed Church annual assembly.  They made history by welcoming a woman to serve as an executive to the annual assembly of their church in North America. 
Rev. Joel Boot, Synod President, said: “Sisters and brothers, this has been a long time in coming.  This is an historic occasion.  I consider it to be a distinct honor and privilege to be leading you through this…”  It was reported that 26 women delegates attended the synod among 188 delegates.  (Henry Hess  Press Release  www.crcna.org  June 16, 2008) 
In the 1990s, sociologists dismissed the belief that religion was a major driver of human behavior.  In fact, for most of the 20th century, they believed that religion would become less and less important as societies advanced.  It is now seen to be the opposite. 
Greater advancements bring greater interest in religion.  “A new study by the American Historical Association found a significant increase in the quantity of work done by sociologists on religion which shows religion is a significant factor, perhaps even central, to understanding a given group of people.  The data shows religion has become the most popular theme studied by historians, particularly among those new to the profession. Other fields are also focusing on religion in their studies.” (Scott Jaschik “Sociologists Get Religion”  www.insidehighered.com  Feb. 9, 2010) 
Dr. Aliza Lavie, a political science professor at Bar-llan University, reported that from her visits across the United States, she felt that the year 2009 would mark a significant return to personal prayer and religious dialogue.  She thought it “most remarkable” that “throughout the diverse communities and movements that [she had] visited…religious, cultural, and political organizations, student groups, the aged---in every place there is interest in the power of prayer and in the development of religious dialogue.”  Her contacts included Christians, Muslims, and those who did not categorize their faith.  Those who had never read the Bible or prayed before “confessed” to keeping journals, more introspection and meditation, talking to God, asking for help.  They also reported having conversations with others about God.  (Making time for prayer and religious dialogue to New Year’s resolution lists.”  (PR Newswire.  December 31, 2008) 
43 
“Media interest in religion is booming.  Whenever publishers put a religious topic on the cover, newsstands sales go through the roof,” notes Steven Waldman, Beliefnet co- founder and editor-in-chief, adding the interest includes a variety of faiths.”  The “religion writer gets more mail than anybody else,” because the public’s interest in religious subjects is so high.  The subjects “about how faith and spirituality can help people in their daily lives” are the most popular. (David Ward  Media Roundup:  Public interest in religion remains strong   PR Week US  April 28, 2008) 
“Peter J. Gomes, Harvard University preacher, says there is probably more active religious life than there has been in a hundred years.  On secular campuses across the country including Colgate and Berkley, school personnel say students are drawn to religion and spirituality with more fervor than they can remember.  The students are enrolling in religious courses, living in faith-based dormitories many universities are building especially for them, and joining discussion groups.  Lesleigh Cushing, an assistant professor of religion and Jewish studies at Colgate, said she “can fill basically any class on the Bible.””   (Alan Finder  “Matters of Faith Find a New Prominence on Campus”  The New York Times. (May 2, 2007) 
These gleams of light bring me comfort and hope.  They indicate a great overturning going on in world consciousness.  People everywhere are reaching out (and inward) for solutions, for a higher sense of humanity, God, unity, and harmony.  We sense a need to “start at the beginning,” to examine knowledge long held as fact, to consider outmoded practices in need of reform, to uncover injustices, to peer closely into mankind’s progress thus far, looking it fully and frankly in the face. It is worth our supreme efforts, and, of course, must begin with each of us individually being willing to seriously and honestly question our own beliefs.  We must be honest and brave enough to jettison those which are not morally and practically conducive to peace and progress. The prophet Ezekiel gives us this warning from God:  “I will overturn, overturn, and overturn it:  and it shall be no more, until he come whose right it is, and I will give it him.” [“him” meaning “the future ideal king,” as explained in the One volume Bible Commentary, edited by J.R. Dummelow, Macmillan, p. 506]  This ideal king was, of course, Christ Jesus, not that Jesus ever became a king since that was not his purpose, but that the Christ, Truth, which he taught, demonstrated, and embodied would eventually rule the earth.  Jesus taught that one cannot pour new wine into old bottles.  The old erroneous ways of thinking need to be overturned and discarded before they can receive the Truth. Here is a summary of the “gleams of light” found in the theological news articles (that I obviously have had for a while, but still are accurate today):  1.)  Women religious leaders are becoming more and more accepted as full partners in the mission of their churches and taking their place as ministers, bishops, etc. with full clergy rights  2.)  There is a world-wide resurgence in spirituality, including among young people, as well as the media. (What was not mentioned was the unusual amount of religious-themed movies which have come out lately.)   3.)  Churches are now beginning to see the necessity of spiritual healing 
44 
as the focus of their ministry.  4.)  Religion is now beginning to be seen as necessary for societies to advance.  We applaud this wonderful progress and look forward to much more in this seventh thousand-year period looked forward to by the prophets and Christ Jesus.  (We will discuss the importance of this period later in the book.) 
Mary Baker Eddy’s prescience in the workings and ramifications of what she discerned when the Christ, Truth, poured into her consciousness during her years of revelation, are on display in these quotes from her book, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  They are still beyond the average person’s comprehension today, and need to be studied, but her works (healings), just like Jesus’ works, prove her understanding, as well as the authenticity of the message.  (Nearly all who have been healed have been so blessed with just an inkling of understanding, so powerful is it!)   It had to have come straight from God, for the knowledge upon which it is based was not known in her day. Here are some of her remarks and teachings which touch upon theological themes: 
“The time for thinkers has come.  Truth, independent of time-honored creeds, knocks at the portal of humanity.  Contentment with the past and the cold conventionality of materialism are crumbling away.  Ignorance of God is no longer the stepping-stone to faith.  The only guarantee of obedience is a right apprehension of Him whom to know aright is life eternal.”  (S&H, Preface )    “If we pray to God as a corporeal person, this will prevent us from relinquishing the human doubts and fears which attend such a belief, and so we cannot grasp the wonders wrought by infinite, incorporeal Love, to whom all things are possible.  Because of human ignorance of the divine Principle, Love, the Father of all is represented as a corporeal creator, hence men recognize themselves as merely physical, and are ignorant of man as God’s image and reflection and of man’s eternal incorporeal existence.”  (13) “We cannot ‘serve two masters.’  To be ‘present with the Lord’ is to have, not mere emotional ecstasy or faith, but the actual demonstration  and understanding of Life as revealed in Christian Science.   To ‘be with the Lord’ is to be in obedience to the law of God, to be absolutely governed by divine Love---by Spirit, not matter…Entirely separate from the belief and dream of material living, is the Life divine, revealing spiritual understanding and the consciousness of man’s dominion over the whole earth.  This understanding casts out error and heals the sick, and with it you can speak as one having authority.’”  (14) 
“Prayer cannot change the Science of being, but it tends to bring us into harmony with it…The mere habit of pleading with the divine Mind, as one pleads with a human being, perpetuates the belief in God as humanly circumscribed,---an error which impedes spiritual growth… “God is Love.  Can we ask Him to be more?  God is intelligence.  Can we inform the infinite Mind of anything He does not already comprehend?  Do we expect to change perfection?  Shall we plead for more at the open fount, which is pouring forth more than we accept?... “God is ‘the same yesterday, today, and forever;’  and He who is immutably right will do right without being reminded of His province… “Who would stand before a blackboard and pray the principle of mathematics to solve the problem?  The rule is already established, and it is our task to work out the solution.”  (2-3) “Miracles are impossible in Science, and here Science takes issue with popular religions.  The scientific manifestation of power is from the divine nature and is not 
45 
supernatural, since Science is an explication  (“a detailed description;  a full account” Webster) of nature.”  The belief that the universe, including man, is governed in general by material laws, but that occasionally Spirit sets aside these laws,---this belief belittles omnipotent wisdom, and gives to matter the precedence over Spirit…It is contrary to Christian Science to suppose that Life is either material or organically spiritual.  Between Christian Science and all forms of superstition a great gulf is fixed, as impassable as that between Dives and Lazarus.”  (83) “For centuries,---yea, always---natural science has not been considered a part of any religion, Christianity not excepted.  Even now multitudes consider  that which they call science has no proper connection with faith and piety.  Mystery does not enshroud Christ’s teachings, and they are not theoretical and fragmentary, but practical and complete;  and being practical and complete, they are not deprived of their essential vitality.”  (98, emphasis in original) “Those, who are willing to leave their nets or to cast them on the right side for Truth, have the opportunity now, as aforetime, to learn and practice Christian healing.”  The Scriptures contain it.  The spiritual import of the Word imparts this power. ”  (271)  (Mark 16: 17-18) 
“Jesus of Nazareth was the most scientific man that ever trod the globe.  He plunged beneath the material surface of things and found the spiritual cause. To accommodate himself to immature ideas of spiritual power,---for spirituality was possessed only in a limited degree even by his disciples,---Jesus called the body, which by spiritual power he raised from the grave, ‘flesh and bones.’  To show that the substance of himself was Spirit and the body no more perfect because of death and no less material until the ascension (his further spiritual exaltation), Jesus waited until the mortal or fleshly sense had relinquished the belief of substance-matter, and spiritual sense had quenched all earthly yearnings.  Thus he found the eternal Ego, and proved that he and the Father were inseparable as God and His reflection or spiritual man.  Our Master gained the solution of being, demonstrating the existence of but one Mind without a second or equal.”  (313: 23-314: 9) “Jesus beheld in Science the perfect man, who appeared to him where sinning mortal man appears to mortals.  In this perfect man the Savior saw God’s own likeness, and this correct view of man healed the sick.  Thus Jesus taught that the kingdom of God is intact, universal, and that man is pure and holy.  Man is not a habitation for Soul;  he is himself spiritual.  Soul, being Spirit, is seen in nothing imperfect nor material.”  (476: 32- 477: 8) 
“The mission of Jesus confirmed prophecy, and explained the so-called miracles of olden time as natural demonstrations of the divine power, demonstrations which were not understood.  Jesus’ works established his claim to the Messiahship.  In reply to John’s inquiry, ‘Art thou he that should come,’ Jesus returned an affirmative reply, recounting his works, instead of referring to his doctrine, confident that this exhibition of divine power to heal would fully answer the question… he gave his benediction to anyone who should not deny that such effects, coming from divine Mind, prove the unity of God,---the divine Principle which brings out all harmony.”  (Matt. 11, 2-6)  (130-132) 
46 
“The Master’s first article of faith propounded to his students was healing, and he proved his faith by his works.  The ancient Christians were healers.  Why has this element of Christianity been lost?  Because our systems of religion are governed more or less by our systems of medicine.  The first idolatry was faith in matter.  The schools have rendered faith in drugs the fashion, rather than faith in Deity.  By trusting matter to destroy its own discord, health and harmony have been sacrificed.  Such systems are barren of the vitality of spiritual power, by which material sense is made the servant of Science and religion becomes Christ like.”  (145-6) “Jesus never spoke of disease as dangerous or as difficult to heal.  When his students brought to him a case they had failed to heal, he said to them, ‘O faithless generation,’ implying that the requisite power to heal was in Mind.  He prescribed no drugs, urged no obedience to material laws, but acted in direct disobedience to them…Both anatomy and theology define man as both physical and mental, and place mind at the mercy of matter for every function, formation, and manifestation…When mortals sin, this ruling of the schools leaves them to the guidance of a theology which admits God to be the healer of sin but not of sickness, although our great Master demonstrated that Truth could save from sickness as well as from sin.”  (147: 24-149: 2) “Does Deity interpose in behalf of one worshipper, and not help another who offers the same measure of prayer?  If the sick recover because they pray or are prayed for audibly, only petitioners (per se or by proxy) should get well.  In divine Science, where prayers are mental, all may avail themselves of God as a ‘very present help in trouble.’  Love is impartial and universal in its adaptation and bestowals. It is the open fount which cries, ‘Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters.’”  (12, 13, emphasis in original) “Though demonstrating his control over sin and disease, the great Teacher by no means relieved others from giving the requisite proofs of their own piety.  He worked for their guidance, that they might demonstrate this power as he did and understand its divine Principle.  Implicit faith in the teacher and all the emotional love we can bestow on him, will never make us imitators of him.  We must go and do likewise, else we are not improving the great blessings which our Master worked and suffered to bestow upon us.  The divinity of the Christ was made manifest in the humanity of Jesus.”  (25: 22-32) “Does erudite theology regard the crucifixion of Jesus chiefly as providing a ready pardon for all sinners who ask for it and are willing to be forgiven?  Does spiritualism find Jesus’ death necessary only for the presentation, after death, of the material Jesus, as proof that spirits can return to earth?  Then we must differ from them both…The truth had been lived among men;  but until they saw that it enabled their Master to triumph over the grave, his own disciples could not admit such an event to be possible.  After the resurrection, even the unbelieving Thomas was forced to acknowledge how complete was the great proof of Truth and Love…The spiritual essence of blood is sacrifice.  The efficacy of Jesus’ spiritual offering is infinitely greater than can be expressed by our sense of human blood.  The material blood of Jesus was no more efficacious to cleanse from sin when it was shed upon ‘the accursed tree,’ than when it was flowing in his veins as he went daily about his Father’s business.  His true flesh and blood were his Life;  and they truly eat his flesh and drink his 
47 
blood, who partake of that divine Life.  Jesus taught the way of life by demonstration, that we may understand how this divine Principle heals the sick, casts our error, and triumphs over death.”  (24, 25) “That Life is God, Jesus proved by his reappearance after the crucifixion in strict accordance with scientific statement:  ‘Destroy this temple [body], and in three days I [Spirit] will raise it up.’  It is as if he had said:  ‘The I----the life, substance and intelligence of the universe---is not in matter to be destroyed.”  (27) “By interpreting God as a corporeal Savior, but not as the saving Principle, divine Love, we shall continue to seek salvation through pardon and not through reform, and resort to matter instead of Spirit for the cure of the sick. As mortals reach, through Christian Science, a higher sense, they will seek to learn, not from matter, but from the divine Principle, God, how to demonstrate Christ, Truth, as the healing, saving power.”  (285) “The prophet of today beholds in the mental horizon the signs of these times, the reappearance of the Christianity which heals the sick and destroys error, and no other sign shall be given.  Body cannot be saved except through Mind.  The Science of Christianity is misinterpreted by a material age, for it is the healing influence of Spirit (not spirits) which the material senses cannot comprehend,---which can only be spiritually discerned.  Creeds, doctrines, and human hypotheses do not express Christian Science, much less can they demonstrate it.”  (98, emphasis in original) “Error, urged to its final limits, is self-destroyed.  Error will cease to claim that soul is in body, that life and intelligence are in matter, and that this matter is man.  Mortals will disappear, and immortals, or the children of God, will appear as the only and eternal verities of man.  Mortals are not children of God.  They never had a perfect state of being, which may subsequently be regained.  They were, from the beginning of mortal history, ‘conceived in sin and brought forth in iniquity.’  Mortality is finally swallowed up in immortality,” (476) 
“Undisturbed amid the jarring testimony of the material senses, Science, still enthroned, is unfolding to mortals the immutable, harmonious, divine Principle,---is unfolding Life and the universe, ever present and eternal.”  (306) “The sinless joy,---the perfect harmony and immortality of Life, possessing unlimited divine beauty and goodness without a single bodily pleasure or pain,---constitutes the only veritable, indestructible man, whose being is spiritual.  This state of existence is scientific and intact,---a perfection discernible only by those who have the final understanding of Christ in divine Science.  Death can never hasten this state of existence, for death must be overcome, not submitted to, before immortality appears.”  (76) The beliefs of Mind and body being separate entities will change as religious teachings begin to conform to the understanding of the universal Principle of all things.  Jesus will be seen as the greatest teacher ever to have come to us;  he was a true Scientist, for he taught and embodied the great facts of being, the Science which will redeem the world from its erroneous beliefs of being separate from God, good.   The Truth about man and the universe that he brought to mankind is the Christ, not his human body, but his message of perfect being. 
The life Jesus presented through the works of his own life was spiritual good flowing from the understanding of man’s divinity and his abiding consciousness of man’s forever oneness with his 
48 
spiritual Cause.  Man’s being can never change to non-being.  The very substance of life is Spirit, unconfined and indestructible;  therefore, life is never limited.  Jesus knew (not hoped or believed) that not only is man’s identity eternal, but that everything connected with him is limitless also.  On this basis he could heal, restore, reform, regenerate, and resurrect.  He knew that he, and everything and everyone, was not subject to matter, and in fact, was not even in matter. If man is the unceasing expression of God’s unfoldment of His own nature as Life, Truth, and Love, then this fact has huge implications for theology. 
“Anciently the followers of Christ, or Truth, measured Christianity by its power over sickness, sin, and death;  but modern religions generally omit all but one of these powers,---the power over sin.  We must seek the undivided garment, the whole Christ, as our first proof of Christianity, for Christ, Truth, alone can furnish us with absolute evidence.” (142) 
Jesus gave us his “new commandment:”  “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another;  as I have loved you, that ye also love one another.”  (John 13: 34) Again, Jesus reiterates the importance of truly loving our fellowman:  “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.”  (Matt. 19: 19)  Most churches do a commendable job of gathering and supplying those in need with bountiful material supplies of food, clothing, even homes built for them.  But contrast this sense of obeying that commandment with this one from Acts 3: 1-9:  “Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour.  And a certain man lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple.  Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms.  And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us.  And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something from them.  Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none;  but such as I have, give I thee:  In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.  And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up:  and immediately his feet and ankle bones received strength.  And he leaping up stood, and walked, and entered into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God.” Which demonstrated the greatest love for his neighbor, material supply or healing his ability to walk and thereby enabling him to supply himself?  Peter looked on the lame man with great love, using what he knew of the truth of the man’s wholeness, and that divine observation, looking out from the truth of his divine Mind, Peter showed forth, or reflected, the actual harmonious activity of the man as a whole idea in that same Mind.  It was not a miraculous gift given to Peter, but his use of the Science which governs the universe.  The people were amazed at the healing, yet it was a natural, normal expression of divine Mind being reflected by Peter and the man.  If we did this today as an everyday occurrence, think how it would change the world!  It is the unbridled power of divine Mind which is Love that will in future generations, on a world-wide scale, bring peace and unparalleled progress. 
Physicists, have you apprehended these ramifications of your mighty leap? The idea of loving one's neighbor as one's true self is an impersonal, non-objective concept, the fullness of divine completeness, like the first command. It is Love looking into the purity of its own Being and beholding (being wholly) its Self (man). Since we are not asked to love a corporeal God, we are not asked to love a corporeal neighbor since there is 
49 
truly no such thing in either case.  Jesus' "new commandment" is asking us to look out upon the world and our fellow-man from God's (our only true Mind's) point of view. When we can do that, we will find that our new outlook harmonizes our relationships, blessing ourselves as well as our "neighbors."  That which acknowledges the nature of true being is Truth acknowledging Itself.  Jesus "new commandment" was given from the standpoint of divine Science, the standpoint from which he lived his life and performed his mighty acts. Harmony is not miraculous, but the natural, normal working of divine Principle as he applied it mentally to everything which presented itself to him as inharmony. He told us we would do the same.  The mission of Jesus was the greatest life-giving mission to mankind, for it pointed us to a divine Principle which he understood and used daily. "The Christ was the Spirit which Jesus implied in his own statements: 'I am the way, the truth, and the life; ' 'I and my Father are one.'  "This Christ, or divinity of the man Jesus, was his divine nature, the godliness which animated him.  Divine Life, Truth, and Love gave Jesus authority over sin, sickness, and death.  His mission was to reveal the Science of celestial being, to prove what God is and what He does for man."  (26)   Did he not illustrate for every one of us the fact of our own true nature?  Did not Peter, using the same Mind or consciousness of good, see that infinite good being reflected, being the fact of, the apparent lameness?  Isn’t this the outcome of seeing with our Mind that which Mind is manifesting? 
Isn’t this so much more Christian than seeing man as “out there,” separate from us, or worse, separate from God?  The physicists’ “new physics” has helped to bring us closer to being able to obey Christ Jesus’ commandment to exercise our true seeing---acknowledging that all that is there is God, good, in manifestation. Christian healing, including raising the dead, went on for about three hundred years after Jesus ascended.  But just as a baby cannot be taught calculus, an ignorant and spiritually infantile sense cannot comprehend the vast Science which underlies the universe. 
Mrs. Eddy states in Science and Health, 95:29, "The world is asleep in the cradle of infancy, dreaming away the hours."  One first reads that and thinks, "What? We are the most advanced civilization that has ever been! "But then, we look at the wondrous acts of Jesus which he told us we should do and realize, " We certainly aren't advanced enough to do those works!"  Mrs. Eddy's mission was to bring to the world the greater spiritual understanding that will enable us to do the "higher works" that Jesus did. However, I must say, there are Christian Scientists who are doing the marvelous healings that Jesus did. This is one of the major reasons why I am convinced that Christian Science is the promised Comforter. Because of his virgin birth, Jesus naturally embodied this Science and used it effortlessly, showing us what man is capable of once he understands the power and magnificence of his Source and actual condition as an image in God, Mind.  Jesus thus spoke in parables, symbols, to give his listeners a sense of their Father's ever-present love and willingness to provide abundance to His beloved sons and daughters.  Mrs. Eddy wrote that “teaching must always be by symbols.”  (S&H 575: 14)  (Think of math, music, writing, art, etc.) The ignorance of man's present status as a perfect expression or idea of a divine 
50 
Mind in which he lives and moves and has his being is still foreign to most of mankind today. Our general awareness and knowledge, of the workings of the science of the universe have brought us to a point where we can at least speak of science as an integrated system which follows invariable rules. We can use such words as "matter," "physics," “consciousness,” etc., knowledge which we can see as necessary to translate into their spiritual meanings.  We must do this in order to comprehend the demonstrations Jesus made over matter and to "do the greater works" which he promised we would be able to do. The textbook, Science and Health, uses these terms and others, especially because they are essential to our understanding of its profound message. It is vital, indeed, absolutely necessary, to take religion out of the realm of mysticism, miracles, slippery faith, creeds, dogma, all-over-the-map beliefs, and establish it as one final, scientific, self-existent, self-purifying, self-delineating, self-governing, self- perpetuating, self-harmonizing, self-fulfilling invariable Principle, the eternally present laws which govern the universe, that can be learned by anyone, even young children, to demonstrate in an infinite variety of ways.  This is the great need of this age, the need for which the Comforter came. The Comforter did not come to a special people or religion, but to teach all mankind the Truth of who we are, so that, at long last, we can regain the heaven which we seem to have lost. In the Glossary of  Science and Health, Mrs. Eddy gives the scientific definition of heaven: "HEAVEN.  Harmony; the reign of Spirit; government by divine Principle;  spirituality; bliss; the atmosphere of Soul [spiritual sense and understanding]." (p.587)   “Bliss” according Webster:  “Exalted happiness;  heavenly joy.” Christian Science, which is the universal workings of divine Science on a human scale, is an almost overwhelming revelation to the human mind. If it were not for the great fact that God has a Christ, "...the true idea voicing good, the divine message from God to men speaking to the human consciousness," we would never, with our deep-seated erroneous beliefs, be able to grasp the pure spirituality of our being.” (S&H 332)   Christian Science comes to mankind to reveal to him the true identity of man. Its purpose is to translate what seems to be a physically scientific world into the "city foursquare" of Revelation 21.  This city is civilization based on divine Science, not on the ensnaring physical sciences. It is the collective and universal counterpart of all that the individual Jesus stood for in his day. Its mission is to save mankind from self-destruction, and to rebirth the human race. The age of the harmonization of man with his environment will become evident as divine Science is increasingly understood. "Science, understood, translates matter into Mind."(Miscellaneous Writings, another of Mrs. Eddy's books, 25:12) We have been looking at our universe from the wrong perspective for so many thousands of years that we are, as a general populace, unable to "think outside the box" of matter-mind or brain-as-mind. Physicists' views have, however, undergone great changes over the past century and into this one.  Science and Health is full of passages about matter- views and how they are completely erroneous.  As "asleep" as most of the world still is to the Truth concerning the all-power of Mind and the nothingness of matter, the Comforter has begun a stirring, an overturning, an awakening to its unfolding power. The truth of spiritual being, as opposed to material being, which is now known to be erroneous, is powerful 
51 
enough to lift the veil of human beliefs and assert the reality of omnipotent Mind as the creator and governor of the universe and man. Christ Jesus reflected this Mind when he overcame every material "law" with the divine law of Spirit. The Science of Christ, or Christian Science, proves this law to be impersonal, ever-available, and ever-operative for all to learn and use. 
“In a world of sin and sensuality hastening to a greater development of power, it is wise earnestly to consider whether it is the human mind or the divine Mind which is influencing one.  What the prophets of Jehovah did, the worshippers of Baal failed to do, yet artifice and delusion claimed that they could equal the work of wisdom.  Science only can explain the incredible good and evil elements now coming to the surface.  Mortals must find refuge in Truth in order to escape the error of these latter days.  Nothing is more antagonistic to Christian Science than a blind belief without understanding, for such a belief hides Truth and builds on error.”  (82-83) “SALVATION.  Life, Truth, and Love understood and demonstrated as supreme over all;  sin, sickness, and death destroyed.”  (593)   “Error, urged to its final limits, is self- destroyed.  Error will cease to claim that Soul is in body, that life and intelligence are in matter, and that this matter is man…Mortals will disappear, and immortals, the children of God, will appear as the only and eternal verities of man.  Mortals are not children of God. 
They never had a perfect state of being, which may subsequently be regained.  They were, from  the beginning of mortal history, ‘conceived in sin and brought forth in iniquity.’ Mortality is finally swallowed up in immortality.”  (476) 
“Today the healing power of Truth is widely demonstrated as an imminent, eternal Science, instead of a phenomenal exhibition.  Its appearing is the coming anew of the gospel of ‘on earth peace, good-will toward men.’  This coming, as was promised by the Master, is for its establishment as a permanent dispensation among men;  but the mission of Christian Science now, as in the time of its earlier demonstration, is not primarily one of physical healing.  Now, as then, signs and wonders are wrought in the metaphysical healing of disease;  but these signs are only to demonstrate its divine origin,---to attest the reality of the higher mission of the Christ-power to take away the sins of the world.”  (150) 
“The calm, strong currents of true spirituality, the manifestations of which are health, purity, and self-immolation, must deepen human experience, until the beliefs of material existence are seen to be a bald imposition, and sin, disease, and death give everlasting place to the scientific demonstration of divine spirit and to God’s spiritual, perfect man.”  (99) 
52 
Chapter  4   The Comforter and Its Vast Spiritual Implications for the Medical Profession 
Since medical practice is beginning to realize that it must take patients’ religious beliefs into account, here are a few articles over this past decade concerning their changing  views: 
“The Royal Ottawa Mental Health Centre was the site of a sold-out public health lecture by Dr. Ken Pargament titled ‘Sacred Matters.’  The Dr. was introduced as being “a leading figure in the effort to bring a balanced effort of religion and spirituality to the attention of scientists and professionals.”  He told the audience that “Now, our job is to begin moving from research to practice.”  He had recently published a book entitled “Spirituality Integrated Psychotherapy: Understanding and Addressing the Sacred” in which he describes how practitioners can address the spiritual dimension in treatment.  “Approaches to health care that neglect the patient’s spirituality are incomplete,” he noted.  (Connecting the Holy to Health:  World-renowned researcher explains the link between religious beliefs and well-being”  Canada Newswire Ltd.  All rights reserved.  April 16, 2008) 
‘‘‘A ‘Spirituality and Medicine’ conference  held Oct. 30-31, 2009, in Kiev, attracted some 400 doctors and medical professionals from 30 countries.  They met to consider miracles happening today and the medical data supporting them.  It was organized by the World’s Christian Doctors’ Network, all of whom believe in praying for their sick patients and believe miracles should be provable.”  An Australian M.D., Dr. Irene Jacovou, presented medical evidence for the healing of 3 types of cancer, including breast and skin cancers plus two healings of heart attack.  “Dr. Yoon-Seok Chae, a surgeon from South Korea and president of WCDN, said, ‘The same miracles, signs, and wonders performed 2,000 years ago are still taking place even today…The WCDN was organized to medically analyze divine healing cases performed by God, clarify the data and, after the healing, testify with those data that God is alive and the Bible is authentic and therefore to awaken not only unbelievers but intellectual people including medical doctors and scientists as well.’”  (Dan Wooding “‘World Christian Doctors’” Vote for miracles in Kiev’”  ASSIST News Service.  October 30, 2009) 
“ ‘When it comes to saving lives, God trumps doctors for many Americans.  An eye-opening survey reveals wide-spread belief that divine intervention can revive dying patients… More than half of randomly surveyed adults, 57 percent, said God’s intervention could save a family member even if physicians declared treatment would be futile.  And nearly three-quarters said patients have a right to demand such treatment.  When asked to imagine their own relatives being gravely ill or injured, nearly 20 percent of doctors and other medical workers said God could reverse a hopeless outcome. 
The survey involved 1,000 US adults randomly selected to answer questions by telephone… along with 774 doctors, nurses, and other medical workers who responded to mailed questions.  Dr. 
Lenworth Jacobs, a University of Connecticut surgery professor and trauma chief at Harvard hospital, was the lead author...Jacobs said he frequently meets people who think God will save their dying loved one and who want medical procedures to continue….Dr. Michael Sise, trauma medical director at Scripps Mercy Hospital in San Diego, called the study ‘A great contribution’ to one of the most intense issues doctors face…’ (Lindsey Tanner  ‘Many think God’s intervention can revive the dying’ Survey:  Many Americans believe God’s help can revive dying patients, despite medical evidence. (The Associated Press,  August 18, 2008) 
53 
“Ever since the days of Darwin, science and faith have been pitted against each other---but the same cannot be said for medicine.  Here at Duke, there are medical researchers hard at work addressing the correlations between religious activity and health.  And at Duke Medical Center, like many hospitals around the country, chaplains are on call and included alongside surgeons and nurses as part of the ‘care team,’  ‘Twenty years ago, the idea of a spirituality research center, in a medical center of all places, may have seemed unlikely,’ says Harold Koenig, founder and co-director of Duke’s Center for Spirituality, Theology, and Health. “But with a growing body of research that suggests positive associations between religious activity and improved health, serious research institutions have begun to welcome their own spirituality-based centers.  At Duke, for instance, what began as a tiny program in 1995 now has the resources to fund research projects at $2000,000 apiece. 
So with a program as loaded and broad as spirituality, where do medical researches begin?  The patients, Koenig says…As a family physician in the mid-80’s, Koenig became interested in how patients were coping with major illnesses, from heart attacks to hip fractures.  Religion, above all else, continued to surface… 
‘“I think in our faith, like all faith, the ultimate is salvation---that word means wholeness,” says Cherrie Barton, the Presbyterian campus minister at Duke.  “That would mean mind, body, spirit, everything.  So it would make sense that there’s a connection between prayer and health and physical wholeness as well.’  ‘With all the potential of the field, there is a lot researchers do not know.  For one, researchers are uncertain as to why those who are active in religious activity have improved health,’ Meador says.  Uncovering these mechanisms is a major goal of future research.’  (Adam Eaglin  “The Power of Prayer’   Duke researches link between religion, recovery’”  The Chronicle via U-Wire. October 30, 2007) 
“In this article about nations who have or may turn to government healthcare programs, David Klinghoffer, senior fellow at the Discovery Institute, has these interesting comments:  On the topic of health, Scripture overturns familiar assumptions.  Why do people get sick in the first place? 
The usual medical answers focus on purely material causes:  unhealthy lifestyles, uncongenial microbes, unlucky genes.  From such a perspective, it makes sense to devote the government’s vast power and authority to ensuring that everyone has healthcare coverage.  The Bible, however, sees illness differently.  Plagues and diseases are a recurrent feature in the story of human history told by Scripture almost from the beginning.  But, very differently from the secular worldviews, sickness in God’s perspective has moral meaning.  Almost always, it is a wake-up call, a warning, a message to the individual or the community…The Talmud explains that ideally we should never consult doctors at all.  A person with an illness should seek out spiritual guidance, as in Christian Science.  That we are allowed to use medicine is a leniency, taking into account that few of us are up to the spiritual level it would require to effect healing through repentance. 
“Does this mean that every time somebody gets sick, it’s a punishment?  No, of course not. 
The meaning of an illness may imply nothing negative at all about the sick person.  It may very well imply the opposite…illness is to be treated with thoughtfulness, even---for the mighty in spirit--- gratitude.  Rather than mandating health by government, it would be better to allow individual moral actors, responsible human beings in all their glory and pathos, to work out their own relationship to their illnesses with maximum freedom.’”  (www.forward.com, the National Jewish Newspaper.  June 13, 2007) 
Here is a summary of the articles about the medical profession:  1) Doctors are seeing the need to look at patients holistically, taking into account their spiritual needs as well as their physical. 
They are seeing the connection between prayer and health.   2) A majority of adults believe in divine 
54 
intervention on behalf of seriously ill patients.   3) Many doctors believe in miracles and provide medical data to support them.  They believe miracles should be provable.    4) More and more medical schools in the United States and other countries are including courses on spirituality and medicine. This summary looks encouraging to me!  These passages from Science and Health deal with the findings of the physicists quoted in this book and their ramifications for the practice of medicine. 
Since medical practice is beginning to realize that it must take patients’ religious beliefs into account, as well as the progressive views of physicists, the entire ground of their new views will be the basis for these quotations.  It will take time and spiritual growth before physical doctoring goes out and purely spiritual healing becomes the norm. We have discussed St. Matthew’s parable (13: 33)  by Christ Jesus which deals with the three main areas of human concern: science, theology, and medicine.  The parable is not explained at all in the Bible, as if its message was not discerned.  It is only one verse long:  “The kingdom of heaven is like unto leaven, which a woman took, and hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was 
leavened.”   The third “measure of meal” is now being leavened just as science and theology are.  It will be a huge blessing for the human family when the leaven (the Truth concerning them) has done its job and we all come to know and to use the might of God---our only true Mind, in the solving of all our problems, even those we consider “physical.”  Here are some things Mrs. Eddy has to say about medical practice: 
“The hosts of Aesculapius are flooding the world with diseases, because they are ignorant that the human mind and body are myths.  To be sure, they sometimes treat the sick as if there was but one factor in the case; but this one factor they represent to be body, not mind.  Infinite Mind could not possibly create a remedy outside itself, but erring, finite, human mind has an absolute need of something beyond itself for its redemption and healing.”  (151) “Great respect is due the motives and philanthropy of the higher class of physicians. 
We know if they understood the Science of Mind-healing, and were in possession of the enlarged power it confers to benefit the race physically and spiritually, they would rejoice with us.  Even this one reform in medicine would ultimately deliver mankind from the awful and repressive bondage now enforced by false theories, from which multitudes would gladly escape.”  (151)  The false theories are the beliefs that the body calls the shots and the mind generally gives in to them. "Jesus beheld in Science the perfect man, who appeared to him where sinning mortal man appears to mortals.  In this perfect man the Savior saw God's own likeness, and this correct view of man healed the sick.  Thus Jesus taught that the kingdom of God is intact, universal, and that man is pure and holy.  Man is not a habitation for Soul;  he is himself spiritual.  Soul [individualized reflection of God], being Spirit [our unchanging, undying substance], is seen in nothing imperfect nor material."  (476: 32-477: 8) 
"Truth should not seem so surprising and unnatural as error, and error should not seem so real as truth.  Sickness should not seem so real as health.  There is no error in Science, and our lives must be governed by reality in order to be in harmony with God, the divine Principle of all being. 
55 
"When once destroyed by divine Science, the false evidence before the corporeal senses disappears…  The central fact of the Bible is the superiority of spiritual over physical power. (130: 32-131: 1-5, 10-11) 
"The Master's first article of faith propounded to his students was healing, and he proved his faith by his works.  The ancient Christians were healers.  Why has this element of Christianity been lost?  Because our systems of religion are governed more or less by our systems of medicine.  The first idolatry was faith in matter.  The schools have rendered faith in drugs the fashion, rather than faith in Deity.  By trusting matter to destroy its own discord, health and harmony have been sacrificed.  Such systems are barren of the vitality of spiritual power, by which material sense is made the servant of Science and religion becomes Christlike."  (145-6) "Jesus never spoke of disease as dangerous or as difficult to heal.  When his students brought to him a case they had failed to heal, he said to them, 'O faithless generation,' implying that the requisite power to heal was in Mind.  He prescribed no drugs, urged no obedience to material laws, but acted in direct disobedience to them.”  (147: 32-6 n.p.) 
"Both anatomy and theology define man as both physical and mental, and place mind at the mercy of matter for every function, formation, and manifestation..."  (148: 12- 15) 
“Physiology exalts matter, dethrones Mind, and claims to rule man by material law, instead of spiritual.  When physiology fails to give health or life by this process, it ignores the divine Spirit as unable or unwilling to render help in time of physical need. When mortals sin, this ruling of the schools leaves them to the guidance of a theology which admits God to be the healer of sin but not of sickness, although our great Master demonstrated that Truth could save from sickness as well as from sin."  (148: 25-149: 2) "The Scriptures say, 'In Him we live and move and have our being.'  What then is this seeming power, independent of God, which causes disease and cures it?  What is it but an error of belief,---a law of mortal mind, wrong in every sense, embracing sin, sickness, and death?  It is the very antipode of immortal Mind, of Truth, and of spiritual law.  It is not in accordance with the goodness of God's character that He should make man sick, then leave man to heal himself;  it is absurd to suppose that matter can both cause and cure disease, or that Spirit, God, produces disease and leaves the remedy to matter."  (208) "That Life is God, Jesus proved by his reappearance after the crucifixion in strict accordance with his scientific statement:  'Destroy this temple [body], and in three days I [Spirit] will raise it up.' It is as if he had said:  'The I, the life, substance, and intelligence of the universe, is not in matter to be destroyed."  (27) "Material medicine substitutes drugs for the power of God---even the might of Mind---to heal the body.  Scholasticism clings for salvation to the person [doctor or nurse], instead of to the divine Principle, of the man Jesus;  and his Science, the curative agent of God, is silenced.  Why?  Because Truth divests material drugs of their imaginary power, and clothes Spirit with supremacy.  Science is the ‘stranger that is within thy gates,’ remembered not, even when its elevating effects practically prove its divine origin and efficacy.”  (146) 
56 
"Health is not a condition of matter, but of Mind, nor can the material senses bear reliable testimony on the subject of health. The Science of Mind-healing shows it to be impossible for aught but Mind to testify truly or to exhibit the real status of man. Therefore the divine Principle of Science, reversing the testimony of the physical senses, reveals man as harmoniously existent in Truth, which is the only basis of health; and  thus Science denies all disease, heals the sick, overthrows false evidence, and refutes materialistic logic."  (120) 
"Many imagine that the phenomena of physical healing in Christian Science present only a phase of the action of the human mind, which action in some unexplained way results in the cure of disease.  On the contrary, Christian Science rationally explains that all other pathological methods are the fruits of human faith in matter,---faith in the workings, not of Spirit, but of the fleshly mind which must yield to Science.  The physical healing of Christian Science results now, as in Jesus' time, from the operation of divine Principle, before which sin and disease lose their reality in human consciousness and disappear as naturally and as necessarily as darkness gives place to light and sin to reformation."   (xi) "The science (so-called) of physics would have one believe that both matter and mind are subject to disease, and that, too, in spite of the individual's protest and contrary to the law of divine Mind.  This human view infringes man's free moral agency;  and it is as evidently erroneous to the author, and will be to all others at some future day, as the practically rejected doctrine of the predestination of souls to damnation or salvation. The doctrine that man's harmony is governed by physical conditions all his earthly days, and that he is then thrust out of his body by the operation of matter, even the doctrine of the superiority of matter over Mind, is fading out."  (150) "Unconscious mortal mind---alias matter, brain---cannot dictate terms to consciousness nor say, 'I am sick.'  The belief, that the unconscious substratum of mortal mind, termed body, suffers and reports disease independently of this so-called conscious mind, is the error which prevents mortals from knowing how to govern their bodies."  (409: 9-15) 
"The erring human mind is inharmonious in itself.  From it arises the inharmonious body.   To ignore God as of little use in sickness is a mistake.  Instead of thrusting Him aside in times of bodily trouble, and waiting for the hour of strength in which to acknowledge Him, we should learn that He can do all things for us in sickness as in health.  (166) "We apprehend Life in divine Science only as we live above corporeal sense and correct it.  Our proportionate admission of the claims of good and evil determines the harmony of our existence,---our health, our longevity, and our Christianity.”   (167) "The transmission of disease or of certain idiosyncrasies of mortal mind would be impossible if this great fact of being were learned,---namely, that nothing inharmonious can enter being, for Life is God.  Heredity is a prolific subject for mortal belief to pin theories upon;  but if we learn that nothing is real but the right, we shall have no dangerous inheritances, and fleshly ills will disappear..."If we follow the command of our Master, 'Take no thought for your life,' we shall never depend on bodily conditions, structure, or economy, but we shall be masters of the body, dictate its terms, and control it with Truth."  (228, emphasis in original) 
57 
"The medical schools would learn the state of man from matter instead of from Mind.  They examine the lungs, tongue, and pulse to ascertain how much harmony or health, matter is permitting to matter,---how much pain or pleasure, action or stagnation, one form of matter is allowing another form of matter. "Ignorant of the fact that a man's belief produces disease and all its symptoms, the ordinary physician is liable to increase disease with his own mind, when he should address himself to the work of destroying it through the power of divine Mind."  (159) 
"The systems of physics act against metaphysics, and vice versa.  When mortals forsake the material for the spiritual basis of action, drugs lose their healing force, for they have no innate power.  Unsupported by the faith reposed in it, the inanimate drug becomes powerless.  "  (159-60) 
"Unless muscles are self-acting at all times, they are never so,---never capable of acting contrary to mental direction.  If muscles can cease to act and become rigid of their own preference,---be deformed or symmetrical, as they please or as disease directs,---they must be self-directing.  Why then consult anatomy to learn from anatomy that muscle is not so governed? "Experiments have favored the fact that Mind governs the body, not in one instance, but in every instance.  The indestructible faculties of Spirit exist without the conditions of matter and also without the false beliefs of a so-called material existence.  Working out the rules of Science in practice, the author has restored cases of both acute and chronic disease in their severest forms.  Secretions have been changed, the structure has been renewed, shortened limbs have been elongated, ankylosed joints have been made supple, and carious bones have been restored to healthy conditions.  I have restored what has been called the lost substance of lungs, and healthy organizations have been established where disease was organic.  Christian Science heals organic disease as surely as it heals what is called functional, for it requires only a fuller understanding of the divine Principle of Christian Science to demonstrate the higher rule."  (162) "Christian Science brings to the body the sunlight of Truth, which invigorates and purifies.  Christian Science acts as an alternative, neutralizing error with Truth...The effect of this Science is to stir the human mind to a change of base, on which it may yield to the harmony of the divine Mind."  (162) In the 1950s, a Methodist minister’s wife, Elsie Salmon, published a book called “He Heals Today.”  She lived in South Africa and was known to have “the gift of healing.” Her book contains many accounts of healing dire cases “in Christ’s name.”  One account was of a child born without a hand.  The arm finished at the wrist.  The parents brought the three-year old child to her and asked if she could heal it.  She said she could not but that God could, and told them that when the baby is in the womb and the hand is formed in the usual way on the arm it is not thought of as a miracle.  It is expected to happen. So why could not God cause  the hand to appear just the same way outside the womb?  It would not be a miracle at any point, but normal and natural to God.  A vivid account followed of how the parents and neighbors watched the little hand grow out until it opened up like a flower into a complete and perfect hand.  Life (God) is not limited at any time.  Every good thing is ours 
58 
if we are expectant of good.  Just as a child normally expects its parents to love and care for it, we have a right to expect our Creator to provide us with loving care, since God is our Father-Mother.  (John Morgan, Dissolving Barriers, Elmdon Publications, Elmdon, Saffron, Walden, Essex, England, 1989)  A number of these types of healings have been recorded by Christian Scientists. 
By working out from the Truth, being conscious of the wholeness of Truth, that “Thou art made whole” (Jesus, John 5: 14), we see wholeness expressed in our experience. 
The substance out of which we are made can never become less than whole.  We see our thoughts.  There is nothing “out there!”  Here is another testimony by John Morgan which connects the Mind that is Love with healing what are termed “physical” healings.  A friend of a woman in need called Mr. Morgan to do prayerful “work” for a friend of his, a woman in great need.  She lived in another country and was 100 years old.  Mr. Morgan describes the situation:  “She was in great pain with shingles (inflamed nerve ends) all around her middle.  As this man was talking about her, I got such a sense of how she was embraced in Love, encircled in divine Love.  Every one of us is precious to God, and God’s love wraps around us.  As I thought that, I had not realized that the derivation of the word “shingle” is from a girdle or belt.  It means to be encircled.  What I had been seeing about divine Love encircling her was absolutely the healing truth, precisely the truth that was needed.  In a day or two she was healed of the shingles and at the same time a broken wrist that had been troubling her and was very painful, was healed.  But nobody had mentioned the wrist.  Both troubles were taken care of by this embrace of divine Love.  In her nice broken English she asked her friend when he next telephoned to say to me, ‘Please tell that man I am feeling weller than I have ever felt in my life.”  At one hundred!  “Thou wilt  keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee.”  ( Isaiah 26: 3)  (Ibid.) One day, as Mrs. Eddy was sitting with one of her students, she touched his arm and asked him “What is this?”  After several tries at answering her question, she told him, “It is pure Spirit, just pure Spirit.”  (Dorothy Rieke, My Grace is Sufficient for Thee, A Collection of Articles on Christian Science, Published by The Bookmark, Santa Clarita, CA, p. 15) Spirit is tangible as idea in Mind, consciousness.  It cannot decay, be injured, blemished, overweight, decrepit, or die.  It is present as man and the universe, but is entirely good.  This Truth is the only way healing could occur.  Nothing has to be changed except the belief. 
Beliefs can only be changed mentally, substituting the truth for the lie.  Guessing cannot be involved.  Knowing, as the physicists have discovered, brings about what appears as change, but is actually what was there all along.  Physicists have discovered that the “body” of anything that has form, outline, color, tangibility, weight, texture, etc., is not what it appears- --separate from us or our brain or mind.  It is not a material, physical, or mortal thing “out there.”  Body is identity, a spiritual identity---for there is no matter and only one mind or consciousness.  Our body is spiritual right now. It is made of ageless infinitesimals that are utterly dependent on mind for existence.  Now we know brain is not the same thing as mind, for it, too, is dependent on mind for its being and action.  The one body you have is a form of divine Mind.  It is the Principle or law of all existence and completely eliminates any possibility of materiality, physicality, or corporeality, anywhere---ever. 
59 
"Failing to recover health through adherence to physiology and hygiene, the despairing invalid often drops them, and in his extremity and only as a last resort, turns to God.  The invalid's faith in the divine Mind is less than in drugs, air, and exercise, or he would have resorted to Mind first.  The balance of power is conceded to be with matter by most of the medical systems;  but when Mind at last asserts its mastery over sin, disease, and death, then is man found to be harmonious and immortal."  (166) 
"Spiritual causation is the one question to be considered, for more than all others spiritual causation relates to human progress.  The age seems ready to approach this subject, to ponder somewhat the supremacy of Spirit, and at least to touch the hem of Truth's garment."  (170) 
"The press unwittingly sends forth many sorrows and diseases among the human family. It does this by giving names to diseases and by printing long descriptions which mirror images of disease distinctly in thought.  A new name for an ailment affects people like a Parisian name for a novel garment. Every one hastens to get it.  A minutely described disease costs many a man his earthly days of comfort. What a price for human knowledge!... 
“Neither age nor accident can interfere with the senses of Soul, and there are no other real senses.  It is evident that the body as matter has no sensation of its own, and there is no oblivion for Soul and its faculties.  Spirit's senses are without pain, and they are forever at peace.  Nothing can hide from them the harmony of all things and the might and permanence of Truth."  (211-213) "The belief that matter thinks, sees, or feels is not more real than the belief that matter enjoys and suffers.  This mortal belief, misnamed man, is error, saying:  'Matter has intelligence and sensation.  Nerves feel.  Brain thinks and sins.  The stomach can make a man cross.  Injury can cripple and matter can kill a man.'  This verdict of the so-called material senses victimizes mortals, taught, as they are by physiology and pathology, to revere false testimony, even the errors that are destroyed by Truth through spiritual sense and Science."  (294) "The corporeal senses can take no cognizance of spiritual reality and immortality. 
Nerves have no more sensation, apart from what belief bestows upon them, than the fibers of a plant.  Mind alone possesses all faculties, perception, and comprehension.  Therefore mental endowments are not at the mercy of organization and decomposition,---otherwise the very worms could unfashion man.  If it were possible for the real senses of man to be injured, Soul could reproduce them in all their perfection;  but they cannot be disturbed nor destroyed, since they exist in immortal Mind, and not in matter. "When the illusion of sickness or sin tempts you, cling steadfastly to God and His Idea.  Allow nothing but His likeness to abide in your thought.  Let neither fear nor doubt overshadow your clear sense and calm trust, that the recognition of life harmonious---as Life eternally is, can destroy any painful sense of, or belief in, that which Life is not.  Let Christian Science, instead of corporeal sense, support your understanding of being, and this understanding will supplant error with Truth, replace mortality with immortality, and silence discord with harmony."  (495) 
60 
"When you have once conquered a diseased condition of the body through Mind, that condition never recurs, and you have won a point in Science.  When mentality gives rest to the body, the next toil will fatigue you less, for you are working out the problem of being in divine metaphysics;  and in proportion as you understand the control which mind has over so-called matter, you will be able to demonstrate this control."  (217) "Being is holiness, harmony, and immortality.  It is already proved that a knowledge of this, even in a small degree, will uplift the physical and moral standard of mortals, will increase longevity, will purify and elevate character.  Thus progress will finally destroy all error, and bring immortality to light...These two contradictory theories---that matter is something, or that all is Mind---will dispute the ground, until one is acknowledged to be the victor."  (492) "Disease is not an intelligence to dispute the empire of Mind or to dethrone Mind and take the government into its own hands.  Sickness is not a God-given, nor a self- constituted material power, which copes astutely with Mind and finally conquers it.  God never endowed matter with power to disable Life or to chill harmony with a long and cold night of discord.  Such a power, without the divine permission, is inconceivable;  and if such a power could be divinely directed, it would manifest less wisdom than we usually find displayed in human governments."  (378) "God is the lawmaker, but He is not the author of barbarous codes.  In infinite Life and Love there is no sickness, sin, nor death, and the Scriptures declare that we live, move, and have our being in the infinite God."  (381) "Admit the common hypothesis that food is the nutriment of life, and there follows the necessity for another admission in the opposite direction,---that food has power to destroy Life, God, through a deficiency or an excess, a quality or a quantity.  This is a specimen of the ambiguous nature of all material health-theories.  They are self- contradictory and self-destructive, constituting a 'kingdom divided against itself,' which is 'brought to desolation.'  "The fact is that food does not affect the absolute Life of man, and this becomes self-evident, when we learn that God is our Life."  (388) 
"When infringing some supposed law, you say that there is danger.  This fear is the danger and induces the physical effects.  We cannot in reality suffer from breaking anything except a moral or spiritual law."  (381) "Constant toil, deprivations, exposures, and all untoward conditions, if without sin, can be experienced without suffering.  Whatever it is your duty to do, you can do without harm to yourself."  (385) 
"Sickness, sin, and death must at length quail before the divine rights of intelligence, and then the power of Mind over the entire functions and organs of the human system will be acknowledged."  (384-5) "Truth's immortal idea is sweeping down the centuries, gathering beneath its wings the sick and sinning.  My weary hope tries to realize that happy day, when man shall recognize the Science of Christ and love his neighbor as himself,---when he shall realize God's omnipotence and the healing power of the divine Love in what it has done and is doing for mankind.  The promises will be fulfilled.  The time for the reappearing of the divine healing 
61 
is throughout all time;  and whosoever layeth his earthly all on the altar of divine Science, drinketh of Christ's cup now, and is endued with the spirit and power of Christian healing. (55: 15-26) 
"The enslavement of man is not legitimate.  It will cease when man enters into his heritage of freedom, his God-given dominion over the material senses.  Mortals will someday assert their freedom in the name of Almighty God.  Then they will control their own bodies through the understanding of divine Science.  Dropping their present beliefs, they will recognize harmony as the spiritual reality and discord as the material unreality."  (228: 11- 19) 
All of these passages from Science and Health have been bringing to us the Comforter, the Truth about ourselves seen from the viewpoint of the one universal Science, which will save us from the error of the ages, the self-destroying lie that creation is an objective, matter-based science, all of it subject to a slow death-spiral over which we have no or very little control. We are beginning to see, along with the physicists, that this has been an illusion all along, and that there is a universal, scientifically-based substance which is subjective to us, subject to our own Mind, the only Mind, infinite in scope and power, intelligence and action. The substance of this Mind we will see as ourselves and our universe as soon as we let go of our illusions and bring our true understanding into line with Truth.  This substance is not dependent on matter, since there is none.  It is the ever-present consciousness of good alone, pure, uncontaminated by erroneous human hypotheses, and exercises its eternal capacity for creation, its body of Truth and Love.  It is called Spirit, as the Scriptures aptly name it.  Its eternal body, subject to its own nature, is called Soul and is seen throughout the universe as its reflection in multifarious forms, splendid in outline, color, and action.  Each individual concept or expression of Soul is a compound of Mind's ideas, pure, sinless, deathless.  Every living thing is a manifestation of Soul.  Every non-living thing is still an idea in Mind and serves a purpose. Isn't it a farce what we have been putting up with for all of these untold thousands of years?  The infinite image and likeness of God, Mind, thinking that it is living in a little puny, accident-prone, sickly, scared, out-of-control, material body!  We try to put a good face on it, dress it up, exercise it, feed it, cower under its audacity to dominate us, telling us how to feel, what to do and what not do, controlling us completely, and at last we give in to its penchant for dying!  How ridiculous is this?  Yet, we feel we must put up with it.  Why? 
Mrs. Eddy likens it to being terrified of a chained lion:  "Gazing at a chained lion, crouched for a spring, should not terrify a man.  The body is affected only with the belief of disease [or sickness, accident, weakness, dementia, etc.] produced by a so-called mind ignorant of the truth which chains disease.  Nothing but the power of Truth can prevent the fear of error, and prove man's dominion over error."  (380, emphasis not in original) We have been taught to believe that this mortal body is man, and now we are learning it is only the counterfeit of man!  Thank God and hallelujah!  Humankind can finally begin to climb out of the pit of despair!  We have been bound with our own beliefs, never realizing that the bondage is self-imposed---until now!  What Jesus could only 
62 
demonstrate but not explain in his day as he went about showing in every way possible the farce of matter-based thinking, he sent through his messenger to this day and age, Mary Baker Eddy.  She faithfully wrote a book for this age, a message she received through revelation, explaining in every way possible the depth and breadth of the error which needs to be exposed and how to do it.  How do we know it was a revelation?  Because it contains on page after page facts about matter and the erroneous beliefs attached to it that were not known by anyone in her day. 
Overcoming the Illusion of Matter 
The instruction in Science and Health not only tells us what is delusive about our theories of science, theology, and medicine or material remedies, but instructs us in how to overcome these mistaken mental aberrations with the only thing that can overcome them--- the mentally spiritual Truth.  "For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh: For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal [material],  but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds.  Casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;..."  (II Cor. 10: 3-5)   Below are some of the instructions given in our textbook for "casting down" the false theories based on "imaginations" by learning how to handle them according to spiritually mental "rules " in "obedience to Christ" [Truth].  The illusory presentations of the five physical senses seem utterly "real" to us due to our false education from birth.  Didn't you have a hard time trying to grasp, even in a small way, what the physicists were saying about the illusive nature of that which we call matter?  It isn't "out there!"  Yes, we do have our work cut out for us! Many of these instructions or systematic methods for gaining dominion over the five senses' misapprehension of what is being presented to them can be found throughout the textbook.  It is not a "Science" if there are no rules!  Here are some passages from the textbook which Christian Scientists study and try diligently to follow as "rules" in their daily living and practice of Christian Science, whether as  students of Christian Science working out their own problems, or as public practitioners whom people can call upon for help.  We remember that "The history of Christianity furnishes sublime proofs of the supporting influence and protecting power bestowed on man by his heavenly Father, omnipotent Mind, who gives man faith and understanding whereby to defend himself, not only from temptation, but from bodily suffering."  (S&H 387: 27-32) "From the infinite One in Christian Science comes one Principle and its infinite idea [the universe including man], and with this infinitude come spiritual rules, laws, and their demonstration, which, like the great Giver, are 'the same yesterday, and today, and forever;' for thus are the divine Principle of healing and the Christ-idea characterized in the epistle to the Hebrews."  (112: 16-22) 
"Realize that the evidence of the senses is not to be accepted in the case of sickness, any more than it is in the case of sin."  (386) 
63 
"We cannot deny that Life is self-sustained, and we should never deny the everlasting harmony of Soul [God's concept of His own infinite body or reflection, individualized as each one of us], simply because, to the mortal senses, there is seeming discord."  (390) "The procuring cause and foundation of all sickness is fear, ignorance, or sin. 
Disease is always induced by a false sense mentally entertained, not destroyed. Disease is an image of thought externalized.  The mental state is called a material state.  Whatever is cherished in mortal mind as the physical condition is imaged forth on the body. "The power of Christian Science and divine Love is omnipotent.  It is indeed adequate to unclasp the hold and to destroy disease, sin, and death. "  (411: 20-412: 1-9, 13- 15) 
"When the first symptoms of disease [or sickness] appear, dispute the testimony of the material senses with divine Science.  Let your higher sense of justice destroy the false process of mortal opinions which you name law, and then you will not be confined to a sick- room nor laid upon a bed of suffering in payment of the last farthing, the last penalty demanded by error.  'Agree [conclude the matter in favor of your true, spiritual self] with thine adversary quickly [the "adversary" is always mortal mind's suppositions which cannot stand up to the facts of Truth], whiles thou art in the way with him.'  Suffer no claim of sin or sickness to grow upon the thought.  Dismiss it with an abiding conviction that it is illegitimate, because you know that God is no more the author of sickness than He is of sin. 
You have no law of His to support the necessity either of sin or sickness, but you have divine authority for denying that necessity and healing the sick."  (390)   As the physicists have learned, subject and object is one---Mind and its manifestation.  Manifestation cannot exist or be present without Mind.  We are now and always have been completely reliant upon Mind for our very existence, which naturally includes our health, intelligence, and harmony. "The physical affirmation of disease should always be met with the mental negation. 
Whatever benefit is produced on the body, must be expressed mentally, and thought should be held fast to this ideal...If you decide that climate or atmosphere is unhealthy, it will be so to you.  Your decisions will master you, whichever direction they take."  (392, emphasis is mine) "Stand porter at the door of thought. Admitting only such conclusions as you wish realized in bodily results, you will control yourself harmoniously.  When the condition is present which you say induces disease, whether it be air, exercise, heredity, contagion, or accident, then perform your office as porter and shut out these unhealthy thoughts and fears. 
Exclude from mortal mind the offending errors;  then the body cannot suffer from them. 
The issues of pain or pleasure must come through mind, and like a watchman forsaking his post, we admit the intruding belief, forgetting that through divine help we can forbid this entrance."  (393) "The body seems to be self-acting only because mortal mind is ignorant of itself, of its own actions, and of their results,---ignorant that the predisposing, remote, and exciting cause of all bad effects is a law of so-called mortal mind, not of matter.  Mind is the master 
64 
of the corporeal senses, and can conquer sickness, sin, and death.  Exercise this God-given authority.  Take possession of your body, and govern its feeling and action.  Rise in the strength of Spirit to resist all that is unlike good.  God has made man capable of this, and nothing can vitiate the ability and power divinely bestowed on man."  (393) "Be firm in your understanding that the divine Mind governs, and that in Science man reflects God's government.  Have no fear that matter can ache, swell, and be inflamed as the result of a law of any kind, when it is self-evident that matter can have no pain nor inflammation."  (393) "To prevent disease or to cure it, the power of Truth, of divine Spirit, must break the dream of the material senses.  To heal by argument, find the type of the ailment, get its name, and array your mental plea against the physical.  Argue at first mentally, not audibly, that the patient has no disease, and conform the argument so as to destroy the evidence of disease.  Mentally insist that harmony is the fact, and that sickness is a temporal dream. 
Realize the presence of health and the fact of harmonious being, until the body corresponds with the normal conditions of health and harmony."  (412: 16-27) 
"It is well to be calm in sickness;  to be hopeful is still better;  but to understand that sickness is not real and that Truth can destroy its seeming reality, is best of all, for this understanding is the universal and perfect remedy."  (393-94) "Keep distinctly in thought that man is the offspring of God, not of man;  that man is spiritual, not material;  that Soul is Spirit, outside of matter, never in it, never giving the body life and sensation."  (396, emphasis mine)  There has never been any matter or substance outside the allness of Mind---never! 
"When the illusion of sickness or sin tempts you, cling steadfastly to God and His idea.  Allow nothing but His likeness to abide in your thought.  Let neither fear nor doubt overshadow your clear sense and calm trust, that the recognition of life harmonious---as life eternally is---can destroy any painful sense of, or belief in, that which Life is not.  Let Christian Science, instead of corporeal sense, support your understanding of being, and this understanding will supplant error with Truth, replace mortality with immortality, and silence discord with harmony."  (495) "Study thoroughly the letter and imbibe the spirit.  Adhere to the divine Principle of Christian Science and follow the behests of God, abiding steadfastly in wisdom, Truth, and Love...You will learn that in Christian Science the first duty is to obey God, to have one Mind, and to love another as yourself."  (496) "...we solemnly promise to watch and pray for that Mind to be in us which was also in Christ Jesus;  to do unto others as we would have them do unto us;  and to be merciful [compassionate, forgiving], just [conforming to spiritual law;  righteous, equitable], and pure [ free from all that pollutes;  that which cannot be contaminated]."  (497) "The sculptor turns from the marble to his model in order to perfect his conception. 
We are all sculptors, working at various forms, moulding and chiseling thought.  What is the model before mortal mind?  Is it imperfection, joy, sorrow, sin, suffering?  Have you accepted the mortal model?  Are you reproducing it?...  Do you not hear from all mankind of the imperfect model?  The world is holding it before your gaze continually.  The result is 
65 
that you are liable to follow those lower patterns, limit your life-work, and adopt into your experience the angular outline and deformity of matter models. "To remedy this, we must first turn our gaze in the right direction, and then walk that way.  We must form perfect models in thought and look at them continually, or we shall never carve them out in grand and noble lives.  Let unselfishness, goodness, mercy, justice, health, holiness, love---the kingdom of heaven---reign within us, and sin, disease, and death will diminish until they finally disappear. "Immortal Mind feeds the body with supernal [being in or coming from heaven; excellent beyond earthly quality] freshness and fairness, supplying it with beautiful images of thought and destroying the woes of sense which each day brings to a nearer tomb."  (248: 12-18, 20-32, 8-11) 
Mind and its reflection is One, forever inseparable.  "All is infinite Mind and its infinite manifestation," is how Mrs. Eddy puts it in Science and Health.  (468: 11)  This concept is not a theory.  It is the Truth now replacing the old matter-based theories of the physicists and is the Science of the new Scientific Age now dawning upon us.  We cannot retreat from it. The only thing we can do is bow to its reality and learn how to reason out from it. As this new age begins to take the floor, we will have to deal with its ramifications and repercussions, just as Mrs. Eddy did in her day when it wasn't at all backed up by the physical scientists yet.  This paradigm leap is so new, so concept-shattering, so far-fetched sounding that the physicists who have ascertained it, and the general public still generally ignorant of it, can be metaphorically represented as an unmanned spaceship which has landed on Earth, an ethereal object of admiration and awe, a mysterious, total unknown to us. In this metaphor, as we Earthlings observe it, our thinking may be something like this:  Where did it come from?  Is it bringing good or evil to us?  It is so far in advance of our scientific knowledge that it could be a hundred or more years before we can possibly begin to understand it and use it.  We barely know where to begin to examine it. Will we be able to make use of the science embedded in its form and functions?  Will we get to meet the ones who sent this and will they kindly give us aid in ascertaining their advanced science? 
It would be wonderful if its builders at least left some kind of a scientific manual inside that can give us some instructions on how to begin to uncover its wonders.  One thing we do know, it holds an explosion of new knowledge for us Earthlings! The physicists of today have opened the door of that mysterious, metaphorical "spaceship" just wide enough to get a glimpse of its enthralling interior.  This Science which has come "down " to Earth, holds unimaginable wealth for mankind in the form of hope, health, dominion, freedom, joy, and peace for us Earthlings.  And, wonder of wonders, it came with a Scientific textbook to consult!  This is, of course, the book we've been investigating, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  It deals almost exclusively with the "paradigm leap,"  needed to uncover its seemingly inscrutable language (i.e. No, folks, there really is no matter—everything is an idea in your mind---all you see is 
66 
qualities!), and is filled with symbols we will need to translate in order to gain an understanding of the great gift of advanced science it holds for us. 
Mrs. Eddy insists:  "Spiritual teaching must always be by symbols."  (575: 13-14)  Our own scientific language is now largely obsolete, unsuitable for the eminence of Mind urging upon mankind a new direction of thought.  But as we peruse this incredible textbook, we suddenly are breathless with the discovery that the "mysterious spaceship" actually originated here, on Earth!  Its science has been around for untold  millenniums!  This science, which expands the power of mind and nullifies the supposed power of matter, we find must be used with another book which comes with a detailed history of its ancient progenitors from whom we can gain encouragement and examples of the capabilities and control with which this new science promises to empower us. Who are these ancient scientists?  I'm sure many of you already know the answer. 
They are found in the Bible, our Holy Scriptures, both Old and New Testaments.  They were the first in known history to search for a higher understanding of the Source of the universe. 
As a result of opening their thoughts to this search, they gained, in some degree, a sense of God as being the only God, incorporeal, and reliable as a power they could depend upon for help.  These ancient scientists, spiritually-minded men and women, in the earliest ages, used this exalted view to overcome lack, hatred, fear, relationship problems, immorality, inability to conceive, and other physical problems.  This progressive understanding eventually led Jacob, early in Bible history, to apprehend a major fact:  evil is not "out  there."  There is nothing present but God, good.  Our Mind is that God, and we, as a consequence, can see only good.  Oh, the blessings that will come for all mankind when we finally realize that fundamental, powerful, wonderful, transforming fact! As that scientific fact was introduced into man's consciousness and accepted, the Hebrew nation was born, beginning with Abraham, Jacob and his sons, to carry on the precious precept that would eventually bless all of mankind.  The Scriptures follow the Israelite nation, illustrating for us, through the words and actions of the spiritually-minded leaders and prophets of the time, how this foundation stone of Truth gathers strength and dominion, unfolding at last in the coming of Christ Jesus who embodied that Truth and presented to mankind the full range of works that flow from the understanding of it. I have included in later chapters how this "chain of scientific being" as Mrs. Eddy calls it, is threaded from beginning to end in the Bible.  The links of this chain are the all- powerful, eternal synonyms for God provided by Science and Health:  Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love.  Jesus knew his mission:  "I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me."  " And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."  "...and upon this rock I will build my church;  and the gates of hell [hades, the underworld, death] shall not prevail against it."  (John 14: 6;  8: 32;  Matt. 16: 18)  Sickness, disease, accidents, calamities, death will be no more!  The "Truth" that was being comprehended by individuals as the Bible's thousand year periods progressed was the science that has come to the fore today---there is only one infinite Mind or Consciousness, and we all share it. It is the source of our real intelligence and being since every "thing" is a reflection in that Mind as idea.  Ideas held in the infinite, eternal Mind cannot die. 
67 
Events in the Bible that have been deemed miraculous because impossible based on matter, can now be seen as in the realm of natural possibility for anyone who gains the understanding of the Truth of Mind.  Daniel shut the lions' mouths with the Truth that they were in reality made by God as individual ideas of good.  Shadrach, Meshach , and Abednego were not burned up when they were thrown in the fiery furnace by Nebuchadnezzar because they knew their bodies were spiritual, not material.  When we learn that "nothing is impossible" unto us if we have faith as a grain of mustard seed, we will have understood the absolute inert, unintelligent state of matter as being completely subject to our Mind, and then move it about as easily as we move our little finger!  When the disciples questioned Jesus as to why they could not " cast out a devil" from a child, he stated: "Because of your unbelief:  for verily I say unto you, If ye have faith as a grain of mustard seed [mustard seeds are very tiny] ye shall say unto this mountain, Remove hence to yonder place; and it shall remove;  and nothing shall be impossible unto you."   (Matt. 17: 19, 20) In other words, it was to be done with Mind, the All-power. Science is not miraculous.  After Jesus' ascension,  his disciples and then the apostles carried on the great work of healing mankind of their ignorance of the Science of the universe.  Their works proved beyond a shadow of a doubt their comprehension, to a large degree, of their Master's teachings.  Their examples give us hope that we, too, can learn to have the capabilities and control which empowered them.  The writings of the disciples and the apostles are full of science, which they demonstrated, but as time went on, that scientific knowledge and its accompanying works, was put into the narrow confines of doctrines, creeds, and binding material strictures.   When a Christian Scientist reads the Bible today, with a beautiful sense of the Science embraced in its pages, a whole new translation becomes apparent.  The Word of God is illumined.  What before seemed miraculous, now seems utterly possible with the new Science teaching that the body is not a material "thing" made of brain, blood, bones, etc., but a compound idea in Mind which Mind moves about and controls. I believe we all suspect that our Mind is far more powerful than we are now able to demonstrate.  Look at how we loved Yoda in the "Star Wars" movies because he was able to move things with his Mind, even a spaceship mired in mud!  It is of vital importance, though, that we use our mental resources only for good, obeying the Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount, as well as the Golden Rule.  There are those who have learned to use their mind to hypnotize others, even without their consent. This is absolutely forbidden in Christian Science and will be by the world at large when Mind–power becomes more widely used. We have heard of mind-force being used by those who demonstrate walking on hot coals without being burned, thrusting swords through their bodies, piercing vital internal organs without harm, moving and bending objects with their mind, “seeing” events that have, are, or will unfold from many miles away, and  witch doctors who prophesy illness or death and are proven correct by their subjects, whose fear of and complete belief in their prophecies, cause it to happen.  Picturing positive outcomes in your mind to bring them about, yoga, Zen-type meditation, etc. have become popular in recent years.  All are tapping 
68 
into the “new” but ageless findings by physicists that the mind governs everything, for matter is nothing but illusion.  The world yearns for its awakening.  All of our illnesses--- even aging---are the imaginary products of mortal beliefs, not facts.  “Life is eternal.  We should find this out, and begin the demonstration thereof.  Life and goodness are immortal. 
Let is then shape our views of existence into loveliness, freshness, and continuity, rather than into age and blight.” The infinite never began nor will it ever end.” (S&H 246: 27-31; 245: 32)        Today, with the findings of the physicists just beginning to gain the public's attention, we have a guidebook on Mind-Science--- Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  This book has offered the world over a hundred years of proof of its veracity from literally millions having seen and experienced the results of its teachings.  This book, called by Christ Jesus "the Comforter," has come down from "heaven,"  the consciousness of perfect harmony, to show us a better way to live.  It is the priceless pearl, sent by a loving Father-Mother God, precious beyond compare.  It is showing us how to apply the infinite ideas of the divine Mind, our Mind, to the myriad false illusions of the supposititious carnal, or mortal, mind. The  "ideas"  of God will replace the belief of "things," thought to be "out there," beyond our control.  Even mortal mind itself will be replaced .  "Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus."  (Philippians 2: 5)  Jesus' mind was God, good, not carnal. 
We can use the ideas of God with certainty by learning about God's nature as Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love.  Each of these aspects of God's nature is accompanied by correlative qualities that bring out the fullness of God.  We learn to destroy the illusory sense of  "things" with the Truth about them as "ideas."  "For we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen:  for the things which are seen are temporal;  but the things which are not seen are eternal."  (II Cor. 4: 18)  Qualities that are expressions of Mind's formations are visible, useful, indestructible. You have read many passages from that amazing book meant for our scientific age, the age of the Science of Mind, and hopefully you now have an inkling of how profound are the implications of its subject.  What is so wonderful to me is the fact that the book arrived in such a timely fashion---just before the discovery by the physicists of the strange, other- worldly physics, not-at-all-like-the-taken-for-granted physics, which suddenly and unexpectedly opened up unbelievable new dimensions of thought that will utterly destroy the whole concept of matter, leaving the old physics in the dust.  Was this perfect timing just a quirk of fate?  Surely not!  Divine Love is in charge of Her creation, individually and universally, and reveals what is needed each step of the way.  This takes place naturally as we drop old standpoints and thus make ourselves able to apprehend higher views of Truth already present. We have been learning that the Principle of the universe, its foundational government, is Mind, a creative, eternal, infinite intelligence, the Source of all that is.  A loved hymn declares, "In beauty, grandeur, order, His handiwork is shown."  If there is no order, there is neither beauty nor grandeur.  Nothing in the universe is ever "out of order." 
Reality must include order.  Creation does not include chaos.  Yet, mankind has resisted and falsely educated itself to believe in chance, chaos, mystery, miracle, and disorder for 
69 
thousands of years!  Now, at last, we seem ready to abandon that false viewpoint which has never served us well, but, contrariwise, has severely delayed mankind's spiritual progress. Our searching has unfolded for us a new and precious concept of God as Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love that has always been here. We are beginning to apprehend our universe as good, orderly, reflecting the nature of the God of order and goodness. That good, which was before hidden from us due to our blind beliefs in evil, is becoming visible to us in ways we can understand on an individual basis.  Our "chart," 
Science and Health With Key To The Scriptures, is guiding us through the deep sea of mortal error, error that has befuddled the physicists whose strange new findings are backed up by Mrs. Eddy's findings of one hundred and fifty years ago. Both Mrs. Eddy and enlightened physicists arrived at the conclusion that the universe is a wholly mental proposition.  This is the "new religion" for the twenty-first century looked for by Dr. Walker's group of physicists at Berkley.  This is what Jesus promised he would send to comfort us—the Science by which he did his marvelous works, so we can do them too!  A Comforter certainly does not remove certain people from the earth and leave others to die!  The full understanding of this Science is the long awaited Savior of humanity!  These  physics statements reveal a new age full of light shining out from behind dark clouds, encouraging us to look upwards for our answers.  It is not a material Jesus coming from "up there," but the long-awaited Science that has always been here.  This science is nearly the exact opposite from what we've been taught and relied upon to be the truth for thousands of years, and the false premises are destined to be overthrown by an enlightened public in the not too distant future. Of course, there were a few who tried their best to enlighten us over the past few thousand years.  But they were killed (or ascended), or both, and their teachings and examples have nearly been covered over with the rubbish of centuries of false, benighted teaching. When science and religion finally do see eye-to-eye on these universal facts, when mankind is educated on their ramifications, and the education includes a high sense of morality based on the Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount, these will be the world-changing results: "...The divine Principle of the First Commandment [Thou shalt have no other gods before me] bases the Science of being, by which man demonstrates health, holiness, and life eternal. One infinite God, good, unifies men and nations;  constitutes the brotherhood of man;  ends wars;  fulfills the Scripture, "Love thy neighbor as thyself;  " annihilates pagan and Christian idolatry,---whatever is wrong in social, civil, criminal, political, and religious codes; equalizes the sexes; annuls the curse on man, and leaves nothing that can sin, suffer, be punished or destroyed."  (Science and Health, 340) With materiality coming to a head today, concerned and caring people the world over realize that the way out of the degradation is a return to spirituality.  There is no other way.  With unrest in nearly every nation, the world doesn’t know where it’s going.  It doesn’t know the answer.  It can’t deal with the problems because it doesn’t know the fundamentals of existence.  The answer is scientific Christianity.  This is a scientific age and Christianity must now be seen as scientific.  We must understand much more deeply the 
70 
Cause we call God.  The universe including man being the effect, this understanding is stupendous. 
All human experience teaches us that evil is self-destructive, so if the one Cause is infinite and therefore indestructible, it must be wholly good.  The Bible tells us of just such a cause-- -it calls it Spirit.   It is the only tangible thing in the world---Mind or thought.  Without mentality, we could not be conscious of creation.  Mind’s thoughts or ideas must be in a degree as infinite and wholly good as the Mind conceiving them.  Each must have form and outline, color and quality, quantity and tangibility.  Each one of those ideas must live and move and have being in the realm of order, rule, system, method, plan, and design.  That is the nature of God’s creation.  There is no such thing as a physical, material, mortal body or universe! "It has been said, and truly, that Christianity must be Science, and Science must be Christianity, else one or the other is false and useless;  but neither is unimportant or untrue, and they are alike in demonstration.  This proves the one to be identical with the other. 
Christianity as Jesus taught it was not a creed, nor a system of ceremonies, nor a special gift from a ritualistic Jehovah;  but it was the demonstration of divine Love casting out error and healing the sick, not merely in the name of Christ, or Truth, but in demonstration of Truth..." (S&H  135: 21-31)  You probably ask:  Why must the religion be Christian?  It is the only religion that has apprehended the truth about matter being nothing and God, Spirit, being all. 
It demands practices that bring only peace to mankind and the only one that teaches mankind to live by the 10 Commandments, and the Beatitudes, the highest sense of spirituality in practice.  It is the only religion that grasped the fact that the ordinary man’s conception of the universe is nonsense and that the only real universe is the universe of ideas.  Ideas are facts.  Looking at the universe from the wrong perspective for so many thousands of years, mortal thought has piled up theory upon theory of erroneous concepts until it is deemed reality.  Actually, there is no reality in it and no exact science---it is nothing but chance and chaos.  Christian Science is the only religion that remedies that world-wide belief. All ideas are based on the one Cause.  Cause is Mind and only Mind can have ideas. 
Therefore, these ideas, by reflection, are of the nature of power, of being, of entity.  They are dynamic.  What you see outside your window or sitting in your chair are non-physical ideas, images of thought---that’s all.  We live in a world of thought and not of things.  The sooner we wake up to the implications of that transforming viewpoint the better.  If you believe your brain or mortal mind or matter is a cause, what caused your brain?  Your parents? 
Slime? The cause of the whole universe?  We need to be considering these questions. What is most heartening at this period is the awakening by the various sciences to the acceptance of spirituality as an important, even overarching, necessity in their fields of endeavor.  Theology, too, is beginning to look closely at its creeds, Scriptural interpretations, and modes of worship.  It is as if we are now more willing to examine our progress thus far and call into question what has held it back or prevented it from being more fruitful.  Mrs. Eddy delved anew into religion when she wrote her textbook.  She had to. 
Old theology, shaky faith, blind belief, can have no place in the discovery that God, good, is 
71 
Mind and is all the Science there is.  The Scriptures have now been illumined;  Jesus’ works are now better understood as demonstrations of divine Science in operation. Mrs. Eddy's willingness to cast aside outworn erroneous teachings for the glorious facts of existence flowing into her waiting thought and faithfully inscribing them in the book to mankind which she knew was our Comforter, has meant salvation for humanity from sin, sickness, disease, and death.  It is fulfilling St. John's apocalyptic visions he recorded in his Book of Revelation, the revelation of Jesus Christ to the world.  The changes this new/old thinking will foist on the world is inescapable in every single field of endeavor which affects mankind.  I predict that as we begin to apply these universal laws of divine Principle to our religions, our businesses, our governments, our inventions, our energy, our health, our farming practices, our schools of education, the weather, space exploration, etc. etc., that in one to two hundred more years we will not recognize mankind as it is today. We are at that point which demands a choice.  Are we going to welcome into our lives and professions the changes needed to bring about the greater good to humanity?  Mrs. 
Eddy puts the question succinctly:  “...What will you do about it?  Will you be equally in earnest for the truth?  Will you doff your lavender-kid zeal, and become real and consecrated warriors?  Will you give yourselves wholly and irrevocably to the great work of establishing the truth, the gospel, and the Science which are necessary to the salvation of the world from error, sin, disease, and death?  Answer at once and  practically, and answer aright!”  (Mis. 177:13-20) 
I have taken up Mrs. Eddy's challenge in the writing of this book, for my gratitude and love for Christian Science, which has transformed my life, urges me to share its healing, joyous message with a waiting world.  Mrs. Eddy earnestly tells her followers:  "Millions of unprejudiced minds---simple seekers for Truth, weary wanderers, athirst in the desert---are waiting and watching for rest and drink.  Give them a cup of cold water in Christ's name, and never fear the consequences."  (S&H, 570) The message in my book is a “cup of cold water” for you.  May it do more than refresh you;  may it become a river of water, the like of which is spoken of in Revelation: "And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.  In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month:  and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations."  (Rev. 22:  1, 2) This was St. John’s seventh and last revelation, his highest. He had to employ symbols to translate the meaning of the Book of Revelation.  The Science of the Christ uncovers their meanings for this age, now ready to understand it. You will find that understanding as discovered by Mrs. Eddy throughout the book. "The best sermon ever preached is Truth practiced and demonstrated by the destruction of sin, sickness, and death. "  (S&H 201, 1-3)  Having explained at the beginning of this book how I was brought into Christian Science, I would like to tell you of several other healings that I have witnessed and experienced in my life since then.  They have proven to me that science, theology, and medicine are missing the boat [a very large ship, in fact!] if it does not begin the exploration of Mind.  Mind with a capital M is the only Source, 
72 
the only Origin, the only Cause, the only Intelligence, the only Principle, the only Truth, the only Life, of the universe.  In its highest sense, It is the infinite consciousness of Love.  It is provable, demonstrable, and as metaphysical as math and music, and is entirely good.  It is the only Science, the only thing worthy of study. 
More Testimonies 
I have shared with you the experience I had that ushered Christian Science into my life.  I have had many more proofs of God’s care since then. Here are some of them. 
They enable me to know that Christian Science is the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus which has come to mankind. 
One of the first major demonstrations I recall which I  prayed my way through without help from anyone else (like my mother or a Christian Science practitioner) happened at the end of my sophomore year in college.  It was an important watershed experience for me during the early years of my spiritual journey in Christian Science.  It enabled me to see more clearly one of the basic fundamentals of Christian Science, the revelation that Mrs. 
Eddy worked so hard to make plain to benighted human understanding:   “…Mind is God…We can have but one Mind, if that one is infinite…The relations of God and man, divine Principle and idea, are indestructible in Science;  and Science knows no lapse from nor return to harmony, but holds the divine order or spiritual law, in which God and all that He creates are perfect and eternal, to have remained unchanged in its eternal history.”  (S&H 469: 13, 20-21 and 470: 32-5 n.p.) Every student at the end of their sophomore year was required to take a comprehensive exam in order to continue on to their junior year.  If they scored low on any part, they had to attend remediation classes and take the test again.  I had never done very well in my higher math courses and had not taken algebra II or trigonometry in high school. 
I found algebra I and geometry difficult and remembered long nightly homework sessions with my father who was a math whiz.  His patience with me was positively saintly!  I was fearful of the math section of the exam since I felt unprepared and had heard that it was hard and had word problems----groan!  But now I had something going for me---Christian Science!  I was learning to pray with facts about God, which meant I was reflecting those same facts. It seemed especially pertinent to pray with the fact that God is my Mind---one God, one Mind.  I expressed that Mind in comprehension, wisdom, intelligence, apprehension, perfect reasoning, insight, perception, etc.  Mind is all-knowing;  nothing is new to divine Mind.  There were no lapses or forgetfulness or fear in my real Mind.  And because God is Love, I knew I had all that I needed every moment.  Besides, I reasoned, didn’t all math reside in the Mind that is God?  I prayed with these ideas until I felt at peace. 
Seated in the large auditorium with all the other sophomores, I progressed through the exam until I came to the math section.  I worked through the problems I felt competent enough to tackle but realized there seemed to be quite a few problems that seemed “over my head.”  I was suddenly gripped by fear.  Then I laid my pencil down and began to pray, affirming my unity with God, the one universal Mind.  I reached out to God in deep 
73 
humility, realizing that if I depended upon intelligence that resided in my brain, in matter, then I didn’t have enough intelligence to do what needed to be done.  That kind of thinking would not be obeying the first Commandment.  Obeying the Ten Commandments is greatly stressed in Christian Science.  Mrs. Eddy said that the First Commandment was her favorite Bible text.  “Thou shalt have no other gods before me.”  (Exodus: 20: 3)  This was meant to portray the grand fact that man can have no other Mind, no other Life, no other Truth, no other Principle beside God.  I took my stand at that moment.  I absolutely refused to bow down to any other false sense of Mind.  Suddenly I felt free of fear and even empowered to do the problems. I picked up my pencil and began working the problems.  The way to solve each problem just came to me as I worked.  It was seemingly effortless, as if I were detached from the whole process.  I worked steadily on, vaguely recognizing that I was doing problems I had never learned how to do!  I don’t even remember putting my pencil down until I came to the end of the math section.  Far from being stressful, the entire episode seemed normal and natural.  I bowed my head and gave thanks to God, awed at what my Mind, (my heavenly Father, the “Mind that was in Christ Jesus” had done when I refused to break the first Commandment! When the grades were posted by student number outside the office, I had passed the math section with a very respectable grade!  This was a huge lesson for me.  I understood Jesus’ words, “I can of mine own self do nothing.”  (John 5: 30)  I called the college three years ago to see if they still had the scores from that year’s sophomore tests.  It took a while to find them, but amazingly they did still have them and told me that indeed my score was very respectable!  I told them I needed the information for a book I was writing.  They asked me to mention the school in my book which I promised I would.  The college is still an excellent college today---Florida Southern College in Lakeland, Florida. Little by little, I was learning that I could, with whole-hearted certainty, lean on God, divine Life, Truth, and Love, for every human need.  It was proven  to me that a human sense of intelligence in matter, the brain, was a false belief, because intelligence is Mind, outside of matter.  This is another example of the ramifications of the “new physics,” where it is learned that Mind calls all the shots!  The entire universe, including man, exists at the standpoint of Mind and always has access to all that Mind is knowing.  “Finite belief can never do justice to Truth in any direction.  Finite belief limits all things, and would compress Mind, which is infinite, beneath a skull bone.”  (S&H 280: 9)  “The human thought must free itself from self-imposed materiality and bondage.  It should no longer ask of the head, heart, or lungs:  What are man’s prospects for life?   Mind is not helpless. Intelligence is not mute before non-intelligence.  The belief that a pulpy substance under the skull is mind is a mockery of intelligence, a mimicry of Mind.”  (S&H 191: 16-20 and192: 1-3)   I am so grateful for these trials that forced me as a new Christian Scientist to use the Science of it.  It takes it out of theory and into life’s everyday problems.  As we see proofs, no matter how small, of our own diligent prayerful work, the erroneous so-called facts concerning intelligence and health, etc., begin to lose their power over us.  And we begin to gain dominion over them. 
74 
This next testimony I want to relate illustrated for me one of the primary lessons of Christian Science, that mind is not in the body or brain, but is outside of it, not dependent upon it for sight or sound.  It was an out-of-body experience which enabled me to better understand the meaning of Soul.  Each of us is an individualized expression of Soul.  It happened during my second year of school teaching. I was in front of my first grade class writing a math problem on the chalkboard when I suddenly felt very strange and had to go to my desk and sit down. 
I had no sooner put my head down on my arms when I found my self at the back of the classroom looking at my body in the chair with my head down!  I could see perfectly the backs of my students' heads looking over at me at the desk wondering, I'm sure, what was going on.  I could also see the math problem I had written on the board.  The "I" of me was at the back of the room, not with another body, but simply as consciousness being aware of the students and the classroom.  After what seemed to be only a few moments, I found myself back in my body at the desk.  I did not feel pain, nausea, or anything else out of the ordinary at any time.  I was a bit shocked, however, and asked the teacher in the room next to mine to keep an eye on my class while I went to the teacher's lounge.  I nearly ran to the lounge and was grateful no one was there!  I sat in a rocking chair and rapidly rocked back and forth for about fifteen minutes.  I had no idea what could have caused it, but slowly began to mentally examine the experience. 
I began to realize that I had been given a very valuable lesson, one which would enable me to better understand the basic premise of Christian Science.  It had been proven to me that consciousness is not dependent on brain;  therefore, life isn't either!  The "I" or ego is completely separate from the body, not needing material structures, such as eyeballs and brain, to see or organs to live.  I now knew from actual experience that what Mrs. Eddy had written about this was scientifically true.  This experience has often been in the background of other healings I've seen demonstrated for myself and others since then.  Your ego is not in your body, but outside of it.  Your brain and other body parts do not keep you alive or give you any information.  Your life is present in spite of your body.  God, the Consciousness of the universe is all the presence there truly is. You can never lose your identity or your Mind for you are an individualized reflection of Mind as Soul, spiritual substance, individualized. 
When my oldest son was born, he had a large lump on the side of his neck which the doctors said was inoperable since it would involve cutting the jugular vein along with other veins and tendons.  They showed my husband and me a number of pictures of children who had this condition.  (I've forgotten the very long name of the condition.)  It impeded the movement of his head from side to side which they said would lead to a flattening of his skull in the back and thus of his brain.  The flattening of the brain would lead to blindness, deafness, inability to speak, and degenerative intellectual capacities.  Many children with the condition had to be institutionalized as a result.  They did not hold out any hope.  My husband and I refused to accept this dire sentence for our child's life and took him to a Christian Science practitioner.  He held our newborn silently and tenderly in his arms for a 
75 
few minutes then gave him back.  He didn't say much but a few sentences to allay our fears. 
I lost all fear that very day and actually forgot about the condition. Our son was a happy baby and never seemed affected by the lump.  A few weeks later as I was pulling a nightgown down over his head, I noticed that the lump was entirely gone!  It never returned, nor were any of his capacities ever affected.  This healing taught me the nothingness of mortal beliefs and matter-based "laws."  If the condition was an actual material condition in my son's body "out there,"  governed by laws of matter observed by and arrived at by medical personnel, it could never have been healed by someone  thinking about it.  The "thinking" or reasoning had to be a power that had dominion over so-called matter.  It was an absolute conviction, a knowing based on proven facts, that enabled the practitioner and us to see the true condition that was really there all the time--- a sound body reflecting a sound Mind.  The practitioner was the "perfect observer"  seeing spiritually the result he knew was there already, just as the physicist suggested must be the case in order to see harmonious reality.  Our son's intelligence and health could never be affected by beliefs based on a false science that still gave power to matter, now known to be unintelligent and obsolete.   "We cannot deny that Life is self-sustained, and we should never deny the everlasting harmony of Soul, simply because, to the mortal senses, there is seeming discord. 
It is our ignorance of God, the divine Principle, which produces apparent discord, and the right understanding of Him restores harmony."  (S&H 4-9)  "God never endowed matter with the power to disable Life or to chill harmony with a long and cold night of discord." (S&H 26-28) 
When our youngest son was little, he had earaches from time to time.  I would rock him and sing Christian Science hymns to him until he quieted down and fell asleep, usually within a half hour. That would be the end of it.  However, when he was about three years old, he seemed to have a pretty severe earache with lots of crying and moaning.  I called a Christian Science practitioner to pray for him.  I spoke to her only a few moments, just long enough to tell her the problem.  As I was hanging up the phone, I heard my son yell from the bedroom, "Mommy, I'm healed!  It's all gone!"  I went in to see him, and he was bouncing on his bed, all smiles.  It was an instantaneous healing!  The earaches did not return.  This proved to me that the reports of matter are reports of nothing, illusion!  That which we call matter is nothing!    Once again, the practitioner's conviction based on past proofs of Mind's allness and goodness, her absolute knowing, was enough to defeat the cry that there was matter out there that had painful sensation in it and needed to be fixed.  Mind, or Science, is all that is ever present.  It is not filled with nerves carrying messages of pain.  It does not exist in the brain.  So-called matter is mindless;  it cannot cause anything, be the effect of anything, be cognizant of anything, have any history, or know or multiply itself.  Mind and its reflection, man and the universe, is the only thing ever going on.  This Truth is demonstrable without a long process, just as Jesus proved.   "Any supposed information, coming from the body or inert matter as if either were intelligent, is an illusion of mortal mind,---one of its dreams.  Realize that the evidence of the senses is not to be accepted in the case of sickness, any more than it is in the case of sin."  (S&H 385: 31-386: 4) 
76 
When my two young sons were in first grade and nursery school, they came down with chicken pox.  The schools were rampant with it and warning parents to keep their children home at its first sign.  One evening when my oldest son was getting ready to take a bath, I noticed him scratching and saw the red rash on parts of his body.  I called a practitioner and also talked to my son about his purity and God's protection and love for him.  He and his brother played in the bath for a while, and when they got out, I saw that the chicken pox was going away, and my son was not scratching.  By the next morning it was totally gone, and he went to school.  A few days later, my youngest son also showed signs of chicken pox.  I was so certain that he could not be touched by a lie of "childhood diseases," and that his body was the spiritual reflection of Spirit, pure and whole, that by the time he got dressed for bed, the entire condition was gone.  In the infinite realm of Mind, there is no contagion, no disease.  The material senses see only their own convictions, based on false science which claims to be the truth.  This is exactly like a hypnotized person who volunteers to go onstage and be the subject of an hypnotist, carrying out his suggestions as if they were true, much to the amusement of the audience. That which is not scientific fact is not true.  Truth includes only good and is universal, scientific fact.  "Since it is a ‘law’ of mortal mind that certain diseases should be regarded as contagious, this law obtains credit through association,---calling up the fear that creates the image of disease and its consequent manifestation in the body...If a child is exposed to contagion or infection, the mother is frightened and says, "My child will be sick."  The law of mortal mind [only because mortal mind believes it is a law] and her own fears govern her child more than the child's mind governs itself, and they produce the very results which might have been prevented through the opposite understanding."  (S&H 154: 4-8, 16-22) 
While in the fifth grade, my youngest son went with his fifth grade School Patrol group to Washington, D.C.  When he returned home he was quite ill and had difficulty breathing.  My husband thought it might be wise to take him to the doctor.  We made an appointment for the next day, a Friday, where they x-rayed his chest and said it was bronchitis edging on pneumonia.  They told us that his red blood-cell count and his iron were very low and wanted to start him on a medicinal program to build up his blood.  We told them we would like to pray about it first.  They told us to return on Monday for they were very concerned about it.  I called a practitioner to pray about it when we returned home and prayed for myself so that I could not be taken in by the false belief that there could be a serious lack of good that was claiming to affect my son's health.  The only condition in the universe is always good since good is forever scientifically the only substance.  I also spoke at length with my son to quiet and uplift his thought, to know that he could lean on God, his Father-Mother, for his health and strength.  I took him back to the doctor three days later on Monday.  They x-rayed him again and could find no sign of bronchitis or pneumonia.  His red-cell count and blood iron were normal.  They were very surprised and happy and released us.  He was completely healed within three days of dire predictions based on beliefs of health and life being in or caused by or maintained by matter.  These mortal beliefs were 
77 
wrong since Cause and Life are not in matter, and there are no such laws.  "Physicians examine the pulse, tongue, lungs, to discover the condition of matter, when in fact all is Mind.  The body is the substratum of mortal mind, and this so-called mind must finally yield to the mandate of immortal Mind."  (S&H 370: 32-371: 4)  "We should relieve our minds from the depressing thought that we have transgressed a material law and must of necessity pay the penalty.  Let us reassure ourselves with the law of Love."  (S&H 384:  3-6) 
About thirty years ago a lump arose in my back that became so large I had to wear larger-fitting garments to go over it.  I was concerned about it but not really fearful.  I prayed for myself continually and talked to a practitioner about it a couple of times.  I never considered it a part of myself, so sure was I that it could not possibly have any reality since it was a claim that there was matter that had the ability to multiply itself and grow and affect my health and happiness.  I was learning that divine Principle is the only Source and condition in the universe.  Just like in math, Principle is the only multiplier.  Numbers don't multiply themselves!  I held to the fact that "Spirit blesses the multiplication of its own pure and perfect ideas."  (S&H, p.512) That was the only thing that was going on, since my body was the expression of Spirit, not matter.  That which is discordant or abnormal can have no place nor power in the universe governed by Love.  I was utterly convinced that I lived and moved and had my being in the Consciousness of Love, the one and only consciousness there is.  I knew there was nothing abnormal in such a Consciousness.  Within a few months, as the lump lost its sense of solidity in my thought, the body conformed to the Truth I was holding to and the mental illusion disappeared. In the New Testament, in the Book of Hebrews 11: 1, we read:  "Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen."  In the original Greek we may discern a clearer meaning:  "Now faith is a mental realizing of things hoped for, a detection of things already fulfilled, not being seen by the bodily eye."   I was constantly engaged in a realization that the health I wanted was already present and fulfilled.  It didn't matter that the "bodily eye" could not yet see it.  It was there and was bound to become visible to my expectant thought.  All is Mind manifesting Itself.  Love is all there is, and the effects of that Love. "Because matter has no consciousness or Ego, it cannot act;  its conditions are illusions, and these false conditions are the source of all seeming sickness. 
Admit the existence of matter, and you admit that mortality (and therefore disease) has a foundation in fact. Deny the existence of matter, and you can destroy the belief in material conditions.  When fear disappears, the foundation of disease is gone.  (S&H 368: 24-32)  "In proportion as matter loses to human sense all entity as man, in that proportion does man become its master."  (S&H 369: 5-7) 
During my pregnancy with my first son, during the eighth month, I became very concerned when I had not felt the baby move in over a week.  It had been highly active for quite some time during the day and night and this utter stillness was most unusual.  I began to be fearful for the child's life and called a Christian Science practitioner.   The first thing he said was, " There is no alternative to Life."  I instantly understood and accepted that and 
78 
was at that moment healed of all fear.  Within a few minutes I felt the baby move very vigorously and thanked God for the glorious life He was manifesting everywhere.  Life is indestructible.  Its omnipresence and omnipotence is a scientific fact of the universe, with no opposite.  "Man is tributary to God, Spirit, and to nothing else.  God's being is infinity, freedom, harmony, and boundless bliss...The various contradictions of the Science of Mind by the material senses do not change the unseen Truth, which remains forever intact."  (S&H 481: 2-4, 9-12)   "Let Christian Science, instead of corporeal sense, support your understanding of being, and this understanding will supplant error with Truth, replace mortality with immortality, and silence discord with harmony."  (S7H 495: 20-24) 
Along the lines of indestructible life, I had an experience that I treasure and that I go back to often in memory for its inescapable lesson.  My husband and I had just moved to a new home where we had hummingbirds.  We didn't see them at our previous home, and we were enchanted with them.  We had feeders around our patio and loved watching them zoom in, hover, and drink.  One day as I was doing housework, I kept noticing what looked like an unusual fallen leaf out on the patio.  All morning as I did my housework, and walked back and forth in front of the sliding glass doors that led to the patio, my attention would be drawn to it.  Finally, I went out to look at it more closely.  Instead of a leaf, I saw in dismay that it was a hummingbird that looked as if it had probably flown into our glass door and broken its neck.  It was lying on its back, its feet in the air, its head cocked to one side, and its eyes partly closed.  It was not breathing and had been in that same position for several hours.  To all appearances it was dead. I sat down beside it and turned my gaze away from it, refusing to give any credence to the sad lifeless picture.  I affirmed that God was its life which it could never be without, and then, keeping my gaze averted, began to sing Mrs. Eddy's hymns from the Christian Science Hymnal.  I sang aloud for about a half hour.  I forgot about the hummingbird as I concentrated on the spiritual message of each hymn and felt wonderfully peaceful and uplifted by them.  When I finally looked down at the hummingbird, it suddenly flipped over and flew off!  How I did rejoice!  I had witnessed the resurrection of a precious little bird through Christian Science!  Life is God and is ever-present.  Seeing and praising only God, good, was a demonstration of what the physicists have found to be the fact of the universe--- Mind governs the body, and nothing is “out there,” but always in consciousness as its reflection. We see our thoughts. This is how all metaphysical healing is done.  As I looked at the bird, all I could see was its beauty and aliveness as the expression of God, which my songs of praise had lifted me up to see and appreciate. I was deeply moved by this experience.  It enabled me to see two important things about Christian Science treatment:  1)  Mrs. Eddy tells us, "If one turns away from the body with such absorbed interest as to forget it, the body experiences no pain...Detach sense from the body, or matter, which is only a form of human belief, and you may learn the meaning of God, or good, and the nature of the immutable and immortal."  (S&H 261: 9-11, 21-24) When I forgot entirely about the bird and looked only into Truth and Love, which had filled my thought, the image of the body responded spontaneously and instantaneously  with 
79 
health.  2)  Death is never real.  God is the Life which is reflected in life and is never at the mercy of material conditions.  "In infinite Life and Love there is no sickness, sin, nor death, and the Scriptures declare that we live, move, and have our being in the infinite God." (S&H 381: 14-19)  "Truth is an alterative in the entire system, and can make it 'every whit whole.' "  (S&H 371: 30-32) 
When my mother, who in the intervening years since her healing, became a listed Christian Science practitioner, passed away about ten years after this experience, what I had seen demonstrated right before my eyes with the hummingbird gave me such a sense of peace and conviction of the omnipresence of Life that I never grieved for my mother.  I loved her dearly, and I missed her, but I never knew any grief.  I knew that her life was unchanged, that she had awakened to find that she couldn't die and that she was going on stronger than ever in the understanding of the Science that was her life.  I knew that we would meet again and that it would be on a higher, more joyous basis.   Immortality is not a hope.  It is a proven fact.  Jesus showed us this wonderful Truth when the crucifixion could not kill his body.  He presented the same body to his disciples three days later.   Christian Science heals not only sin and sickness but death.  One is not more real than another.   "That Life is not contingent upon bodily conditions is proved, when we learn that Life and man survive this body." I had learned through my experience with the hummingbird that Life does not depend on bodily conditions, so I knew my mother's Life didn't either.  Later on, when my father passed on, I felt the same peace and freedom from grief, knowing that his life was the reflection of an ever-present Life, going on, knowing no change, and I would see him again. "Jesus never asked if disease were acute or chronic, and he never recommended attention to laws of health, never gave drugs, never prayed to know if God were willing that a man should live.  He understood man, whose very life is God, to be immortal, and knew that man has not two lives, one to be destroyed and the other to be made indestructible."   (S&H 369: 16-22) I have been heartened by recent true movies that bring out the immortality of life proven by children who have passed on and recovered to tell about their experiences. 
This testimony of supply is one that I love because it shows the direct connection between holy, uplifted thought and the fruit it bears.   I had seen this many times before, but this one was so instant  and so many things had to come together so quickly that there was no doubt that divine Mind as Love had done it. The spiritual reality is that man's needs are continually being met, because, as reflections of God, infinite good, we express the bounty of the sevenfold nature of God at every moment.  "Divine Love always has met and always will meet every human need."  (S&H 494: 10)  My husband's company had transferred him to another town in another state.  We were given a free trip by the company to fly to the town to look for a house.  Our oldest son would be attending kindergarten very shortly after the move, so we wanted a home near the one elementary school in the town.  We searched for two and a half days but found nothing in our budget.  It looked as though we would have to make another trip down on our own to house shop, for we were to fly back that afternoon. 
80 
If we could not find a home in that town, we would have to live in another school district and put our kindergartner son on a school bus very early in the morning for a 45 minute ride to school in another town.  He would have a long day, not getting back until late afternoon. 
We certainly were not happy with that scenario! When we returned to the motel room, frustrated and downhearted, I sat down on the bed and decided to get some guidance from God.  We had to leave for the airport to return home in two hours. Letting the Bible fall open where it may, I looked down randomly at a verse.  It was Psalm 36: 8.  "They shall be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of thy house..."  I immediately claimed that I was satisfied with the fatness of my Father's house (the consciousness of Love).  I closed the Bible and knew that I and my family could not be separated from that house, our true house, by any material belief of house.  I felt that it was my answer from God and was totally at peace.  About fifteen minutes later the phone rang. 
It was our friends who had already moved there and lived in a neighborhood right down the street from the elementary  school.  They excitedly told us that they had decided to go for a walk a short time before and had seen a "for sale" sign in the yard of a house right up the street that was a block from the elementary school.  They said the family was home and to come right away.  (Houses were in very short supply in that area and sold quickly.) When we arrived, we saw that it was a house that had really appealed to us during our search but had not been for sale at that point.  The owners said they had not planned on putting their house on the market that soon but suddenly got the urge to put the sign in the yard right before our friends decided to go for a walk up that street.  It was the right price and exactly what we had been looking for and more.  All of us felt that it was meant to be. 
In one more month we were happily living in the house, and our sons could walk one block up the barely traveled street right into the school for the rest of their elementary school years.  It was a perfect demonstration of the ever-present abundance of Mind which blessed us and the sellers.  This promise from Science and Health had been proven in our experience:  "Thoughts unspoken are not unknown to the divine Mind.  Desire is prayer; and no loss can occur from trusting God with our desires, that they may be moulded  and exalted before they take form in words and in deeds."  (p. 1: 10-14)  The complete, unquestioning acceptance of a God-given Truth is all-powerful.  It begins to work immediately and "does not return unto us void." 
Here is another testimony very similar to the one above.  My husband and I had decided to retire to a large lake not too far from the home of our oldest son.  We went to the lake nearly every weekend for about two months to look for a house.  The lake was quite a popular destination for retirees and homes sold there very quickly.  While looking around with a realtor we saw two houses that especially appealed to us.  The houses would go quickly we were told, so we had to make a decision soon.  We were in a quandary, for we liked both houses for different reasons.  I decided to do what I had done on the previous occasion when needing an answer concerning a home (detailed in the testimony above).  I sat at a table and, holding the Bible closed between my hands, let it fall open to wherever it may.  I looked down at a page in 1 Kings 7: 1-6.  I could hardly believe my eyes!  There was 
81 
my answer before me!  I didn't remember ever reading it before.  It was a description of the house King Solomon was building for himself.  The first two words I saw were "cedar" and "porch."   One of the houses we were trying to decide between was a cedar house with a porch!  The other house was not cedar and had no porch!   I closed the Bible, breathed a prayer of thanks, and joyously told my husband the decision!  Divine Mind knows where every word is in His Word!  We were so sure of what to do that we made an offer on the house immediately, which was accepted. What cannot God do?  We put our primary home on the market and it sold within six weeks for the asking price.  We happily moved to the lake, grateful to be near our son and his family. Life is unlimited Being.  It is an unconfined, perpetual, continuous sense of living. 
At every moment, in every situation, divine Life is expressing itself in a rich abundance and infinitude of good---there is nothing so irrepressible as Life.  The highest sense of grace proves supply omnipresent, wherever the place or condition.  Supply is, and in the form necessary.  We have only to open our thought to that great Truth, and be receptive to the fact that Love does not withhold itself from us.  "Hold thought steadfastly to the enduring, the good, and the true, and you will bring these into your experience proportionably to their occupancy of your thoughts."  (S&H 261: 4-7) These demonstrations, and many more, have proven to me that Christian Science is the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus.  "What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works?  Can faith save him?...  Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone...show me thy faith without thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works."   (James 2: 14, 17, 18) Christian Scientists learn that faith is higher than belief.  "Faith is higher and more spiritual than belief.  It is a chrysalis state of human thought, in which spiritual evidence, contradicting the testimony of material sense, begins to appear, and Truth, the ever-present, is becoming understood."  (S&H, 297)  "The prayer that reforms the sinner and heals the sick is an absolute faith that all things are possible to God,-- -a spiritual understanding of Him, an unselfed love."  (S&H 1:4) I am learning that man is Spirit, not matter!  Therefore, I am indestructible, self- purifying, self-regenerating, self-harmonizing, self-perpetuating.  It is the only body there can ever be, God’s concept of body!  How could there be a material body if there is no matter?  Right here where I am is the pure manifestation of God, beautiful in form and outline, divinely active, functioning harmoniously.”  Isn’t that how Jesus saw each person’s body as he healed it with that Scientific view?  And it is not only each individual expression of body, but the Truth about the whole body of the universe. We are so grateful to have these qualities of God to study, for in so doing we are finding out the Truth of our very own being.  In Science and Health we learn the answer, in every possible way, to mankind's supreme question:  What is God?  What we learn is so wonderful, we know it is the Comforter.  We find out what qualities we express as reflections of God, our one Mind, and so can mentally counteract the beliefs which come to us from the so-called mortal mind. The more we see ourselves and others as forms of qualities instead of forms of matter, the sooner our sense of mortality will disappear. 
82 
Science eliminates the time factor.  Doesn't physics now teach that all things, including us, are forms of qualities? "Entirely separate from the belief and dream of material living, is the Life divine, revealing spiritual understanding and the consciousness of man's dominion over the whole earth. This understanding casts out error and heals the sick, and with it you can speak as one having 'authority.'   (S&H: 14) "A great sacrifice of material things must precede this advanced spiritual understanding. The highest prayer is not one of faith merely; it is demonstration. Such prayer heals sickness, and must destroy sin and death.  It distinguishes between Truth that is sinless and the falsity of sinful sense."  (Ibid., 16)   Laying aside material sense testimony, that which we have been trained to believe all our life, is not easy.  Our path may seem to be hedged about with thorns;  our experiences may at times seem bitter.  Progress in learning what our true selfhood is as Soul, our real spiritual identity, may entail much sacrifice.  Mrs. 
Eddy knew well the anguish accompanying our human footsteps up and out of our cherished material beliefs.  She writes, "The angel message which comes from God, clothed with a cloud, prefigures divine Science.  To mortal sense Science seems at first obscure, abstract, and dark;  but a bright promise crowns its brow.  When understood, it is Truth's prism and praise.  When you look it fully and fairly in the face, you can heal by its means, and it has a light for you above the sun, for God is the light thereof.'   (S&H 558) When you begin to "eat up" the little book, embody its life-regenerating message enough to heal yourself or others, to demonstrate its Truth, even in small ways, the sacrifices will seem light;  you will find your angel message has been fulfilled---you have found the "pearl of great price."  The revelation must come to each of us individually.  And it will. 
Either here or hereafter, every single one of us will eventually outgrow our already obsolete material beliefs and find ourselves to be immortals, the truth about ourselves which we really have always been. The next eight chapters will cover the life of Mary Baker Eddy from her early years through her founding of the Comforter in human consciousness.  We will see that her life follows exactly the pattern set out in this paragraph from Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures:  "First in Christian duties, he [Jesus] taught his followers the healing power of Truth and Love. [Mind]  He attached no importance to dead ceremonies. [Spirit] It is the living Christ, the practical Truth, which makes Jesus the resurrection and the life to all who follow him in deed. [Soul]  Obeying his precious precepts,---following his demonstration so far as we apprehend it, [Principle]---we drink of his cup, partake of his bread, [Life] are baptized with his purity [Truth]; and at last we shall rest, sit down with him, in a full understanding of the divine Principle which triumphs over death." [Love] 
(I will be quoting from Science and Health and other books and writings by Mrs. 
Eddy which have been gathered together into twelve chapters in one book called Miscellaneous Writings.  The twelve chapters are:  Introductory, One Cause and Effect, Questions and Answers, Addresses, Letters, Sermons, Pond and Purpose, Precept Upon Precept, The Fruit of Spirit, Inklings Historic, Poems, and Testimonials and How to Understand Science and Health.  Each chapter contains a number of different writings which I will name along with the chapter’s title.) 
83 
Chapter 5  Mary Baker Eddy: Revelator of the New Physics 
Her Early Years Prior to Her Revelation  1821-1866 
If the Comforter has come in the form of a "little book," what of the author of this book?  Wouldn't the author had to have been a most extraordinarily spiritual individual to have been the one to whom the Comforter was revealed?  She was!  Christian Scientists believe that Mrs. Eddy will someday be known and hailed by mankind as the greatest woman the world has ever known. Her place in history is a holy one as the revelator to this age of the Christ, Truth, the Comforter, prophesied in parts of the Old Testament, promised by Christ Jesus to his disciples and the world before his ascension, and then given in prophecy symbolically to St. John in the Book of Revelation in the New Testament of the Bible. Mary Baker Eddy was born in obscurity just as Jesus had been, healed thousands of every   imaginable inharmony of mind and body just as he had done, was reviled and persecuted by the church leaders of her day just as he had been, and then gave herself for her great cause, betrayed in the end by several of her own students just as Jesus had been by one of his students. Though she is not very well-known by the general public today, she was and is considered one of the  greatest women of modern times.  In 2006, “The Atlantic” published a list of the ‘100 most influential Americans:  Abraham Lincoln, Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin,...Mary Baker Eddy.’  In 2002, the “Religion and Ethics News Weekly” listed Mary Baker Eddy among ‘the top 25 most influential religious  leaders of the 20th century’ which included Pope John Paul II, Dalai Lama, Martin Luther King, Jr., and Mother Theresa.  A 2000 issue of the “Weekend Australian Magazine” listed Mrs. Eddy with ‘100 Millennium Women who have made a lasting impression on the world.’   She was inducted into the National Women's Hall of Fame in 1995. The National Women’s Book Association, in 1994, chose her book, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures as ‘one of the 75 books written by American women whose words have changed the world.’  In 1976, “Life Magazine” included Mary Baker Eddy in a ‘special report about Remarkable American Women from 1776-1976.’ A 1959 issue of “McCalls Magazine” listed her as ‘one of the most eminent women in history.’  A nationwide poll of American women taken by the Chicago Tribune in 1933 selected Mrs. Eddy as ‘one of the 12 leaders of their sex in the last 100 years.’  In 1908, Mrs. Eddy was officially presented with a Diploma of Honor as an “Officier d’ Academie by the French government.  “National Magazine,” in 1903, rated Mrs. 
Eddy as ‘standing eighth in a list of twenty-two of the foremost living authors.’  Also in 1903, the “Ladies Home Journal”  featured a 2-page article:  ‘Mary Baker Eddy---whose name is known to thousands all over the civilized world. ’ She has been hailed as one of the greatest church leaders, and world-wide news media carried news articles by and about her for many years.  Many may know of the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts which she founded, along with branch churches around the world.  But I find today that unless one was born into a family that practices Christian Science or came into Christian Science because of a healing, most people 
84 
know nothing or next to nothing about Christian Science or Mary Baker Eddy. The "next to nothing" is, "They're the ones that don't go to doctors." What they don't know is, that is only one small part of Christian Science.  Certainly if Mrs. Eddy is a person of such momentous importance, then one would expect her to have had an auspicious human beginning. Mary Baker was born in 1821 on a farmstead in New Hampshire.  Her father, Mark Baker, was a  just and upright man with a high standing in the community. Her mother, Abigail Ambrose Baker, was a deeply spiritual woman of Puritan ancestry.  They had six children of whom Mary was the youngest. 
According to belief, Abigail was beyond child-bearing years when Mary was conceived. 
When she was in her fifth month with Mary, she told her neighbor and friend, Mrs. Gault, of a troubling experience that she'd had recently.  She explained that when she was in the attic to gather some wool for spinning she had suddenly felt that she was filled with the Holy Ghost and that she had dominion over the whole earth. She heard a voice saying, "That which is to be born of you will be born of God." At that moment, she felt the quickening of the babe. Abigail was a devout Congregationalist, and believed that man is a miserable sinner. She told Mrs. Gault that she felt she was guilty of the "sin of presumption" for feeling that she could be filled with the "Holy Ghost" and had "dominion over the whole earth," and that she was carrying a child that belonged to God. Mrs. Gault comforted her, however, telling her that man was made in the image and likeness of God as described in the first chapter of Genesis and that this man was indeed given dominion over the whole earth. 
They prayed together often, and Abigail began to believe that the child was consecrated of God for some holy work.   (Shannon, Golden Memories, p.2) Mary Morse Baker was delivered on July 16, 1821.  She was a sweet and beautiful child and, though  much beloved by the family, her parents knew she was unlike other children. While still in a trundle bed in her parents' bedroom, she would call out to her father reading a newspaper in the parlor, "Father, I know what you are doing. You are reading the newspaper.  I'll read it to you."  She would then tell him what he was reading, although she could not pronounce the big words!    (Ibid., p.3) She was also known for her healing abilities which became apparent while still a young child. Her father would put the sick chicks and lambs in her care. She would sit beside the lambs or carry the chicks in the bosom of her dress until they showed  normal signs of life or vigor. Once her oldest brother, Samuel, severely injured his leg while chopping wood with an ax.  After several days the wound showed no signs of healing, and the family despaired of the boy's life. Mark Baker decided to try Mary's healing ability. He picked her up and gently placed her hand over the wound.  From that moment the wound began to heal. Another time her brother George fell out of a tree onto a broken bottle, causing a deep, ugly gash in his thigh. A surgeon was summoned to stitch it up, but George screamed in agony. Again, Mary's father put her hand on the wound, and the pain ceased. 
Healing seemed to come naturally to Mary.  From the time she was very young, she loved to go visit her friends when they became sick. They always got well when she was with them. (Smillie, Paul, Mary Baker Eddy: The Prophetic and Historical Perspective,  Vol. 1, The Gethsemane Foundation, 1979, pp. 181, 182) 
85 
Mrs. Eddy's acute mental abilities, including mind-reading, were evident to the Christian Scientists  who knew her during her years as leader of the Christian Science movement, but the ability to read thoughts and commune mentally were frequent occurrences during her childhood.  Ben, the family dog, was not allowed to sit with the family when they were gathered in the sitting room. His place was under the table. He disobeyed sometimes, however, and would be scolded. Mary couldn't bear Ben being scolded so she began addressing him mentally, "Ben, go under the table and lie down." 
Immediately the dog would rise and obey her. She learned that her silent instructions could be "heard" by her dog.  In later years she wrote to a student, "I can discern in the human mind, thought, motive,  and purpose...It is as impossible to prevent this native perception as to open the door of a room and then prevent a man who is not blind from looking into the room and seeing all it contains...this  phenomenon  appeared in my childhood; it is associated with my earliest memories." At play, during hide and seek games, Mary was always able to quickly find the hidden objects, no matter how hard the other children tried to make it.  (Dickey, Memoirs of Mary Baker Eddy, p.46) Not only was Mary a natural healer and mind-reader, but she was naturally spiritually-minded. Beginning as a young child she was very conscious of her obligation to God. She would go out to the shed to pray seven times each day, marking on the wall with chalk each time so as not to miss a single visit.  She regularly read her Bible, memorizing whole chapters and the Psalms.   (Keyston, The Healer, Healing Unlimited, p.4) When Mary was about eight years old, she had an experience much like the child Samuel in the Bible.  Samuel had been born to a woman, Hannah, who was grieved because of her childlessness prayed to God for a son, with the promise that if her prayer was heard she would dedicate her child to the service of Jehovah. In due time, after Samuel was weaned, his parents gave him to Eli, the chief priest of the Tabernacle, which held the Ten Commandments, to serve him.  During his service to Eli, as a young child, Samuel heard his name called three times while in his bed  at night. This happened several  times, and each time Samuel would go in to Eli to ask what he wanted.  Each time Eli would tell him that he had not called him.  Finally, Eli told him to answer the voice, "Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth."  Samuel did as he was told when the call came again.  Later, Samuel became the prophet of Israel.  (I Samuel:1-3:10) Mary frequently heard a voice calling, "Mary," three times. Supposing it was her mother calling, she would run to her to ask what she wanted. Each time she was told she had not been called.  Finally, she was sitting with her cousin one day when the voice came again. 
Mary ignored it, but her cousin asked her why she did not get up and go in to her mother, for she had heard her call.  Then Mary went to her mother and told her that her cousin had heard her mother call.  That night, her mother, being much perplexed, read Mary the story of Samuel's experience with a voice calling him and told Mary to do the same thing that Samuel had been told to do. She was to reply, "Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth."  The next time she was called she was afraid to answer and then wept and asked God to forgive her. Then one night when the voice called "Mary," she replied as little Samuel had done, "Speak, Lord, for thy servant  heareth."  She then felt her body being gently lifted about a 
86 
foot above the bed and then being gently laid back down. It happened three times. She never heard the voice again. Much later, after becoming the leader of the Christian Science Movement, she told one of her students who worked as her secretary that as a child she was afraid to tell the circumstances to anyone but pondered them deeply in thought when, many years later, she was demonstrating the nothingness of matter.  ( David Keyston, The Healer, Healing Unlimited, p.6) 
Another incident from her childhood illustrated Mary's spirituality. After church one Sunday, Mary and her mother went to visit their pastor's wife who was ill. It was believed she was suffering from a tumor. She and the pastor had been married for fifteen years and were childless. It was a great disappointment to them for they loved children dearly. During the visit, Mary and her mother sang hymns together. After they left the house, Mary told her mother that she had seen "a dear little baby all cuddled up close and warm inside". But Mrs. Baker told her there were no babies there. But Mary was insistent, saying, "But Mother, I saw a dear little baby all cuddled up inside." Later, when the woman gave birth to a baby son, many wondered at Mary's revelation.    (Shannon, Golden Memories, p.4) Very early in her childhood Mary seemed to have a sense of her mission.  When asked what she  was going to do when she grew up, she would answer, "I will 'ite a book." (The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, by Sibyl Wilbur)  At the age of nine, she told her beloved brother, Albert, that she wanted to be a scholar so that when she grew up, she could write a book.  (Wilbur, Sybil, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy Eddy) In her book, Retrospection and Introspection, p. 31, Mrs. Eddy tells us, "From my very childhood I was impelled by a hunger and thirst after divine things-----a desire for something higher and better than matter, and apart from it, -----to seek diligently for  the knowledge of God as the one great and ever-present relief from human woe."  The Baker family belonged to the Congregational Church and believed in the doctrine of predestination, which preordained some people for everlasting suffering. Children could become members of the church at the age of twelve. Mary, however, was greatly troubled by the doctrine, for she could not accept a belief of a wrathful God. Her experiences had given her a sense of God as ever-present Love. Her parents tried to turn her from her "heresy," for thoughts of God as Love were almost profane. Her father was seriously displeased with Mary, fearing her soul would be lost. His thundering assertions upset the whole household causing Mary to become ill with a high fever. Finally, her mother told Mary to rest in God's love. She tells us that as she prayed for God's guidance, "a soft glow of ineffable joy came over me. The fever was gone, and I rose and dressed myself, in a normal condition of health...the physician marveled; and the 'horrible decree' of predestination----as Calvin rightly called his own tenet---forever lost its power over me." Years later, Mary determined that she "must know the Science of this healing". (Wright, Helen, The Star of Boston,  pp.16-17)                                                           The day of the church meeting arrived where she was to answer the minister's questions about her beliefs in order to become a member. Mary was ready. She told him honestly that she did not believe in the doctrine of predestinated everlasting punishment. She said that she could 
87 
only declare what the Psalmist had declared, "Search me, O God, and know my heart; try me and know my thoughts and see if there be any wicked way in me, and lead me in the way everlasting." (Psalm 139)  Mary spoke with such deep conviction that the church members wept. Holding firm in her convictions in the face of such pressure would be her life's story. (Ibid., 18) At the age of fifteen, while attending school one day, an incident occurred which left a deep impression on the residents of the town. A lunatic had escaped from an asylum and invaded the schoolyard, brandishing a club. All of the frightened children ran into the schoolroom, except Mary. She walked toward the man, who raised the club over his head. 
Continuing to walk straight up to him, she took his free hand. Just as it looked as if he was going to strike her, he dropped down by her side. Then Mary gently led him to the gate. He appeared in church the following Sunday and stood beside Mary during the hymn singing. 
After the service, he allowed the authorities to take him into custody.   (Wilbur, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Christian Science Publishing Society, 1907, 33-4) Later on, while Mary and her family were at prayer, he forced his way into their home. Rushing up to her father who was reading the Bible, he grabbed it away from him and handed it to Mary saying, "Here! You are the one to read from God's Word."  Mary's teacher, the Rev. Enoch Corser, confirmed  what many others had perceived about Mary through the years, "I never before had a pupil with such a depth and independence of thought. She has some great future, mark that. She is an intellectual and spiritual genius." (Tomlinson notes, Church History, Mary Baker Eddy: The Prophetic and Historical Perspective, Vol. 1, p.182 )   When Mary was old enough, she studied Hebrew, Greek, and Latin with her older brother, Albert, thus gaining a great advantage in her study of the Scriptures in their original tongues. Her favorite subjects were moral science, logic, and natural philosophy, which were excellent preparation for the scientifically religious writing she would later do.  (Miscellaneous Writings, Retrospection and Introspection, p. 10) How grateful we are to have these stories from her early years! They point irrevocably to an individual with  unusual spiritual capacities and a pure love of God, one being led to become the Revelator to this age of  the Christ, Truth. In 1843, Mary Baker was married in her family home to Col. George Washington Glover. He had  been the young business partner of her brother, Samuel, but had since moved to Charleston, South Carolina and become a prosperous building contractor.  On a visit back home he visited the Baker family and again met Mary, now a beautiful young woman, whom he'd known when she was a child .They began a correspondence when he returned to Charleston, and he soon proposed marriage. 
After the wedding they returned to South Carolina. In June of 1844, George Glover contracted  yellow fever and passed on nine days later.  His Masonic brothers were a big help to Mary, now a  bereaved widow, and escorted her back to her parents' home in New England. What she did do before she left was to free all of the slaves that had been owned by her husband. She never had believed in slavery, feeling strongly that all were equal before God. 
88 
In September of that year, Mary gave birth to a son whom she named after his father. The tragedy that had befallen her at her husband's untimely death and her difficult pregnancy and childbirth caused her much mental and physical suffering to the point that her family feared for her life.  She could not care for her son, so he was placed in the care of the family's domestic servant who had been with them for many years.  The servant then placed him in the care of a woman who had recently lost one of  her infant twins.  When Mary had sufficiently recovered,  little George was  brought back to her, but he was a difficult baby whose inconsolable crying left the household unsettled.  Mary had no way to support herself and her son, for in her grief and ill health she had given no thought to her husband's property and lost it all. In 1845, her old school, Sanbornton Academy, was replaced by the New Hampshire Conference Seminary, and in 1846 the principal asked her to substitute for his lead teacher for several weeks.  He was very much pleased with her work and encouraged her to make teaching her vocation. Being the mother of a young child, she thought of opening a school for the very young.  With the help of her sister, Abigail, she secured a building, painted and equipped it and opened what was most likely America's first kindergarten. Her idea was revolutionary for that time and attracted considerable attention.  The word kindergarten was not in the American vocabulary, and although the encyclopedia tells us that the first kindergartens did not appear until the 1860's, Mrs. Glover pioneered the concept nearly twenty years earlier with her successful "Infants School" in 1846. Mary's health did not hold out for very long, however, and she was unable to teach.  Her son was in the care once again of her parents' domestic servant . 
As a source of income that was not as strenuous as teaching, Mary began writing articles for publication.  One of her articles, "The Immortality of the Soul," appeared in an 1847 issue of  “The Covenant.”  In the article, she uses the term, "science," as something highly esteemed, to be sought after, in her view of what heaven will be like "beyond the veil."  This view was very different from the typical belief held by Christians of her day and still are today.  Here are some excerpts from the article: "Who  does not sometimes conjecture what will be his condition and employment in eternity?  Will the mind be continually augmenting its stock of knowledge, and advancing toward complete  perfection? 
It cannot be otherwise. We shall there apprehend fully the relations and dependencies  incomprehensible to understandings encircled by clay. 
“The boundless ocean of truth will be fathomed and investigated by those, whom, like Newton, a residence here scarcely acquainted with a few pebbles in its trackless shore. 
The result of all experiments will then be satisfactory, since they will accord with the deductions of enlarged and enlightened reason.  Most authors have but dimly shadowed forth their own imaginings, and much of  what they intended is involved in obscurity.  This makes an approach to the legions of science and literature so extremely difficult; there this obstacle will be removed.  No veil will hide from our observation the beauties, lovely, inimitable, of wisdom and philosophy; all their charms will there be displayed. 
“The imperfection of language will be no hindrance to the acquisition of ideas, as it will no longer be necessary as a medium of thought and communication.  Intelligence, 
89 
refined, etherealized, will converse directly with material objects, if, indeed, matter be existent.  All will be accessible, permanent, eternal!" 
Here, twenty-five year old Mrs. Glover is espousing the acquiring of a greater understanding of science and the doubtful existence of matter in her conjectures of life beyond the veil. 
Little did she know that in less than thirty years hence she would be espousing these conjectures as facts in the here and now, not just to a small publication, but in a revolutionary book to the whole world! In 1848, Mary traveled to Harvard in Cambridge to attend the graduation of a childhood friend, John Bartlett. He had been a brilliant student and a promising future was expected.  He proposed to Mary but could not yet provide a home for a wife and son.  He planned to travel to Sacramento, California to establish a law practice. Mary accepted the proposal and planned a new direction for her life.  When John felt ready to support her, they would marry and make a home together in the far West.  In spite of  intermittent battles for health, one in the spring of 1849 which seemed to be a battle she would lose, Mary rallied, and her future appeared to finally hold a promise of hope for happiness and security for her and her son.  But it was not to be.  In November of '49, her best friend in all the world, her dear mother, passed on.  Her grief overpowered her, for it was the greatest loss  she had yet sustained.  She could only look for surcease from her profound woe to California and a new life.  But, again, it was not to be. Two weeks after the passing of her beloved mother, on December 11, John Bartlett died in Sacramento. Mary's life was desolate, with no ray of light to penetrate the heavy darkness that settled upon her.  She and little five-year-old George were sharing her father's house. 
George's boisterous nature upset her father, especially without the patient gentleness of Abigail.  A year later, Mark Baker remarried.  It seemed a sacrilege to Mary, for no one could possibly replace her own dear mother. Mary's  sister opened her home to Mary, but George was not welcome, probably because he was so difficult and they felt Mary's health would suffer.  George then was sent to live with the family's previous domestic servant who had married and moved forty miles away.  Mary had poor health and no means to provide for herself and her son.  This was the final blow that left her with nothing to live for. 
Her physical health suffered a severe relapse, and Mary seemed beyond recovery.  For months there was very little hope for her.  Then, at last, her unremitting suffering finally abated and she recovered.  She enjoyed working in the garden and conversing with the sweet eleven-year-old girl who lived across the street. This young girl had attended  Mrs. Glover's Infant School the years it had continued. By the end of 1852, Mary was consulting a dentist for the care of her teeth.  Dr. 
Daniel Patterson  was a reputable dentist, very handsome and genial. He proposed to Mary in the spring of 1853, promising to provide a home for her and her son.  She at first resisted, claiming that she could not yield to his religion.  He persisted though, and Mary relented, seeing the promise at last of a home for herself and George.  Unfortunately, she was deceived, for after their marriage Dr. Patterson  reneged on his promise, and George was not allowed to live with them.  This was a terrible disappointment, and Mary suffered through 
90 
years of sorrow and loneliness, often ill, as Dr. Patterson rode about the countryside as an itinerant dentist. 
There was a short period when George was allowed to visit his invalid mother, but was then taken to Minnesota and told that his mother had died.  They did not meet  again for many years.  Alone much of the time, confined to bed, separated from all human solace, Mary began to lean more and more on God, turning to her Bible for support. It was during that time that Mary made a solemn "promise to God that if He restored her health, she would devote her future years to helping sick and suffering  humanity."  (Grekel, The Discovery of the Science of Man, Healing Unlimited, 1999, p. 43) For over twenty  years, due to her ill health, Mary had been adhering to certain dietetic theories such as homeopathy and allopathy, but found no real relief.  Little did she know then that her promise to God would take her far beyond such theories into the atmosphere of pure Mind.  During the same solitary period, as she studied her Bible, she wrote down the results of her studies and gave them to friends. These very early searches for the Truth of how Jesus healed were "the first steps of a child in the newly discovered world of  Spirit." (Science and Health, viii:28) During this time, a woman she knew brought her baby to Mary to see if she could heal her. The wonderful healing which occurred started her on her way to her fulfillment of her promise to God.  Mary recalled the event, "Mrs. Smith, of Rumney, New Hampshire, came to me with her infant whose eyes were diseased, a mass of inflammation, neither pupil nor iris discernible. I gave the infant no drugs, held her in my arms for a few moments while lifting my thought to God. Then returned the babe to her mother healed. (Footprints Fadeless, Mary Baker Eddy, p. 6) In 1861, war broke out between the North and the South.  Dr. Patterson joined the Union effort, but before he left he answered a circular received from a Dr. Quimby who claimed that he could cure patients without drugs.   Dr. Patterson wrote to him on Mary's behalf, and by return mail received an answer that Dr. Quimby was sure he could heal her. 
So while Dr. Patterson was gone, Mary traveled to Maine, full of hope that she might finally be healed.  She did indeed find temporary relief and felt the treatment must be God's doing. 
However, unbeknown to Mary, the Dr. was a hypnotist, and though he was in earnest in his endeavors to help the suffering, he was not at all spiritual. In her talks with Dr. Quimby, and in his writings, there was nothing that could convince her that his method was a mode of divine healing. She felt instinctively that the search for the healing Jesus did was possible for those who believed the Bible and Jesus' promise that  "...these signs shall follow them that believe,...they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover." (Mark 16:18)  Mary had to search further, but she was already far ahead of  Dr. Quimby, for the ones he could not heal he sent to  her, and she healed them! 
The healing of one of his patients of consumption (tuberculosis) is related in  Science and Health, 184. During the years that Mary experimented with homeopathy , she explained in her book, Retrospection and Introspection (p. 24)," I had been trying to trace all physical effects to a mental  cause."  She had learned that the weaker the solution dissolved in water, the 
91 
stronger became the  effect  of the treatment, until the patient was healed with virtually nothing but the water! This led her to the "scientific certainty that all causation was Mind, and every effective mental phenomenon."  On p. 24 in the same book she writes, "From my earliest childhood I was impelled by a hunger and thirst after divine  things,---a desire for something higher and better than matter, and apart from it,---to seek diligently for  the knowledge of God as the one great and ever-present relief from human woe." For most of her adult life Mrs. Eddy "... was convinced that mortal mind produced all disease, and that the various medical systems were in no proper sense Scientific. In 1862, when I first visited Mr. Quimby, I was proclaiming to druggists, spiritualists, and mesmerists that Science must govern all healing." (“Christian Science Journal,” June, 1887). One case which Mary spoke of years later as the "falling apple" to her concerned a case that the physicians had given up. She said, "It made plain to me that Mind governed the whole question of her recovery. I was always praying to be kept from sin, and I waited for God to direct me." The case was one of dropsy (an abnormal excess accumulation of fluid in connective tissue). Mary prescribed for her according to her understanding of homeopathy. 
Soon there was noticeable improvement. However, Mary was concerned about overdosing the remedy, but the woman would not let her give it up since it was bringing her such relief. 
Without telling the patient, Mary administered un-medicated pills. The patient was cured. 
Mary saw that the thought of the patient and the physician was the determining  factor in the case.  She said it had been the "enlightenment of the human understanding" and then contrasted that with her "revelation of the divine Mind," her discovery of Christian Science in 1866. 
As the Civil War raged on, Mary received notice that Dr. Patterson had been captured by the South and imprisoned. She immediately sought his release by writing a letter to Daniel's brother, to Franklin Pierce, and to Governor  Barry of New Hampshire. He managed to escape, however, and made his way home. Though often bed-ridden, Mary did what she could on behalf of the Union cause and the liberation of slaves. She addressed a letter to General B.F. Butler, a native son of New Hampshire, begging him "in behalf of God's behests to our nation, of its people, and the women of New Hampshire, to take a firm step toward liberating slaves in our land as a sure protest for stopping the war,...The  measures he adopted were accomplished."  She also started a petition for the abolition of slavery which  she sent to President Lincoln. It was signed by thousands of people. At the start of the war, she purchased a Bible with the last dollar she had in her purse and gave it to the only son of a woman who had befriended her. The young man was going off to join the forces of the North. She inscribed his name in it along with a Bible verse she told him to read every day.  She also told him that the book would save him. At the end of the war the young man returned to Mrs. Patterson to thank her for the "blessed book" which had been a great help to him and which had, in fact, saved his life. Then he took from his uniform the well-used Bible and showed where the book had stopped a bullet from piercing him. (Shannon, Golden Memories, p. 9) 
92 
A happy occurrence during the war brought Mary tears of joy and relief in the midst of her suffering and search for a cure. She received a letter from her son with the information that he had left home and had joined the Union army, giving his age as seventeen, one year older than he was at the time. His letter was written by a man in his regiment who wrote letters for those who were illiterate. This kind man had also been responsible for locating George's mother for him. Mary was so proud that her son had joined the Union. One day, after receiving the letter, Mary had a strong spiritual intuition that her son had met with great harm. She immediately prayed for him, knowing that only God's angel thoughts surrounded, protected, and prospered her son. A short time later, she heard that he had been shot in the neck and that the physicians had concluded that it was fatal. Suddenly, they witnessed the healing of the neck taking place, and George quickly recovered.  (Alfred Farlow and Irving C. Tomlinson notes, "Church History") During the Civil War years, Mary Baker Patterson continued to receive treatment from Dr. Quimby and  relief from suffering.  She wrote articles for newspapers and gave some lectures extolling the Quimby healing method.  Dr. Quimby realized that Mrs. 
Patterson gave a spiritual interpretation to his theories that he did not fathom and respected her greatly for it.  He saw that her spirituality enabled her to rely wholly on mind, for she never manipulated patients as he did. Several cases exemplify how much higher she had attained over his work. "A woman was taking her dying husband to her home in Canada, but a doctor on the train advised moving him to the nearest hotel at the next station which was Portland where Mrs. 
Patterson was staying. She was at the hotel when they arrived and shortly thereafter she heard that the husband had passed away. She went to the door of the bereaved wife, and when it was opened in response to her knock, "tried to comfort her. She said, ' Let us go and waken him.'  They went, and they stood beside him for a few minutes.  Mary then told his wife that he was waking, and that she must be close by so that he could see her when he opened his eyes, which he shortly did. He said to his wife, 'Oh, Martha, it was so strange, to be at home and you not there,' and he spoke about meeting his parents and others of the family who had died before."  Mary had perceived undying life, and Martha had witnessed that Christ could raise the dead in the nineteenth century as in the first. Martha's husband was living when Mary left the hotel three days later. (Shannon, 10) Another amazing healing at the hotel involved an invalid staying there. Mary writes, "In the absence of  Dr. Quimby...a man was brought to the hotel where I was staying, who was in a pitiable condition. He had sometime previous met with an accident, and he was well-nigh broken to pieces. His knees and ankles were out of place, and he was suffering untold agonies. The proprietor of the hotel came to me  and besought me to do something for the poor sufferer. At first I thought I could not. Then I said, 'God can do it!' I went to his bedside and lifted my thought silently to God. At the conclusion of my prayer I said, 'Now you can arise and open the door for me.' The man arose, the iron clamps he wore rattling as he walked, and went and opened the door." (Fosbery, Arthur F., C.S., Healing Done By Mrs. Eddy) 
93 
One time when Mrs. Patterson was visiting Dr.Quimby in his office, a man was brought into the room who had been run over by a train. She recounted," Both limbs were shattered, and his condition  was so pitiable that Dr. Quimby would not stay in the room with him, but he said to me, 'Mrs. Patterson, you go and see if you can't help him.' I went to the door, lifted my eyes to heaven, breathed a prayer, and the man rose, healed. (Fosburg, Ibid.) In the latter part of 1864, while Mrs. Patterson was in Maine seeing Dr. Quimby, she stayed with a Mrs. Sarah Crosby. One day, Mrs. Crosby was taking a bottle of vitriolic acid off a shelf when it broke, spilling the acid onto her face. A doctor was summoned but could do nothing, saying she would probably die. At this point, Sarah reached out to Mary for help. Mary told her to lie down while she prayed for her. Upon awaking, she found that she was "restored whole," with no evidence of the accident.  (Tomlinson Notes, "Church History") In 1864, Mary Patterson's great revelation, which brought the Comforter, still lay ahead, but she proved through her many healings that her thought had already risen to such a spiritual height that she was doing the kinds of glorious healings that the master Christian, Christ Jesus, had done and told us we should do.  She realized that healing was not done with the human mind, using human will power. She, as well as Dr. Quimby, had rejected spiritualism as false and fraudulent.  They were both dedicated to healing. They had deep discussions, with Mary substituting the word "God" where Dr. Quimby used the word "wisdom" in trying to explain his method. He practiced by first taking the patient's sufferings upon himself and then casting them off.  Mary did not feel strong enough to do that, nor did she feel it necessary, for she had such a strong, natural faith in God's power and presence that affirming that power and presence as All was much faster, in fact, instantaneous. While in Maine, either with her husband's relatives in Saco, or in a hotel or boarding in private homes, Mary earned money by writing for the local press.  However, when she received a letter from the author of the "Independent" to write for his widely circulated journal, she replied that she was not yet healthy enough to do so. She longed for a normal home with her husband and perhaps her son with her. Dr. Patterson was often gone about the countryside lecturing about his experiences in the Civil War, having given up dentistry, and sent her money erratically. Although she had heard from her son at the start of the war when he was just a teenager, she would not see him until he was thirty-four years old with a family of his own. During the three years that Mary took treatments from Dr. Quimby, she was trying to put into writing her evolving theory about God and man and the universe as being on an unchanging scientific basis.  Dr. Quimby, in reading her notes, adopted her word "science" in his own terminology.  From Dr. Quimby, Mary learned the power of positive thinking to produce health and the power of negative thinking to produce disease, but she went beyond that into the realm of relying on a divine Principle. Mary wrote a letter to Dr. Quimby containing  the following paragraph which seemed to outline her future.  "...Dr., I have a strange feeling of late that I ought to be perfect 
94 
after the manner of science, in order to know and do the right.  So much as I need to attain before that, makes the job look difficult, but I shall try.  When men, and above all, women, revile me, to forgive and pity.  When I am misjudged because misunderstood, to feel: Wisdom forgive them for they know not what they do...All things work together for good to them who love wisdom...I can love only a good, honorable, and brave career;  no other can suit me.  If I could use my pen as I long to do, and not sink under it, I would work after this model till it should appear a "thing of beauty which is a joy forever." (Grekel, Doris, Discovery of the Science of Man, pp. 65-66) Mary's visits with Dr. Quimby had been a welcome respite in Mary's weary life. 
She received relief from suffering (though she experienced relapses), and, perhaps even a greater saving grace, the sympathetic ear of a true friend with whom she could discuss the ideas pressing upon her spiritual intuitions.  Her father thought her ideas offensive; her sister was disinterested; her husband laughed at her. In January, 1866, Dr. Quimby could not rid himself of a disease which he had taken on from a patient, and died.  A chapter in Mary's life closed, but the one for which she was born was opening.  She must bring the second coming of the Christ, the Comforter, to mankind, as a divine Science.                                                     Mrs. Eddy states that the Scriptures in their Science reveal “the spiritual origin of man.”  (S&H 534:7) You may be starting to recognize what the physicists have deduced from the fact that there is no matter: Mind does not see its objects or reflections as matter, since there is none, but as tangible ideas.  Nothing has changed---just the science has caught up with the Truth.  We see the same things but no longer can think of them as matter, which is changeable, deteriorates, suffers, dies, according to erroneous mortal belief.  What does change as a result of this new standpoint is the illumination that will slowly turn us from a quivering race of sinning, sickly, warring, needy, dying humans, afraid of our own bodies, our inheritances, other humans and their minds, the atmosphere around us, and destinies over which we have no control...to having dominion over ourselves and our lives through the use of our MIND, the one Mind or Principle of the universe which is changeless, invariable good.  All of the “bodies” of the universe are under its omnipotent, omnipresent, omniscient, omni-active control, now and forever.  “...What is man that Thou art mindful of him?...Thou madest him to have dominion over the works of thy hands;  thou has put all things under his feet...” (Psalms 8) 
On an individual level, we can catch a glimpse of this liberating Truth of ourselves as an individualized expression of Mind and begin to reason: “I dwell in the divine Mind of the universe as an individualized idea.  Therefore, I and my “Father” are one, just as Jesus explained himself to be.  All that I can ever know of myself is what my Mind knows of its glorious Self or body---the activity of infinite good.  Being  “man” or manifestation of Mind, I am the highest idea of God, reflecting God in the full range of His/Her qualities. 
Therefore, just as the sun sends itself forth as many rays (not as many suns), and each ray possesses all of the qualities of the sun, I am completely dependent upon my one and only Cause for my life, my health and well-being, my supply, my intelligence, my joy, my completeness, etc. 
95 
My only Mind, the Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love which governs all creation, and is the presence and power and law of good to me, is sustaining me, guiding, and governing me under all circumstances.  I rejoice in this wonderful revelation!  (As now being intuited by physicists, Consciousness or Mind is not in its body.  Body is in Mind. 
Therefore, Mind has dominion over the body, not the body over its Mind.) In the measure that we identify ourselves with this light, wisdom governs our activities, and we begin to express more dominion over our bodies, recognizing the fact that dominion is the law, or Principle, of all being.  This reasoned comprehension of the Truth of man is destined to be used by all of mankind. This Truth about mankind is unfolded in the Bible from Genesis to Revelation according to the order of the seven days of creation, finally enabling us to overcome mortality on a universal scale. The ancient author had exceptional spiritual understanding for that day. It was understood that the revelation of the Book of Genesis was about the journey of the human race from its erroneous material beliefs to its finding in the human and divine coincidence its own true being as one with God.  The journey would be long, but it would unfold according to mankind’s increasingly purer understanding of God.  The Bible from beginning to end is a microcosm, in symbol, of our journey. A key was given to us in the first chapter of Genesis that we could use to unlock the deep, spiritual Truth underlying the Scriptures and then apply them to the lessons learned along our own individual journey as well as the universal journey of mankind.  As discussed earlier, this key was revealed to Mrs. Eddy, and she used it in the writing of her textbook, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  Her founding of the Comforter in human consciousness unfolded in exactly seven distinct “days” or phases which will each be a chapter with its accompanying verse from Genesis designating which “day” as well as the name, or synonym, for God which coincides with it. I will also give a brief explication of the scientific meaning of each particular “day” as perceived by Mrs. Eddy and given to us in her chapter on Genesis, the first Chapter, in S&H, 501-520.  The synonyms or “names” for God which coincide with each day will be provided with a fuller list of terms which characterize them.  You will gain an enlarged sense of God in His allness and a deeper appreciation of God as our Father-Mother, the profound Love and grace which embraces each one of us.  Your whole sense of life will change as you begin to apply God’s qualities to yourself, for in reality you are the embodiment of those qualities.  (Remember, the physicists now know that all that can be apprehended of anything we see are its qualities!) Since Mrs. Eddy’s actual revelation was the light of Truth breaking in upon her, its Genesis symbol begins with Genesis 1:3, “And God said, let there be light...” [the symbol for Mind). The “creation” is an eternal unfoldment of God’s revelation of Himself.  This is certainly not the story of a period in time when God created the material universe!  We now know that could not be the case since it has been discovered that there is no matter! We are spiritual beings in a spiritual universe, "broadening and rising higher and higher from a boundless basis."  (S&H, 258:14) "The footsteps of thought, rising above material standpoints, are slow, and portend a long night to the traveler;  but the angels of His 
96 
presence---the spiritual intuitions that tell us when 'the night is far spent, the day is at hand'-- -are our guardians in the gloom.  Whoever opens the way in Christian Science is a pilgrim and a stranger, marking out the path for generations yet unborn.  In Mary Baker Eddy’s life mission, this experience is the moment of her reception of  “the revelation of the absolute divine Principle of scientific mental healing” for which she said she “had been graciously prepared.” With Dr. Quimby gone, Mary truly had only God to lean upon.  At the end of the Civil War the Pattersons had reunited and moved to Lynn, Massachusetts.  Dr. Patterson was seldom home, and in another blow to her health and happiness, Mary discovered that he had been unfaithful to her. She forgave him, however, and tried to keep her marriage intact. The following chapter will concern the first stage, Mind, of Mrs. Eddy’s founding of the Comforter, the Christ, Truth, in human consciousness.  Her entire founding, from 1866- 1910, clearly follows the seven stages of the illumination of the Truth as happening in seven phases according to the seven synonyms for God---Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Truth, Life, Love.  As we have seen throughout this book, the illumination of all ideas follows this same seven-fold order. 
97 
Chapter 6   First Period of Mrs. Eddy’s Founding of Christian Science 1866-1877 
First day---light---Mind---wisdom “And God said, Let there be light: and there was light.” Genesis 1:3 
Characteristics of Mind  (as gleaned from passages from  Science and Health): intelligence; wisdom; immortal law; fetterless; one; causation; ever active; All; includes all; all power, source of all movement, supreme over all; the only cause; multiplier; sustains man; bestows the grand human capacities of being; sends forth  perfection; institutes absolute formations; makes its own record; has adhesion, cohesion, and attraction; has control; has systems; empowers man; intuition; perception; revelation; source; dominion; apprehension; creative ability; guides; mandates; manifests; origin 
“Immortal Mind presents the idea of God, first in light; second, in reflection; third, in spiritual and immortal forms of beauty and goodness.” (S&H, Chapter 15, Gen. 503: 20- 22) 
The infinite as Mind says, “Let there be light.”  This is Light itself sending forth its own light that can never be cut off from Itself.  In the measure that  (like Jesus) we identify ourselves with this spiritual understanding of creation, wisdom governs our activities.  We are establishing the true idea of origin. Mrs. Eddy’s reception of light was “the revelation of the absolute divine Principle of scientific mental healing” for which she had been “graciously prepared.”  “In the year 1866, I discovered the Christ Science or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my discovery Christian Science”.  (S&H, 107:1) Two weeks after Dr. Quimby passed on, Mary experienced an accident that was considered fatal. But her spirituality had advanced to the point where she had become a transparency for the Truth about God and man, and she was ready for the great Revelation which she was soon after to discern as the Comforter prophesied by Christ Jesus to St. John On February 1, 1866, Mary was walking on her way to a temperance lecture in Lynn, Massachusetts.  It was bitterly cold, and the streets were icy.  Mary slipped on the sidewalk and fell, injuring herself, including a severe concussion, internal injuries and a spinal injury.  She was carried into a nearby house and a doctor was called.  Upon examining her he despaired of any recovery for her. She asked to be taken home and was laid upon her upstairs bed.  The doctor left her some homeopathic medicine, but Mary did not take it. 
Instead, she turned to her Bible, opening it to Mark: 3, to the healing of the man with the withered hand.  She describes how, "as she read, a change passed over [her];  the limbs that were immovable, cold, without feeling, warmed; the internal agony ceased;  her strength came instantaneously, and she rose from [her] bed and stood upon her feet, well".  (Science and Health, Third Edition, 1881, p. 156) In an interview she gave years later, we learn a few more details of that momentous occasion: 
98 
"...I slipped upon the pavement, fell across the curbstone, and that induced an injury that they considered as fatal as if my head had been severed.”  When she was taken home, she told those around her "Why, I can't conceive in this vestibule that there is death... life seems continuous, and my Father's face dearer than ever before,' and as I talked they did not know what to make of it.  The clergyman was just about to come and see me, and he entered, and then he talked with me a little, and he said, 'You seem near heaven. Do you realize that you cannot recover? I said, 'they tell me so, but I cannot realize it,' and he said to me, ' I must see you again; I am engaged now, but I will call in a little time. I want to see you again living if I can.'   He stepped out, and was gone perhaps half an hour.'  I requested the others to leave the room and they did. Then I rose from my bed perfectly sound; never knew health before, as I was always an invalid. Then, to the utter astonishment of those in the other room waiting for her to die, she walked into the room, healed. The pastor came in the door and, along with her friends, thought they were seeing an apparition. The doctor arrived, and expressing incredulity and disbelief, said it must have been the medicine. Mary, however, showed him the medicine still in the drawer, untouched. When the doctor said, "This is impossible!", it seemed to strike at Mary, and she felt weakened and staggered back, unable to stand. The doctor caught her and set her in a chair and said, ..."If you can do that much, you can again." She again turned to her Bible, to Matthew 9:2 of the healing by Jesus of the palsied man. She read the words, "Arise and walk," and again her strength returned and she arose, healed. In later years, when interviewed about it, she said, "As I sat there it all seemed to come to me again with such a light and presence, and I felt, 'It is all the mind. These are spiritual stages of consciousness", and I rose right up again. And then I felt I never could be conquered again." (Helen Wright, Star of Boston, p. 35) In Mrs. Eddy's last edition of Science and Health, she tells us of this experience: "In the year 1866, I discovered the Christ Science or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my discovery Christian Science. God had been graciously preparing me during many years for the reception of this final revelation of the absolute divine Principle of scientific mental healing. 
“This apodictical Principle points to the revelation of Immanuel, 'God with us,' the sovereign ever-presence, delivering the children of men from every ill 'that flesh is heir to.' 
Through Christian Science, religion and medicine are inspired with a diviner nature and essence; fresh pinions are given to faith and understanding, and thoughts acquaint themselves intelligently with God."   (S&H 107: 1-14) In her book, Science and Health, she shares further thoughts about her experience: "When apparently near the confines of mortal existence, standing already within the shadow of the death-valley, I learned these truths in divine Science: that all real being is in God, the divine Mind, and that Life, Truth, and Love are all-powerful and ever-present; that the opposite of Truth---called error, sin, sickness, disease, and death---is the false testimony of false material sense, of mind in matter; that this false sense evolves, in belief, a subjective state of mortal mind which this same so-called mind names matter, shutting out the true sense of Spirit. 
99 
“My discovery that erring, mortal, misnamed mind produces all the organism and action of the mortal body, set my thoughts to work in new channels, and led up to my demonstration of the proposition that Mind is All and matter is naught as the leading factor in Mind-science."   (108: 19-3 n.p.)   With this revelation, antagonistic to all of the world's teachings---theological, medical, and scientific, Mary was instantaneously and completely healed. From that day on, Mary's sole purpose lay in discovering the science behind her healing and then sharing it with a world sunk in the darkest night of materialism. "I then withdrew from society about three years,--- to ponder my mission, to search the Scriptures, to find the Science of Mind that should take the things of God and show them to the creature, and reveal the great curative Principle, Deity...the Scriptures had a new meaning, a new tongue.  Their spiritual signification appeared, and I apprehended for the first time, in their spiritual meaning, Jesus' teaching and demonstration, and the  Principle and rule of spiritual Science and metaphysical healing,---in a word, 'Christian Science.'  (Retrospection and Introspection  (24: 22-9 n.p.) Mrs. Eddy told a student about the first healing work she did after her discovery of Christian Science:  " I saw the love of God encircling the universe and man, filling all space, and that divine love so permeated my own consciousness with Christlike compassion that I loved everything I saw.  This realization of divine Love called into expression 'the beauty of holiness, the perfection of being,' which healed and regenerated and saved all who turned to me for help."  (Ibid.) Mrs. Eddy states that "through four successive years I healed, preached, and taught in a general way, refusing to take any pay for my services and living on a small annuity." (Ibid., 40)  Here are some of her healings from that early period: On the same page documented above, (40), Mrs. Eddy tells of healing a dying woman and the remarkable fallout from it. "At one time I was called to speak before the Lyceum Club, at Westerly,  Rhode Island. On my arrival my hostess told me that her next- door neighbor was dying. I asked permission to see her. It was granted, and with my hostess I went to the invalid's house.  The physicians had given up the case and retired. I had stood by her side about fifteen minutes when the sick woman rose from her bed, dressed herself, and was well. Afterwards they showed me the clothes already  prepared for her burial; and told me that her physicians had said the diseased condition was caused  by an injury received from a surgical operation at the birth of her last babe, and that it was impossible for her to be delivered of another child. It is sufficient to add her babe was safely born, and weighed twelve pounds.  The mother afterwards wrote to me, ' I never before suffered so little in child-birth.' This scientific demonstration so stirred the doctors and clergy that they had my notices for a second lecture pulled down, and refused me a hearing in their halls and churches. This circumstance is cited simply to show the opposition which Christian Science encountered a quarter-century ago, as contrasted with its present welcome into the sick- room.  Many were the desperate cases I instantly healed, "without money and without price," and in most instances without even an acknowledgement of the benefit." (Ibid., 40) 
100 
Unbelievable as it may seem to most of us today, Mrs. Eddy was vilified, hung in effigy, lied about in the press, ranted upon in the pulpits, threatened with incarceration, and maligned with accusations that she was a devil or a witch---for what?  Saving and healing hundreds of suffering people through prayer.  At one time when she was visiting Worcester, Mass., the superintendent of a mental institution called on Mrs. Eddy with the intent of locking her up for her radical statements and stand for what Jesus taught and practiced. 
However, once he met Mrs. Eddy and talked with her, he was apologetic, saying that he had learned a lot that would assist him in the treatment of his patients.   (Norman Beasley, The Cross and the Crown, Duell, Sloan, and Pierce, New York and Little Brown & Co.  1952, 17) 
A young man from Boston went to Lynn to learn the shoe business. But severe application to business and excitement over his new responsibilities threw him into a fever. 
He was brought home from the factory and put to bed, where he promptly lapsed into delirium. His parents were called for , but before they got there, Mrs. Patterson (not yet divorced from Mr. Patterson), arrived at the house where he was staying. There was great distress over the serious situation. She was greeted at the door with the consternation that the man would die before his parents arrived. Mary asked to be taken to see him, but was told he would not recognize her. Mary went in and sat beside him, his arms thrashing  about wildly as he moaned. She took his hand firmly and called him by his name. "Bobbie," she said, "look at me. You know me, don't you?" Bobbie ceased his spasmodic fits and moaning, lay quietly, and  gazed steadfastly at Mary. "Of course you know me, Bobbie," she persisted gently. "Tell me my name."  "Why, yes," he said with perfect sanity, "it's Mrs. Patterson." In a few minutes he said, "I believe I will go  to sleep."  He did go to sleep and waked rational, and did not again have delirium. (Sybil Wilbur, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Christian Science Publishing Society, 1907, 33-4) Mrs. Patterson traveled to Tilton, New Hampshire to visit her brother, George Baker and her sisters, Abigail Tilton and Martha Pilsbury. Although Abigail had an unreasonable hatred of Christian Science, she pleaded with Mary to heal her daughter who was critically ill with enteritis following typhoid fever and given up by three physicians. George's wife said that when Mary arrived there was a definite feeling of divine presence in the house. 
Ellen was quickly healed, walking about and stamping her feet to show that the previous pain was gone.  Within a few days she made a hundred mile journey with her family. 
However, Abigail still could not  let go of her hatred of Christian Science, in spite of her sister's loving ministrations for her daughter and still believed it was "the work of the devil." 
Ellen, later influenced by her mother, expressed hostility towards Mary, and was responsible for convincing her mother not to call for Mary, even when she was at death's door.  In Sybil Wilbur's biography of Mrs. Eddy, she touched on this unwarranted opposition, comparing it with the resistance Jesus met while in his hometown of Nazareth. "Is not this the carpenter's son?"  "He did not many mighty works there."   Mrs. Eddy agreed with that reference when told it years later. "Yes, it was even so," she said. (Ibid.,  173) One day, Mrs. Eddy, upon leaving her house to call on a patient, met a woman leading her blind daughter to the door. Mrs. Eddy spoke to them about God. As she spoke, 
101 
the girl's eyes began to clear up until gradually she could see perfectly.  (Arthur Fosbury, C.S., Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy) Mrs. Eddy included this healing and the next one in her first edition of Science and Health:  Mr. James Ingham, of East Stoughton, Mass., in 1867, visited Mrs. Glover, as she was then known, for pulmonary difficulties, fearing that he was becoming the victim of consumption [tuberculosis]. He had  been reduced to such a state of debility that he was unable to walk any distance or to sit up only a part of the day. He had no appetite and suffered from chest pains and a hard unremitting cough.  He received her treatment but a short time when the symptoms disappeared and he regained his health. During that time he rode out in storms to visit her, the damp weather having no effect on him. He said, "From my personal experience I am led to believe the science by which she not only heals the sick, but explains the way to keep well, is deserving the earnest attention of the community; her cures are not the  result of medicine, mediumship, or mesmerism, but the application of a Principle that she understands."  (S&H, 1st Edition, p.338) "The following is from a lady in Lynn: "My little son, one year and a half old, was a great sufferer from disease of the bowels, until he was reduced to almost a skeleton, and growing worse constantly;  could take nothing but gruel, or some very simple nutriment. At that time the physicians had given him up, saying they could do no more for him, but you came in one morning, took him up from the cradle in your arms, kissed him, laid him down again and went out.  In less than an hour he called for his playthings, got up and appeared quite well. All his symptoms changed at once. For months previously  nothing but blood and mucous had passed his bowels, but that very day the evacuation was natural, and  he has not suffered since from his complaint, and it is more than two years since he was cured. 
Immediately after you saw him, he ate all he wanted, and one thing was a quantity of cabbage just before going to bed, from which he never suffered  in the least."  (Ibid., p.353) Mrs. Eddy encountered a woman weeping  because her daughter had consumption and had just been given up by her doctor. Mrs. Eddy asked if she could go in and heal her. 
The mother consented, and Mary told the sick girl to "Get up and come for a walk." The girl did as she was asked, the father, antagonistic to Christian Science, following stealthily behind. Mrs. Eddy knew he was following, but that did not interfere with her healing work. 
When they returned, the girl was completely healed.  (Ralph  Spencer, The Overwhelming Evidence, Spiritual Healings thru Mary Baker Eddy) "In 1868, at Lynn, Mrs. Eddy healed by one treatment a lunatic who had escaped from an asylum. As  he wandered insanely, he entered the house where she had a room. His clothes were in tatters; his appearance was frightful. The mother and daughter who occupied most of the house were badly frightened. The daughter fled; the mother called for Mrs. Eddy to come. When she responded, the man raised a chair as if to strike her, but she felt a great compassion for him, and faced him without fear. Immediately he dropped the chair, approached her and, pointing upward, exclaimed: 'Are you from there?' Then he fell on his knees at her feet, his head pressed hard into his hands and began to sob.  Reaching out her hand as if she were giving him a benediction, she touched his head. When he asked what she was doing, she told him she was anointing his head with oil (alluding to Psalm 23:5), and 
102 
told him to go in peace. Thereupon he left the house, evidently restored to sanity. Long afterward (in 1884), this man called on Mrs. Eddy at her home in Boston to express his gratitude. He told her that he had returned to the asylum, had been discharged as cured, and had traced his healing to her. He told her, further, that he had gone to live in the West, had married, had become the father of children, and had  never been insane after she anointed him as if with oil. She meant by her answer to his question, as she once said when relating this case, the anointing of Truth."  (Clifford Smith, “Historical and Biographical papers”) A friend of Mrs. Patterson's, Abbie Winslow, had been confined to her invalid chair for sixteen years. Her husband, Charles, offered Mary one thousand dollars if she could make Abbie walk, and he would then believe her "theory."  Mary told him that demonstration of the principle would be reward enough. "Your wife will walk." And she did, along the beach with Mary, and in her own garden. However, the woman's pride kept her from acknowledging the healing. She thought it was so ridiculously inadequate that it seemed to convict her of never having been an invalid.  (Sybil Wilbur, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, pp.143-4) Mrs. Eddy related another healing to her students many years after it happened: "I was walking along the street in Lynn---I walked because I hadn't a cent to ride---and saw this cripple, with one knee drawn up to his chin; his chin resting on his knee. The other limb was drawn up the other way, up his back. I came up to him and read a piece of paper pinned on his shoulder: 'Help this poor cripple.' I had no money to give him so I whispered in his ear, 'God loves you.' And he got up perfectly straight and well. He ran into the house of Mrs. 
Lucy Allen, who saw the healing from her window, and asked, 'Who is that woman?' 
Pointing to Mrs. Glover [afterward Mrs. Eddy]. Mrs. Allen replied, 'It is Mrs. Glover.' 'No it isn't, it's an angel,' he said. Then he told what had been done for him." (Emma Shipman reminiscence, Church  History) Many persons Mrs. Eddy healed showed improved moral conduct as well as physical health. This is one such case.  In 1870, Mrs. Eddy was asked to treat a farmer, John Scott, for enteritis. He had no bowel movement for two weeks, suffered terribly, and was given no promise of recovery after a medical consultation. Mrs. Eddy healed him in less than an hour. His bowels began to act normally, he said he felt well and resumed his work the next day. His wife later told Mary that he not only had a bodily healing but that he had a changed attitude toward his children. He was a different man. He had never before hugged his children but on the night of his healing took them in his arms and told them he loved them, and with tears rolling down his cheeks promised them he would be a better man from then on. She was so grateful to Mary for what she had done for him morally and spiritually, as well as physically.  (Clifford Smith,” Historical and Biographical Papers”, 1941, p. 81) 
This healing was related by one of Mrs. Eddy's students:  One day a mother brought her dead baby to Mrs. Eddy and placed it on her lap. Mrs. Eddy asked her to return in an hour and began to treat the child. She said that she realized that "infinite Love is infinite Life, and infinite Life is infinite Love and was ever-present. She persisted  in realizing that Truth more and more clearly, forgetting about the child entirely. After a while she felt 
103 
something moving on her lap and looked down at the baby. The child was smiling at her and kicking its feet.   (Arthur Fosbury, C.S., Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy) Another healing of a child occurred in this way: Mrs. Eddy was called to treat a seriously disfigured child, but when she arrived, paid no attention to the child. Instead, she turned to the mother and said, "You fell before this child was born."  But the mother answered that she had never fallen while she was carrying the child. Paying no attention to the disclaimer, Mrs. Eddy declared, "There is no effect from prenatal shock or fear," and the child was immediately healed of the condition. Then the mother said that she did remember falling down two steps a few days before the child was born but had forgotten. (Ibid.) About the year 1870, in Chelsea, Mass., an emaciated, pale-faced cripple, strapped to his crutches, appeared at Mr. Charles Slade's door. His elbows were stiff, and the lower limbs so contracted, his feet could not touch the ground. Mrs. Eddy was there and gave him some scrip. A few weeks later Mrs. Slade, while sitting in her carriage, noticed a smart- looking man, having that same face, vending some wares on the grounds where General Butler held parade. They drove to where he stood, and their gazes met. Simultaneously they exclaimed, "Are you that man?" and "Where is that woman?" Then followed the explanation. He told them that after leaving her house he had hobbled to the next house and asked if he could lie down . He was given permission, and in about an hour he revived, finding his arms and limbs loose, all pain, stiffness, and contraction gone. He was able to stand erect and walk normally. Then he added, "I am now a well man and am that man!" 
Mrs. Slade then answered his question about "that woman" and afterwards narrated to Mrs. 
Eddy the circumstances regarding his healing. Mrs. Eddy said she had known that the healing had taken place. When asked later how she healed him she simply said, "When I looked on that man, my heart gushed with unspeakable pity and prayer." (Beasley, The Cross and the Crown, pp.307-8) When Mrs. Eddy was living in Lynn she was summoned to go and visit a lady who was dying from consumption. She took a cab, and on the way the cab forcefully hit a rut in the road and splashed water all over a hunchbacked man in the street. He immediately became angry, but Mary leaned out of the carriage and said to him, "Little man, God loves you,' and went on her way a few hundred feet to her destination. The young man watched her. She went into the house where she stayed about a half hour, healed her patient, and left the house. As she came out, there was a tall young man standing at the curbstone. He went up to her and asked her if she was the lady that had told him God loved him. As she looked at him closely he said, "Look at me, how I have straightened up! He expressed gratitude. (Fosbury, Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy) In a house where Mary was boarding in the very early days, there was a little boy only a few years old. It was winter and he was in Mary's room talking to her. The little boy looked at the snow on some apple trees he saw in the garden outside the window. Later, the little boy asked his mother, "If  Mrs. Eddy should say a blossom would come out, wouldn't it?" His mother told him, "No, not at this time of year." Some days later Mary said to the boy, I will tell you something if you will not tell anyone." He asked if he could tell his 
104 
mama. "No, not anyone," Mary said. So he promised he would not. Then Mary asked him to watch the apple tree every day and he would see a blossom come out on it. Three  days later there was a blossom, and Mary had him pick it.  (Eddy, Oakes, compiler, “Divinity Course”, p.247) A child was brought to Mrs. Eddy with a cataract on each eye, blind. Mrs. Eddy began to talk to the girl of God, Truth, and Love, when the child, animated by error, stamped her foot and said, "I hate you. I hate you. I could sit up all night to hate you!" Mary replied, "My darling, I love you. I love you, why  I could sit up all night to love you!"  And at once the cataracts fell out and the child saw.  (Eddy, “Miscellaneous Documents”, p.5) Three students of Mrs. Eddy recounted this story:  Mrs. Eddy was called to see a sick child. A girl of about fifteen opened the door for her, and she had to pass through a room in which were the child and its mother. The child was so thin that its bones were sticking out.  The mother went out of the room and Mrs. Eddy healed the baby in about fifteen minutes, so that "Its cheeks stuck out like rosy apples (to quote our Leader's own words)...Then Mrs. Eddy went into the other room and saw the father sitting on the side of the bed, healed of consumption,  and learned that the girl of fifteen who opened the door for her had been healed of deafness. All three healings had taken about fifteen minutes. Later, when speaking of the occurrences, Mrs. Eddy said that when she saw the sick child she turned away and looked out the window and thought, "This is not right; it is not Love, and God is Love," and when she looked at the child it was healed.  (Fosbury, Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy) There are over 21,000 letters and papers in the archives of The Mother Church which bear witness to Mrs. Eddy's healing ability. These healings, if witnessed by most people today, would be called miracles. We are so material-minded we cannot conceive otherwise. But to Mrs. Eddy they were the normal outcome of her absolute conviction that the earth and everything and everyone in it is the spiritually mental manifestation of one infinite Mind, Love, the divine Principle of All. She realized that man, the highest idea or manifestation of Mind, is that which expresses, in glorified quality, the fullness of God's nature. When called for treatment, she did not see the poor caricature of a person confronting her. In fact, it did not matter what the material sense was deceived about. Mrs. 
Eddy was looking out from the universal Love, her spiritual mother-sense understanding that everything moves harmoniously and definitely within God's plan. To her, Mary as an individual person, was not involved at all. She simply reflected the impartial, all-embracing blessing of Love's motherhood. To her pure God-sense, there was  nothing else. Because that is the absolute universal Truth, that truly was all that could be seen.  Those ignorant of this great Truth call it a miracle. Here is an early recollection of Mrs. Eddy's which shows her utter selflessness and meekness when called to treat a patient. She told some of her workers one day:  "We are all learning together, and I must tell you some of the funny things I used to do when I first saw that I had this wonderful power. My family and the friends around me saw what was done and knew that if they sent for me they would be well, but I could not make them acknowledge it. I could not make them admit what had done the healing work. One day I 
105 
said, "Oh, I must make them acknowledge it; I must make them see that God does this." 
Sometimes as soon as they sent for me they would be healed, before I could get there, and then they would not know that it was God who had done it. So one day when I was called to see a child, I was so anxious to have the power of Truth acknowledged that I said to myself, "He must not get well until I get there." Of course that was not right, for I knew I must leave it all to God, but pride had come in and I lost my humility, and the patient was not healed. 
Then I saw my rebuke, and when I reached home I threw myself on the floor, put my head in my hands, and prayed that I might not be for one moment touched with the thought that I was anything or did anything; I realized that this was God's work and I reflected Him. Then the child was healed.  (Smith, Clifford P., “Historical and Biographical Papers”, p.63) During the first few years after her own healing and her very active healing work for others, Mary was making "copious notes of Scriptural exposition, which have never been published" (S&H ix:27).  In Science and Health, p.109, she wrote: "The search was sweet, calm, and buoyant with hope, not selfish nor depressing. I knew the Principle of all- harmonious Mind-action to be God, and that cures were produced in primitive Christian healing by holy uplifting faith, but I must know the Science of this healing, and I won my way to absolute conclusions through divine revelation, reason, and demonstration." Note here that Mrs. Eddy adds another dimension to "knowing" besides reason and demonstration---divine revelation.  Absolute conclusions must come to each of us in the same way. Stephen Barr, the physicist quoted earlier, maintains that what we know can be educed through pure reason and/or through physical observation [demonstration]. But Mrs. 
Eddy realized we must also "know" through revelation, the "ah ha" moment, when all we have been studying, learning, observing  and demonstrating comes together in an irrefutable moment of pure illumination. Then we "know"  absolutely and nothing can take it from us. 
This kind of knowing enables the "knower" or "observer" as the physicists call him/her, to "make a judgment of fact" as they say. This "judgment of fact" "knows"  that one of the hypothetical possibilities is a fact and the others are not. If one is looking "out from" his real Mind, his viewpoint is that of God, good; thus the absolute conclusion to any situation must demonstrate that only good is present. The other "hypotheticals" are not.  Dr. Barr has intuited Mrs. Eddy's teaching when he says "our reason is a reflection of the infinite, divine Reason."  Mrs. Eddy gives God, "Reason," the higher signification "Mind."  Mind, knowing all, does not need to reason, but man, including all of creation, as the body of Mind, reflects all that Mind knows and therefore operates as the omni-activity of Mind. Man is, then, the compound idea of Mind, the highest idea, and thus reflects all of the qualities or attributes of the full seven-fold nature of God. An in-depth study of the seven synonyms for God found in Science and Health is a wonderfully illuminating, healing experience. Mary was beginning to see that the healings of Jesus were the result of understanding a universal Science which has always been, and can be used with as great a certainty as we use the science of mathematics to work out any problem. She saw that the fundamental error is the belief that the universe is made of matter, an ingrained belief for thousands of years. She was discovering that the substance of the universe is Spirit, that this 
106 
substance is everywhere present, is changeless, indestructible, self-perpetuating, self- purifying, self-existent, self-harmonizing, self-fulfilling.  We can each say, right now, that our substance (what looks like “matter”) is in fact, Spirit.  Jesus knew that every “body” he encountered was Spirit instead of matter; thus he was able to present the wholeness of Spirit, which looked like a “healing” to the patient and the onlookers.  He took his own body, which looked like solid matter to his disciples, across the sea, through locked doors, etc., and then that same body at his ascension faded from their sight.  During his whole time on earth, he never was “matter.”  And neither are we. In March, after Mary's healing, the Pattersons took a room in the Russell home. A few months later, Dr. Patterson deserted Mary for another woman, one of his dental patients. 
The woman's husband chased her down and kept her imprisoned in her room, feeding her only bread and water. Her servants helped her escape, and she went to Mary!  She told Mary the story of her imprisonment and begged Mary to help her for she thought her husband was going to kill her. She had heard from Dr. Patterson about what a good woman Mary was and felt she would help her by asking the woman's husband to forgive her unfaithfulness. Mary then did meet with the husband and told him she had forgiven his wife and her own husband. 
She heard later that their home was once again a happy one. However, Dr. Patterson betrayed Mary a second time, and she told him he could not return.  Later they divorced. While Mary was doing her Scriptural research, she felt that she must prove what she was learning about God as being the real and only Mind of man. She accepted the revelation that God was the one and only Mind of the universe and thus was her Mind. She was putting on "the mind of Christ" as the New Testament taught us to do. Her first healing after her discovery of Christian Science was of a bone felon on the finger of the son of some friends. 
He was in agony with it and wanted Mary to heal it. She healed it right away, and everyone thought it was a miracle. "But it is not a miracle," said Mary." Nor would it be if it was a broken wrist or a withered arm. It is natural, divinely natural. All life rightly understood is so."  (Sybil Wilbur, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, p. 82 ) Nowhere in the Bible do God or His prophets advise the giving of medicine for illness. A short study of the Bible will prove this to be true. Mary proved over and over the efficacy of divine Love to heal whatever was presented to her as inharmonious. The odiousness, severity, or length of time of the condition was never taken into account. It did not matter. Erroneous beliefs have no principle, no qualities, no substance, no history and no more reality than 2x2=5. Because Mary not only believed this but knew it and understood why, she healed instantaneously. She proved  that the consciousness  imbued with purity (Spirit), Truth, and Love annihilated what appeared as a material condition and replaced it with the actual spiritual condition. Mind has complete dominion over matter, at all times and in all ways. Mind is substance, and matter is shadow. We are not surprised to find in these latter days that "shadows" is all that can be seen of matter when looked at by physicists in their laboratories!  Nor are we surprised to learn that it takes an "outside observer," in other words, a mind or consciousness, to control the "shadows" or "waves of probabilities" as the physicists call "matter". 
107 
"A picture on the camera, or a face reflected from the mirror is not substance; then why do we name man substance, and contradict the Scripture that saith man is the image and likeness of God?  We know the face and form of a man reflected from the mirror is not man, that he is not the shadow of himself;  hence the error to suppose the Intelligence, substance and Life of man, are man, or in him. Again, who believes that gender belongs to the man in the mirror? Gender is Principle and not person, and man is shadow and not substance; why he is mortal to personal sense is because it supposes him substance, Life and Intelligence." “There are but two realities, viz., God, and the idea of God; in other words, Spirit, and what it shadows forth." "To call matter substance does not require Intelligence, but a  belief, insomuch as Intelligence understands there is no substance or solidity in matter that can rule out mind from piercing it and reducing it to shadow, wherein Soul is found its only substance, and that which holds man, [as] idea, that cannot be lost." (Science and Health, 1st edition, pp. 56,57,59,60) That matter is "shadow" came to Mrs. Eddy during her writing of the 1st edition of "the little book," the Comforter, long before physicists even surmised such a thing. The entire book tries to explain that great fact in every possible way it can to dissuade us of our fatal ignorance. Was not this a revelation? One day in the summer of 1866, Mary was on the beach in Lynn when she saw a young boy sitting alone. When the mother, who had hitched her horse and gone for water, returned, she saw her son walking hand-in-hand with Mary. The seven-year-old boy had never walked due to club feet. He was completely healed. His mother looked at Mary and cried and gave thanks to God.  (Keyston, The Healer, 25) Dr. Patterson sent Mary very little financial support during their estrangement. 
Writing for various publications provided a meager income, and moving often because of the owners' disagreement with her views (She had to move ten times during 1866 alone!), Mary felt very much alone. Finally, late in the summer, Mary found a room with the Ellises. 
Her spiritual views met no resistance, and she had, at last, a refuge from loneliness and an appreciation for the Truth which was illumining her consciousness. Oh, how that must have felt like a shower of cool water in a dry and thirsty desert! The Ellises loved her thought-provoking, even startling, ideas about the Scriptures and were inspired by her interpretations of the words of Jesus. Mary then began writing in earnest about the subject closest to her heart---how to do, and teach others to do, the healings Jesus did. She would write all day and in the evenings read the pages to the Ellises. She says in connection with this, "I could not write these notes after sunset.  All thought in the line of Scriptural interpretation would leave me until the rising of the sun.  Then the influx of divine interpretation would pour in upon my spiritual sense as gloriously as the sunlight on the material senses.  It was not myself, but the divine power of Truth and Love, infinitely above me, which dictated Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.”  I have been learning the higher meaning of this book since writing it."   (My. 114: 18-27) 
A beloved Christian Science practitioner relates what was told to her by a worker in Mrs. Eddy's home. She was told that Mrs. Eddy explained to her workers that she would receive the revelation in the morning when it was light, write as fast as she could, throwing the written sheets on the floor as she finished them. Then, after a while, she would gather up 
108 
the sheets, number and re-write them. One of the group listening to Mrs. Eddy, asked her, 'Why, Mother, if God dictated Science and Health to you, why did you re-write the pages?' 
Mrs. Eddy answered to the effect that she had to re-write the pages so that we could understand them. She had to translate from the pure language of Spirit to a language that the human mind could understand. Could just anyone have done this? Mrs. Emilie Hulin, CSD, while visiting with Mrs. Eddy at her home, along with Mrs. Eddy's personal worker, when Mrs. Eddy asked them if they would like for her to talk absolute Christian Science to them. 
Of course they eagerly assented. But when Mrs. Eddy began to talk, they could not understand one single word she said, and they were seasoned workers and teachers of Christian Science! 
Mrs. Eddy explains, " "I should blush to write of Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures as I have, were it of human origin, and were I, apart from God, its author. 
But...I was only a scribe echoing the harmonies of heaven in divine metaphysics."  She tells about this period in Retrospection and Introspection,  25-28: 20-28:  "I knew the human conception of God to be that He was a physically personal being, like unto man; and that the five personal senses testify falsely, that matter neither sees, hears, nor feels Spirit; and is therefore inadequate to form any proper conception of the infinite Mind. 'If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true.' (John 5: 31) “I  beheld with ineffable awe our great Master's purpose in not questioning those he healed as to their disease or its symptoms, and his marvelous skill in demanding neither obedience to hygienic laws, nor prescribing drugs to support the divine power which heals. 
Adoringly I discerned the Principle of his holy heroism and Christian example on the cross, when he refused to drink the "vinegar and gall", a preparation of poppy, or aconite, to allay the tortures of crucifixion. “Our great Way-shower, steadfast to the end in his obedience to God's laws, demonstrated for all time and peoples the supremacy of good over evil, and the superiority of Spirit over matter. “The miracles recorded in the Bible, which before to me had seemed supernatural, grew divinely natural and apprehensible; though uninspired interpreters ignorantly pronounce Christ's healing miraculous, instead of seeing therein the operation of the divine law. “Jesus of Nazareth was a natural and divine Scientist. He was so before the material world saw him. He who antedated Abraham, and gave the world a new date in the Christian era, was a Christian Scientist, who needed no discovery of the Science of being in order to rebuke the evidence. To one 'born of the flesh,' however, divine Science must be a discovery. Woman must give it birth. It must be begotten of spirituality, since none but the pure in heart can see God,---the Principle of all things pure; and none but the 'pure in spirit' could first state this Principle, could know yet more of the nothingness of matter and the allness of Spirit, could utilize Truth, and absolutely reduce the demonstration of being, in Science, to the apprehension of the age.”  (Retrospection…, 80: 29-39 n.p.) “The divine hand led me into a new world of light and Life, a fresh universe---old to God, but new to His 'little one'...I had learned that Mind reconstructed the body, that nothing else could. How it was done, the spiritual Science of Mind must reveal.  It was a mystery to 
109 
me then, but I have since understood it.  All Science is a revelation." (Ibid., 27-1 n.p.; 28: 22-26) 
“I claim for healing scientifically the following advantages:  First, it does away with all material medicine, and recognizes the antidote for all sickness, as well as sin, in the immortal Mind; and mortal mind as the source of all the ills which befall mortals. Second:  It is more effective than drugs, and cures when they fail, or only relieve;  thus proving the superiority of metaphysics over physics. Third:  A person healed by Christian Science is not only healed of this disease, but he is advanced morally and spiritually.  The mortal body being but the objective state of the mortal mind, this mind must be renovated to improve the body."  (Ibid., 34: 10-21) Why was Mary's task so difficult when she realized her mission was to enlighten humanity with  a revealed and proven sense of God as a universal Principle, governing all with harmony?  Because man’s concept of God is a man-like God separate from his creation, using fear of punishment to keep His children in line---a God seemingly unable or unwilling to cure sickness and disease, but very  strict about "the wages of sin." She realized that mankind is suffering because our concept of God is so profoundly immature, erroneous, and limited. Mary had to begin where Jesus left off! Jesus could not teach the people of his day how he healed. He could only show them, and us, that God could heal and that nothing was too hard for Him. He had to promise a "Comforter" that would come and "teach [us] all things"----at a time when the "how" could be better understood. Many years later, Mrs. Eddy wrote, “After I had made the discovery in 1866 that all is Mind---there is no matter, that Mind includes all that is real of man and the universe, this infinite subject had to be digested mentally and its method of practice comprehended by students before I  could give it to the public in a book. So immature was the general thought upon this topic I did not venture to print my manuscript of Christian Science for several years after its discovery... “From 1866 to 1875, I myself was learning Christian Science step by step---- gradually developing the wonderful germ I had discovered as an honest investigator.  It was practical evolution .  I was reaching by experience and demonstration the scientific proof, and scientific statement of, what I had already discovered.  My later years and writings show the steady growth of my spiritual ideal during those years.”   (Richard Oakes, Essays and Other Footprints, p. 154) It has taken two thousand years since Jesus for that readiness to begin to comprehend the great fact that matter is not a factor in healing, for we are now beginning to understand the illusory nature of matter, realizing that it does not constitute true substance. 
Physicists have learned matter's nothingness and are beginning to see mind's allness. The medical field is acknowledging the mental origin of much of the sickness and disease encountered by doctors.  In religion and philosophy, there is increasing interest in the occult, Eastern religions and practices, mentalistic phenomena., as well as spiritual healing. Mankind is now taking steps away from crude, clunky "matter" into the more rarefied atmosphere of mind, seeking mental causes for effects. This is a necessary first step, but seeing sickness attributed to excessive psychological burdens does not heal the sickness. 
110 
The mental cause must be dealt with. We have not, for the most part, made the necessary paradigm leap to the consequences of such knowledge, just a paradigm shift!  When the actual progressive leap is made, mankind will begin to learn and to use the logic of metaphysics on a world-wide basis and our true progress out of sin, sickness, disease, and  death will begin on an unlimited platform of universal salvation. "God governs and creates the universe, including man. The universe is filled with spiritual ideas which are obedient to the Mind that makes them. Mortal mind would transform the spiritual into the material, and then recover man's original self in order to escape from this error. Mortals are not like immortals, created in God's own image; but infinite Spirit being all, mortal consciousness will at last yield to the scientific fact and disappear, and the real sense of being, perfect and forever intact, will appear."  (Science and Health, 295) Mary Baker (Patterson) was the one through whom the Christ, Truth, could come, for she was hungering and thirsting, as no one else had, for the Mind of Christ---she was willing to "let that Mind be in [her] which was also in Christ Jesus." "The mortal mind through which Truth appears most vividly is that one which has lost much materiality--- much error---in order to become a better transparency for Truth. Then like a cloud melting into thin vapor, it no longer hides the sun."  (Science and Health, 295) Mary's experience with homeopathy, and other schools of medical thought such as allopathy and hydropathy, enabled her to see that the healings she brought about through attenuating drugs to nothing in a glass of water cured patients through faith in the healing power of the drug rather than an actual healing substance in the drug since none were used. 
Because of Mary's inherent spiritual nature since her earliest years, she was able to "put 2 and 2 together," when Dr. Quimby, who was a good man but not spiritually-minded, could not. She was able to see the whole picture of all of her life experiences as leading her to perceive a basic, yet misunderstood, Truth about the workings of the universe. This Truth pertains to the Science which, when finally understood, will turn all present theories upside down, annihilate matter as causative, and enthrone Mind as the one and only cause of all things---which will be seen not as material things, but as mental thoughts, or ideas. In the 1800's,this was not known. It wasn't until the 1920's that glimpses of matter showed it to  be not the substance it was thought to be, but was instead energy. What Mary Baker Eddy apprehended solely through revelation as a basic Principle of the universe needed to be arrived at through arduous experiments and reason by the physicists, many of whom still, like Dr. Quimby, lack the spirituality to see the actual ramifications of their discoveries. There was a great stirring of thought in the first half of the 19th century. A group of Transcendentalists, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, Bronson Alcott and others, were bringing out their dawning visions of the goodness of God and man, the limitless possibilities of the human race. Spiritually-minded people were seeking insight into "things unseen" to mortal vision. Emerson had glimpsed the great fact that how we think is all-important. He wrote, "Jesus saw with open eye the mystery of the soul...Alone in all history, Jesus estimated the 
111 
greatness of man. One man was true to what is in you and me. He saw that God incarnates Himself in man and woman, and evermore goes forth anew to take possession of His world. 
He [Jesus] said, in this jubilee of divine emotion, 'I am divine. Through me, God acts; through me, speaks. Would you see God, see me; or see thee, when thou also thinkest as I now think.' Mrs. Eddy wrote, "Hold thought steadfastly to the enduring, the good, and the true, and you will bring these into your experience proportionably to their occupancy of your thought." (Science And Health, p. 261) Their literature was helping to prepare thought for Mary Baker Eddy's revelation, the supremacy of Mind over matter. Bronson Alcott, one of the leading thinkers of this period said, "...the exaltation of mind and spirit runs through the period like a theme of endless variations." He wrote in his journal, "I read not the gospel of wisdom from books written by man, but by the page inscribed by the finger of God." Theodore Parker was ostracized by his townsmen for an eloquent sermon he gave entitled "The Transient and the Permanent in Christianity." He spoke in a spirit of revolt against the most sacrosanct doctrines of historic Christianity. "...it is not so much by the Christ who lived so blameless and beautiful eighteen centuries ago that we are saved directly, but by the Christ we form in our hearts and live out in our lives that we save ourselves, God working with us both to will and to do. Let the transient pass, fleet as it will, and may God send us some new manifestation of the Christian faith, that shall stir men's heart as they were never stirred; some new word which will teach each of us what we are in the image of God...give us the Comforter, who shall reveal all needed things!..." This sermon reflected wisdom and expanded understanding for those ready for it in his day.  If only he could have realized that the Comforter, the second coming of the Christ (Truth) was even at the door, ready to "teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." (John 16:26) Even Abraham Lincoln wrote in the spirit of the times, "Happy day when----all appetites controlled, all passions subdued, all matter subjected----mind, all-conquering mind, shall live and move, the monarch of the world." Into this atmosphere of thought, ready and willing to give up its old theological views of God and man, thirsting for a higher, more hopeful, diviner view of our universe and our place in it, Mrs. Eddy brought forth "the new manifestation of the Christian faith." All of her own experiences healing others, even before her own healing, enabled her to see that mind is over matter and can be demonstrated now, not just longed for in the future. She wrote, "Divine Science lays the axe at the root of the illusion that life, or mind, is formed by or is in the material body, and Science will eventually destroy this illusion through self-destruction of all error and the beatified understanding of the Science of Life."  (Science and Health, 303) “ In the summer of 1868, an acquaintance of Mrs. Patterson's who was a friend of the poet, John Greenleaf Whittier, took her to visit the well-known author. In Mrs. Patterson's words, ‘About 1868, Mary healed Mr. Whittier with one visit, at his home in Amesbury, of incipient pulmonary consumption. This healing was brought to light in one of his well-known poems, The Healer.’”  (Keyston, The Healer, 34) 
112 
Late in 1866 Mary Glover (now using the name of her first husband) began systematizing her revelation in manuscript form. She began teaching her scientific system when she took her first student, Hiram Crafts. He and his wife were boarders like herself at Mrs. Clark's boarding house. Hiram learned quickly and wanted to become a healer after the Crafts returned home. Mrs. Crafts asked Mary to move in with them in order to instruct Hiram in Christian Science healing. Mary instructed him from her manuscript. (Ibid.) His success in healing was so phenomenal that in April, 1867 they moved toTaunton, Massachusetts where the Crafts advertised in the Taunton Newspaper. He advertised his ability to heal  "Consumption, Catarrh, Scrofula, Dyspepsia, and Rheumatism with many other forms of disease and  weakness..."  Then testimonials began to appear of wonderful healings. One was written by a woman who was healed of an internal abscess that threatened to destroy her life. He continued to have success, with Mary helping with the metaphysical treatments as needed. However, after some months, Mrs. Crafts was beginning to resent Mary, so she knew it was time to move on. She had learned that the  Science of healing could be taught to others and that the sick were healed only as the Truth of being first cast out error or sin in the thought of both physician and the patient. Turning to God was the only way to do this. While staying with the Crafts Mary had begun working on a class book that would become the center-piece for teaching Christian Science. It was later called "The Science of Man “and was eventually incorporated into the chapter "Recapitulation" in Science and Health. Her next move was to the Websters where she continued to seek a thorough understanding of the Principle and rules of the divine Science that had healed her. The Websters witnessed many healings by Mrs. Glover. One day a telegram summoned her to the bedside of a woman dying of consumption. Several doctors were in attendance. When they had done all they could for her, they decided to call Mrs. Glover as they had heard of someone who had been cured by her. At their suggestion the woman's husband sent for her. When Mary entered the home the doctors told her they were without hope, for the patient was dying of pneumonia. Mary entered the bedroom and saw the woman propped up on pillows unable to speak. Mary saw that the patient needed an arousal and quickly pulled all of the pillows from behind her. As she fell backwards, she said, "Oh, you have killed me!" Mary just told her to get up and she would help her dress. The woman was instantaneously healed from that moment. When dressed, the woman and Mary rejoined the doctors and the woman's husband in the sitting room. "One of the doctors, an old experienced physician, witnessed this, and he said, "How did you do it, and what did you  do?" Mrs. Glover said, "I can't tell you, it was God," and he said, "Why don't you write it in a book, publish it, and give it to the world?" When Mary Baker Glover returned home she opened her Bible, and her eyes fell on the words,  "Thus speaketh the Lord God of Israel saying, "Write thee all the words that I have spoken unto thee in a book." (Jer.30:2)  In later years, when asked what had prompted 
113 
her to write Science and Health, she spoke of this experience.   (Keyston, The Healer, 35) 
How does one instruct a world steeped in materialism that there is no matter?  Not only that there is no matter, but that instead of matter, all is Mind? What had been coming to Mary through her years of searching and then in a brilliant illumination of consciousness during her own recent healing was the actual science of the foundation and workings of the universe, a science not yet known by mankind and only glimpsed by profound spiritual thinkers throughout the centuries who could demonstrate it but not explain it. This was her dilemma. She could not use the existing scientific theories of the day, for they did not yet include the science she was trying to postulate and prove. She could not use much of the old language of the existing religious doctrines for she was not actually founding a new religion. 
She could not use the existing medical theories for they were way behind what was coming to her understanding and could in no wise bring about the instantaneous, medicine-free, surgery-free cures she had been doing for years.  Homeopathy and Mesmerism came the closest but still depended upon one mind conquering another rather than one divine Mind doing the healing. Mary was realizing the world-changing fact that matter is naught and Mind is All and that this Mind is what we call "God" or "Spirit." She had to formulate a new language that could be understood and used by ordinary people of her day, not just the scientists who would be discovering the truth about matter and consciousness in the centuries to come. This she knew God would enable her to do, for He had given her His mission for her through His written Word in Jeremiah, quoted above. For nine years, Mary, moving in and out of boarding homes and homes of friends, tried "to make plain to others, namely, Life in and of Spirit, this Life being the sole reality of existence." (Mis. 24:9) Obviously, what Mary had discovered was healing based solely on God, Love. In all of her years of healing it had never failed her, even in her raising people from the dead. She healed instantly nearly 100% of the time, and in only a few instances did the healing take 2 treatments. Are any religions of the world teaching and healing like this? Is the medical profession diminishing as a result of so many being thus healed? Are we using less and less drugs as time goes on because of a lessened need for them? Are physicists publishing their astonishing discoveries for the public's good ? You know the answers to these questions. Mary, however, longed to teach to whomever would listen the wonderful Truth which was coming more and more to her understanding.  She knew that God had commissioned her to spread abroad her revelation of the divine Principle of all health and harmony as being ever-present and all-powerful. She realized she had discovered an ever- dependable Science. "When a new spiritual idea is borne to earth, the prophetic Scripture of Isaiah is renewed fulfilled: 'Unto us a child is born,...and his name shall be called Wonderful.' " (Science and Health, 109)   “Wonderful!”  Each of us is the reflection of all that is “wonderful!” 
114 
For three years after her revelation she "sought the solution of this problem of Mind- healing, searched the Scriptures and read little else, kept aloof from society, and devoted time and energies to discovering a positive rule... I knew the Principle of all harmonious Mind-action to be God, and that cures were produced in primitive Christian healing by holy, uplifting faith; but I must know the Science of this healing, and I won my way to absolute conclusions through divine revelation, reason, and demonstration. The revelation of Truth in the understanding came to me gradually and apparently through divine power."  (S&H, 109) In 1870 she met a young man, Richard Kennedy, who became her student.  He became a  successful healer, but after about a year the partnership with Kennedy did not work out because he began rubbing the patients' heads as an adjunct to the mental healing. 
Mary strongly condemned such methods for she realized it was equivalent to controlling one person's thoughts with another's, in other words, mesmerism, or, animal magnetism as she called it. This was a blessing in disguise, however, for it forced Mary to go "to the bottom of mental action [which] reveals the theodicy which indicates the rightness of all divine action, as the emanation of divine Mind, and the consequent wrongness of the  opposite so-called action,---evil, occultism, necromancy, mesmerism, hypnotism"  (S&H, p. 104). Mary knew that the Science she had discovered did not allow for the governance of the human mind by other minds.  We must practice from the standpoint of the one Mind, which is always good, pure, just. We must understand our mind to be that Mind.  When the practitioner knows that, (when the  "observer" is pure enough to know the fact governing the situation, the healing occurs (the Truth is seen expressed). As the physicist, Stephen Barr, declares in his book quoted earlier, there is a "wave function collapse," or a "solving" of the "problem" This happens on a macro scale as well as on a micro scale, and why not, since there cannot really be two different scales. The "observer" and the "observed" are one. 
Therefore, Mind's idea or image cannot be used by evil as an agent or a victim, because Mind's image is Mind's Self  (the universe including man). It was utterly incumbent upon Mary to keep her revelation pure; the infinity of Mind, God, good, implies the unreality of evil mentality.  If the power of the human mind is used, it could be good or evil, wreaking havoc instead of blessing. The obvious necessity for Mary, then, was to defend the expansion of her work by teaching her students to handle animal magnetism, the belief of life, substance and intelligence in matter. This necessity  caused Mary to do what she always did when at a crossroads.  She prayed earnestly about the next step to take. Opening her Bible, her eyes fell on the verse: "Now go, write it before them in a table, and note it in a book, that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever" (Isaiah 30:8). By the spring of 1870, Mary had only talks she had written, and a copyrighted class book consisting of twenty-two questions and answers, as in the Socratic method of teaching. 
This pamphlet-style book was titled "The Science of Man."  (The class book was later included in Science and Health in the chapter, "Recapitulation" and became the basis of all teaching in Christian Science.) Although her early students declared to have been inspired and illuminated beyond price, the need now was to work for the promulgation of the revelation; it needed to be spread abroad, and it needed to be more widely demonstrated. 
115 
Between 1872 and 1875 Mary was involved in writing a textbook that would explain the Science she had gained through revelation in 1866. She wrote in the preface: "We propose to settle the question of 'What is Truth?' on the ground of proof. Let that method of healing the sick and establishing Christianity, be adopted, that is found to give the most health, and make the best Christians...."  Why could she make that claim? Because it treated the whole man, transforming human character while it healed the body. In 1873, Mary was finally able to obtain a divorce from Daniel Patterson on the grounds of desertion and adultery.  She then re-assumed the name of  Mary Baker Glover. 
At that time she was living in a boarding house, noisy, with much coming and going. She was working on her textbook and desperately needed peace and quiet. Leaning at the window, praying for relief and refuge, she lifted her eyes up and saw a little frame house across the street that had a sign indicating it was for sale. She did have some modest savings from tuition payments from her students which she had set aside in case she had to publish her own book. She felt deeply that if she had her own home she could make faster progress on her book. In March of 1874, the property was deeded over to her and became the first home of Christian Science. Several of her students lived with her. Outside was a notice, "Mary B. 
Glover's Christian Scientists' Home." On one side of the notice was a cross, with a crown above, and on the other side was an open book. She had to rent out much of the house because of limited means but reserved the front parlor for a classroom. And in a small unheated attic room which served as her bedroom with only an attic skylight, she was able to finish her Science and Health manuscript. In the fall of 1874 Mary gave her manuscript to a printer.  Some of her students had subscribed to a fund to ensure its publication. Then half way through the printing the printer stopped the work. She tells us in her book, Retrospection and Introspection , "My reluctance to give the public, in my first edition of  Science and Health, the chapter on Animal Magnetism, and the divine purpose that this should be done....will be seen in the following circumstances. I had finished that edition as far as that chapter, when the printer informed me that he could not go on with my work.... "After months had passed, I yielded to a constant conviction that I must insert in my last chapter a partial history of what I had already observed of mental malpractice. 
Accordingly, I set to work, contrary to my inclination, to fulfill this painful task, and finished my copy for the book....My printer resumed his work at the same time, finished printing the copy he had on hand, and started for Lynn to see me. [At the same time] I started for Boston with my finished copy. We met at the Eastern depot in Lynn, and were both surprised....Not a word had passed between us,...."  (Ibid., 37 and 38) Science and Health, the First Edition, consisting of one thousand copies, was published in October, 1875, with the financial help of two of her students. They called themselves the "Christian Scientists Publishing Company."  In a chapter titled "The Precious Volume" in her autobiography she states: "The first edition of my most important work, Science and Health, containing the complete statement of Christian Science,--the term employed by me to express the divine, or spiritual, Science of Mind-healing, was published 
116 
in 1875."  (Retrospection, pp.37-39)   This edition  contained eight chapters:  Natural Science;  Imposition And Demonstration;  Spirit And Matter;  Creation;  Prayer And Atonement;  Marriage;  Physiology;  Healing The Sick.  This book was not just any book---it was the universal message that “the true theory of the universe, including man, is not to be found in material history but in spiritual development.”  (S&H, 547)  It would, in times to come, convulse the world, and, finally, save it. 
I will give you a shortened idea of each of the seven phases the book and the founding activities that had to accompany them before Mrs. Eddy was satisfied that she had fulfilled her mission of founding Christian Science in human consciousness.  The founding naturally followed the spiritual order of “the seven” which you probably know by now.  She writes:  “It is well to know, dear reader, that our material, mortal history is but the record of dreams, not of man’s real existence, and the dream has no place in the Science of being.  It is ‘as a tale that is told,’ and ‘as the shadow when it declineth.’…(Retrospection and Introspection, 21: 13) 
“ Christian Science” is used in the first edition is as the last words in the book: "Some of our present readers may wish to tone down the radical points in this work, others to cast them overboard; yet science will reproduce itself, and as mind changes base from matter to Spirit, there will be severe chemicalization. Truth cannot be lost; if not admitted today in its fullness, the error that shuts it out will occasion such discord in sickness, sin, etc., that future years will point it out, and restore at length its fair proportions and radical claims of Christian Science." (S&H, 1st edition, p. 456) "The first encouragement Mrs. Eddy received after issuing her first edition of Science and Health was from A. Bronson Alcott, the writer, who called to see her and said, 'I have faith in you'. His comment on Science and Health was that it 'has the seal of inspiration, gives the facts of immortality, and reaffirms the Christian revelations!'  She afterwards healed him from a severe form of rheumatism which had confined him to his chair." (Richard Oakes, C.S., compiler, Divinity Course and General Collectanea, Rare Book Co.) In her last great message to her church in 1902, Mrs. Eddy included the following: "Six weeks I waited on God to suggest a name for the book I had been writing. Its title, Science and Health, came to me in the silence of night, when the steadfast stars watched over the world,--when slumber had fled,--and I arose and recorded the hallowed suggestion. 
The following day I showed it to my literary friends, who advised me to drop both the book and the title. To this, however, I gave no heed, feeling sure that God had led me to write that book, and had whispered that name to my waiting hope and prayer. It was to me the 'still, small voice' that came to Elijah after the earthquake and the fire. Six months thereafter Miss Dorcas Rawson of Lynn brought to me Wycliff's translation of the New Testament, and pointed out that identical phrase, 'Science and Health,' which is rendered in the Authorization 'knowledge of salvation.' This was my first inkling of Wycliff's use of that combination of words or of their rendering"  (Message of '02, 15:21) As word of the teachings and healings began to spread, Mrs. Glover's parlor outgrew its space,  and she and her students began to search for larger accommodations. In June of 
117 
1875 her students pledged a weekly sum to rent a suitable hall in Templar's Hall. The attendance included many spiritualists who came to heckle Mrs. Glover and cause a general commotion in the meetings because her book discredited spiritualism. This caused the Christian Scientists to abandon the meetings. In 1876, Mrs. Glover and six of her students formed the first Christian Scientist Association in order to develop those students who already had an interest in Christian Science. The fourth of July 1876, was purposely chosen for its birthday since that date was "the Centennial Day of our nation's freedom", and Christian Science came to free mankind from mental slavery.  ( Ret. 43:22)  To Mrs. Glover, the primary purpose of teaching was to produce students who could heal through Christian Science prayer alone. Healing was at the heart of all she did. She wrote a prospective student in 1876,  "...If I do not make my pupils capable of healing I will refund the money to them." She knew it was her divine mission to awaken us all to the message of the Comforter. The book, which was destined to cause a profound change in the way humans view their world and themselves, needed to be disseminated, studied, demonstrated; it needed to go into all the world. She realized the revelatory message of the Christ Truth would not be thoroughly apprehended  for centuries, but when it was, the entire Earth would be transformed as humans awoke from the darkness which appears to have engulfed the human race. They would then be able to do the works of Christ Jesus, and even "the greater works" which he said we would do. Having conquered the beliefs of matter they would act in accord with Life, Truth, and Love, their own infinite intelligence or Mind, and would have no needs which could not be met instantly through spiritually mental means. Sickness, sin, disease, accidents, adversity, inharmony of every kind, even death , would be overcome with the Science of Mind (that which we now call God).  This, of course, would be the period we call “the millennium.” In actuality, this “millennium” is always with us. Getting Science and Health into the hands of the public was, of course, the necessity, so she appointed a student, Daniel Spofford, to be in charge of sales. He was a good healer and advertised himself as a "Scientific Physician."  He introduced  Science and Health to a friend, Asa Gilbert Eddy, who then quickly enrolled in Mrs. Glover's next class. 
She wrote a pupil, "....Last spring Dr. Eddy came to me a hopeless invalid. I saw him then for the first time, and but twice. When his health was so improved he expressed great goodness and strength of character." Dr. Eddy was a tremendous help to Mary in carrying forward the movement. He had a  whole-hearted commitment to Christian Science and a rare spirit of self-sacrifice and loyalty to Mary and her great cause. His gentleness and accompanying firmness when needed won her over, and she accepted his proposal of marriage. They were married by a Unitarian clergyman on January 1,1877.  Mrs. Eddy described it as a "blessed and spiritual union."  (Retrospection…. 42) 
118 
Chapter  7  Second Evolutionary Period  1878-1882 
Second day---firmament---Spirit---purity “And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters.”  Gen. 1: 6 
Characteristics of Spirit:  reflection; Mind-substance; purifies; good and real; blesses man and the multiplication of its own pure ideas; never enters matter; diversifies, classifies, individualizes; has strength, permanency, infinite ability;  rhythm;  the nature of everything “Spiritual understanding, by which human conception, material sense, is separated from Truth, is the firmament.”  (S&H 505: 7) 
Mrs. Eddy's founding of the Christ Truth in human consciousness was fraught with problems, worries, and trials. Being ever aware of her need to protect her "child," the newborn "cause of Truth," she was alert to the materialistic thought of the world and its resistance to the Christ, just as it had resisted it in Jesus' day.  She began to see a tendency among some of her pupils to turn against her and her other students. It seemed a malevolent, mesmeric mind-force which caused physical suffering and mental anguish. Inexplicable things began to happen to some of them. One such case occurred in late 1878 and concerned her husband and two of her students. Dr. Eddy was falsely charged with being a party to a conspiracy to murder Daniel Spofford. This malicious lie was exposed and dismissed in early 1879.  She would not allow the belief of other minds to take the pure revelation of Christ healing and drag it down into the morass of human greed and dishonesty. The second coming of the Christ which had flooded Mary's consciousness was at work ridding the earth of evil in all its guises. The human belief system is a mass of ignorance which is so adamant and entrenched we are unaware of it and call it true. It is the very opposite of God, good, making evil seem normal and real. We use it and are used by it. Then we make excuses for it and defend it to the hilt. We have no idea how wrong, yea, delusional, we are! We believe something made by our material bodies has launched us into a matter-based world, and we are at the mercy of material conditions until matter finally kills us. And many believe God is behind it! In the centuries to come, the human race will learn what we owe Mrs. Eddy for pioneering the way for us out of this ensnaring illusion of sin, sickness, disease, and death.  We will realize with deepest gratitude what it cost her to do it. Mrs. Eddy's higher understanding of reality enabled her to see the whole seemingly ubiquitous mess as impersonal evil, "the tree of knowledge" which we must engage and conquer. The "little book" is leading us out. It is the key to our universal salvation.  Mrs. Eddy wrote:  “The human history needs to be revised, and the material record expunged.”  (Retrospection… 21: 13) In the pages Mrs. Eddy added to the final chapter of the first edition of the textbook, she warned her readers that seeking to harm others (she called it mal-practice) through directing malicious thoughts towards others was evil, for it “chose darkness rather than light because its deeds were evil."  (1st edition. p. 372)  She realized the necessity for teaching her students to protect their mentality from malicious animal magnetism.  Most people today do not understand the need for such instruction, but when we come to understand, in the years 
119 
to come, the power of directed thought, we will absolutely need the means to protect ourselves from bodily or mental harm.  Witch doctors in Africa and other mentalists today, knowing the power of mind, already mentally induce extreme fear, disease, and thoughts of death, including suicide, in their subjects. We will have to learn how to protect ourselves with Christian Science. In 1878, a second edition of the textbook called Science and Health, Volume II, was published.  It was embossed on the cover with a design of an ark on tempestuous waters, signifying the troubled waters in which she found her movement. However, Isaiah 54, believed to be his prophecy of the Comforter who is to come, promises, "No weapon that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every tongue that is raised against thee in judgment thou shalt condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the Lord, and their righteousness is of me." (Isaiah 54: 17) Mrs. Eddy was always able to find a blessing in disguise and was grateful for divine Love's guidance in making sure that nothing in the Comforter's message to mankind was left out.  In Miscellaneous Writings 223:1, she wrote that the setbacks led her to investigate "the metaphysical mystery of error."  Although all evil is an illusion, hypnotic suggestion only, its true nature needs to be specifically uncovered so that thought cannot be influenced unconsciously.  Its uncovering brings its destruction. One of the new chapters was "Mesmerism," which exposed the subtle mental influence used by the criminally inclined. In order to counterbalance this exposure, another new chapter was added, "Metaphysics."  It consisted  of nineteen numbered statements which were expanded and became the "platform of  Christian Science" in later editions. In the last edition, it can be found on pp. 330-340. 
Mrs. Eddy says of this platform: "When the following platform is understood and the letter and the spirit bear witness, the infallibility of divine metaphysics will be demonstrated." (S.&H., 330:8-10.) 
During this time period, Christian Science was beginning to receive attention in the press and in the pulpits. Mrs. Eddy was teaching classes, writing, and publishing. In the spring of 1879, her students deliberated on forming a church without creeds.  On April 19,1879, she put forward a motion, which was passed by her students, to "organize a church designed to commemorate the word and works of our Master, which should reinstate primitive Christianity and its lost element of healing." (Man., 17) This was  a concession by Mrs. Eddy to human ways and means until the spiritual standpoint is reached where church is no longer needed. The church would serve as a "suffer these things to be so now, for thus it  becometh us to fulfill all righteousness," spoken by Jesus when he went to John the Baptist to be baptized. In other words, "Jesus' concessions (in certain cases) to material methods were for the advancement of spiritual good. "  (S&H, 56:4) Mrs. Eddy was forced to found the first organization of church upon the outer commemoration of "the word and works" of Jesus in his first coming, because her students' lives were not yet attuned to his second appearing...as in Christian Science, which demanded an inner consciousness of Truth.  The Comforter came to lift Christianity into Science whereby, therefore, all mankind could be lifted. In the first edition of Science and Health Mrs. Eddy made a number of statements about church organizations:  "No time was lost by 
120 
our Master in organizations, rites, and ceremonies, or in proselyting for certain forms of belief: members of his church must answer to themselves, in the secret sanctuary of Soul, questions of the most solemn import....We have no record that forms of church worship were instituted by our great spiritual teacher, Jesus of Nazareth, and we learn the improbability of this, in the science of God, that he taught and demonstrated. Said he, 'The time now is when they that worship the Father should worship him in Spirit, and no longer in Jerusalem'...a magnificent edifice was not the sign of Christ's Church."  (S&H,1st ed., 166) "Church rites and ceremonies have nothing to do with Christianity, and more than this, they draw us toward material things; hence away from spiritual Truth, and all Truth is spiritual."  (Ibid., 181)   "As religion yields creeds and rites, it will build on the great cornerstone, Truth, the Church of Christ. Creeds are beliefs instead of understanding, products of man instead of God. A higher state of existence will be attained only as we lose the beliefs of personal sense, and gain spiritual sense. When we lose our opinions and theories that are false, we shall find God the Principle of being, and the only antidote for all the ills of mind and body; Truth makes man harmonious as nothing else can."  (Ibid., 183) Mrs. Eddy was led to take this revolutionary step in order to eventually move mankind away from what happened in Christian history when Church councils and hierarchies imposed creeds and dogmas on their members which only served to enslave them and the free advancement of their thought for many centuries. This was an important step and would lead inevitably to a laying off of material organization. Her plan was to keep the adherents of Christian Science free, independent of  "official" controls. She was not interested in founding a new religion per se, but was unfolding to human consciousness the true Science of all that is and has always been. A material, personality-dominated organization would early need to be laid off. Mrs. Eddy wrote the Tenets for the new church, which together with Rules and By-Laws enabled them to submit the application for a state charter. 
This universal science, the same Principle by which all exists in metaphysical harmony, needs no temples built with hands to promulgate it. It needs to be studied by all of us, in our institutions of learning, in our homes, planted in our hearts and demonstrated in our actions, used as the foundation  of righteous governments, and its laws understood enough to accomplish things now thought to be impossible: moving our bodies and objects about with our Mind, maintaining our health in perfect condition, the total loss of all of our fears, meeting every human need through Mind without toiling for it, being truly, deeply happy and at peace. These works Jesus did. He told us we would do them. “…he that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also;  and greater works than these shall he do…”  John 14: 12) Mrs. Eddy could see ahead to this time. She knew that the revelation leading us out of error must come to us individually, but that as we learned we would see more and more of its Science and write about it, share it, prove it, be profoundly changed by it. The Science of Mind is an infinite subject.   Mrs. Eddy copyrighted  Science and Health but lifted the copyright before she passed on , knowing it was the Truth of the ages, the final Word of God, the fulfillment of Scripture, and thus, unchangeable.  Nothing could be added to it nor 
121 
anything taken from it. Its Truth would flow on, rising higher and higher from its boundless basis. No church can control it any more than it can control the Principle of music. In 1880, steps were taken by Mrs. Eddy and six of her students to form a college to present teaching that was unadulterated by human opinions and interpretations. It was in her home in Lynn, and she was the President as well as the only teacher. She obtained a charter from the state of Massachusetts in 1881 "to teach Pathology, Ontology, Therapeutics, Moral Science, Metaphysics and their adaptation to the cure of disease."  Mrs. Eddy's grant for a college, for metaphysical purposes only, is the first on record in history, and no charters were granted for similar colleges, except hers..." (Mis. 272:1, emphasis in the original). The students, all taught by her, became members of the Christian Scientist Association of the Massachusetts Metaphysical College. The establishment and founding of the college authenticated the true teaching and helped to base the revelation of the Christ Truth on a firmer foundation. The year 1881 also brought a third edition of the textbook. The most important addition was the incorporation of the class book  Mrs. Eddy had written and used in 1870, the book of questions and answers by which she taught. It became a new chapter called "Recapitulation" and began with the first question, "What is God?"  Immediately the answer challenged a misconception of the Bible name for God, "Jehovah is not a person. God is Principle," a scientific term. In the first edition of the textbook the first record of creation and a few verses of the second were commented on verse by verse in the chapter "Creation." This continues in the third edition but with a significant change. God is referred to as She and Her. It continued until the 16th edition in 1886. "And Spirit gathers Her ideas into one eternal bond of union, and She feeds and clothes them all and they rise in the scale of creation to express their Mother, and She names them all, from an atom to a world."  (3rd ed., p. 124) "The very first mention made of evil is introduced in the mythology of creation. The real creation embraces all, and has no evil. Spirit pronounces good all that She created, and says that She created all that is real."   (3rd ed., 124)  The original class-book is also included in this edition as the chapter "Recapitulation," and further expansion on the subject of mental malpractice---how to handle the belief of an opposite power. 
The emblem on the cover is changed from an ark to a cross and crown, encircled by the four commands which Jesus gave to his twelve disciples when he first sent them out to heal: "Heal the sick, raise the dead, cleanse the lepers, cast out demons."  (Matt. 10:8)  Here, Mrs. 
Eddy used the Revised Version of the Bible rather than the Authorized Version---demons rather than devils. The emblem became "the  seal of Christian Science" and remains there. Very early in 1882 Mr. And Mrs. Eddy traveled to Washington, D.C. where she gave lectures and he spent time investigating copyright laws. They returned to Boston and settled in a new home which became the address of the college.  It was at this time that Mrs. 
Eddy received a devastating blow. On June 3, 1882, her husband of nearly five and a half years, Dr. Eddy, suddenly passed on. She stayed at the home of one of her students in Vermont until she regained her peace and healing. 
122 
Upon returning home, Mary wrote in her Bible: "Aug. 6th, 1882...opened to Isaiah 54." There  she read this comforting verse; "thou...shalt not remember the reproach of thy widowhood anymore."  She then told one of her students, "The ship of Science is again walking the wave, rising above the billows, bidding defiance to the flood-gates of error, for God is at the helm." There was an urgent need to publish a second edition of Science and Health to forewarn and forearm her readers about "...the self-assertive mortal will-power that you must guard against." (Mis.   280)  Thus, the new chapter included in the 2nd edition, "Mesmerism."  Further ark-like institutions were required at this stage for the protection of her movement and its students.  This period ends with the publication of the 3rd edition of the textbook, this time with a cross and crown on the cover.  This symbolizes the fact that the movement, by the steps taken under divine direction by Mrs. Eddy, had been lifted over the turbulent waves.  Though the steps were concessions to material methods, they were for the advancement of spiritual good.  "Spirit imparts the understanding which uplifts consciousness and leads into all Truth...Spiritual sense is the discernment of spiritual good. 
Understanding is the line of demarcation [the firmament] between the real and unreal. 
Spiritual understanding unfolds Mind,---Life, Truth, and Love,---and demonstrates the divine sense, giving the spiritual proof of the universe in Christian Science. "This understanding is not intellectual, is not the result of scholarly attainments;  it is the reality of all things brought to light...Understanding is a quality of God, a quality which separates Christian Science from supposition and makes Truth final."  (S&H,  505-506) The cross and crown on the cover symbolized the fact that the emphasis on how to understand God and how to handle the belief of an opposite power had brought peace, for God had "divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament, and "God called the firmament Heaven."  " Through divine Science, Spirit, God, unites understanding to eternal harmony [heaven]. The calm and exalted thought or spiritual apprehension is at peace.  Thus the dawn of ideas goes on, forming each successive stage of progress."  (S&H, 506)  The gradual unfolding, or  "dawn of ideas," as depicted in this Biblical symbol of the days of creation, is appearing in experience as "successive stages of progress." 
Both symbols, the ark and cross with crown, are given relevance in this passage in the 3rd edition:  "If you have revelations and discoveries that others have not, and venture them upon the quiet waters of thought, they disturb the waters;  and if you have stripped error of their disguises, your good will be evil spoken of.  This is the cross.  Take it up, it wins the crown and wears it.  Pilgrim on earth, thy home is heaven; stranger here, thou art the guest of God."  (3rd edition, p. 122) These are two of the many healings done by Mrs. Eddy during this period:  George Glover, Mrs. Eddy’s son who lived out West, would occasionally visit his mother in Boston. 
This healing is related by his daughter after she became an adult.  “During the fall and winter of 1879 and 1880, when we lived at Deadwood, South Dakota, and I was three years old, my father went to visit his mother in Boston.  At that time my eyes were what is termed 
123 
crossed, and during his visit he told grandmother about them.  According to my father, grandmother said, ‘You must be mistaken, George:  her eyes are all right.’ “When he returned to our home in Deadwood, and during a conversation with my mother at my bedside while I was asleep, they awakened me and discovered that my eyes had become straightened.  Mother has a picture of me taken before this incident, showing my eyes crossed.  This healing was often told me by my father and mother, and is at this time verified by my mother, who is with me.”  (Smith, Clifford P., Historical and Biographical Papers; Second Series, Christian Science Publishing Society, 1934,  pp. 58-9) This healing was given by Irving C. Tomlinson in the first edition of his biography, Twelve Years  With Mary Baker Eddy:  “While I was stopping in Washington, D.C., with my husband, Asa G. Eddy, we attended the church formerly frequented by President Garfield.  The clergyman was introduced to us and begged the privilege of paying us a call...He early took the opportunity of visiting us and spent the afternoon in listening to our explanation of the Bible and Christian Science.  He asked the privilege of remaining to the six o’clock dinner, explaining that he enjoyed the sociability of the occasion though he would not partake of the repast, saying that for years he had been troubled with a stomach difficulty which the physicians declared had developed into cancer of the stomach.  He avoided all hearty food and confined himself exclusively to a fluid diet. “All this he told us just as we were preparing  to go to the dining room. I said to him briefly that this was an excellent opportunity to put to a test our talk of the afternoon. He replied by saying that he hardly could consent to test the doctrine for the sake of killing himself. However, I voiced the truth and asserted his ability to eat in comfort. He went with us to the table, soon forgot himself and his false fears and partook heartily of the salad, meat, and pastry. At the conclusion of the dinner he said, ‘What have I done?  Will I  survive?’ We assured him there was no danger. He felt no harm and was never troubled again.” (58-59) “If sickness is real, it belongs to immortality;  if true, it is part of Truth.  Would you attempt with drugs, or without, to destroy a quality or condition of Truth?  But if sickness and sin are illusions, the awakening from this mortal dream or illusion, will bring us into health, holiness, and immortality.  This awakening is the forever coming of Christ, the advanced appearing of Truth, which casts out error and heals the sick.  This is the salvation which comes through God, the divine Principle, Love, as demonstrated by Jesus.”   (Science and Health, 230: 1) 
124 
Chapter  8  Third Evolutionary Period     1883-1885 
Third Day---dry land---Soul---spiritual understanding “And God said, “Let the waters be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear…Let the earth bring forth…whose seed is in itself.”  Gen. 1: 9-13 
Characteristics of Soul:  provides a sense of “dry land” or that which is definite; God, imaging forth its perfect body, the universe and man; sinless; changeless; ageless; harmonious; immortal; controls the body;  beauty; joy; balance; freedom; spiritual bliss; identifies all with Principle.  The “dry land” appears in our experience when we begin to embody spiritual understanding, and that brings forth “seed” or fruitfulness, from within our self. “The third stage in the order of Christian Science is an important one to the human thought, letting in the light of spiritual understanding.”  (S&H 508-9) Mrs. Eddy proved her victory over the shock of Mr. Eddy's sudden passing by publishing, in 1883, "an Independent Family Paper to Promote Health and Morals"---”The Journal of Christian Science.” A verse from II Corinthians presented its keynote: "For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds."  (10:4) In this epistle Paul had also told his readers that "old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." (5:17) Mrs. Eddy was the editor and at first almost the only contributor. She wrote that the purpose of the new Journal "was designed to bear aloft the standard of genuine Christian Science." (Ret. 53:4)  Many of the articles dealt with the necessity of maintaining high ethical values expected of a genuine Christian Scientist. She emphasized that these ethics are the result of understanding what God is.  Through the awakening of man's spiritual sense he can begin to apprehend the magnitude of what it means to be a Christian Scientist. The Journal also contained every public activity undertaken by the students of the College now established in Boston: church service times, public lecture dates and times, meetings of the Christian Scientists Association, Mrs. Eddy’s schedule for receiving calls, and works on Christian Science, pamphlets, the latest editions of Science and Health, and Mrs. Eddy’s class book. So now, every principle activity for the furthering and publicizing of Christian Science was "gathered together unto one place" in the College. In spite of Mrs. Eddy's workload at this period, her attention also needed to be focused on a serious challenge to her copyright of Science and Health.  It was brought by an ex-student who alleged that Mrs. Eddy had copied from Mr. Quimby’s manuscripts. She set out to prove that the weapons of a Christian Scientist are "mighty through God."  She filed a bill in equity in the United States Circuit Court in Boston.  This, of course, challenged the very authenticity of Christian Science. It was a serious error to challenge the ideas of the author of Science and Health, one who was divinely commissioned. Of this deceit Mrs. Eddy wrote, "God is responsible for the mission of those whom He has anointed.  Those, who know no will but His, , take his hand, and from the night He leads to light.  No one can say unto Him, What doest Thou?"  (Mis., p. 347:25)  This 
125 
certainly applied to Mrs. Eddy who was responsible for the mission given her by God to bring the Comforter to mankind. From the very beginning she put her hand in His and never looked back. In October 1883, the Court issued an injunction against Arens.  The outcome was that the pamphlets carrying the offending allegations were destroyed, and Mrs. Eddy's copyright was confirmed as valid.    Later, Mrs. Eddy requested her lawyer to inquire of defendant's counsel why he did not present evidence to support his claim that Dr. Quimby was the author of her writings. Accordingly, her counsel asked the defendant's counsel this question, and he replied, in substance, 'There is no evidence to present.' "  (Mis., p. 381:6) Thus, the unprincipled claim was condemned, and human law patterned the divine.  It proved that when we know that error, whatever it is, can never have any " evidence to present," it is uncovered and thereby self-destroyed.  It is also evidence that undermining the foundations of Christian Science by challenging its origin can never succeed. By giving you a glimpse of Mrs. Eddy's workload in 1883, it is quite amazing to learn that in that same year she also published a sixth edition of her textbook. The title was changed to indicate a new section which was included at the end of the book. The book was now titled Science and Health with A  Key to the Scriptures. This key gave the spiritual meaning of Bible characters and terms. They were  introduced by these words: "We have learned in Christian Science that when reading the Scriptures, if you substitute the spiritual signification of a term for its material definition, or the bare word, it will elucidate the meaning of the inspired writer. For this purpose we have appended to this work a brief synopsis of our Metaphysical version of Scriptural terms, giving the spiritual sense of the word, or its original meaning." (6th ed.,Vol. II, p.183) This new section included the term "God" with its spiritual signification:  "God.  I AM.  All-knowing,  All-acting,  All-loving,  All-wise,  and eternal.  Principle.  Soul, Spirit, Life, Truth, Love,  Substance, and Intelligence"  (ibid.)  Six of these synonyms for God are capitalized as they are in the final edition of Science and Health. References to malicious malpractice is being taught for what it is---the one evil, or liar, or denial of God, good, as All. In Aug. 1884, Mrs. Eddy began and taught the first Normal Class in the College, which qualified the students to teach their own classes.  They graduated with the degree of C.S.D., Doctor of Christian Science, and returned to their own fields of work to begin propagating the uncontaminated teaching of Christian Science. They had received the pure teaching from Mrs. Eddy in both the Primary and Normal classes. "The seed is in itself" and had been cultured and nurtured to "bring forth fruit after its kind." The pupils of these new teachers began to form Associations as pupils of their particular teacher and met with each other once a year for spiritual refreshment. Mrs. Eddy continued to hold Primary classes. Then, in late 1885, she had to deal with two students  who wanted to take over the leadership of the movement, asserting that Science and Health was too difficult. They set up institutes of their own in the Middle and Far West. Mrs. Eddy realized that one may receive correct teaching, but if its purity is not 
126 
cherished and embodied, if their store of Truth and Love is not growing, they will lose even that which they have. False teachers think only of implanting knowledge;  Mrs. Eddy knew that spiritual sense is present in every sincere seeker for Truth and needs only to be brought out.  An authentic  teacher gets "self" out of the way, puts down "personality" and allows divine Principle to operate in its own way in the consciousness of the student. Teaching must be of God, not of person. Here are a few healings by Mrs. Eddy done during this period. Henry Littlefield, an eighty-six year old man, recited his healing which occurred while listening to Mrs. Eddy preach in the early to mid-eighties in Boston.  “I was born in 1846.  I was attacked by inflammatory rheumatism in my early thirties in such a form that even the bed clothing was burdensome and painful.  I had heard about Mrs. Eddy’s meetings in Hawthorne Hall, and at the worst stage of the belief I was taken there on a stretcher.  After the service, Mrs. Eddy came down to me and shook my hand and spoke to me.  I felt the healing and responded by telling her that I was healed.  I walked out of the hall rejoicing, and that belief never made itself real to me again.”  (Smith, Clifford P., Historical and Biographical Papers...,op. cit., pp. 39-40) The following recollection from 1883 was taken from Janet Coleman, one of Mrs. 
Eddy’s early workers for the Cause:  “I remember the day I was first brought in contact with one who had been healed by the reading of Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures by Mary Baker Eddy.  She had been an invalid in bed for about fifteen years, and a friend had gone to the College and bought Science and Health and read it to her just a few pages (think it was fifteen pages) and she rose up and walked;  her eyes and other claims had been healed also.  As I walked into Hawthorne Rooms this Sunday, I saw a beautiful young lady go towards our Leader and embrace her.  She walked as though she was on air, she was so happy and she was telling of her healing by her friend reading to her from Science and Health.  It was a happy time for us all.  I knew that Science and Health could heal, but this was the first one that I had seen.  Now I know it is the Christ in that book that heals all mankind.”   (Eddy, Mary Baker (and other authors, compiled by Gilbert C. Carpenter, Jr., CSB), Miscellaneous Documents relating to Christian Science and Mary Baker Eddy, Gilbert C. Carpenter, Sr. , CSB, 1936, pp.43-45) 
“In many cases, pupils in Mrs. Eddy’s classes were healed by her teaching.  A typical instance was furnished by Eugene H. Greene, then of Portland, Maine, but afterward of Providence, Rhode Island, who was in her class of November, 1884.  His widow, who was in the same class, has related his healing by Mrs. Eddy as follows: ‘During this class, Mr. Greene was healed of a hernia he had for many years. Mrs. Eddy had previously healed him of tuberculosis.”’   (ibid., pp.37-38) “Christian Science is dawning upon a material age.  The great spiritual facts of being, like rays of light, shine in the darkness, though the darkness, comprehending them not, may deny their reality.  The proof that the system stated in this book is Christianly scientific resides in the good this system accomplishes, for it cures on a divine demonstrable Principle which all may understand.”   (S&H 546: 23) 
127 
Chapter  9  Fourth Evolutionary Period     1886-1890 
Fourth Day---stellar system---Principle---spiritual power    “And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven,…to give light upon the earth…Two great lights to rule over the day and over the night…”   Gen. 1: 14-15 
Characteristics of  Principle:  spiritual power;  interprets the universe;  interprets itself through its system of categories, classifications, and calculus [reasoning by the use of symbols];  self-operating; imperative;  authoritative; fundamental; basic; demonstrable; metaphysics; harmony; pardons only through correction; must be stated accurately in its Science; one with, but not in, its idea; expresses Science and art throughout His creation “…Christian Science is pre-eminently scientific, based on Truth, the Principle of all science.” (S&H 123:30) 
This fourth evolution of Mrs. Eddy's founding included these major changes:  A major new revision of the textbook is published, the sixteenth edition.  The title of the textbook became finalized as Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  "A  Key" of the third evolution became four chapters, "Genesis," "The Apocalypse," "Prayer and Atonement," and the original  "Key" became the "Glossary."  An Index was also added. The "Glossary" had a significant change in that the definition of God contained the capitalized term, Mind.  This addition completed the seven terms for God, so that the full nature of God was given at that point to mankind.  It read:  “God.  The great I  AM;  the all-knowing, all- seeing, all-acting, all-wise,  all-loving, and eternal;  Principle;  Mind;  Soul;  Spirit;  Life; Truth;  Love;  Substance;  Intelligence.” Most of the material in "Genesis," a new chapter, came from the chapter "Creation."  It remained almost unchanged from this edition to the final edition in 1910.  "The Apocalypse" (the  interpretation of the Book of Revelation) was completely new and consisted of the spiritual interpretation of Revelation, chapter 12. (Other editions would include interpretations from other chapters of Revelation.) Mrs. Eddy explained the inclusion of the two new chapters in the same edition, p.470, when she wrote, "Genesis and the Apocalypse seem more obscure than other portions of the Scripture, because they cannot possibly be interpreted from a material standpoint. To me they are transparent, for they contain the Science of the Bible."  Thus, the "Key" unified the Bible and Science and Health. The unification of Science and Health with the Bible was an illusion-shattering step in the founding of the Christ, Truth, in world consciousness.  The entire Scriptures has been lifted out of a false sense of  being a historic timeline of material creation into a glorified holistic account of spiritual evolution--- unfolding the cosmos as it really is. This understanding is the “Key” to the Scriptures.   Heaven and earth are complementary views of creation revealed to human consciousness. They are the basic constituents of man as the complete idea of God.  “Heaven” is this idea as an image in Mind [Subject];  “earth” is this same idea as the immediate object of understanding.  Hence, it brings to humanity the true 
128 
identity of creation, or man.  Mrs. Eddy writes, “...creation consists of the unfolding of spiritual ideas and their identities.  (S&H, 503:1) The realization that the “seven days” of creation were symbols for the unfoldment of the seven-fold nature of God in human consciousness over what the prophets believed would be a seven-thousand year period of time has unlocked the Bible from beginning to end, especially the Book of Revelation.  Science dispels mysticism. The “Key to the Scriptures” not only includes the spiritual interpretation of the book of Genesis through Gen. 4:16, but also parts of the book of Revelation, with its spiritual interpretation.  Mrs. Eddy calls this chapter “The Apocalypse.” It includes the whole of Chapter 12 of Revelation which prophesies the founding of Christian Science in world consciousness toward the end of the nineteenth and beginning of the twentieth  centuries (1866-1910). The Bible is a complete survey in itself of human translation and salvation.  Its symbols for the translation are also used in Revelation and the textbook.  Thus, when the books are used together, they reflect and correspond with each other.  The Bible is one with Science and Health.  Together, they stand for the pastor, or Shepherd, of the universal church of Christ, which is generic man [the term for all humanity when understood to be the coincidence of God and man].   (Mis. 322:10)  We will do our exegesis on many of the chapters of Revelation later in the book. 
In January of 1886, Mrs. Eddy formed a National Christian Scientist Association with her students in order "to promote unity and brotherly love."  It brought together all of her students and those taught by her students.  The associations of the new teachers were issued a charter. If they deviated from the teachings of the Bible and/or the textbook, they would have their charter withdrawn. The Association met annually and held a convention at which a selected speaker would address them.  At their third convention, Mrs. Eddy spoke extemporaneously, her topic being "Science and the Senses.”  Her message explained that what the senses see as personality, Science sees as individuality, the spiritual being governed by God. The Boston Evening Traveler, one of the newspapers covering the convention, described the scene immediately following the address. "When she had finished, the scenes that followed will long be remembered by those who saw them.  The people were in the presence of the woman whose book had healed them, and they knew it.  Up came the crowds to her side, begging for one hand-clasp, one look, one memorial of her, whose name was a power and a sacred thing in their homes. 
Those whom she had never seen before---invalids raised up by her book, Science and Health; each attempted to hurriedly tell the wonderful story.  A mother who failed to get near her held high her babe to look on her helper.  Others touched the dress of their benefactor, not so much as asking for more.  An aged woman, trembling with palsy at Mrs. 
Eddy's feet, cried, 'Help, help!' and the cry was answered.  Many such people  were known to go away healed." Other healings that day involved rheumatism, paralysis, diabetes.  One in particular was noted by several people.  A woman in the front row had come in with great difficulty on crutches.  At the conclusion of the talk she rose and spoke to Mrs. Eddy, who leaned over 
129 
the platform to reply. Immediately the woman laid down her crutches and walked out free. 
Mrs. Eddy healed her just as a mathematician would "heal" 2x2=5.  When the Principle of this Science is understood, and we learn the lesson of how to love our neighbor as our self, we will heal just that swiftly.  Christians everywhere should long to be able to heal like that. 
Much spiritual growth will be needed, but, oh, we cannot count the cost! In 1887 two small books were published by Mrs. Eddy, both of which answered frequently asked questions about Christian Science, No and Yes and Rudimental Divine Science. In Rudimental Divine Science  the questions and answers are shorter than in her other book.   Here she answers a question from that book:  “The sweet sounds and glories of earth and sky, assuming manifold forms and colors,---are they not tangible and material?” Then she answers from the now known scientific fact:  “As Mind they are real, but not in matter.  All beauty and goodness are in and of Mind, emanating from God; but when we change the nature of beauty and goodness from Mind to matter, the beauty is marred, through a false conception, and, to the material senses, evil takes the place of good.  Has not the truth in Christian Science met a response from Prof. S. P. Langley, the young American astronomer?  He says that ‘color is in us,’ not ‘in the rose;’ and he adds that this is not ‘any metaphysical subtlety,’ but a fact ‘almost universally accepted, within the last few years, by physicists.’”  (p. 6, emphasis in original)  She had that answer revealed to her 16 years before she answered this question---not just a few years before her answer, proving it was a scientific revelation not known by physicists at that time. Here is a question from No and Yes which requires a longer answer:  “Should Christians beware of Christian Science?  Mrs. Eddy answers:  “History repeats itself.  The Pharisees of old warned the people to beware of Jesus, and contemptuously called him ‘this fellow.’  Jesus said, For which of these works do ye stone me?’  as much as to ask, Is it the work most derided and envied that is most acceptable to God?  Not that he would cease to do the will of the Father on account of persecution, but he would repeat his work to the best advantage for mankind and the glory of the Father… 
“Through long ages people have slumbered over Christ’s commands, ‘Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel;’ ‘Heal the sick, cast out devils;’ and now the Church seems almost chagrined that by new discoveries of Truth sin is losing its prestige and power…While Science is engulfing error in bottomless oblivion, the material senses would enthrone error as omnipotent and omnipresent, with power to determine the fact and fate of being…God is not unable or unwilling to heal, and mortals are not compelled to have other gods before Him, and employ material forms to meet a mental want.  The divine Spirit supplies all human needs.  Jesus said to the sick, “Thy sins are forgiven thee;  rise up and walk!’ 
“God’s pardon is the destruction of all ‘the ills that flesh is heir to…While Science is engulfing error in bottomless oblivion, the material senses would enthrone error as omnipotent and omnipresent, with the power to determine the fact and fate of being…Christian Science involves a new language, and a higher demonstration of medicine and religion.  It is the “new tongue” of Truth, having its best interpretation in the power of Christianity to heal.  My system of Mind-healing swerves not from the highest ethics and 
130 
from the spiritual goal…To hinder the unfolding truth, to ostracize whatever uplifts mankind, is of course out of the question.  Such an attempt indicates weakness, fear, or malice;  and such efforts arise from a spiritual lack, felt, though unacknowledged… “Let the Word have free course and be glorified.  The people clamor to leave cradle and swaddling clothes.  The spiritual status is urging its highest demands on mortals, and material history is drawing to a close…The question now at issue is:  Shall we have a practical, spiritual Christianity, with its healing power, or shall we have material medicine and superficial religion?  The advancing hope of the race, craving health and holiness, halts for a reply;  and the reappearing of Christ, whose life-giving understanding Christian Science imparts, must answer the constant inquiry:  “Art thou he that should come?...Man has a noble destiny;  and the full-orbed significance of this destiny has dawned on the sick- bound and sin-enslaved.  For the unfolding of this upward tendency to health, greatness, and goodness, I shall continue to labor and wait.”  (pp. 41-46) 
The third book , published in 1888, was titled Unity of Good.  It was advertised as "Next to Science and Health, it is the most important work she has written."  It shows us a divine view of the human, the human and divine coincidence, which was portrayed by Jesus. 
This true view of man cannot be confused with the physical man seen by material sense. 
Looking at what we believe is a person "out there," completely separate from our self, we "see" an outline, form, color, qualities, which we automatically believe  " belong" to that person, and we judge that person as good, bad, ugly, likeable, sick, poor, intelligent, disgusting, etc.  We do not use the Science which is now known about "out there," which is, there truly is no such thing!  We can see only our own thoughts.  Our thoughts, coming only from spiritual sense, would see something entirely different, as Jesus did.  We would see as God (our real infinite Mind) sees. It is the way Mrs. Eddy and Jesus healed so instantaneously. Mrs. Eddy writes, "I believe in the individual man, for I understand that man is as definite and eternal as God, and that man is coexistent with God, as being the eternally divine idea..."But I believe less in the sinner, wrongly named man.  The more I understand true humanhood, the more I see it to be sinless,---as ignorant of sin as is the perfect Maker. “To me the reality and substance of being are good, and nothing else.  Through the eternal reality of existence I reach, in thought, a glorified consciousness of the only living God and the genuine man.  So long as I hold evil in consciousness, I cannot be wholly good. “You cannot simultaneously serve the mammon of materiality and the God of spirituality.  There  are not two realities of being, two opposite states of being..."The Ego is divine consciousness, eternally radiating throughout all space in the idea of God, good, and not of His opposite, evil.  The Ego is revealed as Father, Son, and Holy Ghost;  but the full Truth is found only in divine Science, where we see God as Life, Truth, and Love.  In the scientific relation of man to God, man is reflected not as human soul, but as the divine ideal, whose Soul is not in body, but is God,---the divine Principle of man.  Hence Soul is sinless and immortal, in contradistinction to the supposition that there can be sinful souls or immortal sinners. 
131 
“This Science of God and man is the Holy Ghost, which reveals and sustains the unbroken and eternal harmony of both God and the universe.  It is the kingdom of heaven, the ever-present reign of harmony, already with us.  Hence the need that human consciousness should become divine, in the coincidence of God and man, in contradistinction to the false consciousness of both good and evil, God and devil,---of man separated from his Maker.  This is the precious redemption of soul, as mortal sense, through Christ's immortal sense of Truth, which presents Truth's spiritual idea, man and woman.” (Unity of Good, Credo, pp. 49, 51, 52) In late 1888, Mrs. Eddy resigned as pastor and President of the Christian Science Association.   She had gradually been withdrawing from the meetings, turning over her duties to others.  In February of 1889, Mrs. Eddy taught her last and largest Primary class in the College.  Her final lesson dwelt on the fact we all must learn well:  "There are not two,--- Mind and matter.  We must get rid of that notion.  As we commonly think, we imagine all is well if we cast something into the scale of Mind, but we must realize that Mind is not put into the scales with matter, then only are we working on one side and in Science...It is the self-asserting mortal will-power that you must guard against...You will need, in future,  practice more than theory.  You are going out to demonstrate a living faith, a true sense of the infinite  good, a sense that does not limit God, but brings to human view an enlarged sense of Deity.  Remember, it is personality, and the sense of personality in God or in man, that limits man."   (Mis.  279:9-282:5;  for  complete article---emphasis in italics is in the original.) Mrs. Eddy began to dismantle the organizations she had put into place as a "suffer it to be so now" in the early years of her founding because they were necessary to the promulgation of the pure revelation.  In the Normal class [in which she taught those men and women who had become teachers themselves] held in the spring of 1889, she emphasized how important it was that each student do his own work and not lean on others.  She included herself in the "others."  She explained that she was going to leave them as an official person in the National Christian Science Association.  She was preparing her students everywhere for a significant and momentous change. In September of 1889, a letter by Mrs. Eddy was read to the members of the Christian Scientist Association who were also alumni of the College.  It read in part, "Beloved students:  I have faithfully sought the direction of Divine wisdom in my advice herein given, namely, that you vote today to dissolve this organization... 
‘It is more in accord with Christian Science for you to unite on the basis of Love...and the purpose to benefit each other, and honor the cause.  Therefore I strongly recommend this method alone, of  continuing without organization, the meeting together of the students of the... College."  A vote was taken at that meeting and it was unanimous that the Association be dissolved.  (6  Days, p.314)  Calvin Frye, the Clerk, sent for publication in the Journal  the resolution agreed upon at the meeting.  (Ret. pp 48, 49) He prefaced the announcement with the remark that it was published to  "...explain so fully as to preclude comment, the latest steps by which we are being led to the fuller consciousness that 'man is, 
132 
not will be, spiritual'---that we are living in the spiritual world, not in one that is material." (emphasis in original) The editorial in the same issue of the Journal  emphasized the reason for the necessity of the dissolution. " The effect on the forms and methods of organization in Christian Science...of the dissolution of the ...College, will be to lift them from the material sensual plane, to that of Voluntary Association, or Love."  The article then presents the resolutions that were passed unanimously.  They were meant to set a huge precedent for the movement that, if spiritually understood and followed, would ensure the continued unfoldment of the Christ, Truth, in world consciousness, allowing it to advance and bless the human condition through Science instead of suffering.  Here are the resolutions to be read and to ponder: "Whereas, The Massachusetts Metaphysical College, chartered in Jan., 1881, to give instruction  in scientific methods of Mental Healing on a purely practical basis, and to impart a thorough understanding of the Divine Mind to restore health, hope, and harmony to man, has fulfilled its high and noble destiny, and sent to all parts of our country and into foreign lands, students instructed in Christian Science Mind-healing to meet the demand of the age for something higher than physic or drugging;" "Whereas, the material organization in the beginning was like the baptism of Jesus, a 'suffer it to  be so now', but the teaching was a purely spiritual and scientific impartation of Truth, whose Christly spirit has led to higher ways, means, and understanding, the President, Rev. Mary B.G. Eddy, at the height of prosperity in the Institution which yields an extensive income, is willing to sacrifice it all for the cause, even the advancement of the world in Truth and Love; "Whereas, other Institutions for instruction in Christian Science that are working out their periods of organization will doubtless follow the example of the Alma Mater after having accomplished the worthy purpose for which they were organized, and the hour has come wherein the great need is for more of the Spirit instead of the letter, and Science and Health is better adapted to work this result than personal teaching: The fundamental principle for growth in Christian Science is spiritual formation first, last, and always, while in human growth material organization is first;  but mortals must learn to lose their estimate of the powers that are not ordained of God, and attain the bliss of loving unselfishly, working patiently, and conquering all that is unlike Christ and the example he gave; therefore: "Resolved, that an Institution for the instruction in Christian Science, which is the highest, purest, and noblest of all teaching, should be of a spiritual formation wholly outside of material regulations, forms, or customs." "Resolved, that we find no platform in Christ's teachings for such material methods of instruction in Christian Science, and we must come into the meekness of his methods as we rise in Christian experience;... "The resolutions published in this Journal explain the act passed by the College Corporation. Mary B. G. Eddy."   (Christian Science Journal, December 1889) 
133 
The next dissolution to come about according to the request of Mrs. Eddy was the Church of Christ, Scientist in Boston.  She sent a letter to the pastor of the Church, "This morning has finished my halting between two opinions.  This Mother Church must disorganize, and now is the time to do it, and form no new organization but the spiritual one..."  (6 Days, p. 323) Five days later she wrote to the Church members, "...I admonish this church after ten years of sad experience in material bonds, to cast them off, and cast her net on the spiritual side of Christianity---drop all material methods whereby to regulate Christ, Christianity, and adopt alone the golden rule for unification, progress, and a better example as the Mother Church..."  The members voted to do so without a dissenting vote.  At the same meeting they voted to adopt this resolution requested by Mrs. Eddy, " The members of this Church hereby declare that...they will continue as a Voluntary Association of Christians, knowing no law but the law of Love, and no Master but Christ..."  (Oakes, Richard, C.S., Mary Baker Eddy’s Six Days of Revelation,  324---emphasis not in original) Mrs. Eddy later gave her account of these events," ...The history of that hour holds this true record.  Adding to its ranks and influence, this spiritually organized Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, still goes on... "Despite the prosperity of my church, it was learned that material organization has its value and peril, and that organization is requisite only in the earliest periods of Christian history.  After this material form of cohesion and fellowship has accomplished its end, continued organization retards spiritual growth, and should be laid off, ---even as the corporeal organization deemed requisite in the first stages of mortal existence is finally laid off, in order to gain spiritual freedom and supremacy." (Retrospection…, 44: 10) Mrs. Eddy sent out to the church members an article in the Journal of Dec.,1889 explaining her reasoning behind the unexpected, radical, and challenging happenings. 
Entitled "The Way," she opens their eyes to the need for less teaching and better, more absolute, demonstration---less of the letter and more of the spirit.  The only way to attain this, she says, is by passing through three stages of growth, defined as self-knowledge, humility, and love. 
Absolute demonstration, instantaneous cure, comes about as a result of obeying these divine  precepts:  "Physician, heal  thyself"  and  "Cast the beam out of thine own eye." 
This is self-knowledge.  When we have assiduously searched our own thoughts and cast out whatever " is unlike the anointed,"  (the "beam" in our own eye,” Luke 4: 23), we "heal" ourselves of the belief of a power or mind opposed to God and  can rejoice that there is nothing "out there" that needs to be healed, that we, and all that we can possibly behold, is God, good, manifested as health, supply, purity, beauty, intelligence, etc.  The  "mote" (nothingness) that was supposedly in our "brother's" eye is "healed."  Subject and object are found to be one---practitioner and patient, God and man, cause and effect, Principle and idea. Humility, Mrs. Eddy says, is "the genius of Christian Science", " the virtue [that] triumphs over  the flesh".  "One can never go up, until one has gone down in his own esteem...it must be had to understand our textbook;  it is indispensable to personal growth..." 
134 
"When students have fulfilled all the good ends of organization, and are convinced that by leaving the material forms thereof a higher spiritual unity is won, then is the time to follow the example of the Alma Mater.  Material organization is requisite in the beginning; but when it has done its work, the purely Christly method of teaching and preaching must be adopted.  On the same principle, you continue the mental argument in the practice of Christian healing until you can cure without it instantaneously, through Spirit alone..." "The way is absolute divine Science: walk ye in it; but remember that Science is demonstrated  by degrees, and our demonstration rises only as we rise in the scale of being." (Mis. Writings, "The Way," 355-359) Note:  The book, Miscellaneous Writings, by Mrs. Eddy, includes all of her other books (other than Science and Health).  They are:  Miscellaneous Writings, pp.1-471; Retrospection and Introspection, pp.1-95;  Unity of Good, pp. 1-64;  Pulpit and Press, pp.1- 90;  Rudimental Divine Science, pp.1-17;  No and Yes, pp. 1-46;  Christian Science versus Pantheism, pp.1-15; Message to the Mother church,1900, pp.1-15;  Message to the Mother Church,1901, pp.1-35;  Message to the Mother Church,1902, pp.1-20;  Christian Healing, pp.1-19;  The People’s Idea of God, pp.1-14;  The First Church of Christ, Scientist and Miscellany,  pp.1-366. The books are listed in Miscellaneous writings in the same order given here. 
The National Christian Science Association was the last institution to be dissolved by Mrs. Eddy.  Her letter advised them to "...Disorganize...and each one return to his place of labor, to work out individually and alone, for himself and for others, the sublime ends of human life. "To accomplish this, you must give much time to self-examination and correction; you must control appetite, passion, pride, envy, evil-speaking, resentment, and each one of the innumerable errors that worketh or maketh a lie.  Then you can give to the world the benefits of all this, and heal and teach with increased confidence...." She then gave them the spiritual reason for her advice:  "I once thought that in unity was human strength;  but have grown to know that human strength is weakness,---that unity is divine might, giving to human power, peace."    (Mis. Writings,  137: 19) She also recommended that whether they disorganized or simply adjourned, they should meet again in three years, thus leaving the door open for a new phase.  They immediately disorganized and noted, "We...hereby resolve ourselves into a Voluntary Assembly of Christians...The members of the Assembly understand the letter of their teacher, and their present action, not as tending towards disintegration, but to the contrary as footsteps in the way to real union---that in the consciousness of Divine Principle."   (Mary Baker Eddy’s 6 Days of Revelation, p. 343) At last, all of the institutions set up by Mrs. Eddy had been dissolved, but not disintegrated or destroyed.  Each one had been resolved into a voluntary association, united "on the basis of Love" and continued on "without organization."  Thus each student of Christian Science was to focus on unresolved character traits, to experience their own spiritual organization, to be governed by God's directions. 
135 
Dissolution is a spiritual and therefore a positive step.  Webster's Dictionary includes this  definition of "dissolve:"  "to cause to pass into solution;...to merge entirely." 
Using this sense of the word, Mrs. Eddy writes in Science and Health :  "In patient obedience to a patient God, let us labor to dissolve with the universal solvent of Love the adamant of error,---self-will, self-justification, and self-love,---which wars against spirituality and is the law of sin and death."  ( 242: 15) As the fourth evolutionary period ends, all of the students of Christian Science are becoming aware of the greater light of spiritual understanding which will urge them on to a new standpoint---an advanced awareness of the perils inherent in personal control and material methods and a deepening dependence on divine Principle that governs all.  "Truth and Love enlighten the understanding, in whose' light shall we see light;'  and this illumination is reflected spiritually by all who walk in the light and turn away from a false material sense."  Because every student has in his possession the "little book," (Science and Health) and the Bible, which 'teach divine Science with fixed Principle, given rule, and unmistakable proof', he learns that by being governed by God he can handle animal magnetism.  He can say No, because he has begun to say Yes, I am God-governed. (Miscellaneous Writings,  No and Yes, 11) The students have been let go by Mrs. Eddy so that, no longer depending on her as a person, they are free to let "the mind of Christ"  be their own Mind, free to experience total trust in their only "I," their only ego, the peace and joy and power of their only true being, the divine Principle, Love. There is only one Being, one God, one Mind, one Spirit, one Soul, one Principle, one Life, one Truth, one Love---manifested as the compound idea, man. 
We are all destined to learn this, here or hereafter. 
136 
Chapter  10  Fifth Evolutionary Period    1891-1901 
Open firmament---Life---love 
“Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving creature that hath life---and fowl that fly above the earth in the open firmament of heaven---God created great whales---Be fruitful and multiply.” Gen.1: 20-22 
Characteristics of Life:  multiplication; exalted thought; abundance; fatherhood; immortality; perpetual; self-sustained; indivisibility; origin and ultimate of man; aspiration; timeless; grace “The fowls, which fly above the earth in the open firmament of heaven, correspond to aspirations soaring above and beyond corporeality to the understanding of the incorporeal and divine Principle, Love.”  (S&H 511:  28-3 n.p.) 
The symbols of the fifth day of creation, the living creature, flying fowl in the open firmament, abundance of life everywhere, corresponds in Science and Health to: “…aspirations soaring above and beyond corporeality to the understanding of the incorporeal and divine Principle, Love.” (S&H, 511-12)  This gives the spiritual viewpoint of the fifth period of the revelator’s founding.  When the infinite as Life says, ‘Let the waters bring forth abundant life,’ we are inspired with the love that surrenders the mortal sense of life. More than a year has elapsed since Mrs. Eddy dissolved all the forms of material organization she had put into place as a “suffer it to be so now.”  Each has been resolved into a  “voluntary association” united “on the basis of Love” and continued  “without organization.”  In 1889, she had closed her college and left Boston in spite of unprecedented prosperity and moved to Concord, New Hampshire in order to seek “...in solitude and silence a higher understanding of the absolute scientific unity which must exist between the teaching and letter of Christianity and the spirit of Christianity...”  She soon after published an article entitled “The Way” which emphasized the necessity for more of the spirit of Christian Science, living it, operating with it.  She writes, “The way is absolute divine Science:  walk ye in it;  but remember that Science is demonstrated by degrees, and our demonstration rises only as we rise in the scale of being.”  (Mis., 355) Mrs. Eddy obviously wants to emphasize the human character.  We must live with what we are learning about divine Science, apply it in every situation that comes to us, practice it as a young child practices his early math or music lessons, love it, and trust it implicitly to meet every need. This is the only way in which “voluntary association” can work.  We learn that we don’t look to or depend on a physically organized body to work for us, either as our individual body, another individual, a collective body, such as a church body, government body, or a universal body such as the United Nations.  We look only to God, the one divine Principle of all.  Operating from this standpoint, each member of the 
137 
body of God is consciously self-governed.  Studying the nature of God with the apprehension that we are actually at the same time learning about our true nature as God’s reflection empowers us, lifts us to new heights of inspiration, enables us to heal, the natural outcome of understanding. These early steps in voluntary association are sustained and nourished by a major new edition of  Science and Health.  The Journal praises it as “an epoch in the Christian Science movement.”  It lauds it as “THE NEW BOOK---FIAT LUX,” “Let there be light”  It marks the full effulgence appearing, just as Jesus was identified as “the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world.”  (John 1:9)    The new edition’s first paragraph proclaims, “From this date forward, the thought of all true Scientists will mount higher...yet, a full understanding of the book will come only as ripened fruit of years of study combined with faithful, daily effort to reduce its teachings to practice.”  (emphasis in original) When asked why the revision was necessary, Mrs. Eddy said it would make the other editions clearer, that it would be “the teacher for the future” (since there were no colleges offering instruction for qualifying teachers), that it would gradually “supersede all teaching,” and would be “a great gain for the Cause of Truth when that day arrives.” Self-teaching with the textbook only was Mrs. Eddy’s aim.  It would “do away with incorrect teaching and the oral instruction of human teachers.”  Wasn’t she pointing to future world-wide instruction through her textbook and other writings?  The last one hundred pages of her textbook, Science and Health, is dedicated to testimonials from people who were healed just from reading it!  It does not have to be fully understood to begin opening our eyes to the truth of our real being in order to be healed or to heal others---phrases on every page are so powerful and enlightening that the erroneous fallacies we have been brought up to take for granted as the truth just drop away as we go through the book.  It is, after all, the revelation promised by Christ Jesus to come to all the world. 
Each and every one of us is the reflection of the divine Mind, and we always have been, even in our pre-existence before entering this world as an infant.  Matter, being proven to be nothing, it is obvious that it does not give life and thus, there is no material life to take away.  Jesus proved for us that man is immortal when he arose from the “dead.”  Jesus told us to “…call no man your father upon the earth:  for one is your Father, which is in heaven.”  (Matt. 23: 9)  There being no matter, this 
must be true!  Man is indestructible, harmonious, and spiritual, and this has always been so. 
“Divine metaphysics is now reduced to a system, in a form comprehensible by and adapted to the thought of the age in which we live.  This system enables the learner to demonstrate anew the divine Principle upon which Jesus’ healing was based, and the sacred rules for its present application to the cure of disease.”:  [The word “system” is used for the first time.] 
We have touched earlier upon the system of Christian Science as including the synonymous terms (names, tones) for God.  For the first time in the 50th edition the terms for God are given in an expanded answer to the question “What is God?:”  “God is divine Principle, supreme, incorporeal Being, Mind, Spirit, Soul, Life, Truth, Love.”  In this answer she includes the full seven-fold nature of God--all seven terms.  She then asks a second question:  “ Are these terms synonymous?”  She wants to be sure that a very important point about the terms is understood.  The terms do not have identical meanings but must be 
138 
understood in their unique qualities and used accordingly.  These words are used in very definite ways by Mrs. Eddy throughout the textbook. Mrs. Eddy found it necessary to capitalize the terms for God so that when reading the textbook there is no doubt that the word as it is being used in that particular instance refers exclusively to God.  We must remember, however, that  “God” includes in His Being man and the universe.  Cause and effect are inseparable.  (When speaking of mortal beliefs or the brain, she uses the lower case “m”--- mind.) The word “system” can now be applied to the way in which the textbook is structured. Three verses from Revelation 21 include an explanation for an important part of what she now terms the “system” of Christian Science.  They are centered around the vast concept of mankind’s true spiritual consciousness, what the Bible calls “the holy city.”  In order for the human to be translated from “depravity” to “reality” he must learn how his consciousness is structured according to the Principle of divine Science.  The three new verses speak of  “a new Heaven and a new earth,” “the angel that reveals the holy city,” and “ I saw no temple therein.”  (50th edition,  552, 554, 555) Mrs. Eddy writes of the holy city:  “...The builder and  maker of this New Jerusalem is God, as we read in the Book of Hebrews;  and it is a ‘city which hath foundations.’  The description is metaphoric.  Spiritual teaching must always be by symbols...Taking the city in its allegorical sense, the description of it as four-square has a profound meaning.  The four sides of our city are the Bible, Jesus, Christianity, and Science...”   (50th edition, 554) In later editions the terms describing these four sides become the Word, Christ, Christianity, and divine Science.  Because this city represents the realm wherein we truly live and have our being, it is vital for the reader to begin to know what these four sides, or aspects, really mean.  They present four views of the one Christ mission, so these four distinct functions comprise the one city or state of divine consciousness. On p. 556 of the 50th ed., Mrs. Eddy calls the four aspects of consciousness “cardinal points” instead of “sides.”  She  explains, “This holy habitation hath no boundary; but its four cardinal points are:  first, the Bible,---the Word of Life, Truth, and Love; second, Jesus the Christ, the spiritual idea of God;  third, Christianity, which is the outcome of the divine Principle of the Christ-idea in Christian history;  fourth, Christian Science, which today and forever interprets this great example and the great exemplar.  ...” This “city” is variously described in the Bible as “ four-square,” “set on an hill,” “the city of our God,”  “Zion,” and “Jerusalem.”  Mrs. Eddy calls it mankind’s true state of consciousness, our divine consciousness rather than our old erroneous, matter-based beliefs (which can never be a state of consciousness).  The Glossary of Science and Health defines “Jerusalem” in its positive spiritual meaning: “Home,  heaven.”  (p.589)  The spiritual definition of “Zion” is:  “Spiritual foundation and superstructure;  inspiration;  spiritual strength.”  (p.601)  I will include Mrs. Eddy’s definition of “Children of Israel”  here also since the quotes I am giving use the word “Israel” in its higher spiritual meaning:  “Children of Israel.”  “The representatives of Soul [spiritual understanding], not corporeal sense;  the offspring of Spirit, who, having wrestled with error, sin, and sense, are governed by divine Science;  some of the ideas of God beheld as men, casting out error and healing the sick; 
139 
Christ’s offspring.”  (p.583)  Thus, the “children of Israel” are redeemed as the whole human race.   Here are some of the Bible passages which give us a glimpse of the nature of this wonderful “city,” our own enlightened consciousness which is revealed as ever-present. Isaiah contains some of the most beautiful, inspiring, heart-warming passages in the whole Bible.  It radiates the spirit of the Comforter itself---divine Science.  It prophesies symbolically what shall happen in the world in “that day,” when the universal Christ, Truth, becomes perceptible to mankind. Isaiah  51:4,11,12,16  “Hearken unto me, my people;  and give ear unto me my nation:  for a law shall proceed from me, and I will make my judgment to rest for a light of the people...Therefore the redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion;  and everlasting joy shall be upon their head:  they shall obtain gladness and joy;  and sorrow and mourning shall flee away...I have put my words in thy mouth, and I have covered thee in the shadow of mine hand, that I may plant the heavens, and lay the foundations of the earth, and say unto Zion, Thou art my people.” Isaiah 33:20, 24  “Look upon Zion, the city of our solemnities:  thine eyes shall see Jerusalem a quiet habitation, a tabernacle that shall not be taken down;...And the inhabitant shall not say, I am  sick:  the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity.” Isaiah  60:10, 14, 18, 21  “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee...Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; they shall not be shut day nor night;...The sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending to thee;  and all they that despised thee shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet;  and they shall call thee, The city of the Lord, the Zion of the Holy One of Israel...Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders;  but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise...Thy people shall be all righteous: they shall inherit the land forever, the branch of my planting, the work of my hands, that I may be glorified.” Isaiah  65:16, 17, 19, 20, 24, 25  “...he who blesseth himself in the earth shall bless himself in the God of truth...For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth:  and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind...There shall be no more thence an infant of days, nor an old man that hath not filled his days...And it shall come to pass, that before they call, I will answer;  and while they are yet speaking, I will hear...The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock:  and dust shall be the serpent’s meat.  They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain, saith the Lord.” Zephaniah has comforting words for the “last days:”  “...for then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may call upon the name of the Lord, to serve him with one consent...The remnant of Israel shall not do iniquity, nor speak lies;  neither shall a deceitful tongue be found in their mouth:  for they shall feed and lie down, and none shall make them afraid...The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, he hast cast out thine enemy:  the king of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee:  thou shalt not see evil anymore.”  (Chapter 3:9, 13, 15)  Don’t these descriptions of man in “the last days” sound like man flourishing in his 
140 
understanding of God as his very Mind, operating from the basis of Love, seeing all enjoying infinite supply, wisdom, harmonious being, and joy? Paul speaks of the beginning of the “city” consciousness in his epistle to the Hebrews:  “By faith Abraham, when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance obeyed...For he looked for a city which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God...now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly: wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God:  for he hath prepared for them a city.” (Chapter 11:8, 10, 16) Revelation is, of course, the prophecy of Jesus Christ to St. John, who, he knew, would give it to the whole world.  It concerns the coming of the  “holy city” to human consciousness:  “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth:  for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away;  and there was no more sea.”  The “new heaven” is God, realized as man’s true consciousness, and “ new earth” is man’s true body realized to be the reflection of God.  The mythical concept of “sea” as the “mother of us all” has passed into oblivion through world-wide spiritual education as man is seen to have his origin in God. Mrs. Eddy explains, “ Accompanying this [John’s] scientific consciousness was another revelation, even the declaration from heaven, supreme harmony, that God, the divine Principle of harmony, is ever with men, and they are His people.  Every one of us comes from God---not many human fathers and mothers.  Only in this way can we know that we each have the same intelligence, the same “inherited” amount of good.  Thus man was no longer regarded as a miserable sinner, but as the blessed child of God.  Why?  Because St. 
John’s corporeal sense of the heavens and earth had vanished, and in the place of this false sense was the spiritual sense, the subjective state by which he could see the new heaven and the new earth, which involve the spiritual idea and consciousness of reality...This is indeed a foretaste of absolute Christian Science.  Take heart, dear sufferer, for this reality of being will surely appear sometime and in some way.  There will be no more pain, and all tears will be wiped away.”  When you read this, remember Jesus’ words,  ‘The kingdom of God is within you.’  This spiritual consciousness is therefore a present possibility.  (S&H, 572-574: 2)   This kingdom of God ‘is within you.’  It is “within reach of man’s consciousness here, and the spiritual idea reveals it.  In divine Science, man possesses this recognition of harmony consciously in proportion to his understanding of God.”  (S&H 576: 12-25) Our understanding of God as our true and only Mind must include the fullness of God in all seven aspects of His nature.  But this understanding must also include the four necessary “cardinal points” from which and as which we recognize ourselves as the form and functioning of that which is all good.  The Holy Bible, or Word of God, contains the laws of the divine Principle by which mankind must live in peace and with brotherly love for one another.  It reveals the Christ, the spiritual idea of God, which Jesus embodied in an individual way and demonstrated for our sakes. The Christianity, which flowed to the world from Jesus’  precious example, is the Christ manifested by mankind on a universal basis. 
Christian Science is the Science of the universe seen in its purity, for nothing can ever enter this body which “defileth or maketh a lie.” Science, forever unfolding and operating as its own eternal expression, is the 
141 
spiritual universe, including man, its highest idea.  Subject and object is One.  Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love, operating as the WORD (not intellectually studied literature but the living universe itself), the CHRIST (the deathless body of Truth as seen in the wholeness of man, CHRISTIANITY ( man being the transparency for Love to one and all---“The only I or Us”), and SCIENCE  (“...the one God;  not that which is in man, but the divine Principle, or God, of whom man is the full and perfect expression;  Deity, which outlines but is not outlined.”  (S&H, 591: 16-20) 
“There is but one I, or Us, but one divine Principle, or Mind, governing all existence;  man and woman unchanged forever in their individual characters, even as numbers which never blend with each other, though they are governed by one Principle.  All the objects of God’s creation reflect one Mind, and whatever reflects not this one Mind, is false and  erroneous, even the belief that life, substance, and intelligence are both mental and material.” (S&H, 588:11-19)  Do we not all have a lot to learn about our true human character?  We must see more and more clearly that it contains no evil. “The more I understand true humanhood, the more I see it to be sinless,---as ignorant of sin as is the perfect Maker.”   (Pulpit, 49:8,9) 
As our thought begins to rise into a purer concept of what is considered “good,” we begin to realize that the human sense of good is limited, mixed as it is with staunchly held beliefs of sin, sickness, disease, and death.  We feel like St. Paul when he said, “For the good that I would I do not:  but the evil which I would not, that I do.”  (Rom. 7: 19) We are surprised at how strongly this erroneous sense of things seems to fight with our new developing sense of God, good.  Then we have the “bitter herbs.” We must take up the cross. 
Truth comes with a sword.  Everything in our false consciousness must be annihilated.  We are forced to examine our thinking.  In this age of ever-present technology when we are seldom quiet or alone with our own thoughts, this seems especially difficult. If we are in earnest;  if we yearn to find a deeper peace, a life filled with more certainty, joy,  abundance, and healing, we will sacrifice for it.  We will detach ourselves from our competing techno-gadgets and daily chores and lay aside a quiet time for ourselves each day for study and prayer [reasoning through what we are studying, affirming the good and denying the matter-based beliefs that seem to jostle for our attention.]  We will watch our thinking and what we are accepting as true about ourselves and others.  We will reject, vehemently if need be, the suggestions that come to us as our own thinking, of inharmony of any kind. Though the journey seems arduous at times, we will have seasons of renewal; inspiration flows in,  the mist clears, answers come, gratitude fills us.  Then, we can say with St. Paul, “Who shall separate us from the love of Christ?  Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword?...Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.” (Romans 8:35)   The “love of Christ” is the love of Truth.  Jesus was aware of Truth as the living ideal constituting the fundamental reality of all existence.  When faced with what material sense saw as separation from Truth evidenced by sin, sickness, disease, and death, Jesus' consciousness was flooded with the reality of the living presence of Truth everywhere, the great dynamic fact of creation present 
142 
as “man” (manifestation of absolute good.)  This is the way Mrs. Eddy healed and taught us we could heal if we understand the oneness of Truth and man.  The Christ consciousness is the birthright of every one of  us. The new revised textbook with its metaphysical basis for life made clearer, its students were challenged to trust and live by spiritual methods alone, rather than by dependence on matter and material organization.  ...the Revised SCIENCE AND HEALTH...urges all to a higher realization and demonstration of Divine Science.”  (S&H, 50th Edition)   New material organizations, organic structures, no matter how well thought out, cannot do what deep study of Science and Health and its individual application in demonstration of its Truth can do for the world.  Our lives must attest to its efficacy. 1891, the first year of the fifth evolutionary period, certainly symbolized abundant Life in its attendant activities.  In addition to publishing a new edition of the textbook with significant additions, she staved off a plan that would entail a special new organization, the distribution of Christian Science literature at a time when the movement was in a period of “the spiritually organized Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston.”  That same year, she published her autobiography, Retrospection and Introspection.  The “Retrospection” part includes her early years growing up, her “Great Discovery” (the  revelation which brought the Comforter to mankind), her writing of the first edition of Science and Health (the book she calls “the precious volume”), and her experience with “College and Church.”   The “Introspection” part deals with what has been going on divinely.  She points out that her history and the history of Christian Science have shown “the value and peril” of material organization.  She writes:  “After this material form of cohesion and fellowship has accomplished its end, continued organization retards spiritual growth, and should be laid off, even as the corporeal organization deemed requisite in the first stages of mortal existence is finally laid off , in order to gain spiritual freedom and supremacy.”   (Ret. 45: 8) Her lesson here is apparent:  Her teaching was often symbolized by actions, and here she is comparing material organization to mortal existence itself.  However, she knew that her spiritual insight was way beyond her students,’ and that she needed to be satisfied with pointing the way to them that future generations would be more likely to understand and follow.  She was always so happy to find a student who had a clear spiritual sense of what she was trying to teach about the dissolution of material organization.  She wrote in Retrospection, p.90,  “One of my students wrote to me:  ‘I believe the proper thing for us to do is to follow, as nearly as we can, in the path you have pursued!’  It is gladdening to find, in such a student, one of the children of light.  It is safe to leave with God the government of man.   He appoints and He anoints His Truth-bearers, and God is their sure defense and refuge.” A “voluntary association of Christians” does not need a material church building and organization, but as time went on Mrs. Eddy realized that this seemed incomprehensible to a majority of her students. In 1889, Mrs. Eddy had made a gift of land to the church for the purpose of building a church edifice.  The gift was made on the condition that the existing church, operating under its state charter issued in 1879, would disorganize, and it did so on December 2, 1889. 
143 
Mrs. Eddy’s spiritual sense was operating which would resolve this seeming paradox.  In the Journal of July 1892, she hinted at the next steps in the church-building saga. If the students wanted a church, then it would be a spiritual teaching symbol.  She made it clear that everything that went into the building of the edifice must be accomplished wholly under divine control.  It would have to be a metaphysical demonstration from beginning to end. In the same article (Hints for History), Mrs. Eddy drew attention to the legal requirements of the land and building, giving them spiritual import.  The land was “near the beautiful Back Bay Park” and was “rising in value.”  She had the “desirable site transferred in a circuitous, novel way” according to spiritual guidance, and “this transaction will in future be regarded as greatly wise, and it will be found that this act was in advance of the erring mind’s apprehension.”... “No one could buy, sell, or mortgage my gift as I had it conveyed.” ... “The foundation on which our church was to be built had to be rescued from the grasp of legal power, and now it must be put back into the arms of Love, if we would not be found fighting against God....Our title to God’s acres will be safe and sound---when we can ‘read our title clear’ to heavenly mansions.  Built on the rock, our church will stand the storms of ages: though the material superstructure should crumble into dust, the fittest would survive,---the spiritual idea would live, a perpetual type of the divine Principle it reflects.” How did Mrs. Eddy rescue her church from legal power and, just as important, organization?  She prayed daily for divine Love to show her a way to hold church property without returning to the old form requiring organization.  The old form was the church of 1879 chartered and incorporated under state law.  Her Boston lawyers could find no way to do it, so she hired two lawyers from New Hampshire to search for an appropriate Massachusetts statute.  In the October 1892 Journal she happily informed the field, “...Guided by Divine Love, they [her lawyers] found in the laws of Massachusetts the statute referred to in the following deed...for incorporating a body of donees [donee:  recipient of a gift], without organizing a church...All loyal Christian Scientists will be pleased to know, that we can have and hold church property without going back to outgrown forms of church organization.  (The deed can be seen in the Manual for the Mother Church, pp.128-135.) The property would not be held by the church, but vested in individuals in the name of the church.  So the new church was unincorporated under state law but was a voluntary association to be named First Church of Christ, Scientist.  The care and continuance of the church was entrusted to four directors.  They were to be firm and consistent believers in the doctrines of Christian Science as taught in Science and Health by Mary Baker G. Eddy. (Man. 130) It is interesting, as a spiritual sidelight, that Webster’s Dictionary gives this meaning for “corporate”:  “to make into a body, from corpus, body.”   “Unincorporated” means “lacking corporate status.”  In the fiftieth edition of the textbook, just published, Mrs. Eddy included verses from Revelation 21 where John, in speaking of the holy city, “saw no temple therein.” In her exegesis, she said, “the word temple also means body.”  (S&H 576:7)   The Glossary definition of temple is:  “Body;  the idea of life, substance, and intelligence; the superstructure of Truth;  the shrine of Love;  a material superstructure, where mortals 
144 
congregate for worship.”  (S&H  595: 7)  Also, Mrs. Eddy, in her recently published autobiography, emphasized “body,” as the corporeal organization, ...needing to be laid off in order to give spiritual freedom and supremacy. (Ret. 45: 11) Misapprehension of body has the effect of hindering further spiritual growth. Surely, it may logically be concluded that the purpose of the re-organized but unincorporated church was to symbolize a resurrected body.  In S&H, p. 593:9, “resurrection” is:  “Spiritualization of thought;  a new and higher idea of immortality, or spiritual existence;  material belief yielding to spiritual understanding.”  If this re-organized church body is meant to initiate, or symbolize, the resurrected body, then it is eventually destined to disappear from mortal sight---to ascend. With all of the maneuverings to keep the church unincorporated, Mrs. Eddy was pointing to a vital lesson on keeping our sense of body on imperishable foundations under the control of divine Principle.  This certainly precluded a material headquarters.  About sixteen months before the land was conveyed by a deed of trust, many of the students wanted to solicit funds to carry out plans for a “National Headquarters” which was to include space for the Publishing Society.  However, the lot of land conveyed in Dec., 1889 was for the purpose of building a church only and could not be combined with any other commercial activity or a “headquarters.”  Mrs. Eddy had written in the March 1892 Journal, “It is not indispensable to organize materially Christ’s church.  It is not absolutely necessary to ordain pastors and to dedicate churches;  but if this be done, let it be in concession to the period, and not as a perpetual or indispensable ceremonial of the church.  If our church is organized, it is to meet the demand, ‘Suffer it to be so now.’  The real Christian compact is love for one another.  This bond is wholly spiritual and inviolate.” (Mis. 91: 4) The Deed of Trust was granted on Sept. 1, 1892.  Under the deed, the grantees were only required to hold the land, build and maintain a church edifice, and maintain public worship in accordance with the doctrines of Christian Science.  The four grantees were to be known as the Christian Science Board of Directors, and the deed constituted the board as a perpetual body...Whenever a vacancy occurred in the said board, the remaining members were to fill the vacancy by election.   No other building was allowed to be erected on the property for any purpose other than the ordinary usage of a church.  God had rewarded Mrs. 
Eddy’s devotion to His cause!  She had now given her church a sound title and form of government. The editors of the Journal, in the Nov. 1892 issue, hailing Mrs. Eddy and her demonstration of a Deed of Trust to an unincorporated church wrote:  “...It now appears clearly that the church to be erected on the lot so generously donated by her [Mrs. Eddy], will represent the church universal.  It is not local to Boston.  It is not local to Massachusetts. 
It is not local in any sense.  It is in the fullest sense the mother church.  It typifies the Christian Science Church.  There will be many church buildings erected all over the world to meet the convenience of local Societies and Congregations, but none of them will take the place of The First Church of Christ, Scientist. The material emblem---the church building--- but shadows forth the great spiritual fact back of it.  There will be no other church building which will, in this distinctive sense, reflect the spiritual fact [of church].  It will stand as the 
145 
monument of Truth which has dawned upon the nineteenth century.”  (emphasis in original) The spiritual fact or definition of “church” from the Glossary:  “The structure of Truth and Love;  whatever rests upon and proceeds from divine Principle.  The church is that institution, which affords proof of its utility and is found elevating the race, rousing the dormant understanding from material beliefs to the apprehension of spiritual ideas and the demonstration of divine Science, thereby casting out devils, or error, and healing the sick.” (p. 583) “The First Church of Christ, Scientist, our prayer in stone, will be the prophecy fulfilled, the  monument up reared, of Christian Science.  It will speak to you of the Mother, and of your hearts’ offering to her through whom was revealed to you God’s all-power, all- presence, and all-science.  This building begun, will go up, and no one can suffer from it, for no one can resist the power that is behind it; and against this church temple ‘the gates of hell’ cannot prevail.” ...”All loyal Christian Scientists hail with joy this proposed type of universal Love;...”   One of the dictionary definitions of  “monument” is:   (derived from a root meaning ‘to remind’ or ‘to think’) “an outstanding and enduring achievement viewed as a model for later generations.”  (American Heritage Dictionary)  This is how Mrs. Eddy viewed her church.  (Mis. 141:1) For this church, contributions from the field generously poured in.  By the end of 1894, without church suppers and other fundraisers, ample funds were collected for the completion of the church. 
The church , “designed to be built on the rock” was literal and symbolic, for the plot of land was the only rocky promontory in the marshy Back Bay area.  The land and buildings were clearly symbols for “God’s acres “and “heavenly mansions”.  Mrs. Eddy, insisting that the entire project be an indisputable demonstration of complete reliance on divine Principle, set a seemingly impossible target date for the completion.  If the students wanted a church, they would need to keep their thought pure enough to see it as a spiritual idea “not made with hands.”  It was to be a lesson on the subject of absolute obedience to Truth however impossible seemed the circumstances. Foundation work was begun in October 1893 and then covered for the winter. 
Building was begun in the spring, and the corner stone was laid on May 21, 1894. It was a “quiet and imposing ceremony.” The corner stone contained the textbook, Science and Health and other works written by Mary Baker Eddy, a copy of her address for the occasion, a poem written by her, and a heartfelt tribute to her students who contributed to the building fund for the church. This paragraph was included in her address:  “The church, more than any other institution, at present is the cement of society, and it should be the bulwark of civil and religious liberty.  But the time cometh when the religious element, or Church of Christ, shall exist alone in the affections, and need no organization to express it. Till then, this form of godliness seems as requisite to manifest its spirit, as individuality to express Soul and substance.”   (Mis. 143:13-146:3) An especially wonderful addition appeared in the new edition.  It was put at the end of “The Apocalypse” chapter. It was introduced by:  “NOTE.---The following Psalm reflects faintly the light that one word throws upon the Scriptures, by substituting for the corporeal 
146 
sense the incorporeal or spiritual sense of Deity:---...” It is the twenty-third Psalm in which the word LOVE, in small capital letters, is substituted for “the Lord.” The first line reads: “Divine Love is my shepherd;  I shall not want.”  The resources of the full nature of God [the Lord]as Father-Mother are represented as inexhaustible and ever-present.  Because substance is really ideas instead of matter, man lives in a universe of infinite  ideas. This beautiful, much-loved Psalm is the very last thing in the last regular chapter of the textbook. Thus, it signifies that comprehending God as Love is the very essence of Science and Health.  The  “little book” promised by Christ Jesus, prophesied in Revelation, when studied and pondered from beginning to end, epitomizes our spiritual education. “Humanity has been weighed in God’s balances and is not found wanting.  These balances are the allness of Spirit, on the one hand, and the nothingness of matter, on the other. 
Subject and object being one in identity neither is in want of the other.  Manhood and womanhood are one and indivisible.  Manhood does not lack womanhood and womanhood does not lack manhood.  In the symbol of music, the sevenfold  scale no longer yearns for its eighth note. The Bible is one with Science and Health, and neither is in need of the other. 
Together, the Bible and Science and Health, stand for the Pastor, or Shepherd, of the universal church of Christ, which is generic man.  (Mis. 322:10)   (From Genesis to Revelation, W. Gordon Brown, pp. 354-355) In November, nearly six months after the corner stone was laid, Mrs. Eddy sent a communication to the directors that they were to complete the edifice in time to hold services there  “this year.”  That meant they had seven weeks until the day Mrs. Eddy had designated for the opening service, December 30, 1894!  The difficulties to be overcome were formidable.  The roof was not on, no windows were in, the building was full of snow and ice, and the contractors refused to fall in with what they deemed to be impossible requirements. At this time, Mr. And Mrs. Bates who had attended three of Mrs. Eddy’s classes, were visiting Boston for a meeting of the Publishing Society trustees.  They stopped by the church building site and were perturbed by the state of incompleteness.  Mr. Bates was a professional building contractor, and he immediately offered his full-time services.  Mrs. 
Bates also offered to do what she could.  They began work on November 12th.  When Mrs. 
Eddy learned of their offer she invited them to visit her.  She told them that she had prayed to God to send a man who could finish the church.  She told him God had sent him, it was a demonstration, “and the church is finished.”  Mr. And Mrs. Bates never doubted, nor did they accept the human mind’s intransigence.  If Mrs. Eddy sent an instruction to them, they knew it could be accomplished.  Mr. Bates writes in his reminiscences, “We knew that day by day, as the work progressed, that Mrs. Eddy was demonstrating at her home in Concord and our whole duty was to obey.  When we did, the work progressed rapidly, so rapidly that it seemed as though when we commenced a piece of work it was done." One example of this was the plastering:  On Dec. 8th, Mrs. Eddy sent a message to Mrs. Bates, which said:  “Finish the tower and plaster the Church.”  Naturally Mrs. Bates wondered why the message had come to her, but she responded by being obedient.  She climbed a ladder to the top of the unfinished tower (in her 1894 ankle length skirt), and 
147 
settled a dispute.  Later that night she convinced her husband that if Mrs. Eddy said the plastering should be started, then it could be.  When he told the contractor the next morning, he was told the church would be ready for plastering  “ten or twelve weeks from today.” Finally, after two hours, the contractor reluctantly began.  Just at that point a great storm broke overhead and the electricity went out. By 5 p.m. power was restored, and by midnight the first coat of plastering was finished.  A  second was then applied and by 5 a.m. This too was completed---two coats in 12 hours!  The contractor himself was astonished.  “The plastering contractor came to me and said:  ‘Mr. Bates, nothing like this was ever done before to my knowledge...It is wonderful that this church was plastered, two coats in twelve hours.’  As I recall it, nearly all the journeymen came to me and expressed themselves delighted in having taken part in the work;  they said when they went on the scaffold they had no idea that they would get on a single coat through the night---never thinking of the second coat which was put on.  They saw it done, but could not understand how it was done.  They applied twenty-four tons of plaster, containing several tons of water, in twelve hours, which to them was incredible. 
They had expected it to take several days to finish the job. 
Mr. Bates had gone up on the scaffolding to watch the men work.  He said the plaster went on like grease, and stayed where it was put, none of it falling to the floor. To have completed such a monumental job, interrupted by a severe storm and several hours' loss of electricity seemed nothing short of inexplicable. 
Mr. Bates did have one faithful ally in the building of the church, the contractor for finishing the interior of the church, Mr. Whitcomb.  He was not a Christian Scientist, but when he told Mr. Bates of a serious physical condition, Mr. Bates recommended he study  Science and Health, the Christian Scientists’ medicine.  He told him, “Take it every night and accept it whether the statements antagonize  you or not, and you will be healed.”  A few weeks later he told Mr. Bates that he had done as recommended and was a well man.  Not only was he healed, but he and his family became members of  the church.  Several of the workmen and contractors were healed of ailments during their work, and the only accident was when a painter sprained his ankle when he stepped into a hole in the floor. He was sent home in a cab, but ran for the bus early the next morning to get to work, completely healed. The speed with which the construction was finished was a revelation to all involved of the difference between operating in obedience to God-given instructions and working under man-made  laws.  In Unity of Good, p.11, Mrs. Eddy writes:  “Jesus required neither cycles of time nor thought to mature fitness for perfection and its possibilities.  He said that the kingdom of heaven is here, and is included in Mind;  that while ye say, There are yet four months, and then cometh the harvest, I say, Look up, not down, for your fields are already white for the harvest;  and gather the harvest by mental, not material processes.” Also, “We own no past, no future, we possess only now...Faith in divine Love supplies the ever-present help and now, and gives the power to 'act in the living present.’ "  (First Church: 12)  Mrs. Eddy felt impelled to demonstrate the Comforter’s message that had come to her that she taught to others, and she had to pull those who were ready up to her high 
148 
standpoint, to look out from God, the divine Principle, upon the universe.  Such a holistic view sees everything as existing in a state of completeness, whole and harmonious now. After the night of the plastering, there were just three weeks left until Dec. 30, the Sunday designated for the first service.  The contractors said there were still six months of work left!  Messages from Mrs. Eddy arrived almost daily.  Mr. Bates later wrote:  “...what seemed to be impossible was proven to be very possible under her demonstration.”  Her instructions were at last being followed quickly. Work went on night and day.  One of the last major things to be done was at Mrs. Eddy’s special request:  “Permit me to make this request relative to the Mother’s Room, and if you think best, grant it.  On the marble floor at the entrance engrave the word, Mother;  and on the arch above the word, Love.” (The Founding of Christian Science, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, 1888-1900 by Doris  Grekel) On Dec. 29, there was still one stained glass window to be installed;  the installer flatly refused to work overtime and left.  The window happened to be “The Woman God- Crowned.”  Metaphysically this was not right.  So Mr. Bates’ own foreman worked until midnight installing it. That last day before the service was to be held was an amazing day.  There seemed an enormous amount of work to be done, but Mrs. Eddy was working in Concord, and everyone felt the support.  At 4:00 that afternoon, the keystone of the arch over the entrance to the lower vestibule was laid;  that completed the exterior of the building.  At 5:00 there still remained what was believed to be about 150 days’ work to be done.  The church was full of workers from all the different trades, masons, carpenters, brick layers, electricians, etc., as well as many willing Scientists, men and women, who had come to help with the cleaning to get the church ready for its first service the next morning.  The work went  quietly and rapidly. Then the clock struck 12:00 midnight.  Mr. Bates wrote, “In looking about the auditorium floor and gallery I noticed a great procession of men and women walking towards the vestibule.  I was surprised.  Every person in that room finished his work at the same moment...for the work was done and the room was ready for occupancy. “Mrs. Eddy’s demonstration was complete to the minute...years afterward it came to me;  the  picture of that procession walking by unanimous consent to put away their tools and implements which they had used to finish the room.  Nothing was said:  no one said, ‘Time is up;’  voluntarily they took their course and laid their tools away.  I shall never forget the panorama which presented itself before me.  I shall never forget the lesson of precision it taught me.  It was worth all the weeks I spent in Boston.”   (Reminiscences of Mary Baker Eddy, by Edward P. Bates) Consistent with Mrs. Eddy’s plan that this church be a living symbol rather than the headquarters of a material organization, only one room was provided for administrative purposes. The first services were held on Sunday, Dec. 30.  Mrs. Eddy had not originally wanted churches to promulgate Christian Science but institutes for the study of Christian Science.  She began to turn her church from preaching to a program of schooling that would not depart from the pure revelatory Word which she was still founding in human 
149 
consciousness.  She sent a message to the directors on Dec. 18, 1894:  “Have the first service in God’s Temple Dec. 30, ’94 to consist of a Sunday School, no sermon.  God has spoken plainly to me that the Bible and Science and Health are to be the only preachers in this House of His.” The following Sunday, January 6, 1895, the church was dedicated, and five identical services were required to accommodate the 6,000 Christian Scientists who attended.  After years of struggle against vituperation from the press and the clergy, the “Clippings from Newspapers” given in Mrs. Eddy’s book, Pulpit and Press, now showed awe and admiration for this healing movement.  Elaborate references were also made to the details of the building.  The speed of the construction was not lost on these observers; it was a convincing demonstration that the methods of the human mind had yielded to the divine.  (Pulpit, 23-87) A Christian Science church is dedicated when all debts have been cleared.  Not only was the work completed on time, but money for all bills yet to be paid was in hand, and on January 6, 1895, the dedication service was held.  The church had cost over two hundred thousand dollars.  The following extract is from the Boston Herald, January 7, 1895: “...The structure came forth from the hands of the artisans with every stone paid for- --with an appeal, not for more money, but for a cessation of the tide of contributions which continued to flow in after the full amount needed was received.  From every state in the Union, and from many lands, the love-offerings of the disciples of Christian Science came to help erect this beautiful structure, and more than four thousand of these contributors came to Boston, from the far-off Pacific coast and the Gulf States and all the territory that lies between, to view the new-built temple and to listen to the Message sent them by the teacher they revere. “From all New England the members of the denomination gathered;  New York sent its  hundreds, and even from the distant states came parties of forty and fifty.  The large auditorium, with its capacity for holding from fourteen hundred to fifteen hundred persons, was hopelessly incapable of receiving this vast throng, to say nothing of nearly a thousand local believers.  Hence the service was repeated until all who wished had heard and seen... “At 10:30 a.m. The scene was rendered particularly interesting by the presence of several hundred children in the central pews.  These were the little contributors to the building fund, whose money was devoted to the “Mother’s Room,” a superb apartment intended for the sole use of Mrs. Eddy.  These children are known in the church as the “Busy Bees,” and each of them wore a white satin badge with a golden beehive stamped upon it, and beneath the beehive the words, “Mother’s Room,” in gilt letters... “The sermon prepared for the occasion by Mrs. Eddy, which was looked forward to as the chief feature of the dedication, was then read by Mrs. Bemis.  Mrs. Eddy remained at her home in Concord, N.H., during the day, because, as heretofore stated in the Herald, it is her custom to discourage among her followers that sort of personal worship which religious leaders so often receive.” A reporter from the Daily Inter-Ocean, Chicago, December 31, 1894, wrote these comments in his report:  “...almost the entire congregation was composed of persons who had either been themselves, or had seen members of their own families, healed by Christian 
150 
Science treatment;  and I was further told that once when a Boston clergyman remonstrated with Judge Hanna for enticing a separate congregation rather than offering their strength to unite with churches already established---I  was told he replied that the Christian Science Church did not recruit from other churches, but from the graveyards!  The church numbers now four thousand members...includes those all over the country.  The ceremonial of uniting is to sign a brief “confession of faith,” written by Mrs. Eddy, and to unite in communion, which is not celebrated by outward symbols of bread and wine, but by uniting in silent prayer. “The ‘confession of faith’ includes the declaration that the Scriptures are the guide to eternal Life;  that there is a Supreme Being, and His Son, and the Holy Ghost, and that man is made in His image.  It affirms the atonement;  it recognizes Jesus as the teacher and guide to salvation;  the forgiveness of sin by God, and affirms the power of Truth over error, and the need of living faith at the moment to realize the possibilities of divine Life.  The entire membership throughout the world now exceeds two hundred thousand people.” (Pulpit, 29-30) A most thorough and insightful article which included the teachings of Christian Science connecting them with Christ Jesus' teachings was written by a reporter from the Jackson Patriot, Jackson, Michigan, January 20, 1895: “ The erection of a massive temple in Boston by Christian Scientists, at a cost of over two hundred thousand dollars, love-offerings of the disciples of Mary Baker Eddy, reviver of the ancient faith and author of the textbook from which, with the New Testament at the foundation, believers receive light, health, and strength, is evidence of the rapid growth of the new movement.  We call it new.  It is not.  The name Christian Science alone is new.  At the beginning of Christianity it was taught and  practiced by Jesus and his disciples.  The Master was the great healer.  But the wave of materialism and bigotry that swept over the world for fifteen centuries, covering it with the blackness of the Dark Ages, nearly obliterated all vital belief in his teachings.  The Bible was a sealed book.  Recently a revived belief in what he taught is manifest, and Christian Science is one result.  No new doctrine is proclaimed, but there is fresh development of a Principle that was put into practice by the Founder of Christianity nineteen hundred years ago, though practiced in other countries at an earlier date... “The condition which Jesus of Nazareth, on various occasions during the three years of his ministry on earth, declared to be essential, in the mind of both the healer and patient, is contained in the one word---faith.  Can drugs suddenly cure leprosy?   When the ten lepers were cleansed and one returned to give thanks in Oriental phrase, Jesus said to him:  “Arise, go thy way:  thy faith hath made thee whole.”  That was Christian Science... “That Jesus operated in perfect harmony with natural law, not in defiance, suppression, or violation of it, we cannot doubt.  The perfectly natural is the perfectly spiritual.  Jesus enunciated and exemplified the Principle;... 
“In a previous article we have referred to cyclic changes that came during the last quarter of preceding centuries.  Of our remarkable nineteenth century not the least eventful circumstance is the advent of Christian Science.  That it should be the work of a woman is 
151 
the natural outcome of a period notable for her emancipation from many of the thralldoms, prejudices, and oppressions of the past.  We do not, therefore, regard it as a mere coincidence that the first edition of Mrs. Eddy’s Science and  Health should have been published in 1875.  Since then she has revised it many times, and the ninety-first edition is announced...It is based upon what is held to be scientific certainty, namely,---that all causation is of Mind, every effect has its origin in desire and thought... “The present Boston congregation was organized April 12, 1879, and now has over four thousand members.  It is regarded as the parent organization, all others being branches, though each is entirely independent in the management of its own affairs.  Truth is the sole recognized authority...One or more organized societies have sprung up in New York, Chicago, Buffalo, Cleveland, Cincinnati, Philadelphia, Detroit, Toledo, Milwaukee, Madison, Scranton, Peoria, Atlanta, Toronto, and nearly every other center of population, besides a large and growing number of receivers of the faith among the members of all the churches and non-church-going people... [It is] one of the most remarkable, helpful, and powerful movements of the last quarter of the century.  Christian Science has brought hope and comfort to many weary souls.  It makes people better and happier.  Welding Christianity and Science, hitherto divorced because dogma and truth could not unite, was a happy inspiration.” Sixty-eight newspapers from across the nation wrote articles about the dedication of the Christian Science Church constructed in Boston as a testimonial to the Discoverer and Founder of Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy.  Here are a few more short extracts from the various news articles you may find interesting: The Globe, Toronto, Canada, January 12, 1895:  “The temple is believed to be the most nearly fire-proof church structure on the continent, the only combustible material used in its construction being that used in the doors and pews.”   (Pulpit, p. 75) People and Patriot, Concord, N.H., February 27, 1895:  “Members of The First Church of Christ,  Scientist, at Boston, have forwarded to Mrs. Mary Baker Eddy of this city, the Founder of Christian Science, a testimonial which is probably one of the most magnificent examples of the goldsmith’s art ever wrought in this country.  It is in the form of a gold scroll, twenty-six inches long, nine inches wide, and an eighth of an inch thick.  It bears upon its face the following inscription, cut in script letters:--- “Dear Mother:---During the year 1894 a church edifice was erected at the intersection of Falmouth and Norway Streets, in the city of Boston, by the loving hands of four thousand members.  This edifice is built as a testimonial to Truth, as revealed by divine Love through you to this age.  You are hereby most lovingly invited to visit and formally accept this testimonial on the 20th day of February, 1895, at high noon.  “The First Church of Christ, Scientist, at Boston, Mass.  “By Edward P. Bates, “Caroline S. Bates “To the Rev. 
Mary Baker Eddy, “Boston, January 6, 1895” “Attached by a white ribbon to the scroll is a gold key to the church door.  The testimonial is encased in a white satin-lined box of rich green velvet.  The scroll is on exhibition in the window of J.C. Derby’s jewelry store.”   (Pulpit, pp.75-76) 
152 
New York Herald, February 6, 1895:  Mrs. Eddy had been asked if she was the second Christ.  Mrs. Eddy answered by a written letter to the editor of the Herald:  “A dispatch is given me, calling for an interview to answer for myself, ‘Am I the second Christ?’  Even the question shocks me...I claim nothing more than what I am, the Discoverer and Founder of Christian Science, and the blessing it has been to mankind which eternity unfolds...My books and teachings maintain but one conclusion and statement of the Christ and the deification of mortals.  Christ is individual, and one with God, in the sense of Divine Love and its compound divine ideal.  There was, is, and never can be but one God, one Christ, one Jesus of Nazareth.  Whoever in any age expresses most of the spirit of Truth and Love, the Principle of God’s idea, has most of the spirit of Christ, of that Mind which was in Christ Jesus.  If Christian Scientists find in my writings, teachings, and example a greater degree of this spirit than others, they can justly declare it.  But to think or speak of me in any manner as a Christ, is sacrilegious.  Such a statement would not only be false, but the absolute antipode of Christian Science, and would savor more of heathenism than of my doctrines.   Mary Baker Eddy “    (Pulpit, 74-75) Montreal Daily Herald, Saturday, February 2, 1895:   “Christian Science, or the Principle of divine healing, is one of those movements which seek to give expression to a higher spirituality.  Founded twenty-five years ago, it was still practically unknown a decade since, but today it numbers over a quarter of a million of believers, the majority of whom are in the United States, and is rapidly growing.  In Canada, also, there is a large number of members.  Toronto and Montreal have strong churches, comparatively, while in many towns and villages single believers or little knots of them are to be found.  The Massachusetts Metaphysical College was founded by Mrs. Eddy in 1881, and here she taught the principles of the faith for nine years.  Students came to it from all parts of the world, and many are now pastors or in practice.”      (Pulpit, pp. 67-68) Finally, it seems fitting to close this section of the chapter concerning the building of the First Church of Christ, Scientist in Boston with extracts from Mrs. Eddy’s sermon which was read at its dedication.  She chose this text for the occasion:  “They shall be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of Thy house;  and Thou shalt make them drink of the river of Thy pleasures.  (Psalm 36: 8) She referred to the fact that she was not with them in person, but in spirit and remarked on the beauty of the edifice.  She then turned the focus to the spiritual reason and purpose for the church:  “...Both without and within, the spirit of beauty dominates The Mother Church, from its mosaic flooring to the soft shimmer of its starlit dome. “Nevertheless, there is a thought higher and deeper than the edifice.  Material light and shade  are temporal, not eternal...think for a moment with me of the house wherewith ‘they shall be abundantly satisfied,’ even the house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens.’ ...The real house in which ‘we live and move and have our being’ is Spirit, God, the eternal harmony of infinite Soul.  The enemy we confront would overthrow this sublime fortress, and it behooves us to defend our heritage. “How can we do this Christianly scientific work?  By entrenching ourselves in the knowledge that our true temple is no human fabrication, but the superstructure of Truth, 
153 
reared on the foundation of Love and pinnacled in Life...Referring to this temple, our Master said:  ‘Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.’  He also said:  ‘The kingdom of God is within you.’  Know, then, that you possess  sovereign power to think and act rightly, and that nothing can dispossess you of this heritage and trespass on Love.  If you maintain this position, who or what can cause you to sin or suffer?  Our surety is in our confidence that we are indeed dwellers in Truth and Love, man’s eternal mansion...No longer are we of the church militant, but of the church triumphant;  and with Job of old we exclaim, ‘Yet in my flesh shall I see God.’... “Perchance some one of you may say, ‘The evidence of spiritual verity in me is so small that I am afraid.  I feel so far from victory over the flesh that to reach out for a present realization of my hope savors of temerity.  Because of my own unfitness for such a spiritual animus my strength is naught and my faith fails.’  O thou ‘weak and infirm of purpose.’ Jesus said, ‘Be not afraid!’... “...Each of Christ’s little ones reflects the infinite One, and therefore is the seer’s declaration true, that one on God’s side is a majority.’...”  (Pulpit, pp.1-11)   Mrs. Eddy dedicated this book to “The Dear Two Thousand and Six Hundred Children Whose Contributions of $4,460 [which increased to $5,568 which reached the Treasurer after the Dedicatory Services] Were Devoted to the Mother’s Room in the First Church of Christ, Scientist, Boston, This Unique Book is Tenderly Dedicated by Mary Baker Eddy) On April 1st, Mrs. Eddy made a private visit to the church, met the directors and others, then spent the night in the Mother’s room.  Two months later she returned and again stayed the night in the Mother’s room.  The next morning she gave a short extemporaneous address at the church service.  Her last visit to the church was to deliver a Communion address on the first anniversary of the dedication.  It was her last visit to the church, and she never visited the Extension when it was later built. `In April of 1895, Mrs. Eddy published Pulpit and Press which contained a selection of 24 articles from various newspapers throughout the country and Canada. In September of 1895, Mrs. Eddy published a Church Manual for the Mother Church.  During the first organization the state required the church members to meet and submit requirements to the State authorities before a charter was granted.  However, the new church had been re-organized on a  completely different basis.   In January 1896, Mrs. Eddy gave the Communion address, “...From the beginning of this re-organized church, although they were under her [Mrs. Eddy’s] jurisdiction, the responsibility for the administration was with the First Members. Her office was that of Pastor Emeritus.  Although jurisdiction means ‘the right to govern or determine,’  it is also a sphere of authority having ‘prescribed limits in which one exercises power.’  (Webster).  There is no personal pastor and each individual member has to learn how to operate under God’s government.  The life of the church is therefore an exercise in theocracy [Government of a state by the immediate direction of God.--Webster) Without ‘proper self-government theocracy is stalled;  it becomes government by a hierarchy in the name of God, and members tend to look up to those in authority as able to interpret God’s will.  The term ‘stalled theocracy’ has particular significance because it 
154 
comes so soon after the first issue of the Church Manual with its important final By-Law.” The final By-Law dealt with the Committee on Finance and the guardianship of church funds.  It states:  “This By-Law is designed, not so much for this hour, as for future years, and for the disobedient;  even as the Ten Commandments stand for all time, and require all men to act righteously.”   The reference to future years was an indication that the Manual was an important document and, apart from Science and Health, would have more revision than any other book. In the fall of 1896, Mrs. Eddy called Mr. Bates and told him to enlarge the Christian Science Publishing House by purchasing an adjoining building and attaching it to the existing one.  She asked him to purchase a linotype and be prepared to publish a new book which she was working on.  (Bates, p.69)   He began the work immediately, and by early February the first edition of her book was done.  Mrs. Eddy named it Miscellaneous Writings as it contained a large collection of her writings published  between 1883 and 1896.  Its last chapter consisted of sixty pages of testimonials from those who had  been healed simply by reading the textbook, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  It predated the last chapter in the textbook called “Fruitage” by five years. Immediately after issuing her new book, Mrs. Eddy placed a notice in the March 1897 Journal:     “The Christian Scientists in the United States and Canada are hereby enjoined not to teach a student Christian Science for one year, commencing on March 14, 1897. ‘Miscellaneous Writings’ is calculated to  prepare the minds of all true thinkers to understand the Christian Science textbook more correctly than a student can.”  This pause in personal teaching for a year was to lead each student to proper self-government, away from the personal element in teaching.  It was pushing them to become independent of organic structures and in their place experience the “spiritual freedom and supremacy referred to after the first church organization was dissolved. (Ret. 45: 13) By 1898, the revelation of the Christ as the Comforter had been flowing out to the world for 32 years.  It had grown from a handful of students to many thousands around the world.  Mrs. Eddy was a household name, newspapers far and wide reported on church events and anything deemed newsworthy about Mrs. Eddy herself.  There were Christian Science churches in every state and many in Canada.  A Christian Science Publishing Society printed  monthly and weekly publications for the field and the public. Here is a capsule of the major events related to Christian Science of that year: 1)  Jan. 21---Mrs. Eddy  had all of the property and goods of the Christian Science Publishing Society sold and conveyed to her.  Later that month she arranged for two deeds to be executed which would convey the Publishing Society properties to “The First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, Mass., a corporation duly established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Mass.”  Mrs. Eddy had herself published Science and Health from 1883- 1891, the sixth through the fiftieth editions, and all her other writings.  After this they were published by a named individual and never became the responsibility of the Publishing Society. 2)  Jan. 25---A second deed was signed to establish the Publishing Society as a legal entity.  This was an agreement between Mrs. Eddy and three trustees.  It legally established 
155 
the Society with perpetual trusts and as an unincorporated body.  The Church is also similarly established. 3)  Feb.---Mrs. Eddy established a “Board of Lectureship.”  The lecture candidates were subject to the approval of Mrs. Eddy and elected annually by the Board of Directors. 
The first appointees were five men, joined shortly by two women, an innovation not at first appreciated by the public. 4)   April---A “Board of Education” was instituted by Mrs. Eddy.  Twenty-one teachers were to be sent out annually.  The teacher candidates had to be nominated by the Board of Directors and approved by the Pastor Emeritus.  They had to pass a thorough examination at the Metaphysical College after attending a class not more than seven days. 
Certificates were issued and signed by Mrs. Eddy  and conferred the degree of C.S.B.  “It is evident that this event marks a turning point in Christian Science teaching...It seems to be a stride toward a more impersonal teaching.  That the new order will confer infinite blessings all will recognize...”   (Journal, Feb. 1899)  The leading article in this same issue of the Journal was reprinted from a January issue of The Mail and Express (New York), indicating that this question of teaching Christian Science was already an item of news for a wider public.  The headline was, “MRS. EDDY’S WORK.” 5)  September 1898---The first issue of a new weekly publication appeared, The Christian Science Weekly.  In Jan. 1899 its name was changed to Christian Science Sentinel. 
The Bible verse which appeared on its mast-head was, “WHAT  I SAY UNTO YOU I SAY UNTO ALL, WATCH.” ---Jesus.  It is from Mark’s Gospel and concludes a talk about the future, which Jesus had with Peter, James, and John.  Scofield’s Reference Bible heads these chosen verses, “Watchfulness in view of the return of the Lord.”   If the Sentinel is telling all to “watch,” then its primary role is to alert the whole field that Christian Science is “the return of the Lord,” which affects the whole world.  Watchfulness in the minutiae of everyday affairs is the basis of spiritual activity and is a reminder to “Stand porter at the door of thought.”   (S&H  392: 24) The year 1899 held several noteworthy events: 1)  In April the tenth edition of the Manual was published.   It is the first “Authority” manual. Among the many amendments in the By-Laws is one in the first Article: “President.  Sect. 2.  The President shall be elected, subject to the approval of the Pastor Emeritus, by the Board of Directors,...”  (10th ed., p. 21---words italicized were added in this edition)  In this tenth edition there is a new By-Law:  “Directors.  Sect. 4.  The Christian Science Board of Directors of this Church, shall not fill a vacancy occurring on that Board, except the candidate is approved by the Pastor Emeritus and the remaining members of the Board. “This By-Law can neither be amended nor annulled, except by consent of Mrs. 
Eddy, the Pastor Emeritus.”  (p. 22)  This By-Law supersedes the deed.  It is the first time the wording in the last paragraph above has appeared in the Manual.  The reason it is called “the Authority”  is that Mrs. Eddy has increased the number of clauses that require her consent.  Even though the church has a deed that has constituted it as a legal body, attention is drawn to the fact that at this stage it operates under her jurisdiction or authority. 
156 
2)  In the June 4th Communion message, which was read to the congregants for Mrs. 
Eddy did not attend, Mrs. Eddy makes these vital statements:  “...One thing is eternally here; it reigns supreme today, tomorrow, forever.  We need it in our homes, at our firesides, on our altars, for with it we win the race of the centuries.  We have it only as we live it.  This is that needful thing---divine Science, whereby thought is spiritualized, reaching upward and outward to Science in Christianity, Science in medicine, in physics, and in metaphysics... “Lean not too much on your Leader.  Trust God to direct your steps.  Accept my counsel and teachings only as they include the spirit and the letter of the Ten Commandments, the Beatitudes, and the teachings and example of Christ Jesus.  Refrain from public controversy, correct the false with the true---then leave the latter to propagate.  Watch and guard your own thoughts against evil suggestions and against malicious mental malpractice, wholly disloyal to the teachings of Christian Science.  This hidden method of committing crime, socially, physically, and morally, will ere long be unearthed and punished as it deserves...” 3)  Two days after the Communion meeting was the Annual meeting, the first to take place since 1896.   (There had been four Communion services in order to accommodate the thousands who came to take part.  Because of the great number of members expected to stay over to attend the annual meeting, it was to be held in Tremont Temple which could accommodate over three thousand at one time.)  Mrs. Eddy gave her address to the crowd and then left to return to Concord.  Because there were beginning to be reports by the press that Mrs. Eddy was not well, the Journal account of the meeting commented that, “The appearance of Mrs. Eddy at the Annual Meeting and her return journey to New Hampshire in one day, indicate that she was not paralyzed.”  It was both wise and essential to provide inescapable evidence that she was alive and well.  This was the first and only time she attended an annual meeting of the re-organized church.  It is also the last time she appeared at a public event in Boston. A year later, in June 1900, the beginning of a new century, Mrs. Eddy’s Communion message to her students reads:  “...Christian Science already has a hearing and following in the five grand divisions of the globe...over a million people are already interested in Christian Science, and this interest increases.”  She then covers two themes--- working, which includes watching and praying, and obedience.  The essential requirement in the work is to walk closely with Christ in order to conquer self-will.  The great Cause for which she has worked for so long has matured and become prosperous.  It is just at this time, when her students are tempted to rest on their laurels or to forge ahead through material means, that Mrs. Eddy must prod them to stay awake.  She had extraordinary prescience and seemed to know that trying times were coming for her church and her Cause. Speaking of obedience in the same Communion message, she says, “Learn to obey; but learn first what obedience is.  When God speaks to you through one of His little ones [meaning herself since that was often how she described herself], and you obey the mandate but retain a desire to follow your own inclinations, that is not obedience...The secret of Christian Science in right thinking and acting is open to mankind, but few, comparatively, see it;  or, seeing it, shut their eyes and wait for a more convenient season;...” 
157 
In the fiftieth edition of the textbook which opened the fifth period of her founding she wrote, “Love fulfills the law of Christian Science, and nothing short of this divine Principle, understood and demonstrated, can ever...uncover the myriad illusions of sin, sickness, and death.  Under the supremacy of Spirit, it will be seen and acknowledged that matter must disappear.”  (S&H 572: 12, emphasis mine)  Mrs. Eddy was conscious of operating under the supremacy of Spirit at all times and this forewarning is again protecting her and Christian Science. She has already begun enabling her students to demonstrate obedience to Principle through her Church Manual.  She speaks of her Church Manual, “Heaps upon heaps of praise confront me, and for what?  That which I said in my heart would never be needed,--- namely, laws of limitation for a Christian Scientist.  Thy ways are not ours.  Thou knowest best what we need most,---hence my disappointed hope and grateful joy...Notwithstanding the sacrilegious moth of time, eternity awaits our Church Manual, which will stand when those have passed to rest...Of this I am sure, that each Rule and By-law in this Manual will increase the spirituality of him who obeys it, invigorate his capacity to heal the sick, to comfort such as mourn, and to awaken the sinner.”   (Mis., pp.229-230) On p. 148 in the same book, speaking of the Manual, she also says, “They were not arbitrary opinions nor dictatorial demands, such as one person might impose on another. 
They were impelled by a power not one’s own, were written at different dates, and as the occasion required.  They sprang from necessity, the logic of events,---from the immediate demand for them as a help that must be supplied to maintain the dignity and defense of our Cause;   hence their simple, scientific basis, and detail so requisite to demonstrate genuine Christian Science, and which will do for the race what absolute doctrines destined for future generations might not accomplish.”  We will see in the next few years what Mrs. Eddy saw that would require unquestioning obedience to her By-laws.  She knew what her divine mission was as no one else on earth could, and she would need her students’ absolute loyalty to help her accomplish it. In May 1901, in answer to questions in the press about the leadership and future of the church, Mrs. Eddy issued a statement to the Associated Press:  “Science and Health makes it plain to all Christian Scientists that the manhood and womanhood of God have already been revealed in a degree through Christ Jesus and Christian Science, His two witnesses.  What remains to lead on the centuries and reveal my successor, is man made in the image and likeness of the Father-Mother God, man the generic term for mankind.”  (My., 346: 19)  Christian Science, the one and only real Science of the universe, could never be led by a person, any more than the science of mathematics could be led by a person.  It is the revelation of God and man being One and this Truth being generally demonstrated by mankind  that will lead on the centuries.  In an earlier interview she had said, “It [the government of the church] will evolve scientifically...Its government will develop as it progresses... In time its present rules of service and present rulership will advance nearer perfection.” The Communion message for 1901 which Mrs. Eddy sent to her church was long and powerful.  Here are a few quotes:  “...to define Love in Christian Science we use this 
158 
phrase for God---divine Principle.  By this we mean Mind, a permanent, fundamental, intelligent, divine Being, called in Scripture, Spirit, Love...God and man in divine Science...are coexistent and eternal, and the nature of God must be seen in man, who is His eternal image and likeness.”  (emphasis is mine) Speaking of the newly appointed pastor for the church services, the Bible and Science and Health, she says, “...that does not make it impossible for this pastor of ours to preach!...The Word of God is a powerful preacher, and it is not too spiritual to be practical, nor too transcendental to be heard and understood.” In a section on “Mental Malpractice,” Mrs. Eddy warned, “The whole world needs to know that the milder forms of animal magnetism and hypnotism are yielding to its aggressive features.”  She is already picking up on elements in world thought that portend a very dark beginning to the twentieth century, not only harbingers of war on a world-wide scale, but within her own church. In another section of her message, she cites a critic who “exhibits a startling ignorance of Christian Science.  She then states, “I begin at the feet of Christ [Truth] and with the numeration table of Christian Science...I adhere to my text...all the way up to the infinite calculus of the infinite God.  The numeration table of Christian Science, its divine Principle and rules, are before the people, and the different religious sects and the differing schools of medicine are discussing them as if they understood its Principle and rules before they have learned its numeration table, and insist that the public receive their sense of the Science, or that it receive no sense whatever of it.” The term “numeration table” as used by Mrs. Eddy means the very basics of Christian Science, for instance, the seven synonyms for God.  The “infinite calculus” means how Principle operates in practice. (Webster’s defines “calculus” as “reasoning through the use of symbols.”)   The divine infinite calculus is the scientific reality of man.  It includes God’s seven-fold nature infinitely reflected in multifarious forms of beauty, goodness, and wisdom.  Mrs. Eddy explains: “Unfathomable Mind is expressed.  The depth, breadth, height, might, majesty, and glory of Infinite Love fill all space. That is enough!  Human language can repeat only an infinitesimal part of what exists.  The absolute ideal, man, is no more seen nor comprehended by mortals, than is his infinite Principle, Love.  Principle and its idea, man, are coexistent and eternal.  The numerals of infinity, called seven days, can never be reckoned according to the calendars of time.  These days will appear as mortality disappears, and they will reveal eternity, newness of Life, in which all sense of error forever disappears and thought accepts the divine infinite calculus.”   (S&H 520: 3-15)  Man and the universe combine as one, a fact of Being, expressing, manifesting, the allness and wholeness of Being.  (Christian Scientists have occasionally been dismissed as numerologists, yet numbers are constant symbols in the Scriptures for they are impersonal, transcend time and are universally accepted and understood.) The next day after the Communion services, Mrs. Eddy invited the Scientists who had attended to come to Pleasant View, if they would like, to see her beautiful country home in Concord.  About seventeen hundred people began making arrangements for overnight 
159 
stays in the area.  Soon every hotel was full and many Concordians kindly opened their homes to the overflow of grateful guests. Pleasant View was opened all day for close to three thousand Christian Scientists plus reporters from several newspapers.  Of course everyone was hoping for an appearance by Mrs. Eddy, and she didn’t disappoint them.  The Boston Globe reported:  “Mary Baker G. 
Eddy walked out upon the balcony, far above the heads of her people, at just 1:55.  Her step was firm. Her manner was impressive.  Her movement was graceful...She smiled graciously and spoke very briefly...”   Once again, because of what was considered an advanced age at that time (78), Mrs. Eddy needed to show publicly that she was in good health and firmly in control of her church. Mrs. Eddy and her growing church were frequently in the press at this time. 
Christian Science was burgeoning overseas, and many had come for the Annual Meeting, Communion Sunday and to attend the Normal Class of the Board of Education of the Massachusetts Metaphysical College.  These visitors included the Earl and Countess of Dunmore and two of their daughters from London, England, Mrs. Sara Pike Conger, wife of the American minister to China, Mlle. Demarez from Paris, France, as well as others from Ireland, Italy, Scotland, and Canada. There are two more very different stories that I will include in the happenings of 1901, the first one showing Mrs. Eddy’s formidable spiritually mental energies and work ethic, the second her ongoing charitable contributions seldom mentioned but very well- known during her day connected with an event  at the Concord State Fair which concluded with a wonderful healing for one of its performers. In the summer of 1901, Mrs. Eddy’s printer, William Dana Orcutt, met with her to discuss a project she had for him.  She was working on a major revision of Science and Health which would require a major resetting of the entire book with a new problem in typography to solve because she planned to number the lines.  When the new plates were completed, work was to begin on a comprehensive concordance to go with the new edition. 
It would replace the index in the current edition.   Mr. Orcutt was amazed at the magnitude of her project.  In his reminiscences of Mary Baker Eddy and Her Books he discussed her unparalleled accomplishments up to 1900 and then wrote:  “When I consider the sum total of her known labors during that period, I cannot avoid asking myself what other man or woman in all history ever equaled this record.  To me this is an unanswerable challenge, yet all this was a prelude to even more astonishing accomplishments still to come!”  Her project was the most ambitious one he had, but he knew nothing of other projects she was working on, including gathering material for her autobiography," Footprints Fadeless"  as well as working on an extension to the Mother Church.  The Mother Church attendance was outgrowing its sanctuary, and her students were looking into purchasing a hotel to build an extension onto the church. At the end of August, Mrs. Eddy  purchased one hundred tickets to the Concord State Fair which was being held very near her home.  They were for the First Members of her Church to attend with her on Governor’s Day, the 28th.  The 27th was designated as Children’s Day when all children were admitted free of charge.  Mrs. Eddy had arranged for 
160 
a pair of new shoes to be given to each child who needed them on that day.  They were to be given tickets from William E. Thompson’s Shoe Store to be redeemed for the shoes.  Over two hundred  tickets were given out.  This loving gesture was repeated in succeeding years. All of the newspapers reported on Mrs. Eddy’s visit to the fairgrounds.  The Boston Globe reported:  “It was a great day, but perhaps the man on whom the sun shone with the greatest splendor was Norin, the high diver, whom Mrs. Eddy came more especially to see. 
She saw his act last year and was much impressed by it and she expressed a desire to see it again this year.  Her desire was granted and Norin was consequently the observed of all observers today as he climbed the dizzy heights of his rude scaffold and plunged into the tank of water eighty-seven  feet below. “Norin quickly appeared, climbed about ten feet to a spring board and turned a back somersault into the water.  He then kept going higher and higher, diving each time, until finally he reached the topmost point and made his great flight through the air, graceful and steady, into the tank with a loud splash. 
Mrs. Eddy then promptly departed in her carriage, waving back to the thousands who were waving to her.  The reporter described her attire and said she ‘looked well and cheerful.’” What the Globe reporter did not know was that Mrs. Eddy had invited Norin to visit her at Pleasant View after his performance.   Her helpers living with her in her home at the time have left records of his visit.  First, Mrs. Eddy questioned him about his diving and then talked to him in a ‘heavenly way for some time’ until one could see an expression of enlightenment coming to him.  Then Mrs. Eddy told him that he was able to dive like that because he had overcome fear.  He said that was true due to the fact that he had practiced for a long time diving from a higher and higher height until he could do it without fear.  Mrs. 
Eddy then suggested that he could use that overcoming of fear on his eyes.  He had been wearing dark glasses the whole time and told Mrs. Eddy that he had damaged one eye and the eyeball had to be removed. He wore the dark glasses since it was so unsightly. As they sat in the library talking, Clara Shannon said that as Mrs. Eddy spoke to him he began to feel his fear being removed and replaced with hope and joy although he did not realize the blessing he was receiving.  It wasn’t until a day or two later that the cabman who had driven Norin to the station told them that he had taken off the glasses and found that the missing eye had been restored and that he had two perfect eyes!  (These two stories of Mr. 
Orcutt and Norin came from The Forever Leader, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, 1901-1910, Doris Grekel, pp. 36-37 and  39-40) This fifth period, lasting ten years, of Mrs. Eddy’s founding of the Comforter, the Christ, Truth in human consciousness, is full of the fifth day symbols:  waters bring forth the moving creature that hath life---fowl that fly in the open firmament---God created great whales---be fruitful and multiply. To recap a bit:  The fourth period in the Bible represents the fourth synonym for God, Principle (government), which begins in the Old Testament with I Samuel and the reign of Saul and goes through Malachi, the end of the Old Testament, which ends with Malachi’s prediction of a blessing that will be poured out as all the tithes are brought into the storehouse.  In Christian Science this period ended with Mrs. Eddy’s promise of a gift---land 
161 
for the building of a church edifice. The condition for the gift was that the church organization should be dissolved so that dependence on divine Principle could be learned. 
The blessing brought by the Christ is the gift of grace.  (See Romans 5:15-21) The gift brought by Christian Science is a new concept of church. The fifth period of the founding thus begins not with material organization but foundation on the “rock of Christ.”  Mrs. 
Eddy’s students immediately followed her instructions to adopt “the purely Christly method.” With the announcement of the new fiftieth edition of the textbook, the Journal says, “From this day forward, the thought of all Scientists will mount higher.” The Bible’s fourth year period represents the move from Principle to the fifth year period of Life in the opening of the New Testament where Jesus proclaims, “I  am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.”   (John 10: 10)  This major revision of the textbook represents both the move from the Old Testament to the New Testament and the change of emphasis from Principle to Life. The three-year period of no outward organization, “the spiritually organized church,” having firmly established that it is “built on the rock” and can function through direct reliance on Principle as that only which can sustain, perpetuate, and multiply its blessings, it is possible to have a visible symbol, a church edifice.  The next verse of Genesis’ fifth day says, “God created great whales...the waters brought forth abundantly, ... and every winged fowl.....and God saw that it was good.”  Mrs. Eddy writes about this, “Spirit is symbolized by strength, presence, and power, and also by holy thoughts, winged with Love...spiritual blessings, thus typified, are the externalized, yet subjective, states of faith and spiritual understanding.”  (S&H, 512: 8) In 1892, Mrs. Eddy’s lawyers discovered a statute in the laws of Massachusetts whereby her gift of land for the church edifice could be re-conveyed, rescued from the grasp of legal power,” and “put back into the arms of Love,” for otherwise it would have been “fighting against God.”  (Mis. 140: 22)  She issued a deed to four grantees to “be known as the Christian Science Board of Directors, and shall constitute a perpetual body.”  (Man. 128- 135)  This enabled the church to be re-organized on an entirely new basis, without being incorporated or re-chartered. The next verse of the fifth day of creation reads, “And God blessed  them, saying, Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the waters...and let fowl multiply...”  Mrs. Eddy gives the spiritual interpretation:  “Spirit blesses the multiplication of its own pure and perfect ideas. 
From the infinite elements of the one Mind emanate all form, color, quality, and quantity, and these are mental, both primarily and secondarily.  Their spiritual nature is discerned only through the spiritual senses.  Mortal Mind inverts the true likeness,--- Ignorant of the origin and operations of mortal mind,---that is, ignorant of itself,---this so-called mind puts forth its own qualities, and claims God as their author;  albeit God is ignorant of the existence of both this mortal mentality, so-called, and its claim, for the claim usurps the deific prerogatives and is an attempted infringement on infinity.”  (S&H  512: 20) A great multiplication of activities are the blessings that flow from this new form of church.  Only the spiritual senses can discern what is happening spiritually.  Work on the 
162 
edifice is begun and completed through absolute reliance on Principle.  Science and Health and the Bible are ordained as the Pastor of every Christian Science church, thus removing any personal element from the service.  The First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, Mass., its new legal title, also has its own Manual, a unique document---no other church may use its form.  The Christian Science Publishing Society is legally constituted with its own deed of trust and its own building.  A Quarterly with Lesson Sermon subjects are introduced. 
A new weekly periodical, the Christian Science Sentinel, is published.  While Mrs. Eddy and Christian Science are being discerned spiritually by some Christian Scientists, mortal mind, in the guise of a disaffected student, files a libel case against her.  The specific challenge for Christian Scientists at the end of the nineteenth century is in how they view Mrs. Eddy and her discovery.  Is their view spiritual or material?   “The one Mind, God, contains no mortal opinions.”  (S&H  399: 27) Finally, the concluding verse of the fifth day of Genesis says, “And the evening and the morning were the fifth day."  (Genesis 1:23)  Mrs. Eddy’s exegesis of this in Science and Health says:  “Advancing spiritual steps in the teeming universe of Mind lead on to spiritual spheres and exalted beings.  To material sense, this divine universe is dim and distant, ...but anon the veil is lifted, and the scene shifts into light.  In the record time is not yet measured by solar revolutions, and the motions and reflections of deific power cannot be apprehended until divine Science becomes the interpreter”.  (S&H 513: 6-13) Historically, the fifth thousand-year period in the Bible is the New Testament.  (It is in four parts:  First, the four Gospels, giving a four-fold view of the mission of Christ Jesus. 
Second, the Acts of the Apostles in which “they were all filled with the Holy Ghost” and begin their individual missions.  The third part is the Epistles, sent to those who have accepted the Christ and are living a new life.  The Revelation of Jesus Christ to John completes the New Testament.  Revelation itself opens with John being commanded to write messages to seven churches.  After the messages there are seven visions.---the fourth is the God-crowned woman, the seventh is the new heaven and the new earth with the holy city coming down from God out of heaven.) Thus in this New Testament stage of Christian Science a new era has dawned and “Christianity as taught by our great Master is identified as “divine Science.”  (00’ 4: 17) Consequently, the symbols of the Bible are redefined.  The Jewish concept of God as Jehovah is now represented by divine synonyms and the Apocalypse vision of the holy city has begun to be experienced as a “spiritually organized church.”  Just as the spiritual concept of Jesus, the Christ, had to be seen and learned through experience, so with divine Science, “the divine concurrence of the spirit and the Word” has also to be learned and experienced. 
The requirement is to become conscious of being individually God-governed, not to try to put a theory into practice.  It is this consciousness that is described in Science and Health: “John saw the human and divine coincidence, shown in the man Jesus, as divinity embracing humanity in Life and its demonstration,---reducing to human perception and understanding the Life which is God.”  (561: 16)  This is the “man” which Mrs. Eddy said “would be my future successor...I did not mean any man today on earth...What remains to ...reveal my successor, is man in the image and likeness of the Father-Mother God.”   (My 346: 27) 
163 
All of this spiritual activity, the activity of Life, God, being expressed as man, the living of Life, is the impulsion of the divine in human experience.  In the new edition of the textbook, when writing about the new heaven and the new earth, Mrs. Eddy’s marginal heading is “Man’s present possibilities.”  These possibilities far exceed human effort.  Paul’s description of  this is, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature:  old things are passed away;  behold, all things are become new.”  (II Cor. 5:17) 
164 
Chapter  11  Sixth Evolutionary Period   1902-1906 
Truth “And God said, Let the earth bring forth the living creature after his kind, cattle, and creeping thing, and beast of the earth after his kind:  and it was so.”…  “And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness:…And God saw everything he had made, and behold, it was very good.”   Gen. 1: 24-1: 31 
Characteristics of Truth:  the actuality and factuality of being;  an invincible, unchangeable standard or measurement that cannot be changed;  cannot be destroyed or wiped out;  is God’s remedy for error of every kind;  made manifest by its harmonious effects;  is the basis of health;  is the leaven at work;  never mingles with error;  destroys mortality as it brings immortality to light;  brings the elements of liberty---makes man free;  causes sin to betray itself;  is the Christ, the Messiah;  is the ‘Peace, be still’ to all evil, sin, sickness, death;  Christian Science. “Divine Love blesses its own ideas, and causes them to multiply,---to manifest His power. 
Man is not made to till the soil.  His birthright is dominion, not subjection.  He is lord of the belief in earth and heaven,---himself subordinate alone to his Maker.  This is the Science of being…  God gives the lesser idea of Himself for a link to the greater, and in return, the higher always protects the lower… Love giveth to the least spiritual idea might, immortality, and goodness, which shine through all as the blossom shines through the bud.  All the varied expressions of God reflect health, holiness, immortality---infinite Life, Truth, and Love..”  (S&H  517: 30-5 and 13-23 n.p.) 
The emphasis now changes from Mrs. Eddy as Discoverer and Founder to her role as Leader. The exegesis of the sixth day in Genesis is in seven sections, for this “day” of “man” is shown forth as the seven-fold image of God, expressing God’s seven-fold nature, all of the qualities of Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love. This period opens with another revision of the textbook.  On Jan. 30, 1902, a new 226th edition of the textbook became available “printed from new plates, with lines numbered, and with important revisions by the author.”  Mrs. Eddy was very aware that her revelation, “the little book” was destined to become the teacher for future ages. The chapters are now re-ordered for each seeker of Truth to make his own “new and scientific discoveries of God, of His goodness and power.”  (No and Yes, 39:21)  They now provide a complete syllabus of self-instruction for every student.  The addition of line numbers makes a Concordance possible, and it is published in 1903.  Therefore, we are led in an orderly, increasingly enlightening manner through the textbook, as we are brought to our “new birth” in Spirit, “in conformity with Christ.”  (S&H 337:9)  The first five chapters are ordered in such a way that as one works his way through them, the veil of the false ego is lifted and simultaneously the true “I” or “Ego” is revealed. 
The fourth chapter, “Christian Science and Spiritualism,” is followed by the fifth chapter, “Animal Magnetism,” where it is shown that the mesmeric action of the carnal mind is uncovered as the one evil and shown to be “a mere negation.”   In other words, through all of the editions from 1875 till 1902, Mrs. Eddy was slowly raising Christian Scientists to the glorious apprehension that because God, good, is All that is, evil is simply that which is not. 
It is not a power, not a Principle or law, not an intelligence, has no history, no mind, no 
165 
being, no reflection, no action, no truth.  It is quite simply nothing--- a mere negation.   (Of course, this must be understood in order to be effective---not just believed!)  At this point there were many Christian Scientists who had enough understanding to heal quickly anything that was presented to them.  They did not need to fight error as if it were a real opposing power.  “Man” was coming into a deeper realization of himself as the “image of God.”  And God beholds everything as very good. Other textbook changes for this new period include the hyphenated term Father- Mother in referring to God.  “Father-Mother is the name for Deity, which indicates His tender relationship to His spiritual creation.”  (p. 332: 4)  This tenderness is also extended to the term Principle in many other places in the textbook where it is changed to “divine Principle, Love.”  There is no governing, regulating  system, method, rule or function which can truly operate effectively without Love.  That which made you, which governs every function of your body (through reflection, which means your body is really God’s body), the invariable, unchanging divine Principle of the universe, is Love.  God loves you.  Why? 
Because She made you.  You are precious in Her sight. A new final chapter was added to the textbook, “Fruitage,” consisting of 100 letters received by individuals who had been healed by their own reading of Science and Health.  It was evidence that it truly is a textbook, self-instructing and self-proving.   Testimonies of healing had appeared regularly in the periodicals from the very first issues, and in 1897 a chapter devoted to them was included in Miscellaneous  Writings ( pp. 401-471).  The revelation that health is a fact of Science (capitalized because it is God) is now backed up by proof at the end of the textbook. Because the sixth period emphasizes the individuality of man, the chapter “Science, Theology, Medicine” now includes one of the most significant lessons the textbook has to make.  It is called  “Scientific Translation” and is set out in a table on pp. 115-116 in Science and Health.  The understanding that man is actually an image or idea in Mind, God, begins to translate the belief that he is unlike the divine Mind, unknown to the divine Mind, or operates entirely on his own, but subject to his own body and brain.  “To try to reason from material appearances back to spiritual reality can never be the method of Science;  one must base his reasoning on factual spiritual ideas…in this way the human scene is progressively normalized, healed and resolved…the material, discordant picture of man and the universe is not the reality but is a mistranslation.  Accordingly, he demonstrates that correction and healing come about by spiritual retranslation.  When the mistaken concept is viewed in the light of God’s unvarying conceiving, that misconception is translated back into its original perfection in Spirit. The outcome is what human sense calls a healing, or the resolution of a problem.”  (John Morgan, Scientific Translation, pp. xi, 1, 2) Christian Science is dedicated to healing sickness and resolving problems, but its purpose is much deeper.  It must teach mankind about the true nature of Mind and the universe so that we can resolve our misconceptions and begin to understand and use our newfound freedom from matter-based convictions.  Of course, nothing has ever been matter- based, so there doesn’t have to be a radical physical change, just a radical reappraisal of the concept is demanded.  It is not mortal man that is wrong, but the concept of man as mortal. 
166 
When misconstrued through material sense, man appears to be separated from his divine source, isolated, confined to a corporeal body, subject to birth and death and vulnerable to accident and disease.  His separation from his spiritual origin, God, also separates him from his fellow man.  All his problems, mental, bodily, and social, arise from the supposed “fall” from his divine status. Through a Scientific translation we see how we can “return” to the pristine spiritual condition which in Science we never left.  It is only by reasoning “out from” that which has remained forever the Truth, the divine Principle of the universe, that we can effectively arrive at it in practice.  This “out from” and “return to” that Mrs. Eddy puts before us is in two phases:  “Christian Science translates Mind, God, to mortals… Science, understood, translates matter into Mind,...”  (Mis.  pp.22 and 25)  Christian Science operates by translating the absolute nature of Mind into the temporary language of mortals, where God can be understood;  this same understanding of God then translates what had been mistakenly thought to be matter and mortals back into the spiritual idea.  This reinstatement is the great purpose of Christian Science. The translation begins:  “Scientific Translation of Immortal Mind: God: Divine Principle, Life, Truth, Love, Soul, Spirit, Mind.  Divine Synonyms Man: God’s spiritual idea, individual, perfect, eternal.  Divine image  It includes Webster’s definition: Idea:  An image in Mind; the immediate object of understanding.”  Divine reflection. (Remember, this is the teaching of the “new physics”---Mind is the Subject.  Man is the reflection---an image in Mind, the immediate object of understanding.”  Of course, the “new physics” is actually “metaphysics; beyond physics;  the science of being;  the science of the fundamental causes and processes in things.”  Webster 
It goes on to show the “Scientific Translation of Mortal Mind” translated through Three Degrees: 
“First Degree:  Depravity, the Physical---Evil beliefs, passions and appetites, fear, depraved will, self-justification, pride, envy, deceit, hatred, revenge, sin, sickness, disease, death.”   Unreality.” 
“Second Degree:  Evil beliefs disappearing, the Moral---Humanity, honesty, affection, compassion, hope, faith, meekness, temperance.”    Transitional qualities.” 
“Third Degree:  Understanding, the Spiritual---wisdom, purity, spiritual understanding, spiritual power, love, health, holiness.   Reality.” 
It is the seven-fold nature of man as the direct reflection of God---the human and divine coincidence.”  (S&H 115-116) The premise from which Christian Science works is that God can be understood as the divine Principle through a range of seven capitalized synonymous terms, and that His image, man, is His own spiritual idea or reflection of Himself.  As you can see, God, man, and idea are all specified as “divine.”  There is one compound truth--- Principle and its idea is integrated.  As we begin to see that we are really divine, we find it easier to give up the depravity of a physical sense of ourselves.  This results in the disappearing of the evil beliefs 
167 
as we more consistently express  the moral attributes.  Humanity is being  liberated from the myth of animal origins and the physical, mortal degradation that accompanies it. The transitional moral qualities, consistently practiced, release us to go up higher and find our original starting point as the expression of God manifested in the third degree spiritual qualities which is the reality of our being.   Humanity understands itself to be of the nature of God.  It is obvious that this must be accomplished on an individual scale.  No one else can lift us into “the kingdom of heaven.”  Christian Science sets before mankind an open door,---the assurance that the universal translation of humanity is feasible.  (The marginal heading on p. 116 is “Spiritual universe.”) That God can actually be understood as the spiritually scientific Principle of all being is truly the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus, the Science which will enable humanity to find itself based on divinity instead of mortality.  Man’s fears, ills, divisions, etc., will disappear as this revelation is taught, understood, and demonstrated on a world- wide basis.  St. Paul tells us in Romans 9: 26, “And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not my people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.”  This is what the 3-degree translation accomplishes.  Right where the lie of man as a mortal seems to be, right there is man as a divine expression. It is this “man,” not a specific mortal man, whom Mrs. Eddy knew would be her successor in leading on the ages---man seeing himself and all as “the structure of Truth and Love.”  This will be the marvelous outcome of her revelation to this age, the Comforter which has come to all mankind. 
As a symbol for this precious waymark, In 1897 Mrs. Eddy gave a gift to her followers, a church, a “branch” church, which will symbolize the individual man.  It is a unique branch church.  Mrs. Eddy  gave to her students of Concord a house named Christian Science Hall.  She supervised its remodeling, attending to every detail, just as would a mother watching over a growing child.  In 1903, the members moved to a neighboring Unitarian Church while the Hall was demolished and a new one was built in its place. These steps echo the organization, dissolution, and re-organization of the Mother Church, and they illustrate essential periods of progress.  In its re-organized form The Mother Church is unincorporated, representing the “resurrection body” and this “body” must eventually “ascend.”  The Christian Science “church” had its beginnings in Lynn, in Mrs. 
Eddy’s home; it was then materially organized with a State charter, but it never owned a building even when Mrs. Eddy moved to Boston.  After this chartered organization was dissolved, the new unincorporated organization allowed an edifice to be built, which will remain after this “resurrected” form of organization is given up.  As with the church in Boston, the Concord church now represents the same necessary developing stages in each individual’s human experience, which is brought about by spiritual growth. Mrs. Eddy involved herself in every aspect of the church’s construction.  It will, with the other phases of church building, depict the stages of mortal existence itself being finally laid off.  Soon there will be three edifices that Mrs. Eddy has instituted and they will remain as symbols of the spiritual idea of church (“temple” in the Bible---also symbolizing  “body” as presented in Christian Science). 
168 
The branch churches were to be completely independent of The Mother Church. 
When Mrs. Eddy was “mothering” her precious revelation, her “man child” as it is called in Revelation 12: 5, she found it necessary to attend to every detail of its development in human thought.  This naturally included mothering the “little ones” to whom it was being revealed.  They needed constant instruction for their spiritual sense was not very highly developed, and they tended to get off course very quickly.  A good human mother does the same.  Her child needs constant protection, selfless love, and alert awareness in each stage of its development.  As she patiently, lovingly, sometimes very firmly, teaches and models her lessons, she takes note of each progressive step and changes her lessons to meet the current need.  Then, slowly, wisely, prayerfully, she withdraws her intense mothering, stepping away further and further to allow the child to exercise its own developing judgment and use of resources, and ability to yield to the one divine Mind, the same Mind as its mother’s, and the same Mind which brought the “child” to the mother. In this illustration, we see the glorious fact that the revelation, the revelator that revealed it, and the ones to whom it is revealed are One.  Although many of her students had not yet apprehended this inestimable gift of God which this revelation had bestowed upon them, their God-sent “Mother” knew, and  that certainty enabled her to discern when it was time to leave her children [students] in the arms of the ever-present divine Love [her revelation] so that their own self-revealing Mind, their own inherent intelligence, could guide them from within.  The mother can then entirely let go and trust, with a deep sense of love and gratitude, the manhood and womanhood which is becoming apparent to her and to them. Through this “gift” of a branch church detached from the vine of the “mother” church, Mrs. Eddy was letting the students of her revelation know, symbolically, that they had advanced as individuals to a point where they were ready to govern themselves.  She was showing them that the “structure of Truth and Love” which they embodied would lead them onward without outside governance.  The branches would be the next stage of development up and out of church, when each would determine for himself his readiness to let go of organization all together.  As the branches diminish due to the spiritual growth of the individuals that make up their congregations, Christian Science will go forth with increased power and demonstrations in every sphere of human activity. Individuals studying on their own at their own pace and enlightenment, are no longer hampered by hierarchical agendas, such as periodicals they are encouraged to study and read which are written by others at a lesser stage of spiritual growth than themselves, and church committees that impel activities one might be outgrowing. Their time is better spent on being led by God to fulfill their individual purposes for blessing mankind.  Studying on their own does not in the least prevent students from getting together in their own ways to discuss subjects of their own choosing and sharing their inspiration. Nor does it prevent them from writing articles and/or books and disseminating them as God leads them to do it.  Mrs. Eddy realized that as time went on and mankind began gaining a much deeper understanding of Christian Science, writings would most certainly be published about those spiritual gains.  She told her students at one time that she 
169 
herself did “not understand a millionth of what is in that book ,” meaning Science and Health!  Even after spiritual growth to the point of being able to heal ourselves and others, we still have a great deal to learn in order to be able to mentally move ourselves from place to place, live without food and drink, and even overcome death.  Of that period (as well as today), Mrs. Eddy wisely wrote, “The Science of physical harmony, as now presented to the people in divine light, is radical enough to promote as forcible collisions of thought as the age has strength to bear.  Until the heavenly law of health, according to Christian Science, is firmly grounded, even the thinkers are not prepared to answer intelligently leading questions about God and sin, and the world is far from ready to assimilate such a grand and all- absorbing verity concerning the divine nature and character as is embraced in the theory of God’s blindness to error and ignorance of sin.  No wise mother, though a graduate of Wellesley College, will talk to her babe about the problems of Euclid.”   (Unity , p.6) She also states, “Christian Science is not copyrighted;  nor would protection by copyright be requisite, if mortals obeyed God’s law of manright.  A student can write voluminous works on Science without trespassing, if he writes honestly, and he cannot dishonestly compose Christian Science. The Bible is not stolen, though it is cited, and quoted deferentially.” (Ret. 76: 2) The “human and divine  coincidence” is best ascertained, gained, and nurtured through individual development until it is at last seen on a universal scale.  Mrs. Eddy writes:  “When students have fulfilled all the good ends of organization, and are convinced that by leaving the material forms thereof, a higher spiritual unity is won, then is the time to follow the example of the Alma Mater.  Material organization is requisite in the beginning;  but when it has done its work the purely Christly method of teaching and preaching must be adopted.”  (Mis. p.358)   Here, Mrs. Eddy gives all of her students the right to read and write whatever they feel led to do. Their authority for judging its correctness, and therefore proving whether it is absolutely genuine, is to be found by referring back to Mrs. Eddy’s writings which are the only proper standard. Because Mrs. Eddy illustrated her teaching through symbols, in 1902 she designed a new cover  for all of her writings except the Manual.  Borders around the front and back covers had embossed detached branches with stems, fruit, and leaves.  “I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.”  (Zech. 3: 8)  “Behold the man whose name is The BRANCH.” (Zech. 3: 8)  There were four branches on the top and bottom and seven on either side.   The four branches stood for the four elements of the revelation and how it operates for mankind as the Word, Christ, Christianity, and Science.  The seven branches symbolize the seven synonyms for God.  Each individual branch of God’s planting embodies the full seven-fold nature of God.  Joining the borders at each corner was a square containing an embossed twelve-segment rose window.  The square shape symbolizes the “foursquare city of God” spoken of in Revelation which in turn symbolizes the true spiritual consciousness of man. 
The “twelve” of  the segmented rose windows symbolizes the twelve tribes of Israel which stand in type for the twelve gates and twelve foundations of the Holy City, the city foursquare, all of mankind entering into or taking possession of the dominion which comes through the realization of divine Mind and body as One, not individual mortals with individual minds. 
170 
The Revelator writes, “Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.”  (Rev. 22: 13) If we obey the first  commandment, “Thou shalt have no other gods [minds, lives, truths, principles, loves] before me,” we will be obeying them all.  “ For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel [twelve tribes] after those days, saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts.” (Hebrews 8:10) “The tree is typical of man’s divine Principle, which is equal to every emergency offering full salvation from sin, sickness, and death.”   (S&H 465: 17) Inside the border at each corner of the cover is depicted the fleur-de-lis, described in the Encyclopedia  Britannica  (1911), as a “common device in ancient decoration...where it was the symbol of life and resurrection...more particularly associated with the royal house of France...in 1376 Charles V of France reduced the number of fleur-de-lis to three, in honor of the Trinity.”  Science and Health tells us, “Life, Truth, and Love constitute the triune Person called God.”  (S&H 331: 26-3)  The fleur-de-lis point towards the central emblem of Christian Science, the Christian Science seal.  It is embossed in gold and has appeared on all of Mrs. Eddy’s published writings since 1881. The seal displays a cross and crown emblem encircled by the commands Jesus gave to his disciples when he sent them forth:  HEAL THE SICK. RAISE THE DEAD.  CLEANSE THE LEPERS. CAST OUT DEMONS.  Mrs. Eddy writes, “Without the cross and healing, Christianity has no central emblem, no history.” (Mis. 357)   (Except for the cross and crown, The Christian Science Publishing Society inexplicably ceased printing her books with the fleur-de-lis design in the mid-1920’s.) In another symbolic venue, Mrs. Eddy again stressed the importance of  The Mother Church’s becoming a Branch church when she addressed the annual meeting of 1902.  In previous years the communion message had been addressed “To The Mother Church,” but the 1902 message was addressed as a “Message to The First Church of Christ, Scientist or The Mother Church.”  (emphasis added)  The change of names was preparing  the students for the time when the Church would not be under ‘Mother’s’ jurisdiction.  At the end of her message she gives her students this warning, “It does not follow that power must mature into oppression;  indeed, right is the only real potency;  and the only true ambition is to serve God and to help the race.... Competition in commerce, deceit in councils, dishonor in nations, dishonesty in trusts, begin with, ‘Who shall be greatest?’  I again repeat, Follow your Leader, only so far as she follows Christ.”  (‘02, 3: 26)  Was her inclusion of "dishonesty in trusts" a prescient warning concerning a God-inspired avenue she was pursuing for keeping The Mother Church from becoming a hierarchically dominating Church over the Branches? The Boston “Mother Church” was rapidly outgrowing its seating capacity, so in the same message she asked the members to make “another united effort to purchase more land to build an extension to the church so that it could hold an additional four or five thousand.” The ten thousand members from throughout the world who were present agreed  “to contribute any portion of the two million dollars that may be necessary for this purpose.” It is also noted that in her message of 1902 she asked that the members omit their annual visits to Pleasant View after the meeting and to instead shift away from her as a 
171 
person and let their thoughts dwell on Godlikeness.  Apart from the dedication address for the Extension, which was held on a Communion Sunday, the Message of 1902 was the last Communion message Mrs. Eddy sent to her church. The emphasis was no longer on her. 
In February, 1903, the deeds conveying the lots of land for the building of the extension were completed, but before they had been signed by the Board of Directors, Mrs. 
Eddy sent them the following message: “I send the enclosed By-laws.  Please convene immediately and vote on them.  They are of great importance to our Cause.  After adopting the By-law on the number of C.S. Directors, then consider and act on my candidate for director, Mr. Archibald McLellan, our Editor-in-Chief.  I have watched him and so far he has been right on all important subjects.  You will have three in unity.  That leaves a majority when they are right.  Also you can now remove a member of your board..."   (P in E, p. 358) This message requesting an appointment of a fifth director for the reason that there would be three in unity when they were right seems to indicate the need to avoid deadlock in case of no majority.  Mr. McLellan’s appointment as director occasioned the twenty-eighth edition of the Manual.  In the Section, Directors, was the addition of one sentence:  “The Christian Science Board of Directors shall consist of five members.”  Why was this of “great importance to the Cause?”   The God-sent direction will become clear within the decade. By March 30, 1903, all the deeds were completed.  However, three weeks after the Board was enlarged and three weeks before the deeds were signed, the Board received another letter from Mrs. Eddy dated Feb. 27.  It has become known as the “Never abandon the By-laws” letter. It reads:  “I am not a lawyer, and do not sufficiently comprehend the legal trend of the copy you enclosed so as to suggest any changes therein.  Upon one point however I feel competent to advise, namely:  Never abandon the By-laws nor the denominational government of the Mother Church.  If I am not personally with you, the Word of God, and my instructions in the By-laws have led you hitherto and will remain to guide you safely on, and the teachings of St. Paul are as useful today as when they were first written.  (emphasis not in original) “The present and future prosperity of the cause of Christian Science is largely due to the By-laws and government of ‘The First Church of Christ, Scientist’ in Boston.  None but myself can know, as I know, the importance of the combined sentiment of this Church remaining steadfast in supporting the present By-laws.  Each of these many By-laws has met and mastered, or forestalled some contingency, some imminent peril, and will continue to do so.  Its By-laws have preserved the sweet unity of this large church, that has perhaps the most members and combined influence of any other church in our country.  Many times a single By-law has cost me long nights of prayer and struggle, but it has won the victory over some sin and saved the walls of Zion from being torn down by disloyal students.  We have proven that ‘in unity there is strength.’  With love as ever, Mary Baker G. Eddy   “N.B.  I request that you put this letter upon our church records.  M.B.E.” The facsimile of this 1903 letter shows that the sentence “Never abandon...” Had originally been “Never change the By-laws.”  In the light of the requirement that two new 
172 
trusts are to be included in the six deeds about to be signed, the stronger word ‘abandon’ has particular significance for it means “the voluntary giving up of something with no expectation of returning to it.”  (American Heritage Dictionary)  These trusts are:  “In addition to the trusts contained in said deed of September 1, 1892, from Mary Baker G. 
Eddy, this property is conveyed on the further trusts that no new Tenet or By-Law shall be adopted, nor any Tenet or By-Law amended or annulled by the grantees unless the written consent of said Mary Baker G. Eddy, the author of the textbook  ‘Science and Health with Key to the  Scriptures,’ be given therefor,” ...   (Church Manual, p. 136-7) A most important point about the six deeds is that the names of the grantees are the four appointed in the 1890s.  These deeds do not include the fifth individual appointed to the Board of Directors in 1903.  The reason for this becomes clearer as events unfold.  It is part of a God-impelled plan to "save the walls of Zion from being torn down by disloyal students." On April 1st, a third periodical was published.  It was a “German Monthly” called Der Herold der Christian Science.  It was the first to be issued in a foreign language and met the need of Germans in Germany as well as a large community of German-speaking Americans in the Midwest.  It included a list of practitioners and churches for Germans. 
Mrs. Eddy stated that the purpose of the Herold was “to proclaim the universal activity and availability of Truth.”  (My. P.353) In June 1903, A Concordance to Science and Health was announced in the Sentinel. 
It was a vast undertaking which indexed more than ten thousand words and contained about eighty thousand references.  Such an enterprise indicated that the latest revised textbook provided a complete and ordered book for study by every student.  This sixth evolution of the textbook is consonant with the sixth day of creation, which ends the first chapter of Genesis in the Bible where “God saw everything that He had made, and, behold, it was very good.”  (Genesis 1: 31)  It was certainly a period that overflowed with lively activity springing up in every direction! Mrs. Eddy has not only instituted The First Church of Christ, Scientist in Boston, with its original edifice soon to have an extension, but she also instituted a branch church in Concord.   She oversaw  every detail of its building which was filled with symbols. 
Actually, many other branch churches had already been built all over the country, but the first branch church in the Boston area was given minute attention by Mrs. Eddy so that symbols she was building into it could compare with the symbols of the Mother Church and its Extension. They would serve as a “teacher in stone” for all the years to come. The corner-stone for the granite Concord branch church was laid on July 16, 1903, Mrs. Eddy’s birthday.  In her letter to the congregation for the occasion she wrote, “...We live in an age of Love’s divine adventure to be All-in-all.  This day is the natal hour of my lone earth life;...it points to the new birth, heaven here, the struggle over;  it profits by the past and joys in the present---to-day lends a new-born beauty to holiness, patience, charity, love.  Having all faith in Christian Science, we must have faith in whatever manifests love for God and man.  The burden of proof that Christian Science is Science rests on Christian Scientists...”   (My 158:7) 
173 
In 1882, on her birthday, Mrs. Eddy wrote another note about the importance of her birthday to a friend:  “This is my birthday, a day of such moment to the race and of such a history to one.”  Did she mean to infer that the story of her noble life and its grand purpose was known only to her?  That probably was true at that time.  As prescient as she was, she certainly knew that her coming to the earth was for the purpose of bringing the promised Comforter to mankind.  “But did she know that that birth [year] of such import was recorded in stone?  Scholars of the ‘Bible in Stone’ [the Great Pyramid of Egypt] measure the ‘time line’ which begins at 4000 B.C. in lunar years and solar years.  According to these pyramidologists, Epoch I is 6000 lunar years, ending in 1821 A.D.  Is it surprising that the Woman of the Apocalypse with the moon (matter) under her feet should first appear in that year?  From then on the time must be measured in solar years.”  (Grekel, Discovery of the Science of Man, 1999, emphasis in original) In June 1904, a message was read to the congregation at the Boston church from Mrs. Eddy inviting the communicants to Concord on Mon., June 13th to see the new church building. Arrangements had to be made to accommodate the four thousand people who would spend the day in the city and, the citizens of Concord were happy to be of service. 
Mrs. Eddy spoke to the assembled crowd and presented to the President of The Mother Church, a material symbol of authority, a new gavel.  It represented the fact that the foundation of the Christian Science movement is intelligent, voluntary obedience by each individual to the authority of the same divine Principle to which she also is subject.  (My 171-174:11) 
On July 16, 1904, the corner-stone for the Extension was laid.  Mrs. Eddy did not send a special message for the occasion, but the readings from the Bible and Science and Health expressed its significance.  There is mention of “transformation of the body,” and “the baptism of Spirit.”  The readings concluded with, “ We can unite with this church only as we are new-born of Spirit.”  The marginal heading for the exegesis of this period is “Birthright of man.”  (S&H  518).  The birthright of the individual and the collective is the same. Mrs. Eddy says of Jesus, “His mission was both individual and collective.  He did life’s work aright not only in justice to himself, but in mercy to mortals,---to show them how to do theirs, but not to do it for them nor to relieve them of a single responsibility.”  (S&H 18)  Mrs. Eddy was carrying out her mission in the same way. The day after the Extension corner-stone was laid, the Concord church was dedicated.  Mrs. Eddy’s address was read at each service as well as the history of the church. 
Her message was entitled, “Message on the occasion of the dedication of Mrs. Eddy’s gift, July 17, 1904.  It included these words:  “The general thought chiefly regards material things, and keeps Mind much out of sight.  The Christian, however, strives for the spiritual; he abides in a right purpose, as in laws which it were impious to transgress, and follows Truth fearlessly.  The heart that beats mostly for self is seldom alight with love.  To live so as to keep human consciousness in constant relation with the divine, the spiritual, and the eternal, is to individualize infinite power;  and this is Christian Science.”  (My 159-163) The branch church stands for every individual Christian Scientist who knows that he lives as 
174 
the reflected activity of God---the image and likeness of God, with the Bible and Science and Health as his teacher and guide. Constantly turning her students away from contemplation of her as a human personality, Mrs. Eddy sent a notice to them through the Sentinel of April, 1906.  “To the Beloved Members of my Church, The Mother Church, The First Church of Christ, Scientist in Boston: “Divine Love bids me say: Assemble not at the residence of your Pastor Emeritus at or about the time of our annual meeting and communion service, for the divine and not the human should engage our attention at this sacred season of prayer and praise.”  (My 27:1) The dedication of the Extension was on June 10, 1906.  Mrs. Eddy chose not to address the dedication in person, once again encouraging her followers to be aware of their individual responsibilities  instead of focusing on her.  In her address, which was read from the desk, she exhorted them to “Choose Ye,” taken from Joshua’s last exhortation to the children of Israel:  “...choose you this day whom ye will serve;  whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood, or the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwell:  but as for me and my house, we will serve the Lord.”  (Joshua 24: 15) Christian Scientists must choose whether they accept that they are already in the promised land of Science or are still mentally outside, trying to achieve entry by conventional human methods. Whatever is not divinely natural and demonstrably true, in ethics, philosophy, or religion, is not of God but originates in the minds of mortals.... We cannot serve two masters.  Do we love God supremely?  Are we honest, just, faithful?  Are we true to ourselves?  ‘God is not mocked:  for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap’...The Scripture reads:  ‘He that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me.’ (Matt. 10: 38) On this basis, how many are following the Way-shower? A genuine Christian Scientist loves Protestant and Catholic, D.D. and M.D., loves all who love God, good;  and he loves his enemies.  It will be found that, instead of opposing, such an individual sub serves the interests of both medical faculty and Christianity, and they thrive together, learning that Mind-power is good will towards men...honesty and justice characterize the seeker and finder of Christian Science. “The First Commandment of the Hebrew Decalogue, “Thou shalt have no other gods before me,” and the Golden Rule are the all-in-all of Christian Science.  They are the spiritual idealism and realism which, when realized, constitute a Christian Scientist, heal the sick, reform the sinner, and rob the grave of victory.  The spiritual understanding which demonstrates Christian Science, enables the devout Scientist to worship, not an unknown God, but Him whom, understanding even in part, he continues to love more and to serve better... “The modest edifice of The Mother Church of Christ, Scientist, began with the cross;  its excelsior extension is the crown...Its crowning ultimate rises to a mental monument, a superstructure high above the work of men’s hands, even the outcome of their hearts, giving to the material a spiritual signification---the speed, beauty, and achievements of goodness.  Methinks this church is the one edifice on earth which prefigures self- abnegation, hope, faith;  love catching a glimpse of glory.”  (My, pp.3-6) 
175 
The Extension signifies vastly more than a physical enlargement of the original edifice.  In 1902 Mrs. Eddy had invited the members “to enlarge our church edifice so as to seat the large number who annually favor us with their presence on Communion Sunday.” This was a good human reason, but shortly she was to lead them on to the spiritual reason it stands for, the idea of Christian Science extending into the world by its own “divinely natural” means which are “of God.”  These words from her message pattern those in the exegesis of the final verse of the sixth day, “the spiritual creation was the outgrowth, the emanation, of his infinite self-containment and immortal wisdom.”  (S&H, 519:4) The building, which accommodated over five thousand, had to hold six services to accommodate all those who wished to attend [about 30,000 people].  As with the original edifice, the press throughout the country reported on the occasion and also described many features of the building.  This report was from Denver, Colorado: “...The dedication of the new Mother Church of the Christian Scientists in Boston is not a matter of interest to that city alone, but to the nation;  not to the nation alone, but to the world;  not to this time alone, but to history. “The growth of this form of religious faith has been one of the marvels of the last quarter century.  It is, in some respects, the greatest religious phenomenon of all history. 
That a woman should found a religious movement of international sway;  that its followers should number many thousands during her lifetime;  that hundreds of great buildings should be filled at every meeting Sundays or on week-days with devout worshippers, wooed by no eloquence of orator or magnetic ritual,---all these things are new, utterly new, in the history of religious expression.  Unaccountable?  Hardly so.  Whatever else it is, this faith is real and is given very real tests...The world is enormously richer for this reincarnation of the old, old gospel of ‘on earth peace, good will toward men.’ “ (My 89:21, a quotation from the Denver, (Col.) News, from The First Church of Christ, Scientist And Miscellany, 89) The idea of extension is expressed in Pope’s masterly description of universal wholeness in his “Essay on Man,”  so beloved and often quoted by Mrs. Eddy: “All are but parts of one stupendous whole Whose body Nature is and God the soul; That, chang’d through all, and yet in all the same,... 
Lives through all life, extends through all extent, Spreads undivided, operates unspent.” 
In 1906, Mrs. Eddy made a symbolic change to the front cover of the Sentinel. 
There was a column on each side of the cover with a pedestal on each of which stood, ‘A lady with a lamp.’  On the pedestals was a quotation:  “A lady with a lamp shall stand---in the great history of the land---A noble type of good heroic womanhood.”  Samuel Longfellow “A lady with a lamp recalls the parable of the ten virgins in Matthew 25, “which took their lamps and went forth to meet the bridegroom.”  When the foolish virgins found that their lamps had gone out, they tried to borrow oil from the wise virgins.  In the Glossary of S&H, Mrs. Eddy defines “oil” in part as:  “consecration;....heavenly inspiration.”  She 
176 
defines “bridegroom” as:  “Spiritual understanding;  the pure consciousness that God, the divine Principle, creates man as His own spiritual idea, and that God is the only creative power.”  (pp. 592 and 582)  Through wisdom, purity, and consecration, we shall be led to recognize man as the idea of Principle, and so we shall be ready at the midnight hour,---the critical point at which the old is passing away and the new light of spiritual understanding is about to break,---and we shall go in to meet the bridegroom, the Christ-idea,---man as the ideal of God, manifested individually.  This understanding cannot be “borrowed.”  We must culture our understanding of God individually.  Nobody can do it for us.  The heaven of Science is that each one of us is God’s individual reflection and must reflect God individually.  We have spiritual sense and consecration in our lamps.  We are then able to apprehend the “bridegroom,” spiritual understanding, which comes to us as we consecratedly exercise our heavenly inspiration. Mrs. Eddy refers to her own experience meeting the “bridegroom,”  (Love wedded to its own spiritual idea) on p. 23 of Retrospection when discussing the flood of light that resulted in her healing , for she had been waiting and ready with her own lamp filled with consecration.  With the new cover she is telling her students that they are each responsible for their unfolding revelation of the Christ, Truth.  As we begin to grasp the message of this symbol on the Sentinel, we begin to see generic man, the man in God’s image and likeness, the “woman standing in the sun” which man is man as he truly is, the “man” who will lead on the ages. The next month after the new cover of the Sentinel had appeared, an article from a German Christian Science student appeared as a leading article:  It was headed “Some Interesting Translations.”  She had come from Germany to attend the dedication of the Extension and before returning home had written Mrs. Eddy about her recent reading of a prophecy in a book, Apocryphal New Testament, published in German.  It spoke of “The Last Things...The Rule of a Woman.  The End of the World and the Second Coming of Christ.”   Miss Bertha Reinke wrote:  “...this was the most interesting part of the prophecy. 
The ‘royal widow’ ruling the world in loving obedience to Christ, bringing , also, through Christian Science, his children into loving obedience to him who, as the prophecy continues, is coming again.”   The letter then stated that German students “are waiting patiently the day when your great wisdom will see fit to give them your books in their own tongue.  The German nation is ready for the truth as you have given it to the world.”  (Christian Science Standard, Oct. 6, 1906, p. 83)  Mrs. Eddy thought the article was “deeply  interesting.” Although many newspaper organizations around the world had gained a respect for Mrs. Eddy and her “new religion,” such as the Denver News, there were still many more that had not a scintilla of spiritual perception and published hostile articles constantly about her or her movement.  She was able to write in Science and Health from personal experience: “Whoever lives most the life of Jesus in this age and declares best the power of Christian Science, will drink of his Master’s cup.  Resistance to Truth will haunt his steps, and he will incur the hatred of sinners, till ‘wisdom is justified of her children.’  These blessed benedictions rest upon Jesus’ followers:  ‘If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me 
177 
before it hated you;’  ‘Lo, I am with you alway,’---that is, not only in all time, but in all ways and conditions.”   (p. 317:6) In late 1906 and most of 1907, belligerent newspapers published increasingly vicious attacks against Mrs. Eddy and Christian Science.  One of these was the New York World, owned by Joseph Pulitzer.  He had heard rumors that Mrs. Eddy was dead and was being impersonated when out in her carriage for her daily drive.  These rumors had been fueled by observations that Mrs. Eddy had not attended the dedication of the Extension and had not visited it later in private as she had the original edifice.  He sent two reporters to Concord to investigate. They decided to interview her only if her identity was corroborated in the presence of a neighbor.  This was arranged and they all met.  The proof of her identity was given, and one of the reporters was heard to say, “she is a well-preserved woman for her years.” However, in spite of this meeting,  the New York World’s headline on October 28th announced:  MARY BAKER G. EDDY DYING.  Another newspaper, The Independent, asked Mrs. Eddy to respond.  She sent them a reply on Nov. 12, which was also published in the Christian Science Journal prefaced by the Editor’s note that it was “in her own handwriting.”  Here is a portion of her answer:  “The lie and the liar are self-destroyed. 
Truth is immortal...The cycle of good obliterates the epicycle of evil...Let error rage and imagine a vain thing.  Mary Baker Eddy is not dead, and the words of those that say that she is are the father of their wish.  Her life is proven under trial, and evidences ‘as thy days, so shall thy strength be.’ ... “Those words of our departing Savior, breathing love for his enemies, fill my heart: ‘Father, forgive them;  for they know not what they do.’ My writings heal the sick, and I thank God that for the past forty years I have returned good for evil, and that I can appeal to Him as my witness to the truth of this statement. “What we love determines what we are.  I love the prosperity of Zion, be it promoted by Catholic, by Protestant, or by Christian Science, which anoints with Truth, opening the eyes of the blind and healing the sick.  I would no more quarrel with a man because of his religion than I would because of his art... “When I wrote “Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures,” I little understood all that I indited;  but when I practiced its precepts, healing the sick and reforming the sinner, then I learned the truth of what I had written.  It is of comparatively little importance what a man thinks or believes he knows;  the good that a man does is the one thing needful and the sole proof of rightness.”   (My, 271-272) It is only right to say, in the interests of fair-minded people everywhere, that there were many criticisms of McClure’s and their methods published throughout the country. 
This was the age of rampant “yellow journalism,” and Mrs. Eddy had much to meet in order to try to set the record straight.   She did not allow herself or her movement to be persecuted without an answer, but she was always seeking to bless those who would harm her.  Here is an example:  “In the days when our dear leader was being held up for ridicule by the pulpit and press, because of ignorance of Christian Science, a newspaper reporter called to see her and asked her to tell him what a Christian Science treatment was.  He intended to quote her 
178 
in the press, and then ridicule her words and ideas.  Mrs. Eddy paused several moments and then answered:  ‘A Christian Science treatment is an absolute acknowledgement of the ever- presence of absolute perfection.’ “The reporter thought over Mrs. Eddy’s  words, but could make nothing out of them, so did not quote her and ridicule her.  Years later, the same newspaper man lay dying with a serious throat infection;  he could not speak, and his wife thought him unconscious.  She was talking with someone in an adjoining room, when she was startled to hear her husband repeating slowly in a perfectly clear, strong voice:  ‘A Christian Science treatment is an absolute acknowledgement of the ever-presence of infinite perfection.’  He had remembered what Mrs. Eddy had told him, and in his hour of extremity it came back to him with a spiritual realization that healed him completely.”  (Jones, Elizabeth Earl, CSB, Reminiscences of Mary Baker Eddy, Elizabeth Earl Jones, 1986,First Edition) Immediately after Mrs. Eddy’s reply to The Independent concerning The New York World’s false headline, Joseph Pulitzer again tried to smear Mrs. Eddy with another falsehood. In mid-November,1906, he employed a lawyer, a Concord resident and ex- Senator, to prepare the ground for a lawsuit against Mrs. Eddy.  He duped her son, George Glover, living in South Dakota, into believing that his mother “may be detained in the custody of strangers...may be...a confirmed invalid...and therefore incapable of managing her business and property affairs.   ...She may be surrounded by designing men who either have already sought or may hereafter seek, to wrongfully possess themselves of her large property.”  (GG 314)  Both  George and his family had been loyal to Mrs. Eddy and Christian Science. They were persuaded to go along with the lawsuit.  It became known as the “Next Friends “ suit and was not settled, in Mrs. Eddy’s favor, until August 21, 1907. 
Here is another example of Mrs. Eddy’s great love for mankind even when faced with those who would revile and persecute her without just cause: “A healing which I recall with much interest occurred in the year 1907, at the time of the “Next Friends’ Suit,’ when many newspapers were sending their reporters to Concord in the hope of securing interviews with Mrs. Eddy.  Since it would have taken nearly all her time if she had seen all these representatives of the press, she appointed me [Irving C. 
Tomlinson] as a receiver and giver of messages.  At this time there were three or four reporters particularly determined to see Mrs. Eddy.  They had been sent to Concord to ‘dig up’ the truth about her...As one of these men remarked later: ‘We hoped that something of a sensational nature would be uncovered...  This man said they were a belligerent lot of old- timers, and they hoped and expected to ‘dig up’ a lot of scandal;  that they were news hounds baying on the trail. “Having been in Concord for some time, covering the occurrences surrounding the suit, and trying to get whatever information they could about Mrs. Eddy, this reporter said they were all greatly amazed at the kind and loving treatment accorded them.  ‘If ever anyone has a right to hate someone, surely the Christian Scientists had a right to hate us,’ he said.  ‘We had no reverence and no decency.  We did not believe anything but the worst about anybody, and we wanted if possible to hold Mrs. Eddy up to scorn and ridicule, to expose and denounce and her.’ 
179 
“The chief man among this group, representing a big New York newspaper, was known as a particularly hard-boiled reporter and a steady drinker.  He had been afflicted for some years with a cancerous growth of the throat, which was extremely painful and at times overwhelmed him completely. “One evening as they were all sitting in his room at the Eagle Hotel, drinking and smoking, bored with their stay, this man was suffering with his throat;  he had lost his voice entirely and was unable to speak a word.  Mrs. Eddy had asked me to call these men by telephone and inform them that it was impossible for them to see her.  But she cautioned me at the same time, ‘Be sure to ask for the leading man and speak directly to him.’”  (God told her who to talk to!) “The telephone rang and one of the younger reporters answered the call.  According to instructions, I asked to speak to their head man, whose name he mentioned, but was told that the man, was too ill to come, could not speak anyway.  Remembering Mrs. Eddy’s instructions I said, ‘Tell him to come to the telephone;  he can hear what I say even if he can’t talk.’ “Accordingly, the suffering newspaper man came to the telephone, showing decided anger (as I was later informed).  He listened for a few moments.  Those in the room, of course, could not hear what was being said, but when this man turned away from the telephone, he not only could speak perfectly, but was healed. “The healing stirred these men.  They sat around, looking at each other, unable to comprehend what had happened and more startled by it than anything else.  They had of course heard that Christian Scientists claim to heal the sick, and they knew that their comrade had been healed. “One can imagine the consternation and the excitement produced by this sudden transformation of one of their number.  These men had believed Mrs. Eddy to be only a humbug, and the reputed healings of Christian Science to be a great hoax.  Their whole position was overthrown by this proof offered before their very eyes.  They packed their bags and left. “Some years later a relative of this man called at my office in Boston and gave me the following message:  ‘My uncle requested me to see you and to tell you that in his last days he turned to Christian Science, and he knew that he owed a debt of gratitude to Mrs. 
Eddy for his healing in Concord.”   (Tomlinson, Twelve Years with Mary Baker Eddy, pp.62-65) The signing of an indenture on December 19, 1906, was the last main feature of Mrs. Eddy’s founding.  She caused an indenture to be drawn up, signed before a Notary Public and placed on the register of deeds.  This document names each one of the Board of Directors as then constituted, that is, five members.  Part of the legal definition of “indenture” is “a deed or other document to which two or more parties are bound.”  The extension had been dedicated six months earlier and consequently some of the trusts in the September 1,1892 deed for land that had made the building of the original edifice possible, had been fulfilled while others needed to be modified. 
It was to be noted that every deed for land that had been conveyed for the Extension incorporates the original deed of September 1,1892, and two further trusts.  Deeds for those 
180 
parcels of land purchased before 1903, including that for the original edifice, had a supplementary deed issued so that they too included the two new trusts.  Every one of these deeds was conveyed to four men as grantees, identified as the Christian Science Board of Directors, a Board constituted by the original deed. Before there was any mention of an Extension, this Board was enlarged to five.  The fifth member is now to be included in a legal document, the indenture, modifying trusts in the original September 1,1892, deed.  This binds the five directors constituted by the Manual to be legally responsible for obeying the remaining trusts and binding them all to the requirements of the new trust “that no new Tenet or By-Law shall be adopted, nor any Tenet or By-Law amended or annulled by the grantees unless the written consent of said Mary Baker G. Eddy, the author of the textbook ‘SCIENCE AND HEALTH WITH KEY TO THE SCRIPTURES’ be given therefor...” (Manual, p. 137:2)  Although this point has been referred to endlessly, it is important to remember that ‘annul’ means “to reduce to nothing” and that “one thing annuls another by neutralizing its power to act or to work.”  Webster This indenture consolidates the legal foundation of the re-organized church and secures in perpetuity the two edifices of The First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, Massachusetts.  By naming five directors and thus binding them to obey the trusts in the deeds and the Manual By-Laws as written, the indenture establishes a legal premise that will enable the material organization to be dissolved.  This could take place when the five- man Board, as constituted by the Manual, agrees that ignoring By-Laws is annulling them. 
They could therefore agree to return to their legal self-perpetuating status of four, as provided for in the original 1892 Deed of Trust.  They could continue to maintain the buildings and provide for services.  Provision for financing this responsibility has been made in the Deed of Trust for the Publishing Society, whose net profits are to be transferred to the Church Treasurer every six months. So, at the end of this period, the indenture signed by Mrs. Eddy and the five directors points the way to obey the trust and the By-Law.  For, by removing one member, they will be obeying the By-Law when their Leader’s signature is no longer available. Although the test for the church officers and members will not arise until 1910, and may appear to be taking many years to resolve, there is nothing that can affect or destroy His spiritual creation.  Regardless of what the evidence of the senses may present or of the steps taken in other directions, which only extend the mortal measurement of time, “Deity was satisfied with His work.” 
181 
Chapter  12  Seventh Evolutionary Period     1907-1910 
Seventh Day---Love     fulfillment   rest   holiness “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made;  and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made.” Gen. 2:1-2 
Characteristics of Love:  is impartial and universal in its adaptations and bestowals;  is reflected in love;  gives to the least spiritual idea might, immortality, and goodness;  meets every human need;  gives all power over every physical action and goodness;  means every idea is already at the point of fulfillment and perfection;  is one with its manifestation and objectification;  is the realization that everything is already worked out, thus giving a sense of peace and rest; motherhood, tenderness that cares for everything and everyone, every situation, every detail is cared for;  the vital part, the living indispensable essential of Christian Science “To infinite, ever-present Love, all is Love, and there is no error, sin, sickness, nor death.” (S&H 567: 7) 
This seventh period draws the entire revelation together in the final mission of the Discoverer and Founder of Christian Science. The “seven” symbolizes God’s work as finished.  Among these finishing touches is the final declaration of God’s character. The answer to the question, “What is God?” appears in its final form in the chapter “Recapitulation,” with the word “infinite” added:  “God is divine, infinite, incorporeal Being, Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love.” 
After the publication of the four hundred and eighteenth edition of Science and Health, further editions were no longer numbered.  At this time a new copyright was secured.  Then Mrs. Eddy arranged for the preparation of new plates for the printing and also made a request that the number of testimonials in the chapter “Fruitage” should ensure that the book had “700 pages...and if it runs over this a little...no matter.  But the original number must not be lessened.”  (Carpenter, Gilbert C., C.S.B., Miscellaneous  Documents Relating to Christian Science, p.126)  The seven in the numeral “700” stands symbolically for the seventh day when God’s work was finished.  The Comforter had come;  mankind had been awakened, enlightened, and blessed---as the testifiers proclaimed. Here is the last testimony on p.700 of the 88th edition of Science and Health (the last one left for mankind when she passed on):  “ A GRATEFUL TESTIMONY: ‘Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path.’  This has been proven to me in every way. 
When Christian Science came to me, I was a wreck, physically, mentally, and financially; but since the reading of Science and Health turned my thought toward the light, I have found that , as far as I am willing to receive the word and live it, all comforts are supplied me.  I am especially grateful for the spiritual help.  I know that things which I did and thought last year I would not do or think this year, and I am satisfied.  Through the careful and prayerful study of Science and Health I have been lifted from sickness to health, from sorrow to 
182 
peace, from lack to plenty, and, the most beautiful of all, from darkness to light.---Mrs. 
H.S.C,, Seattle, Wash.”   (This testimony was inexplicably removed from the Science and Health textbook after Mrs. Eddy passed on, and then later put back in as the second to last testimony.  Mrs. Eddy had put the testimonies in the order in which she was led to do it. 
Why was it changed after she passed on?   How better to have ended her book than with this phrase “from darkness to light.” In February 1907 the Journal and Sentinel announced a new edition of the textbook. 
Two important changes were noted.  The first one was in the spiritual interpretation of the Lord’s Prayer.  The last edition had the spiritual interpretation of the third line, “Thy kingdom come”---”Thy kingdom is within us.  Thou art ever-present.”  In the new edition it read:  “Thy kingdom is come; Thou art ever present.”  It remains unchanged.  (Science and Health, 16: 30, 31) We must realize that everything Mrs. Eddy did was not for herself as a human being, but was done with the future ages in mind.  She no longer thought of herself as a mortal with her own ego, but knew that all she did as the Bible prophesied and Christ Jesus promised to this age was done in symbol for teaching purposes.  She knew that everything she did would be gone over with a fine-toothed comb, and she made sure her every action was to help elucidate a critical point that would further mankind's understanding of Christian Science. The new edition now contained three orders, or arrangements, of the seven capitalized terms for God.  We know that one of Mrs. Eddy’s missions was to elucidate for mankind the meaning of the term “God,” to lift it up out of the concept of being man-like to its true Scientific significance as the universal Principle of all that is.  The terms for God had been in the textbook from the beginning, but Mrs. Eddy continued to work with them as she gained a clearer sense of their order and its importance in the way the order is being used. In 1907, the “seventh day” of her founding when all is finished, she gives the seven synonymous terms their final rendering with the new inclusion, the word “infinite.”  The order found on p. 465 in S&H is called the “Word” order.  It signifies the primal order, the way in which God is revealed to the human understanding, through the order exemplified by the “days of creation” in the first chapter of Genesis.  This order is the key to understanding the Bible and Science and Health as well as the course of civilization as a whole.  You are already familiar with it, for it is the order I’ve been using in giving an exegesis of Mrs. 
Eddy’s founding of Christian Science.  In this new edition it reads:  “God is incorporeal, divine, supreme, infinite, Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love.”  This change gave God’s definition as four adjectives and seven capitalized nouns---the “four” and the “seven!” 
On p. 115, Mrs. Eddy gives us a different order for the synonyms..  It is called the “Christ order” for its translating, mediatorial way in which communion is established between God and men. The order is:  “Divine  Principle, Life, Truth, Love, Soul, Spirit, Mind.” Translation enables us to know that all the dynamic ideas and qualities which characterize God are man. The concept ‘God’ requires the concept ‘man’ for they are complementary.  Mind “must be understood through the idea which expresses it.” (S&H, 467:30)  This is, of course, true with all that we see around us, God-made and man-made. 
183 
Here are some ways to look at how an erroneous, mortal sense of man can be translated to the true, immortal sense of man through this particular arrangement of the synonyms:   Divine Principle disallows any other power, forever operating as right and harmony;  Life being indivisible cannot be broken up into lives, or into birth and death;  this wholeness or Truth knows no error, but corrects and heals (makes wholeness apparent);  in the universal solvent of Love all problems are forever solved;  Soul, conferring immortal, sinless identity, reverses whatever the material senses have misconstrued;  the understanding of Spirit as the only true substance therefore corrects the false and reveals evil to be an illusion.  Thus everything is seen as subject to the law of omnipotent Mind and is no longer believed to be mindless matter. A third order of the synonymous terms for God is found on p. 587 in the Glossary of the textbook and was finalized in 1886. It is called the “Christianity” order.  In 1903 the last two terms, Substance, Intelligence, were uncapitalized.  It reads:  The great I AM;  the all- knowing, all-seeing, all-acting, all-wise, all loving, and eternal;  Principle;  Mind;  Soul; Spirit;  Life;  Truth;  Love;  all substance;  intelligence.  Christianity is “the outcome of the divine Principle of the Christ-idea in Christian history.”  (S&H 577:16)  It brings healing, redemption, demonstration, and has the office of uniting and universalizing.  It restores human concepts to their original spiritual meaning.  Here the outcome of the divine Principle is seen as the allness of Mind’s ideas, forever held in their changeless identity by Soul, and reflected through the purity of  Spirit to express Life, Truth, and Love, the divine nature, everywhere and ceaselessly. Mrs. Eddy worked with her textbook revelation until she knew it restored the original spiritual meanings of Biblical terms found throughout the Bible.  The term “city foursquare,” as used in the Bible, she found symbolized spiritual consciousness.  She found that three of the sides of the “city” represented the Word, Christ, and Christianity.  What was the fourth side of the “city” of spiritual consciousness?  There is the order of Science itself where the synonymous terms as presented in the Word are seen subjectively from Principle in the center. In January 1907, the Cosmopolitan magazine published an article by a well-known and well-respected playwright, Charles Klein, titled “Christian Science:  An Impartial Estimate.”  At a time when he had been contemplating suicide, he was reluctantly persuaded to investigate Christian Science and was almost immediately healed.  Thus his article was based on first-hand experience, not on critical observation by writers who were more or less prejudiced against it.  The Sentinel of Jan. 26, 1907, reprinted Klein’s article with editorial comment.  The following  week’s editorial page opened with a letter from Pleasant View stating Mrs. Eddy’s pleasure with the article and the Sentinel’s recommendation of it. By September 30, 1907, the suit brought by Joseph Pulitzer of the New York World against Mrs. Eddy in 1906 had finally collapsed.  Newspapers all over the United States and in England had followed the case and published editorials on the collapse.  This one is representative of the editorials:   The Optic, Quincy, Illinois: “...It is safe to believe that there would have been no court case, had it not been for inspiration based on bitter opposition to the religious doctrine of which this remarkable woman is the leader and founder.  It is a 
184 
curious fact, one worthy of study by psychologists, that the Founder or Leader of such a peculiarly pacific faith as that of Mrs. Eddy should be subjected to such bitter, unrelenting hostility.  Nor does the fact that the Leader is a refined and cultured woman make the slightest difference to her persecutors.  This is surely not as it should be.  It is certainly not a right thing in this country, in which religious freedom is one of our fundamental principles. 
In this republic, every instance in which a lawful religious faith is persecuted is a distinct violation of the spirit of our institutions---this irrespective of the truth or error of the faith. 
As heretofore stated in these columns, we are not of Mrs. Eddy’s faith.  But we are distinctly a believer in fair play, in accordance with America’s institutions, and Mrs. Eddy has not been fairly treated.  There is no question about that.”  (Michael Meehan, The Late Suit in Equity, p. 314) In October 1907, the Journal announced that it was time to erect a suitable building to house the Publishing society, and contributions were invited.  On August 8, 1908, the Sentinel announced that there were sufficient funds and that the next issue would come from the new premises. In accord with a By-Law in the manual, the Board of Education held a Normal class on the first Wednesday of Dec., 1907, which from then on would be triennial.  This class would be the last one where the students’ certificates were signed by the President of the Board, Mrs. Eddy, also a By-Law requirement. Towards the end of 1907, Mrs. Eddy made quiet preparations to leave Concord for Boston.  In October a home in Chestnut Hill was purchased in her behalf.  She moved into her new home on Jan. 26, 1908. Before we leave 1907, here is a demonstration I will relate concerning Mrs. Eddy's dominion over the weather.  She taught her students who lived with her how to do it, and they did it regularly.  The storms were not seen as "out there" but as animal magnetism only and under the dominion of Mind.  "On several occasions I [Miss Adelaide Still, Mrs. Eddy's personal helper], saw Mrs. Eddy subdue a storm and I well remember the first time that I witnessed this demonstration.  It was the third of August, 1907, between 4:30 and 5:30 p.m. 
The sky was overcast with heavy clouds and it was very dark.   Mrs. Eddy sat in her chair in the study at Pleasant View watching the clouds with a smile and a rapt expression on her face.  It seemed to me that she saw beyond the storm and her present surroundings and I do not think that she was conscious of my presence.  In a few moments the clouds broke and flecked and the storm was dissolved into its native nothingness.  About a half hour later I had occasion to go to her room again when she said to me, 'Did you see the sky?'  I said, 'Yes, Mrs. Eddy.'  Then she said, 'It (meaning the cloud) was never there.  God's face was never clouded.'"  (Eddy, Miscellaneous documents, pp.35-6)  We will all learn to do this. 
There is nothing outside of our Mind. One of her new workers in the household at Chestnut Hill, Martha Wilcox, recorded some of the important lessons she learned from Mrs. Eddy’s daily instructions to her mental workers:  “Sometimes...you believe that a personality is something outside and separate from your own thought that can harm you...the real danger was never the threat from outside...but always within [one’s] own thought.”  She thus learned where mental 
185 
malpractice must be handled.  Another point addressed was that I [Martha] “thought of creation...as separated into two groups...spiritual ...[and] material, and that somehow I must get rid of the...material.  I caught my first glimpse of the fact that all right, useful things were mental and represented spiritual ideas,” and the lesson was that “there are not two groups of creation, just one.”  A valuable lesson also came from observing how Mrs. Eddy worked. 
There was an occasion when she was at her desk “almost constantly for three days...and when she had finished, she had two lines to add to Science and Health.  I marveled at her perseverance...but she had worked out a statement for Christian Science students that would stand through the ages.”  (Doris Grekel, The Womanhood of God, The Forever Leader, 1901-1910, Vol. III,  pp. 430 & 432) This three days’ work on two lines for Science and Health became apparent when the Feb. 29, 1908 Sentinel came out.  It contained a notice from Mrs. Eddy:  “I request the Christian Scientists universally to read the paragraph beginning at line 30 on page 442 in the edition of Science and Health which will be issued Feb. 29.  I consider the information there given to be of great importance at this stage of the workings of animal magnetism, and it will greatly aid the students in their individual experience. ...”  (My 236:23)  It was the same paragraph Martha Wilcox had observed being composed:  “Christian Scientists, be a law to yourselves that mental malpractice can harm you neither when asleep nor when awake.” (Feb. 29,1908 edition of S&H, p. 442)   As I’ve asserted earlier in the book, we all will have to learn to do this as the power of mind is grasped and used for nefarious purposes by those who would do evil.  It is already on the near horizon. In August, 1908, Mrs. Eddy issued a new edition of the Church Manual.  Besides a complete rearrangement of the main headings, there were some very important changes with far-reaching implications.  In June Mrs. Eddy had asked the Executive Members to abolish their annual meetings.  Their main function was to vote on applications for membership to The Mother Church. She asked them to meet only when called by the clerk  “and with the approval of Mrs. Eddy. The By-Laws regulate the action of the members of The Mother Church.” In the next Sentinel there was a letter by Mrs. Eddy, titled “A Word to the Wise:” “When I asked you to dispense with the Executive Members’ meeting, the purpose of my request was sacred.  It was to turn your sense of worship from the material to the spiritual, the personal to the impersonal, the denominational to the doctrinal, yea, from the human to the divine. “Already you have advanced from the audible to the inaudible prayer;  from the material to the  spiritual communion;  from drugs to Deity;  and you have been greatly recompensed.  Rejoice and be exceeding glad, for so doth the divine Love redeem your body from disease, your being from sensuality; your soul from sense;  your life from death. “Of this abounding and abiding spiritual understanding the prophet Isaiah said, ‘And I will bring the blind by a way they knew not;  I will lead them in paths they have not known;  I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight.  These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them.’” (The First Church of Christ Scientist and Miscellany, 139: 16) 
186 
One of the duties of the Executive Members had been to vote when a special meeting was called to approve an edition of the Manual.  The new one, the 73rd, was to be the last one designated “the authority.”  In this Manual, the By-Laws pertaining to Executive Members were repealed.  Their disbanding removed the only vestige of ‘democratic’ government, since at this point ‘democracy’ had to yield to ‘theocracy.’ Why?  Mrs. Eddy was using the Webster’s definition:  "The derivation of ‘theocracy’ is God + to rule, and is defined as “Government of a state by the immediate direction of God.”  All executive power would from the issuance of the new Manual reside in the five members of the Board of Directors, but as members of The Mother Church, they would be regulated by the By-Laws. 
In 1908 regulation is assured, because Mrs. Eddy’s consent for appointment to the Board is available.  However, when she is no longer present, obedience to all the By-Laws, as written, becomes essential for the church.  Disobedience opens the door to hierarchical control.  “Man is properly self-governed only when he is guided rightly and governed by his Maker, divine Truth and Love.”  (S&H 106: 9) In June, 1908, Mrs. Eddy discontinued Communion services in The Mother Church but continued them in the branch churches.  She announced to the press:  “The branch churches continue their communion seasons, but there shall be no more communion season in The Mother Church that has blossomed into spiritual beauty, communion universal and divine.  ‘For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him?  But we have the mind of Christ.’  (MY 141: 23-28) (I Corinthians 2:16) On the same day, Mrs. Eddy wrote a letter addressed to all Christian Scientists: “Beloved Christian Scientists:---Take courage.  God is leading you onward and upward. 
Relinquishing a material form of communion advances it spiritually.  The material form is a ‘Suffer it to be so now,’ and is abandoned so soon as God’s Way-shower, Christ, points the advanced step.”  (MY 140:18)  Mrs. Eddy, God's Wayshower, through the Christ, Truth, to which she was always attuned, was pointing the advanced step out of materiality. The First Reader of The Mother Church also received a note from Mrs. Eddy regarding the abolishment of their communion season:  “ Beloved Christian Scientist:-- Accept my thanks for your approval of abolishing the communion season...I sought God’s guidance in doing it, but the most important events are criticized.  “The Mother Church communion season was literally a communion of branch communicants which might in time lose its sacredness and merge into a meeting for greetings.  My beloved brethren may sometime learn this and rejoice with me, as they so often have done, over a step higher in their passage from sense to soul.” Mrs. Eddy never did anything associated with her church and movement unless it had a spiritual significance.  The phrase, “Suffer it to be so now” in her recent letter to all Christian Scientists, appears in the textbook where it is followed by, “Jesus’ concessions (in certain cases) to material methods were for the advancement of spiritual good.”  (S&H 56:4) It was also used in 1889 when the College was dissolved and Mrs. Eddy explained:  “Other institutions...will doubtless follow the example of the Alma Mater after having accomplished the worthy purpose for which they were organized.”  In the same year she wrote her article “The Way” which repeated the same remonstration:  "When students have fulfilled all the 
187 
good ends of organization, and are convinced that by leaving the material forms thereof a higher spiritual unity is won, then is the time to follow the example of the Alma Mater. 
Material organization is requisite in the beginning;  but when it has done its work, the purely Christly method of teaching and preaching must be adopted. ”  (Miscellaneous Writings., 358: 30-4) 
Alma Mater is literally, fostering mother.  In each case an advancing spiritual step is being encouraged.  A teacher of Christian Science wrote Mrs. Eddy showing recognition of this point:  “We rejoice that you discern our readiness to take this forward step in our progress out of the bondage of sense and form into the unrestricted freedom of Soul.  I am convinced that the impetus thus given will result in deeper consecration, better healing work, and a broadened understanding of the Church universal.”  (published in the August 1908 Christian Science Journal) Another change to the Manual By-Laws was issued in June of ‘08:  “Christian Scientists shall report neither the number of the members of The Mother Church nor that of other churches.  According to the Scripture they shall turn away from personality and numbering the people.  (Church Manual, p. 48) In the early stages of any institution, numbering the people is encouraging, a sign of prosperity or rapid growth.  Mrs. Eddy had done this in her messages for 1900-1902.  The new By-Law in 1908 brought this practice to a close.  Continuing would mean a focus on quantity instead of quality of spiritual growth.  The By-Law indicates a requirement to “turn away from personality.” In October 1908, the Sentinel announced the 74th edition of The Church Manual containing all of the recent changes along with a new change to the first By-Law which concerns Church Officers.  The two offices, which had never been included before, are the Pastor Emeritus (Mrs. Eddy), and a Board of Directors.  Until this issue the first mention of the Board had been in Section 2 in a note---: ”See under ‘Deed of Trust’ for incorporation of the ‘Christian Science Board of Directors.’ This changed By-Law is bringing into focus what will appear to be a dilemma when the Pastor Emeritus is no longer with them.  Although the appointment of all the listed officers needed her approval or consent, the continued reference to the “Deed of Trust” pointed the way to a resolution, one authorized by the Manual. In November 1908, The Sentinel report of the Communion services in June included the following:  “Thousands of people visited Mrs. Eddy’s room in the old church, which was opened between services.”  At the end of the same month, a new By-Law was announced by the Sentinel that “the room in The Mother Church formerly known as ‘Mother’s Room,’ shall hereafter be closed to visitors.” All of the recent changes have the same keynote, that of bringing or leading an activity to its conclusion, of turning attention “from the material to the spiritual, the personal to the impersonal...yea, from the human to the divine.”  (First Church of Christ Scientist and Miscellany, 139:20) In her autobiography Mrs. Eddy had said:  “Thus must the Mother in Israel give all her hours to those first sacred tasks, till her children can walk steadfastly in wisdom’s ways.” 
188 
(Ret. 90:22)  She had often addressed her students as “children of Israel,” and in her first church organization had said that “Christian Science, as taught and demonstrated by our Master restores the lost Israel.”  (Church Manual, 17, emphasis mine))  Increasingly every step she had taken has been leading her followers to the ‘present possibility” of experiencing “the subjective state by which [they] could see the new heaven and the new earth, which involve the spiritual idea and consciousness of reality. ... This spiritual consciousness is...a present possibility.”  (S&H 573:21) Certainly Mrs. Eddy was leading her students, like the children of Israel and the early Christians were led by Moses and Christ Jesus, to see the way out of bondage into the Truth that makes free.  Her requirements were the same---obey God’s commandments and follow the example of their Leader.  The third By-Law under the heading Discipline is headed “Christ Jesus the Ensample,” which states:  “He who dated the Christian era is the ensample in Christian Science.”  (Church Manual, 41)  Webster:  “Ensample.  A pattern or model for imitation or warning.”  In other words, a role model. In this seventh period of Mrs. Eddy’s founding, we have seen many of Mrs. Eddy’s instructions and letters to the Christian Scientists and their church going out simultaneously to the press.  This is in keeping with the seventh day’s universal outflow to mankind.  The newspaper editors found that their readers were much interested in Mrs. Eddy and all of her associated activities.  Why was there this interest?  When there is consistent trust in and obedience to God’s government, the world is being shown that for which it is hungry, spiritual methods of caring for problems, physical, mental, economical, etc., that are trustworthy, practical, and successful.  The world was responding to the Christ, the Truth, awaking their consciousness to ever-present good.  Mrs. Eddy’s next step is to foster this world-awakening with the publication of a daily newspaper which she named The Christian Science Monitor. Perhaps the letters Mrs. Eddy was receiving from a Christian Science lecturer in Europe was a factor in her insisting that the newspaper be started immediately. She said that the thought had been coming to her for months.  A much-beloved Christian Science practitioner, teacher, and lecturer, Mr. Edward A. Kimball, had been lecturing in Europe and had carried a letter from Mrs. Eddy to the family of the late Earl of Dunmore, who had become Christian Scientists.  (Mr. Kimball and his wife were to attend the christening of the grandson of the late Earl of Dunmore.  The ceremony in behalf of a future peer of Scotland was of such importance that the King of England was to be present.) Mr. Kimble lectured in Paris, France, Zurich, Switzerland, The Hague, Holland , Dublin and Belfast, Ireland, and London and Southampton, England.  His lectures were extremely well-attended as the report of a lecture in London on April 13, 1908, illustrates: 
"'Edward A. Kimble of Chicago delivered a lecture...at Queen's Hall on April 13. 
The hall has a seating capacity of about three thousand and the lecture was announced for eight o'clock.  The doors were opened at a quarter past seven, and in fifteen minutes nearly every seat was occupied.  Half an hour later the nine entrances had to be closed, and a crowd of many hundreds turned away in spite of their punctual arrival, as not a seat was to be had in any part of the vast hall.  Such an attendance in this, the most populace concert hall in 
189 
London, is without precedent...'"   (Doris Grekel, The Forever Leader, p. 447)  Here is a newspaper report Mr. Kimble sent from the Daily Express of Dublin, Ireland to Mrs. Eddy on May 10, 1908: 
“Yesterday afternoon Mr. Edward A. Kimble delivered an interesting address in the large hall of the Ancient Concert Rooms on the subject of Christian Science.  There was a large attendance.  Mr. Walter Wilding, M.R.C.S., M.R.C.P., presided, and, in introducing the lecturer, said the study and practice of medicine practically absorbed his time until he heard of Christian Science and actually witnessed the healing of several cases of organic diseases amongst his patients.  One was the case of a cripple, and the surgeon in the infirmary advised that nothing could save the leg from amputation but an operation on the knee.  The Christian Science treatment was tried and the patient was healed.  He had examined the limb the day before and the day after the cure and he could not doubt that a miracle had been performed, as no material power could have produced the result.  This and other equally wonderful works---the result of prayer---convinced him of the efficacy of Christian Science, and there was only one outcome of that conviction---that was to cease practicing medicine.'" On May 21,1908, Mr. Kimble sent another letter to Mrs. Eddy from England: "'Beloved Teacher: 
"'...you will be glad to hear what I can tell you about the status of the Christian Science movement in Great Britain.  I had no idea that it had taken on such large proportions and was so well known and so largely discussed;  moreover, I did not suppose the work was being so favorably presented and maintained by the Christian Scientists, as I find to be the case.  As a rule they have a high and dignified appreciation of  Science itself and of what constitutes legitimate and effective practice.  They have accomplished much over here, and the present situation and activity of our Cause are full of great promise. The lectures are largely attended,---sometimes crowds of people are unable to gain entrance,---and they have received quite as much and as respectful attention from the press as is given them in America.  One of the great London religious papers has announced its intention to publish the lecture which I am to give in London tomorrow night, in order that the readers of that paper and the people of that denomination (the Congregational) may have a statement of Christian Science from its advocate rather than from its opponent.  The editor has stipulated that I am to speak of certain phases of the subject which he has named, particularly that I shall tell them ‘something about Mrs. Eddy.’ I think that this is the first instance of its kind in our history.  No religious paper in America, other than our own, has ever published the full text of a Christian Science lecture. 
In this case it is opportune, because there is to be a great meeting in June of the Church of England, and at that meeting the delegates are to discuss Christian Science.  A Congregational minister said to me, "Mrs. Eddy has presented the only perfectly concatenated religious system in existence.  If one accepts the premise, he must accept the conclusion.  I am ready to accept the premise, because Christian Science is the only religion that gets God into the world as or through His spiritual idea, instead of as a man.'"...  (both letters from Doris Grekel,  The Forever Leader, pp. 447-450) 
190 
In an almost unimaginable amount of time, on Nov. 25, 1908, the day before Thanksgiving, the first issue of the Christian Science Monitor appeared on the newsstands. 
Mrs. Eddy had recorded in her private note book that it had sold one hundred sixty thousand copies on that first day!  In fact, it sold out, and all the orders could not be filled!  The object of the Monitor, according  to Mrs. Eddy, “ is to injure no man, but to bless all mankind.” She also said that it was “to spread undivided the Science that operates unspent.”  This had an obvious connection with the previous year’s court case and the yellow journalism which attempted to injure her and destroy Christian Science.  The error was self-destroyed;  Mrs. 
Eddy’s metaphysical work for the great Cause with which she was entrusted was triumphant. 
As with Jesus’ mission to exemplify the Christ -idea, which could not be destroyed by killing him, so with the case of Mary Baker Eddy’s exemplification of Christian Science; it also cannot  be destroyed.  Here is a grateful letter of thanks for a quality newspaper: “Rev. Mary Baker G. Eddy, Brookline, Mass.  Dear Leader---As a newspaper man I thank you for The Christian Science Monitor in prospect, and I feel sure that such will be the sentiment of hundreds of newspaper workers all over the land when The Monitor in fact shall have demonstrated the feasibility of clean journalism.   “A definition of ‘monitor’ is, ‘One who advises,’ and I foresee that when this Christian Science Monitor shall have proved that there is such a thing as newspaper success along non-sensational lines, there will follow a widespread readjustment of news policies, for which I am sure none will be more truly thankful than an army of honest, conscientious toilers in the ranks of newspaperdom. “Gratefully Yours,  Frank Bell, Managing Editor,  Harrisburg Telegraph” 
The Christian Science Monitor carried a section called “The Home Forum” which included a metaphysical article.  It became a regular feature and had a “Children’s Department” and a page “Of Interest to all the Family.”  In the first edition there was an item headed:  “Good Newspapers Mean Good Government:”   “If we want responsible government we must have responsible newspapers.  If the two previous points are proved this one follows logically as a matter of course.  If we are governed by public opinion, and the newspapers make public opinion, our government will necessarily be good or bad, according as the newspapers are good or bad.  ‘A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit.’  President Hadley, Yale University In keeping with my promise to include healings by Mrs. Eddy in each chapter,  the following are two  most important healings by Mrs. Eddy in demonstrations over death, both of them involving the same person, Calvin Frye, her secretary for many years and a dearly beloved loyal follower.  In fact, she raised him from the dead five times!  Each time was witnessed by other workers in her home: The first account was during the late 1880's when she lived in Boston.  "Mr. Frye had started down to the kitchen to get a piece of pie, stubbed his toe at the top of the stairs and fell headlong down the stairs.  The students worked for him, but they were frightened and believed he had broken his neck, because his head wobbled so.  Mrs. Eddy sensed the situation and appeared on the scene.  She declared in a commanding way from the top of the stairs, 'Calvin Frye, come up here.'  After calling him three times she turned her back on the situation and he rose up and followed her.  Mrs. Eddy had not only raised him from the dead 
191 
but had healed Calvin from a broken neck as well.  Later the others asked him what he was doing between the time he fell and was raised.  He said he was in the kitchen eating pie. 
What remarkable spiritual dominion and authority!  She commanded, from the standpoint of power and authority of the Christ, that her student obey the mandate of Mind, God, and rise up and follow..."   (Keyston, The Healer, 100) The second incident I will include happened in November of 1908, when Mrs. Eddy was eighty-eight years of age.  Not long after Mrs. Eddy had retired for the night, a never to be forgotten event was witnessed by three of her students.  Calvin Frye was discovered on the lounge in his room, eyes closed, no breath or pulse, and no indication of life whatsoever. 
Laura Sargent, Mrs. Eddy's helper who had discovered him, being unable to rouse him, ran to Adam Dickey for help.  They both tried their best to revive him with no success.  Another student in the home, Irving Tomlinson, arrived and endeavored to restore him to no avail. 
At last, they notified Mrs. Eddy who, not wanting to take the time to get dressed, asked them to bring him to her.  Tomlinson lifted Frye, who gave every indication of having passed on, into a rocking chair and dragged it through the hall to Mrs. Eddy's room. With a shawl about her shoulders, she sat beside Mr. Frye and "addressed him in a loud voice, "Calvin, Calvin, wake up. It is Mother who is calling you.  Wake up, Calvin, this Cause needs you, Mother needs you, and you must not leave.  Calvin, Calvin, wake up. 
Disappoint your enemies, Calvin, and awake.  All this time, Mr. Frye's head was hanging limp on his shoulder.  I [Mr. Dickey] had hold of the back of the rocking chair in which we had placed him to steady him.  I placed my hand on his head to lift it up.  Mrs. Eddy instantly stopped me, and said, 'Do not touch him. Leave him entirely to me.'  Again she repeated her calls to him to arouse himself and remain with her.  It was now something like half an hour since Calvin had first been found, and...the time seemed to pass without any appreciable response to her work.  This did not discourage her. She redoubled her efforts and fairly shouted to Mr. Frye her commands that he awake.  In a moment he raised his head and drew a long deep breath.  After this his respiration became regular and he was restored to consciousness.  The first words he uttered were, 'I don't want to stay.  I want to go.'  Mrs. Eddy paused in her efforts and turning her gaze to the workers around the room said, 'Just listen  to that.'...Our Leader rose to the occasion like a giant and in commanding tones she demanded that her servant should live and he responded.  When Mr. Frye became fully conscious she turned him over to one of the workers who remained with him through the night. The next morning he was about his accustomed duties...Calvin Frye had passed through what mortal mind calls death, and the grave had been cheated of its victim by our Leader's quick and effective work. Irving Tomlinson wrote that all the students that witnessed the healing had been most inspired by Mrs. Eddy's 'tremendous spiritual strength and poise... She spoke in strong, clear tones.  There was no fear, no doubt, no discouragement;  only absolute confidence, perfect assurance of the victory of Truth.  The following morning Mrs. Eddy was up at the usual hour, and at nine o'clock when I entered her study, I found her busily occupied in reading her Bible.  She called my attention to verses 7 and 8 of Psalms 138 which she marked in pencil:  'Though I walk in the midst of trouble, thou wilt revive me:  thou shalt 
192 
stretch forth thy hand against the wrath of mine enemies, and thy right hand shall save me. 
The Lord will perfect that which concerneth me:  thy mercy Lord, endureth forever:  forsake not the works of thine own hands.'"    (Keyston, The Healer, pp. 164-166) The enemies of Christian Science sought to harm Mrs. Eddy and her workers in her home through malicious mental malpractice, theosophy, etc.   Calvin was often at the forefront of these attacks because he was so close to Mrs. Eddy and so helpful to her in the establishment of Christian Science.  These wicked methods are still not widely known about today, but when the power of the mind is finally accepted and believed in, we will go through a period of time when we will find it necessary to guard our consciousness against malicious intruders as diligently as we guard our homes with locks and security systems.  In parts of Africa "black magic" is practiced frequently by those who have learned to mentally malpractice others with harmful, evenly deadly, results.  There are those around the world who receive secret instruction in mind control by their governments, even some religious orders, etc.  These secret intents will be uncovered and dealt with in the decades and centuries to come.  You are probably already aware of the ways the media and advertisers seek to sway your judgment or entice you to buy their products. Christian Scientists are grateful for the instruction we receive in Science and Health which enables us to mentally discern malpractice and handle it scientifically.  In the chapter entitled  "Animal Magnetism Unmasked," Mrs. Eddy writes, "The mild forms of animal magnetism are disappearing, and its aggressive features are coming to the front.  The looms of crime, hidden in the dark recesses if mortal thought, are every hour weaving webs more complicated and subtle.  So secret are the present methods of animal magnetism that they ensnare the age into indolence, and produce the very apathy on the subject that the criminal desires.  The following is an extract from the Boston Herald:  'Mesmerism is a problem not lending itself to an easy explanation and development.  It implies the exercise of despotic control, and is much more likely to be abused by its possessor, than otherwise employed, for the individual or society.' ... "In reality there is no mortal mind, and consequently no transference of mortal thought and will-power.  Life and being are of God.  In Christian Science, man can do no harm, for scientific thoughts are true thoughts, passing from God to man."   (S&H, 102-104) This instruction will be seen as one of the greatest boons to mankind. By 1909, there was much concern about the future of The Mother Church.  Mrs. 
Eddy was seen as very elderly, and the press had been predicting her demise for years. Some of the men directly involved in the church's affairs and even in her household were beginning to be particularly apprehensive.  They were puzzled by the fact that she had made no provision for those sections of the Manual which needed her signature in order to be able to carry on particular, necessary functions of the church.  They did not truly understand why she gave to the manual so much importance in the carrying on of the movement.  They consulted with each other and “came up with a plan for the formation of an advisory council to act in Mrs. Eddy’s place if she were unable to give the necessary signature to actions proposed under the By-Laws in question. 
193 
“Dickey [Mrs. Eddy’s personal secretary], however, refused to present the plan to Mrs. Eddy...Mr. Rathvon, a member of the household, then went to General Baker, Mrs. 
Eddy’s lawyer cousin, and received reassurance in a conversation with him.  He was told that there was nothing to feel uneasy about.  “It is a matter of common law in a case of this kind, where it is physically impossible to carry out specified conditions by the one named, that the next in authority assume that jurisdiction.  And in this case the next in authority is the Board of Directors of The Mother Church.  Any competent court in the land will uphold the Manual just as Mrs. Eddy intends it to function whether her signature is forth coming or not.”  (Robert Peel  3, p.346)  He, obviously, had no conception of the reasoning behind Mrs. Eddy’s required signatures for the continued operation of The Mother Church after her passing, nor did he understand how the deeds of trust, if obeyed, would point her students in the right direction at the right time. Adam Dickey later recorded a conversation he had with Mrs. Eddy in 1909 on the subject of the government of her church.  He learned that her “ideas of church government differed greatly from those of the general run of mankind,” and she dictated to him the following:  “I prayed God day and night to show me how to form my Church, and how to go on with it.  I understand He showed me, just as I understand He showed me Christian Science, and no human being showed me Christian Science.  Then I have no right or desire to change what God has directed me to do, and it remains for the Church to obey it.  What has prospered this Church for thirty years will continue to keep it.”  (Thirty years refers to 1879, the date of the original organization.  (Adam Dickey, Memoirs of Mary Baker Eddy, p.115) Between Sept. 1895 and Sept. 1910 there had been a continuous evolution of the Church Manual.  Like the textbook, the Manual had reached its final form in this seventh period.  Four editions were published in 1910, the last, the eighty-eighth, being announced in the Sentinel on Sept. 17th,1910. 
Although there were students of Mrs. Eddy who had not risen in spiritual perception of the profound plan woven into the Manual that was given to her by God, there were deeply spiritual individuals who saw and understood exactly what she was doing. If obeyed, the instructions would preserve and prosper Christian Science and bless the whole earth for all time to come.  Mrs. Eddy had taken every step in consonance with divine Principle throughout her founding.  Some of these students sent letters or articles to the Sentinel to be published for the field.  Here are two of them: “Galesburg, Illinois, Jan. 10, 1910 “Mrs. Mary Baker Eddy, Brookline, Mass., “Beloved Leader:  I wish to thank you for the Manual of The Mother Church as it stands today.  Clothed in its revisions and additions, it is unquestionably the richest gift and greatest blessing the world has received in the year nineteen hundred and nine.  May we who have named the name of Christian Science realize the above fact and earnestly set to work to prove to you ‘that heavy lids are opening, even wider than before, to the light of Love---and By-Laws.’  (Mis. 
Writings, p.132)  If every Reader in our branch churches, if every director, every 
194 
superintendent and teacher in our Sunday Schools, will possess himself or herself with one of the latest copies of our Manual and daily study it, they will rejoice your heart and aid very materially the growth and usefulness of our branch churches along all lines.  Can we afford to do less, when we stop to consider how greatly you have sacrificed, how impersonally you have loved, and how wisely and fearlessly you have protected us from dangers seen and unseen, through these by-laws? I have recently been re-elected First Reader of our church here. [The First Reader reads from the textbook, Science and Health and conducts the Sunday services.  The Second Reader reads from the Bible on Sunday.  The First Reader also prepares readings from the Bible and Science and Health for the Wednesday evening testimony meetings.]  I shall  consider it my duty, in preparation of the Sunday and Wednesday evening services, to study faithfully the Manual as well as the Bible and Science and Health.  With grateful love, Your student’s student, J. 
Newton Conger Mrs. Eddy sent her reply to his cogent letter:  “Wise as a serpent and harmless as a dove.” Mary Baker Eddy”  (Christian Science Sentinel, p.411) This article was published in the Sentinel of September 10, 1910.  It was the leading article and was titled “The Church Manual,” by Blanche Hersey Hogue.  In the next issue of the Sentinel Mrs. Eddy recommended “its careful study to all Christian Scientists” for it was “practical and scientific.”  (My, 237:20) Here is a portion of it:  “Christian Scientists have for their instruction the Scriptures, the writings of Mrs. Eddy, which open to them the Scriptures, and the Church Manual, the rules of which help them to apply what they have been taught.  Christian Science, understood through Bible symbolism, is aiding its students individually to live in Christian discipleship;   The Manual of The Church of Christ, Scientist, in providing that Christian Scientists shall work together, is helping them collectively to live in Christian fellowship. 
The teaching of the Scriptures and the Christian Science textbook bring about the individual correction of thought, while the rules of the Church Manual make possible right action through individuals, groups of individuals, and through the whole body of Scientists.  So, the Bible, Science and Health, and the Manual are equally important in their places.  The Manual bears definite relation to the other two books in that it shows how to take the steps that will bring their teaching into our lives in all necessary relations with our fellowman.  It safeguards and regenerates Christian Fellowship by promoting the best possible form of church organization.  For those reasons, therefore, it can no more be dispensed with than can the Scriptures or the Christian Science textbook.... “If, then, the Church Manual, with the organization for which it provides, has so large a place in the establishment and growth of Christian Science, it is essential that Christian Scientists be keenly alive to its provisions and its demands... Continual fidelity, for instance, to the instruction found in Article VIII., Section 1, that ‘neither animosity nor mere personal attachment ‘ shall govern motives and actions;  to the warning in the same paragraph against prophesying, judging, condemning, counseling, influencing, or being influenced erroneously;’  to the demand for a charitable attitude toward all religions, 
195 
medical, and legal points of view;  to the adoption, so insistently urged, of the spirit of the golden rule,---this fidelity, we know, will help in the making over of human nature, until in some fair day by-laws to provide for such consistent Christian behavior will be no longer necessary.  And it is unquestionably true that he who really does heed the requirement set forth in the Manual concerning Jesus’ teaching that each shall go to his brother alone and tell him of his fault before publishing it to others, accepts a discipline which makes him in deed as well as in profession a genuine Christian Scientist. “...It may be said, truly, that the inspiration for the Church Manual is found in the life of Mrs. Eddy.  Everything asked of Christian Scientists in maintaining the cause beyond and above all personal interests, Mrs. Eddy herself has done before them.  Had she consulted only her own comfort she might have been tempted to apply what she knew of God just to the working out of her own salvation.  Instead, she has labored forty years and more to give of her store to the world; she has been impelled to found the church with all its educational branches, and to protect its growing activities;  she has foregone ease, and has bound herself to this task, that we, too, may find the Christ-healing for our sin and pain.  Consistent and blessed is the Christian Scientist who can bind himself with her until many more shall find their healing and until The Church of Christ, Scientist shall stand in good will to all men, radiant and triumphant in the earth.”  Note that throughout the article Mrs. Hogue refers not to the specific term, The Mother Church, but always uses the generic term, The Church of Christ, Scientist, of which Mrs. Eddy said in 1901 that its “continuity is assured.” In 1910, Mrs. Eddy made her last changes to the textbook.  The last textual change was:  “The truth of being is perennial, and the error is seen only when we look from wrong points of observation,” which became “The truth of being is perennial, and the error is unreal and obsolete.”  There were also adjustments to the titles of chapters:  “Christian Science and Spiritualism” was changed to “Christian Science versus Spiritualism.”  The title of the chapter “Animal Magnetism” became “Animal Magnetism Unmasked.”  She also made a change in the title of one of the Lesson-Sermon subjects:  “Ancient and Modern Necromancy; or, Mesmerism and Hypnotism” became “Ancient and Modern Necromancy, alias Mesmerism and Hypnotism, Denounced.” In May 1910, Mrs. Eddy published a bound book of poems which she had written from early girlhood to late in her mission.  The last poem in the book is an apropos wrap-up to her life, and a starting point for ours. “It matters not what be thylot, So Love doth guide; 
For storm or shine, pure peace is thine, What-e'er betide. 
And of these stones, or tyrant's thrones , God able is To raise up seed---in thought and deed--- To faithful His. 
196 
Aye, darkling sense, arise , go hence! 
Our God is good. 
False fears are foes---Truth tatters those, When understood. 
Love looseth thee and lifteth me, Ayont hate’s thrall: There Life is light, and wisdom might And God is All. 
The centuries break, the earthbound wake, God’s glorified! 
Who doth His will---His likeness still--- Is satisfied.” 
This poem has been set to music, along with six other poems by Mrs. Eddy, and are much-loved hymns in the Christian Science hymnal.   (This one is on pp. 160-162)  In this seventh, or last, period of her founding, Mrs. Eddy could, at long last, rest in her mighty endeavor, knowing that she had done God's will, and she was satisfied.  The Comforter was established according to Jesus' promise to mankind as foretold to his disciples and to St. 
John in the book of Revelation.  Because of Mrs. Eddy's steadfast obedience to God every step of the way and her great love for mankind, we, too, can learn how to arrive at our rest, safe and satisfied as the image of Mind, dwelling in the consciousness of Love. Mrs. Eddy's last appointment to the Board of Directors was in November 1910. 
Adam H. Dickey was nominated by her, for she knew him well.  He had been a trusted member of her household at Chestnut Hill since shortly before her move there in 1908.  The last member of the original board passed on in June, 1912. This meant that for one more year and seven months there would be five members on the Board of Directors. Since Mrs. Eddy passed on in December 1910, with the decease of a board member in June of 1912, her personal signature would not be available, as required by the Manual's Estoppel Clauses, to gain another fifth board member.  The Mother Church would revert to a branch church as required by the 1892 Deeds of Trust.  The four remaining board members would continue on as a self-perpetuating Board, the Board of the First Church of Christ, Scientist, Boston.  Their duties would consist only of maintaining the services of the branch church with the authority to let them lapse if the congregation voted to do so after a growing, higher sense of "church." The Publishing Society was never authorized to publish Mrs. Eddy's books, only the Christian Science Sentinel, Journal and Monitor.  Their Manual requirement to obtain Mrs. 
Eddy's consent for the election of editors and managers (Manual, p.81:4) was for her lifetime only.  With the termination of The Mother Church at Mrs. Eddy's passing, the Deed of Trust, given the three Publishing Trustees, would take over.  Up until 1908, her writings were published by Joseph Armstrong, 250 Huntington Ave.  In 1908 her books began to be published by Allison V. Stewart for the Trustees under the Will of Mary Baker G. Eddy. 
197 
Therefore, the publishers of her writings were never under the authority of The Mother Church Board of Directors.  Thus, the possibility of hierarchical control by The Mother Church over all the branches and the publishing of Mrs. Eddy's books and other written literature for the disbursement of Christian Science was eliminated through Mrs. Eddy's spiritual foresight. Outside, objective control must yield to inner subjective control on an individual basis.  Each student of Christian Science must be free to do his or her own study as the one Mind directs, for we are each responsible only for our own journey.  No person or collection of people or governing entity has the right to insist upon "their way or the highway," what to believe, read, write, or how to conduct their activities as long as they are morally just, answering only to God. The church was run by Mrs. Eddy, the Pastor Emeritus, as a theocracy, government under God, by necessity.  She alone knew how to guide her students, through symbolic actions, around and over the pitfalls of animal magnetism, the "beast" in the book of Revelation.  As the one chosen of God to establish the Comforter as the Christ, Truth, to this age, she was absolutely obligated to protect its purity.  She could ascertain the thoughts of her students and knew they were still babes in Science.  Some of the men, nevertheless, thought they were more knowledgeable than Mrs. Eddy because she was a woman and did not truly know what she was doing.  This was the prevailing male viewpoint in her day. 
Women had almost no rights and were thought to have very little business acumen.  Those serving on the board of The Mother Church, all men, thought of the huge, prosperous church more as a business that they were to "run."  But her viewpoint was never from the materially human. Mrs. Eddy looked out upon the world with the Mind of God.  She could uncover error in the minds around her without personalizing it.  She could not be mesmerized by the "wolf in sheep's clothing" and could tell the difference between the humanly good and the spiritual best.  She worked subjectively, clearing out of her own consciousness whatever was not of God, the divine Principle of all that is, refusing to see evil as being "out there."   Thus she was able to guide the Christian Science movement far more successfully than any of her students.  She had to take steps she knew were necessary for the promulgation of Science, even if they were not understood and even criticized by her students.  Her passing would mean that churches and their members were then entirely free of outside control. " Control" would now come from the irrevocable right of each student to go straight to God, their textbook, Science and Health, and the Bible, for instruction, direction, and higher spiritual growth.  The Publishing Society would continue to publish Mrs. Eddy's writings and other Christian Science literature, in different forms as the age may require. Mrs. Eddy knew that immense spiritual growth will be needed by human kind before the world is free of the errors of belief in matter as a reality or a power. Over the coming centuries, individuals gaining clearer and clearer views of the Truth will be teachers, healers, writers, working in government, business, agriculture, with and as scientists, etc., carrying on their own missions to mankind as God leads them to do.  Science will no longer be based in churches, as if it was just one more theology.  It will finally be seen as the only 
198 
Science governing the universe with astounding, incredibly wonderful changes taking place in every aspect of life. As the decades stretch into centuries, men, women, and children will learn how to control their health with their Mind (God).  Sin, sickness, disease, and death will abate. We will control the weather mentally and have our food without sowing seeds or tilling the ground.  The lion will indeed lie down with the lamb for killing to live will be no more. 
Wars will cease, as the full implication of universal divine Mind, the unchanging Principle and its innumerable ideas or facts of creation, dawn on the human mind and then glow into full effulgence.  Jesus "greater works" will be understood and "things," will be apprehended as "thoughts," over which we will have dominion.  This will include our bodies which we will eventually  "think" from place to place. The curse on man whose sins cast them out of the garden of Eden will be lifted, and we will find ourselves free to be the image and likeness of God. In the New Testament there are four views of the earthly life of Christ Jesus.  The Scofield Reference Bible notes that all four Gospels bear  "a united testimony"  which is "sevenfold."  The seventh item in his list is:  "All point to His second coming."  In 1898, when Judge Hanna [a student of Mrs. Eddy's] was studying Isaiah's prophecies, chapters 53 and 54, he observed that two advents were described.  He wrote to Mrs. Eddy about it: "...As I read the latter [chapter 54] it came to me almost as a voice speaking that this chapter was as distinctly and literally a prophecy of Mrs. Eddy as was the 53rd chapter a prophecy of Jesus...The more I studied, the more firm became the conviction that I was not mistaken in my view of it.  I was not, as I then felt and as I now see, emotional or ecstatic on this question, but was governed by a deep spiritual sense of the meaning of the prophecy." 
Wanting to publish an article about it in the Journal, Mrs. Eddy felt that the time had not yet come for it.  She felt that saying that she represented the second appearing of Christ would array mortal mind against her.  An essay by Mrs. Eddy speaks to this.  It reads in part: "What is the second coming of Christ?  It is another era of the world's awakening, a higher advent in human consciousness of the spiritual idea, the true character of God.  This idea of God neither comes nor goes, for it is inseparable from its divine Principle, the ever- present I AM.  But the human concept of this idea has its periods of light and shade. "Christian Scientists are not Second Adventists believing in the finite appearing of finite good.  Every loyal Scientist understands that the second coming of Christ is the next higher, hence, more spiritual revelation of God's character.  The Christian era presented the first tangible idea of God's character by its inspired man, Jesus.  The era of Christian Science ushers in through woman the second appearing of His character and this from the necessity of His nature as the Father and Mother of all, the creator, even the complete and ever-present idea of God.  Therefore, this era comes not through Jesus but through Mary, the type, or symbol, of womanhood and mother of its first and forever appearing which divine Science alone can give. The third appearing of the spiritual idea of the character of God will present but the disappearing of all else, and establish the supremacy of Spirit which obliterates the human sense of the divine, takes away all sense of matter and reveals the final fact that the 
199 
idea, Christ, is not a materialized or finite man or woman, but is the infinite concept of infinite Mind... 
"...The onrushing centuries are declaring this idea higher and higher in the scale of being and will ere long yield to the sense of its ascendant glory."  (Gilbert C. Carpenter, C.S.B.,  Eddy, Essays on Christian Science ascribed to Mary Baker Eddy, p. 48) In the last couple of years before she passed on, Mrs. Eddy was quietly demonstrating Science for herself in ways that were not yet apprehensible by her students, nor are they understood but vaguely even today.  She was able to show them but could not explain it to their materialized thought.  She was possibly centuries ahead of general thought.  She told her household that Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures contained enough Truth to take us out of the flesh.  "But the students must not merely read it, they must study, dig to understand and demonstrate it fully...Our present understanding is very small."  She said that she had not one student who had assimilated one bit of what was in that book.  In fact, even just six months before passing on she said of herself that "I feel I am just really beginning to understand Science and Health...It is a wonderful book and covers eternity."   (Fosbury, Arthur F., CS, Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy) It is important to note that Mrs. Eddy looked about forty years of age when she was in her seventies.  People who met her in her later years often commented on her extraordinary beauty, lack of wrinkles and other signs of age and youthfulness in her demeanor and actions.  She was very agile, moved quickly and elegantly, and could curl her legs up underneath herself like a very young girl.  (Smillie, The Father, the Prodigal, and the Citizen, p. 18) The following incidents are several examples of ways Mrs. Eddy had achieved an understanding of Science beyond the present general knowledge of this age but which was demonstrated by Old Testament prophets and Jesus and his disciples after Jesus had risen. "Mrs. Eddy devoted every moment of her time to the nurturing of her "child," her church. 
She was perhaps the most unselfed woman this world has ever known.  She rarely took time for her own pleasure, except that she derived so much pleasure from helping those around her.  It was not until the last year of her life that she spent any time on demonstrating other aspects of the unreality of matter and the allness of Spirit for her own benefit.  Some fascinating examples have survived that illustrate the possibilities of rising above the pull of the flesh or mortal sense."   (Keyston, The Healer, pp. 171-173) Here are some accounts of Mrs. Eddy overcoming gravity.  The workers at Pleasant View told of instances where they would see Mrs. Eddy at the top of the stairs, a moment later in the kitchen, and a moment later out in the yard.  (Smillie, The Father, the Prodigal, and the Citizen, p. 17) "And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert.  And he arose and went:  and behold , a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, ...was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.  Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot.  And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou 
200 
readest?...And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this?  of himself or of some other man?  Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus...and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized?...I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God...and they went down both into the water,...and he baptized him...And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more:  and he went on his way rejoicing."  (Acts: 8:26-39)  Jesus' disciples were able to do the "greater works" of Jesus.  Why was that not continued?  Why not today? Early in Jesus' ministry, he went into the synagogue to read the Scriptures in the town of Nazareth where he had been brought up.  However, when he read from Esaias the prophet concerning the promise of a Savior to come and then told them that he was that Savior, they believed him not.  Then he upbraided them for their unbelief.  They, filled with rage, "rose up and thrust him out of the city, and led him unto the brow of the hill whereon their city was built, that they might cast him down headlong.  But he passing through the midst of them went his way."   (Luke 4: 16-30)  He was able to make himself invisible and escape from them, passing right through the midst of them!  His captors were holding him to be in body, but Jesus knew that he was not and could escape from their restraint. "Calvin Frye stated in his diary that one day he entered Mrs. Eddy's room and found her floating, suspended up near the ceiling.  He was no doubt bewildered and surprised, but Mrs. Eddy allayed his concern, telling him not to be afraid, that all was fine. She subsequently settled down into her chair."  (Frye, Diary, np[not paginated] "Mary Baker Eddy's hand disappeared to [the] personal sight of Ella Peck Sweet when she laid her hand on the latter's arm---later [it] became visible.  She said, "Ella, I am showing you things I could not tell you."   (Eddy, Miscellaneous Documents, p. 136)  Jesus could not explain to the people of his day how he could make "matter" disappear or appear. 
They could not have understood that "matter" is only thought made manifest.  Jesus made wine, fish, and loaves of bread appear.  Bodily inharmonies disappeared as harmony appeared.  Someday this will done by us all, quickly and effortlessly with thought, Mind. "According to the testimony of one who was in possession of letters from Ira O. 
Knapp to his son, Bliss Knapp, Ira Knapp related an interesting account where Mrs. Eddy did in fact walk on the water.  It seems one day when Mrs. Eddy and Mr. Knapp were on the coast at Red Rock, near Lynn, Mass., Mrs. Eddy was caught out on the rocks as the tide was coming in.  Mr. Knapp saw what had happened, since he was closer to the shoreline.  He started looking around for a small boat in which to go out and convey Mrs. Eddy back to shore.  However, Ira Knapp could find nothing to accomplish this and Mrs. Eddy walked back herself over the water!"  (Shannon, Golden Memories, p. 5) We know, of course, the story of Jesus walking calmly over the stormy waves to his frightened disciples who were being tossed about in their small vessel and of Peter who impulsively jumped over the side of the little ship to walk to Jesus.  He was able to do it for a short time until he became too frightened and had to be held up by Jesus as they walked back to the boat together.  (Matthew 14: 22-33) If Jesus and Peter could overcome gravity in order to walk upon the sea, why cannot we do the same?  Jesus actions were always meant to 
201 
point to an ever-present spiritual law that mankind needed to become aware of as a Truth to be understood and practiced. Laura Sargent, one of Mrs. Eddy's trusted personal helpers, recorded that she thought she had seen Mr. Kimball, a Christian Science lecturer, practitioner, and Christian Science teacher, who had just recently passed on.  Mrs. Eddy confirmed that he was fetching a book from the library.  Mrs. Eddy said that Jesus could talk with Elias and Moses because he knew they had never died.  She said that we could see Mr. Kimball after he had supposedly died if we were right (seeing correctly).  (Gilbert Carpenter, Compiler, Fragments Gathered from Unpublished Items, pp.114 and 169)  Jesus, Peter, and John were able to see Moses and Elias who had passed away many centuries before. 
A few months before Mrs. Eddy passed on in 1910, a worker in Mrs. Eddy's home fell on a meat hook and tore her face open from her chin to her eye.  The other workers were not able to handle it.  It was a very serious situation so they asked Mrs. Eddy for help.  She did so, and instantly every trace of the torn face disappeared as if it had never happened. 
Mrs. Eddy said, " It should not take Truth longer to correct an error than for the error to be perceived as true."  (Keyston, The Healer, 168) A biographer of Mrs. Eddy, Doris Grekel, in her third volume, The Forever Leader, covering the years 1901-1910, includes these incidents. They are reprinted with her permission. "...One day when Mrs. Eddy had dismissed Adelaide Still and asked not to be disturbed, Laura Sargent and Martha Wilcox grew concerned after quite some time elapsed with no word from the Leader.  After waiting longer and discussing it further, they finally decided to enter her room.  They listened first at her door but heard nothing.  And when they entered they found nothing.  Mrs. Eddy was not there! "Laura and Martha searched the whole house and the entire household was alerted. 
Returning to Mrs. Eddy's room following some six or eight hours of searching and consternation, they found her there.  After calming the household the Leader asked to see Laura and Martha alone. "When the others were gone and the door was closed, Mrs. Eddy said, 'Girls, come here and put your arms around me.'  As they did so Mrs. Eddy disappeared and was standing on the other side of the room looking at them.  She then cautioned them about relating this experience to those metaphysically unprepared for it and told them not to put it in writing. " "Many years later during the day of her annual Association meeting for her students, Martha Wilcox, who at that time was a teacher of Christian Science, asked two or three of her students to remain after the meeting as she would like to talk with them.  This was not long before Mrs. Wilcox passed away in 1948.  When she and these chosen students were alone she told them of this experience and also of the time that she and Laura had heard Mrs. 
Eddy talking with Jesus.  One of these students chosen to hear Mrs. Wilcox tell her personal experience lived in California, and in the 1950's she related it, just as she had heard it from Mrs. Wilcox, to a friend in Oakland, California.  Through that friend it came to the author [Doris Grekel]. 
202 
"For many years I pondered this in my heart and, obeying Mrs. Eddy's instruction to Martha and Laura, did not put it in writing.  In 1966 feeling constrained to make these experiences known, an effort was made to contact Mrs. Wilcox's student through whom they had come, only to learn that she had just passed away.  At that time, lest they be lost, I wrote down the episodes as they had been told to me.  For twenty four years that writing has been in my file seen and read by no one, but it appears today that Mrs. Eddy's instruction to Martha and Laura was for that day and no longer applies in the latter part of the twentieth century in the church age of the Laodiceans."  (Doris Grekel, 3, p. 574)  What is "the church age of the Laodiceans" and why did Doris Grekel know that this age was at last ready for Mrs. Eddy's highest demonstrations?   Because in this age science and religion are blending into divine Science. Many physicists believe that they must begin to lay the foundation for a new "religion" of the twenty-first century."  (See Walker, The Physics of Consciousness, p.328) We can all rejoice that the foundation has already been laid!  But it is neither a new religion nor a new science.  It is the re-discovery of a science that has existed forever and a "religion" that has forever been intertwined with it.  If mankind has been brought to a place where we must "look into a mirror to see what we are," (Ibid., p.137-8), then Science has furnished us with the mirror.  This Science that is divine enables us to understand ourselves as the image or reflection of God.  God, Mind, Principle, Love, "looks" at its reflection of its "Self."  Man and the universe, subject and object, are One.  The one I AM!  Man, as reflection of Mind, is, as a consequence, forever in Mind as Mind's Self, or reflected image.  Body depends on Consciousness, the body of the universe and the body of individual man. Imagine the ramifications of this new-old knowledge!  We can no longer ignore it or duck it.  We must face the vast limitless Truth.  The sooner the better for all of us!   If Mrs. 
Eddy, Jesus, and others can reach a point where the pure, perfect Mind, the "observer," can "desire" a state of some good effect and instantly it becomes a reality, we can all do it! (Ibid., p. 267-8) The "Church of Laodicea" must, in this age, lay hold on humility, just as the scientists and medical community must, so that all can come together on a new foundation, that which has already been laid.  "For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ...For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that we may instruct him? 
But we have the mind of Christ.  For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God...ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building...Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?...for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are...as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him...Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit of God;  that we may know the things that are freely given to us of God...Which things also we speak, not the words which man's wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; ...But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God:  for they are foolishness unto him:  neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned...Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus 
203 
Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you;  but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment." (I Corinthians:  chapters 1, 2, and 3) The apostle Paul is speaking here of this world, not of a future salvation in a place called heaven.  Not one of the healings, not one of the demonstrations of the workings of the divine Principle of the universe could have ever taken place unless it was already based on the Truth of ever-present, omnipotent Mind, the operation of which man is and has forever been. From whence did this great Truth come, that man is not separate from God but is the very activity of God, the very Selfhood of God?  Were you taught this in your church?  Do you think this way about yourself or your neighbor?  In the Daily Telegraph of April 21, 1979, Christopher Booker writes:  "Deep down...we know we are approaching some tremendous crisis in our civilization, one which will require a change of heart and perspective far deeper than anything which has yet touched any of our public representatives...it is no good any longer looking for rebirth to the public drama, to the outward show, to the collective;  it must begin from somewhere altogether different...far down and mysterious, in the only place that counts;  it may well be that the great unimaginable process of rebirth which always accompanies catastrophe has already begun." (Quoted from Gordon Brown, Civilization Lieth Foursquare, Preface) Rebirth must begin in the only place that counts.  "Anatomy, when conceived of spiritually, is  mental self-knowledge, and consists in the dissection of thoughts to discover their quality, quantity, and origin.  Are thoughts divine or human?  That is the important question.  This branch of study is indispensable to the excision of error.  The anatomy of Christian Science teaches when and how to probe the self-inflicted wounds of selfishness, malice, envy, and hate.  It teaches the control of mad ambition.  It unfolds the hallowed influences of unselfishness, philanthropy, spiritual love.  It urges the government of the body both in health and in sickness."  (S&H, p. 462: 20-31)  Imagine the healing that would occur if we began to be more attentive to the thoughts we were holding rather than to what we imagined were being held by our neighbor! Does mankind believe that a worldwide catastrophe is looming?  It seems that many believe it.  I  believe that nothing but the self-renunciation of all that constitutes a so-called material man and the acknowledgement and achievement of his spiritual identity can avert catastrophe and usher in the kingdom of heaven on earth.  "There is no other way under heaven whereby we can be saved, and man clothed with might, majesty, and immortality. 'As many as received him,' ---as accept the truth of being,---'to them gave he power to become the sons of God.'  The spiritualization of our sense of man opens the gates of paradise that the so-called material senses would close, and reveals man infinitely blessed, upright, pure, and free;  having no need of statistics by which to learn his origin and age, or to measure his manhood, or to know how much of a man he ever has been:  for, 'as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God.' "  (Mis. 185: 14-26) The last year of Mrs. Eddy's sojourn on earth, 1910, was quieter for her and her household than any previous years since her Revelation in 1866. The Comforter which she 
204 
had been commissioned by God to bring to earth in fulfillment of Biblical promises by the prophets and Christ Jesus during his lifetime and then given to St. John in Revelation was now at work in human consciousness. Nothing could turn it back;  the work was finished, complete, the gift of God to the human race. God's Fatherhood was embraced by His Motherhood, womanhood embraced manhood, man was now revealed to be as complete and perfect as his Source, the full image and likeness of his Mind, Love. One of the great prophecies of this world-wide event was given to the prophet Jeremiah as found in his book in the Old Testament.  Mrs. Eddy had been reassured by his prophecy,  for it enabled her to know that she was to write a book about her revelation.  She had been requested by a doctor who had just witnessed one of her remarkable healings to write about how she had done it in a book so others could learn how to do it.  She went home and, asking God to show her what to do, let her Bible fall open on her lap.  Her eyes fell upon these words from Jeremiah 30:2, "Write thee all the words that I have spoken unto thee in a book."  From that moment she knew her purpose. The next verse in Jeremiah says, "For, lo, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of my people Israel and Judah, saith the Lord:  and I will cause them to return to the land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess it."   (Jeremiah 30:3) 
Here are some more verses from this mighty revelation of the last days given to Jeremiah:  "...I know the thoughts that I think toward you, saith the Lord, thoughts of peace, and not of evil, to give you an expected end. Then shall ye call upon me, and ye shall go and pray unto me, and I will hearken unto you. And ye shall seek me, and find me, when ye shall search for me with all your heart." (Jer. 29:11-13) "...For I will restore health unto thee, and I will heal thee of thy wounds, saith the Lord;  because they called thee an Outcast, saying, This is Zion, whom no man seeketh after."  (Jer. 30:17)  From the days of the Israelites to this very day, Spirit has been cast out in favor of matter.  Men build their lives on material foundations, leaving God out of His own creation.  Science and Health gives this spiritual definition of ZION in the Glossary, p. 599:  Part of it reads, "Spiritual foundation and superstructure;  inspiration;  spiritual strength."  Negatively it is defined as, "Emptiness;  unfaithfulness;  desolation."   The Israelites, symbolizing mankind as a whole, have become unfaithful to God's Commandments and thus have experienced emptiness and desolation. When the word Zion appears in the Bible, it usually refers to salvation.  In Christian Science this is explained as Principle being exalted in consciousness, or, the coming to light of our true identity as an individualized compound idea of God's seven-fold nature.  As spiritual inspiration becomes more and more the foundation of our everyday lives, we will find our bodies expressing and embodying the purity and harmony of God, good, Spirit, not matter.  We will find ourselves spiritually strong.  Fear, sin, sickness, disease, and finally death will vanish into its native nothingness.   "Through the understanding of God [Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love] as an ever-present help, the sick are being healed, the shackles of sin are being broken, heavy burdens are being laid down, tears are being 
205 
wiped away, and Israel is going up to possess the promised land of eternal, harmonious existence."    (My 44: 1-6) 
"And out of them shall proceed thanksgiving, and the voice of them that make merry; and I will multiply them, and they shall not be few;  I will also glorify them, and they shall not be small."  (Jer. 30:19). "And their nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor shall proceed out of the midst of them..."  (Jer. 30:21)  God shall multiply them, and they shall be self-governing.  In the last days, revealed in Revelation 1:6, it is written that the Christ 'hath made us kings and priests unto God...' we will govern ourselves and our lives with the Truth that we are manifestations of God, good, alone--- material beliefs will be extinct. 
"The Lord hath appeared of old unto me, saying, Yea, I have loved thee with an ever-lasting love:  therefore with lovingkindness have I drawn thee."   (Jer. 31: 3)   This illustrates God as Love. 
"For thus saith the Lord;  Sing with gladness for Jacob, and shout among the chief of the nations:  publish ye, praise ye, and say, O Lord, save thy people, the remnant of Israel. 
Behold, I will bring them from the north country, and from the coasts of the earth, ...Hear ye the word of the Lord, O ye nations, and declare it in the isles afar off, and say, He that scattered Israel will gather him, and keep him, as a shepherd doth his flock...and their soul shall be as a watered garden;  and they shall not sorrow any more at all...and my people shall be satisfied with my goodness, saith the Lord...for the Lord hath created a new thing in the earth, A woman shall compass a man."  (Jer. 31: 7, 8,10,14,22)  Love embraces Life. The Motherhood/Womanhood of God is expressed as Love.  That the Principle of the universe, rather than being a cold, unintelligible, indifferent, remote set of laws, waiting to be discovered---or not, with no emotional connection to what it has created, but is, instead, infinite Love, is the greatest revelation that has ever been given to mankind.  Our dear Father-Mother God has embedded in the creation of the universe a Christ, a tender, yet very powerful, means of communicating to His/Her beloved creation all we could ever possibly need to know about ourselves, our Creator and our universe---and it is all "very good." "In those days they shall say no more, The fathers have eaten a sour grape, and the children's teeth are set on edge."  (Jer. 31:29)  The belief of material inheritance from material parents shall be no more.  All will know that the only Father and Mother of man is God. "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah:  Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the Lord:  But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel;  After those days, saith the Lord, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be my people.  And they shall teach no more every man his neighbour and every man his brother, saying, Know the Lord:  for they shall all know me, from the least of them to the greatest of them, saith the Lord:  for I will forgive their iniquity, and I 
206 
will remember their sin no more."   (Jer. 31:31-34)  Sin is "forgiven" when it is forsaken. 
Then you can no longer suffer for it. "Behold, I will bring it health and cure, and I will cure them, and will reveal unto them the abundance of peace and truth.  And I will cause the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to return, and will build them, as at the first...And it shall be to me a name of joy, a praise and an honour before all the nations of the earth, which shall hear all the good that I do unto them;  and they shall fear and tremble for all the goodness and for all the prosperity that I procure unto it...The voice of joy, and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom, and the voice of the bride, the voice of them that shall say, Praise the Lord of hosts:  for the Lord is good;  for his mercy endureth forever:..."   (Jer. 33:6,9,11) The Glossary in Science and Health gives us the definitions of "bride" and "bridegroom"  in their symbolic Biblical meanings as they are used throughout the Bible and in the Christian Science textbook:  "BRIDE.  Purity and innocence, conceiving man in the idea of God;  a sense of Soul, which has spiritual bliss and enjoys but cannot suffer. 
BRIDEGROOM.  Spiritual understanding;  the pure consciousness that God, the divine Principle, creates man as His own spiritual idea, and that God is the only creative power." (S&H  582: 14-20)   Obviously, these two terms have nothing to do with males and females uniting in material marriage, although in its deepest symbolism, material marriage is a type of this.  They are spiritual concepts found within consciousness as two aspects of our spiritual nature blending in one individuality.  They are the 'male and female" of God's creating, in qualities, not material persons.  The "bridegroom" aspect of man's nature, that which spiritually understands that the Principle of the universe is the only creative power, enables the "bride" aspect to be joyful in the purity of conceiving man as the idea of God. 
This conception includes no sense of suffering. Rather than two people promising to love, honor, care for, and support each other when entering into a material state of matrimony, spiritual union involves going much further than promises.  It is a state of understanding that you own no human ego;  your pure consciousness sees no person "out there" that you have to compromise with, love in spite of idiosyncrasies, support, be responsible for, please, put up with, etc.   The curse of 'I want what is there because I have not got it here' is no more. "Desire is prayer," says the beginning of the first chapter of Science and Health;  "I shall not want," says the end of the last, sixteenth, chapter.  The kingdom of God, the manifold qualities of strength, tenderness, kindness, purity, health, courage, intelligence, completeness, astuteness, self-governance, wisdom, satisfaction, dominion, joy, harmony, freedom, individuality, honesty, balance, restfulness, peacefulness, beauty, grace, etc. are yours by virtue of the great fact that you reflect them always as man, which is God's manifestation of His/her Self. This is Mrs. Eddy's partial definition of "man" in Science and Health:  "Question. --- What is man?  Answer. --- Man is not matter;  he is not made up of brain, blood, bones, and other material elements.  The Scriptures inform us that man is made in the image and likeness of God.  Matter is not that likeness.  The likeness of Spirit cannot be so unlike Spirit.  Man is spiritual and perfect;  and because he is spiritual and perfect, he must be so understood in Christian Science.  Man is idea, the image, of Love;  he is not physique.  He is 
207 
the compound idea of God, including all right ideas;  the generic term for all that reflects God's image and likeness;  the conscious identity of being as found in Science, in which man is the reflection of God, or Mind, and therefore is eternal;  that which has no separate mind from God;  that which has not a single quality underived from Deity;  that which possesses no life, intelligence, nor creative power of his own, but reflects spiritually all that belongs to his Maker...Man is incapable of sin, sickness, and death.  The real man cannot depart from holiness, nor can God, by whom man is evolved, engender the freedom or capacity to sin...Error, urged to its final limits, is self-destroyed.  Error will cease to claim that soul is in body, that life and intelligence are in matter, and that this matter is man...Mortals will disappear, and immortals, or the children of God, will appear as the only and eternal verities of man."   (S&H 475-476) As the revelation of the human and divine coincidence, the at-one ment we have with God, our own real Mind, the desire to become Christ-like, becomes more universally understood, we will not desire to acquire, create, or own things for ourselves.  We will just know that we have it all by reflection, and it will appear, not through human effort or accretion. At that point, our purity and love for our fellow man will forestall anything that is not good, God.  Jesus' conscious union with the divine Principle, Truth and Love, enabled him to overcome error of every form, and to solve the problem individually of  "fallen man." 
God, Christ, man---Word, Christ, Christianity---is what God has joined together in the Science of the universe, which nothing can put asunder. Mrs. Eddy had wedded reason, her “manhood" quality [her three years of searching for Scriptural foundations before writing Science and Health] with revelation [her "womanhood" quality, the influx of light that had poured in upon her as she sat down each day to write her textbook.  "I beheld as never before, the awful unreality of evil.  The equipollence [equality of power, force, validity, effectiveness] of God brought to light another glorious proposition, --- man's perfectibility and the establishment of the kingdom of heaven on earth.  In following these leadings of scientific revelation, the Bible was my only textbook.  The Scriptures were illumined;  reason and revelation were reconciled, and afterwards the truth of Christian Science was demonstrated. No human pen nor tongue taught me the Science contained in Science and Health; and neither tongue nor pen can overthrow it...the Science and truth therein will forever remain to be discerned and demonstrated."   (S&H 110: 8-24)  Mrs. Eddy offers us the "bridal feast," the full satisfaction of our perfect union with Truth and Love in Mind [not matter]. Mary Baker Eddy completed her glorious Christ mission by the end of 1910.  The seven-fold Revelation, the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus, had been founded in human consciousness and could continue to unfold in the centuries to come through Science and Health understood and demonstrated.  Nothing could be put to it nor anything taken from it. 
According to our living, embodying, the wisdom, purity, spiritual sense, spiritual understanding, love, health, and holiness which annihilate the illusion of evil, man will find himself to be, in fact, the image and likeness of God, good, here on earth---the reflection of heaven, harmony. 
208 
Like Jesus, Mrs. Eddy brought forth her Revelation of perfect God, perfect man to a world immersed in animal magnetism, completely hypnotized by the material senses' illusion and utter conviction that forms and circumstances "out there" were real, that they were born into matter which held sway over them until it finally killed them.  With what great compassion Jesus looked out upon those pressing around him, knowing that not one of them was suffering from sin, sickness, disease, accident, genetic malformations, poverty, degradations, fear, or unbelief.  Even their belief in death did not deter him from showing as many as he could that their convictions were not founded on Truth.  He told them that he was the embodiment of Truth and Life as it really is and that he had come to show them the Way out of their delusions.  "Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life:  no man cometh unto the Father, but by me."  (John 14: 6) He healed thousands, and yet his teachings were laughed at, derided, hated, and at the least, misunderstood.  With that motherhood quality of tenderest love and yearning to save, he pleaded, "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee;  how often would I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings, and ye would not!"  (Luke 13: 34)  Even many of the disciples who started out with him left him, and only a few of his closest circle truly understood him or his message.   He died alone, with only one beloved disciple and a few women, including his mother, at the foot of the cross.  One of his own disciples had betrayed him for worldly power and wealth and the others had denied ever knowing him or hid themselves during the trial and crucifixion. After all that Jesus had suffered and worked for to demonstrate his wonderful message of salvation from want and woe in this life, it was apprehended by only a few of his followers.  "...behold, now is the accepted time;  behold, now is the day of salvation."  (St. 
Paul, II Corinthians 6: 2, emphasis not in original)  Jesus knew the Christ message he embodied would have to come again at a future time when the world was better prepared to receive it.  He appeared at his appointed time, however, in consonance with prophecy as understood by the very spiritually-minded prophet(s) which composed the Genesis story to illustrate symbolically the difference between the true and false views of creation. They were able to intuit that it would take about six thousand years for the discernment of the scientific Truth to be revealed, reasoned through, and finally understood and demonstrated in some degree.  Then it would take about another thousand years before it became universally comprehended and used by mankind.  They put their marvelously designed Genesis symbol at the beginning of the Old Testament as a key to the symbolism used in the rest of the Bible. When the meaning behind that "Key to the Scriptures" was revealed to Mrs. Eddy during the sixth thousand year period as symbolized in Genesis, it opened the seven seals described in Revelation so that we could finally understand the Scriptures' message of our true being as reflections of Mind, God.  Mrs. Eddy studied the Scriptures exclusively for three years before she was able to write Science and Health.  She said it was her only textbook.  Through self-abnegation and a pure desire to follow God's leading, the deep symbolism hidden in the Scriptures concerning Genesis and its corresponding use 
209 
throughout the rest of the Bible was revealed to her.  She saw its mighty message, the Comforter meant for all mankind, and was able to write Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures. Jesus was to appear in the fifth thousand year "Life" period, for then a few would be able to understand his message enough to promulgate it throughout their relatively small part of the world.  They could at least begin to grasp the ever-present goodness and eternality of life, enough to heal with their understanding of it.  He was able to explain the Scriptures, the Old Testament, to his disciples so that their writings after he left them would appear in a New Testament putting forth the Christ message that would be studied for another thousand years until, in the sixth thousand year period since Adam, its message could finally be revealed to the world as a Science, the Science of the universe as it truly is, the Science that Jesus used to demonstrate his healing works, a Science that "at that day" (the sixth thousand year or " Truth" period) world thought would be ready to begin to accept.  In the first edition of Science and Health Mrs. Eddy writes: "Error will continue seven thousand years from the time of Adam, its origin [Adam meaning the deep sleep, the hypnotism that makes us believe matter is real, that we have corporeal bodies].  At the expiration of this period Truth will be generally comprehended, and science [will] roll back the darkness that now hides the eternal sunshine and lift the curtain on Paradise, where earth produces at the command of Intelligence, and Soul, instead of sense, govern man."  (Chapter 4, p.282)    This acceptance would be aided by advanced "physical" scientists and enlightened theologians and doctors. 
Their own open enquiries throughout the intervening centuries, exhibiting to them the nothingness of matter and the allness of Mind would help to prove to mankind the Truth of the Christ Science. Today, more than a decade into the seventh thousand year or "Love" period, it is promising to read about the physicists, doctors, theologians, and others who are beginning to grasp divine Science, the Science of Mind as the Science of Principle, Life, Truth, and Love. Just like Jesus, Mary Baker Eddy and the way in which she was led to found and protect the Christ message to this age was misunderstood by some of her closest followers, and, like Jesus, she was betrayed by them.  The three men who took part in the betrayal were in high positions. One was a member of the five-member Board of Directors of The Mother Church whom she had appointed to uphold her Manual as she had intended when writing it. 
She said that the Manual was as divinely inspired as Science and Health.  "I prayed God day and night to show me how to form my Church, and how to go on with it.  I understand that he showed me, just as I understand He showed me Christian Science.  Then I have no right or desire to change what God had directed me to do, and it remains for the Church to obey it. 
What has prospered this Church for thirty years will continue to keep it."  (Grekel, The Forever Leader, p. 570) This missive was dictated to Adam Dickey, her secretary. It was probably in connection with repeated visits from members of her Board of Directors and other higher- ups in the church who tried to convince her to remove By-law restrictions from the Manual which required her signature.  There were a number of things that the Board could not do without her signing off on it.  "They tried to convince her that the cause of Christian Science 
210 
was going to ruin and men were essential to take the lead of the cause and assert their rights without her dictation.  They came up with a plan for the formation of an advisory council to act in Mrs. Eddy's place if she were unable to give her signature.  However, Mr. Dickey refused to present their plan to her.  She would not consent to anything that would negate the By-Laws because she saw the estoppels as sacred, dictated by God.  Before writing the above missive,  she told Adam Dickey "in a voice filled with earnestness and pathos, that if she could find one individual, who was spiritually equipped, she would immediately place him at the head of her church government."  (ibid.) 
As in the early days of her founding, some of the men students attempted to kidnap her discovery so they could promote it by the world's method for their own self-advantage. 
When the three plotters tried to enlist Judge Hanna in their plan, he promptly refused and told them that if they did not immediately go to Mother and confess their plot that he would! 
They said they could not for their plan was too far along to stop.  Judge Hanna then went to Mrs. Eddy and told her what was transpiring.  The belief of male superiority was very strong in Mrs. Eddy's day.  The notion that she should retire and let the men rule the Christian Science movement was most prevalent among those in high office. " (Wright, Helen, Humanity's Divinity, p. 280) In the later years they saw Mrs. Eddy as very old and probably close to passing on. 
To hold that thought about someone is "mental murder."  Christian Science teaches us to see the man of God's creating, as Jesus did, healthy, whole, free of material beliefs.   Without Mrs. Eddy's signature, the powerful ecclesiastical five-member Board would be terminated when one of the members passed on or left, for no officer of the church could be elected without Mrs. Eddy's consent.  As it so happened, on Nov. 11, 1910, one of the Directors, Ira Knapp, after hearing about the traitorous plot, very suddenly passed on.  He was a loyal student of Mrs. Eddy, and when she heard of his passing, she said, "I have lost my buffer on the Board."  His absence left a position open which could be filled only if Mrs. Eddy signed off on it. Of course, she was not about to let this errant Board be continued with her signature. Without Mrs. Eddy's consent, her passing would mean that the now four-member board would  have no means to become a five-member board and so would have no power over anything except what would have to become a Boston branch church and its property (per the Manual which would revert back to the Deed of Trust).  There would no longer be a Mother Church organization, and power would pass totally to the individual Christian Scientist.  This would be the magnificent symbol of temple, (body, organized matter, brain), losing its false dominion over Mind, individually expressed.  It would signal the apprehension of humanity's divinity;  the Comforter would be acknowledged worldwide as Christian Science and Mrs. Eddy as "the woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars."  (Rev. 12: 1) Mrs. Eddy was the human representative of the "spiritual ideal," the "bride," that pure sense of ever-present harmony which conceives of man in the idea of God, Spirit, instead of matter.  This purifying, cleansing sense of man is "married" or united to the "Lamb of God," the spiritual idea of Love.  In a few words, it is Love wedded to its own spiritual idea, love. 
211 
If the Board had carried on and executed the Manual By-Laws as directed, rather than conceiving and originating a plan to disregard the Manual with its By-Law estoppels requiring Mrs. Eddy's signature, the Christian Science movement would be seen and known universally today as a blessing to the human race and recognized as the promised Comforter. 
Instead, the three men did not understand humanity's divinity, allowing themselves to become the tools of animal magnetism, motivated by a lust for power and greed (The Mother Church was very wealthy). Entertaining the false belief that Mrs. Eddy must die or become decrepit, three members hatched a plan to depose Mrs. Eddy. "They decided to use Mrs. Eddy's age against her.[She was approaching 90  when 60 was considered " old."] They would tell her they would commit her to an asylum if she did not sign their proposed By-Law which would give an executive committee of three power to lead, to supervise the Board of Directors, and power to make or change any Manual By-Laws as they saw fit.  The three men who plotted to form the committee were William Rathvon, Asst. Secretary to Mrs. 
Eddy, Judge Clifford P. Smith, First Reader, and Archibald McLellan, a director on the Board. An amazing "Scheme of Church Government Is Suggested for Christian Scientists" was developed to gain power over the church organization. It was found in the file of one of the directors, Stephen Chase, but was not believed to have originated with him. These are some of the surprising provisions stated:  1. Large cities should represent large districts...2. 
The First Church of each district should be built by general subscription from the whole United States in the largest city in the district.  3. These churches would be built when ordered by The Mother Church...6. The Board of Directors of every first church shall be named by the Mother Church…14. The Mother Church must own all the First Church edifices and all other societies must be tributary and subordinate to them. 15. This constitutional basis should be adopted during Mrs. Eddy's lifetime.  Her authority is now sufficient to procure its unquestioned adoption.  If delayed till after her death no extensive organization will ever be possible and the sect will be split into an hundred heads."   (Grekel, The Forever Leader, pp.579-580) This points out, quite spectacularly, how profoundly "asleep," or mesmerized, some of her students were, especially those with some authority.  The accomplishments of Mrs. 
Eddy in the face of such dense and egotistic students seem practically miraculous! "Their plot to displace Mary Baker Eddy and take over was extensive and thorough. 
A censored  Manual had been secretly printed before Mrs. Eddy passed on, and made ready to slip into Reading Rooms as soon as Mrs. Eddy was no longer here to supervise.   They would be shamefully sold as Mrs. Eddy's new edition! The new Manual, numbered the 89th, on p.21, eliminated Mrs. Eddy's name as Pastor Emeritus, [it was restored in the 1924 Manual due to considerable reaction from the field.]  Another change ominously gave the Boston Board of Directors control over branch churches by adding the words "and Branch Churches" to pp. 120 and 127 concerning the Order of services in The Mother Church including the Sunday School, totally defeating Mrs. Eddy's plan of government by the infinite good called God."  (See Wright, Humanity's Divinity, p.280 and Grekel, The Forever Leader, pp. 580-582)  There had never been centralized control of the  branch churches all 
212 
over the world.  As well as breaking the Deed of Trust, it was in violation of the by-law on p. 70 of the Manual:  "The Mother Church of Christ, Scientist, shall assume no general official control of other churches..."   It is important to know that Mrs. Eddy always made changes to her own writings in her own handwriting, which would have included the Manual. "There are indications that she knew as early as three years before her passing when she would be 'delivered up,' necessitating the protective measures in the Manual.  On March 10, 1907, she made the following statement to a student in her home:  'From the beginning and all the way along, I got my leading from God, through the Bible.  Right in the beginning I got---'Write it in a book and it shall be for all time.'   Today he is speaking to me again, Isaiah 16:14. 'But now the Lord hath spoken, saying, Within three years, as the years of an hireling, and the glory of Moab shall be contemned [treated with disdain or contempt; scorned] with all that great multitude;  and the remnant shall be very small and feeble.'  I am sure this will be fulfilled, but don't tell anyone about it.  (Divinity Course and General Collectanea, Richard Oakes, p. 23-24) God had told Mrs. Eddy through His Word that she had only three more years to finish her mission.  She told her workers that if she passed on it would be due to animal magnetism.  But if she ascended and only a few of her helpers perceived it, outsiders would assume they had hidden her body and the situation would become intolerable.  (See Putnam, Robert C., Items on the Science of Life, vol. 3, 1996, published by Robert C. Putnam, Mountain Lakes, NJ, p. 48-49) As early as 1903 Mrs. Eddy told her students, "It was not the material cross that killed Jesus, but it was the desertion of his students that killed him."  And before her move to Chestnut Hill she told one of her helpers, "Henrietta, if I ever go away from here to another house, it will be to be delivered up to my enemies!"  (Grekel, The Forever Leader, p. 583-4) It was, of course, the desertion of one of Jesus' twelve disciples, Judas, which he had foretold, that brought on Jesus' crucifixion.  "But, behold, the hand of him that betrayeth me is with me on the table.  And truly the Son of man goeth, as it was determined:  but woe unto that man by whom he is betrayed!"  (Luke 22: 21-22)  Thus, we can know today “Woe unto” those men by whom she was betrayed! In August, 1908, showing her alertness to the attempt to destroy her and her church, she called Adam Dickey into her study and asked in a deep, earnest voice, ..."If I should ever leave here,...will you promise me that you will write a history of what has transpired in your experiences with me, and say that I was mentally murdered?"...I raised my right hand and said, 'Mother, I swear before God that I will do what you request of me, namely, write a history of what I have seen, and heard from your lips, concerning your life."  (Adam H. 
Dickey, Memoirs of Mary Baker Eddy, p. xiv to xvi)  He upheld his promise to Mrs. Eddy. In 1907, Mrs. Eddy had her portrait placed as a frontispiece in every edition of Science and Health, the last one being the 88th edition, right on through 1910.  It was also placed in her book, Miscellaneous Writings as well.  Her portraits were removed from both books beginning in 1911. The Sentinel had always included a Publisher's Announcement each week since 1907 which included, "This work contains important changes and additions 
213 
by the author, also a photogravure portrait of Mrs. Eddy, together with a facsimile of her signature."  Through November, 1910, this announcement went out to the field unchanged. 
To further the cover-up, the Board had all 1910 editions of Science and Health called in and removed from Reading Rooms and burned, making the 1910 edition extremely scarce. 
Another immediate change to the textbook "was the removal of two inspiring testimonies, especially selected by Mrs. Eddy to meet specific claims of fear and sin, on pp. 604 (Insanity and Epilepsy Healed) and 698 (A Priceless Boon). This left a blank space on the last page of the textbook.  Late in 1911 "A Grateful Testimony" was moved to p. 698;  it had been on p. 700, the last page, chosen by Mrs. Eddy to close the Second Coming of the Christ with the profound words, "from darkness into LIGHT."   This change meant that Mrs. Eddy's great lifework was concluded on an incomplete page, with the rather negative sentiment, 'Thus I have progressed a little way... .'  Revelation 22:19  warns of the 'taking away ' and 'adding to' 
God's Word"  (Wright, Humanity's Divinity, pp.281-282) Knowing  that Mrs. Eddy no longer read the periodicals as soon as they were issued and had, in fact, read practically nothing for several weeks, the triumvirate of conspirators felt emboldened to make changes in the Sentinel of December 3, and the Manual.  They were in close contact, too, with Mrs. Eddy's household who seemed to feel that Mrs. Eddy would pass away soon.  There had to have been some fast planning and work to have the Sentinel's regular announcement removed before the next Sentinel, the issue on December third, went out a week later. The sentence in the announcement was changed by deleting the last fourteen words, so that the sentence in the above paragraph ended with "author,'" deleting the part about the portrait and the signature.  Mrs. Eddy, who had said back in 1902, "I know always what my children are doing" certainly knew what was going on with her errant children in 1910. Realizing that she must foil their plot, she certainly would not allow them to put her away.  She would not be forced to give her signature to a new Director which would continue a Board that was tyrannical and the very opposite of Christian Science.  There was only one thing she could do.  She could allow herself to pass on and force, then, the demise of The Mother Church.  She trusted in God's disposal of events, knowing that her Manual as well as her other writings were destined for the higher understanding that would unfold in the centuries to come.  "The cruel and dishonest act of putting out an altered Manual---this act of betrayal---temporarily defeated what Mrs. Eddy hoped to accomplish with the Church Manual.  But we know she was correct when she wrote:  'Notwithstanding the sacrilegious moth of time, eternity awaits our Church Manual, which will maintain its rank as in the past [in her time] amid ministries aggressive and active, and will stand when those have passed to rest.'  (My. 230: 1) As Mrs. Eddy had told Professor Herig, 'The Manual will save the Cause.' "  (Wright, Humanity's Divinity, pp.282, 283) Mrs. Eddy knew that she would not and should not be proclaimed by mankind as the revelator to this age of the Christ, Truth, during her lifetime.  However, foreseeing the time when this would be made plain, she wrote in Science and Health:  "When Christian Science and animal magnetism are both comprehended, as they will be at no distant date, it will be seen why the author of this book has been so unjustly persecuted and belied by wolves in 
214 
sheep's clothing."  (Ibid.,p. 104:3)  Of course, the "wolves in sheep's clothing" were her own supposedly Christianly scientific students in The Mother Church who were hypocrites, craving power and authority.  Their disobedience to the Manual's estoppels brought the end of her sojourn with us and the decline of the healing mission of Christian Science. Christian Scientists do not doubt that Mrs. Eddy's apparent passing was deliberate. 
She was free of the claim of senility as her workers would testify without hesitation, and her health was excellent as those who tended to her body afterwards verified.  She did not die of any physical cause.  She knew she was being malpracticed, "mentally murdered," by those she had put in high positions.  Mrs. Eddy embraced "mental murder" just as Jesus had embraced crucifixion, for our sakes.  She had written in her book Miscellany about the corruption of power:  "There was never a religion or philosophy lost to the centuries except by sinking its divine Principle in personality."  (p. 117: 22) 
"By passing on and departing in 1910 Mrs. Eddy accomplished her goals.  She froze the Manual as a rod of iron.  And she prevented any legal basis for taking over the Christian Science church.  With a dead body evident in 1910, a court could not make Mrs. Eddy a ward;  neither could it declare her---as it certainly would have if she had ascended---a missing person, and thus give itself or others the power to lead for seven years, until she be declared dead or found.  By passing on, Mrs. Eddy had foiled a demon scheme."  (Wright, Humanity's Divinity, p. 284) In the last few weeks left to her, Mrs. Eddy took care of unfinished business that needed her attention and approval.  Dec. 3rd was the day Mrs. Eddy had chosen to leave this phase of her life for a higher sense of being.  She invited for dinner the person whom she'd asked to teach the next Normal Class (for those applying to become teachers of Christian Science).  Bicknell Young had come over from England to do it, and it was to start on Dec. 7, 1910.  On Nov. 11, the Board of Directors sent her a nomination to replace Ira Knapp who had recently passed on.   She forestalled the customary quick acknowledgement, then, on Nov. 21, wrote them back asking them to appoint her secretary, Adam Dickey, instead of their nomination.  (She had offered the position to Calvin Frye, but he refused.)  She told them, however, that Mr. Dickey could not start right away since he was still her secretary and she needed him.  If Mrs. Eddy had intended to stay here, she would not have suggested either of her very valuable secretaries for the Directorship!  Late in Nov. she approved the person they had asked to be the chairman of the Bible Lesson Committee. At that point, her church duties were finished. About a week before Mrs. Eddy passed on, she asked her devoted secretary, Calvin Frye, to promise her that he would tell her students that it was malicious animal magnetism and not beliefs of old age that caused her to pass on. The belief of animal magnetism had been overcome by Mrs. Eddy for herself, but she could not do it for her followers.  This metaphysical work each must do for oneself.  (Mr. Frye kept his promise seven years later when, as president of The Mother Church, he told the students who attended the Annual Meeting.  He did it without consulting the directors, and very shortly thereafter passed on.) (Grekel, The Forever Leader, p. 586) 
215 
"Mrs. Eddy saw her role and its consequences.  In Science and Health, p. 40: 19, she had written, "If a career so great and good as that of Jesus could not avert a felon's fate, lesser apostles of Truth may endure human brutality without murmuring."  Again, she wrote, "I was a scribe under orders:  and who can refrain from transcribing what God indicts, and ought not that one to take the cup, drink all of it, and give thanks?" "For forty-four years Mrs. Eddy had laid her all upon the altar.  With love, and a great longing to show mankind reality, she had taken "the cup," willing to drink all of it, and give thanks.  Only the vision of the inexhaustible and irresistible power of good sustained her as she endured the world's venom and the human hatred of Truth... "When my students become blinded to me as the one through whom Truth has come to this age, they go straight down."  (Sue Harper Mims' Memoirs) On Nov. 28th, Mrs. Eddy dictated this statement to Laura Sargent and then signed it: "It took a combination of sinners that was fast to harm me."  Why would Mrs. Eddy want her students and the world to know that she had been "mentally murdered" by a "cabal," a "triumvirate," as she had spoken of and written to a couple of friends about them?  "Mental murder" or other harmful thoughts, explicitly directed toward another, are still not understood by a large majority of mankind, but Mrs. Eddy knew that in the decades and centuries to come, when the power of mind over matter was generally accepted, her plight would be comprehended.  She wanted to make sure that the plot against her and her Manual would be uncovered and the 88th Manual be recognized and obeyed as she wrote it and God intended.  Her Manual made every follower of Christian Science her successor.  Christian Science Societies could continue as long as needed.    (See Wright, Humanity's Divinity, p. 278) 
On Dec. 1, Mrs. Eddy and Laura Sargent were preparing to take what would be Mrs. 
Eddy's last carriage ride. While waiting for Mrs. Eddy to arrange her bonnet, Laura turned to a passage in her Bible.  She thought to herself, "I wish I might ask Mother what this means." 
Mrs. Eddy immediately answered, "Laura, do not bring your questions to me, take them to God..."   Nothing spiritual can be unknown to Mind.  Mrs. Eddy wanted Laura to understand and use the magnificent fact that they both shared the same infinite source of intelligence. While on their drive, Laura heard her Leader say aloud, "Oh! if the students had only done what I told them to do, I should live and carry on the Cause."   Mrs. Eddy knew that if her students had obeyed her God-inspired Manual and she had made it, we all could have made it, without the interminable years of mankind having to suffer it out.  "Progress is born of experience.  It is the ripening of mortal man, through which the mortal is dropped for the immortal.  Either here or hereafter, suffering or Science must destroy all illusions regarding life and mind, and regenerate material sense and self.  The old man with his deeds must be put off.  Nothing sensual or sinful is immortal.  The death of a false material sense and of sin, not the death of organic matter, is what reveals man and Life, harmonious, real, and eternal."  (S&H, p. 296)  "Mortals move onward towards good or evil as time glides on. 
If mortals are not progressive, past failures will be repeated until all wrong work is effaced or rectified.  If at present satisfied with wrong doing, we must learn to loathe it.  If at present content with idleness, we must become dissatisfied with it. Remember that mankind must 
216 
sooner or later, either by suffering or by Science, be convinced of the error that is to be overcome."  (Ibid., p.240) "In order to teach mortals that their real being is God, infinite good, Mrs. Eddy stood alone.  Her divine discovery cut sharply across many accepted standards of thought and conduct, and challenged mankind to higher issues.  With sublime and unmatched courage she faced the entire world's antagonism and ignorance.  Heroically, with incredible fortitude, she met the whole entrenched belief of life in matter that seemed to concentrate itself in opposition to her discovery when she began communicating to the world what the light of revelation had poured into her searching heart.  Two thousand years ago the Pharisees had warned the people to beware of Jesus, contemptuously calling him 'this fellow.'  In the harsh, cruel treatment Mrs. Eddy received, we see history repeating itself."  (Wright, Humanity's Divinity, p.270) It was in January of 1896 that Calvin Frye recorded these words from Mrs. Eddy into his diary: " 1)  David [author of many of the Psalms] saw corruption.  The body was buried and decayed.  2)  Jesus died in belief but the body did not see corruption but was raised again.  3) The demonstration for me is that it shall not be death, even, but a body transformed 'by the renewing of Mind', spiritualization."  (Ernest Sutherland Bates, Mrs. Eddy's Right-Hand Man, Harper and Brothers, 1931, pamphlet) When Laura and Mrs. Eddy returned from their drive, Mrs. Eddy asked for a pad of paper.  On it she wrote these four words:  "God is my Life"----with no period at the end.  In the evening she ate her supper.  She had her mental workers "keep a watch" (pray).  (The household thought she might have a cold.)  The next day, Dec. 2, Mrs. Eddy stayed in her study, deep in prayer. She talked from time to time to her helpers with her usual calm and serenity, but those accustomed to her ways noticed a change.  A little later she dressed her hair.  On Sat. morning, Dec. 3, Mrs. Eddy stayed in bed but sent messages to her mental workers.   In the afternoon she was sitting up in bed, and her helper, Miss Still, thought she was doing prayerful work for herself.  Later on, she asked her mental workers to "Drop the argument, and leave me with Divine Love, that is all I need."  She seemed very happy and ate her supper.  All felt that the claim of a cold had been met.   (See Grekel, Forever Leader, p. 590 and Wright, Humanity's Divinity, pp.294-296) That night, at 10:45 , with her three valued and beloved workers at her bedside, Adelaide Still, Laura Sargent, and Calvin Frye, Mrs. Eddy passed on.  It was a very cold night, and the furnace had ceased to function.  A repairman had been summoned to fix it. 
When he arrived, Calvin and Laura went downstairs to admit him.  In a short while the furnace was repaired and they returned to the second floor.  "As they neared the bedroom they noticed that Miss Still was standing in the doorway.  Approaching her side they looked into the bedroom and beheld Mrs. Eddy by the side of the bed smiling at them.  Then Mrs. 
Eddy turned and pointed to the bed where they saw the form of the one they had called Mother.  As their gaze turned again to Mrs. Eddy she was shaking her head back and forth as if to say, 'I am not there;  I have risen.'  Then as these three watched, the vision of their beloved Leader gradually faded from their sight." 
217 
Truly, Mary Baker Eddy, who represented the womanhood/motherhood aspect of the Christ which brought to humanity's understanding the complete nature of God, Love, had indeed ascended before the illumined gaze of her students.  Jesus brought to mankind the manhood/fatherhood aspect of the Christ, Truth, God, and ascended before his students. The next day, when two Directors from the Board were called to the home, Miss Still related that she and Calvin and Laura had seen the ascension of Mrs. Eddy.  The Directors advised the three members of the household to keep silent about it.  They convinced them that the world would criticize and ridicule Christian Science if they published the facts of what occurred the night of Mrs. Eddy's passing. The fear of hurting their Cause through world-wide ridicule kept this beautiful and holy experience from reaching the field. Only a few teachers and lecturers became aware of it, and Laura Sargent and Calvin Frye passed on just a few years later.  However, Adelaide did relate her holy experience to her sister.  Many years later, her sister was serving as a guide to visitors to Chestnut Hill which had been opened to the public.  One day, when no-one was about, she related what her sister had told her to a visitor she recognized.  He was Carl Lundstrom, a consecrated practitioner who had been Journal-listed for many years.  She said that she felt compelled to tell him but that her sister had requested her not to tell anyone what she was about to tell him, for Adelaide had promised those in authority at The Mother Church that she would never repeat what she had witnessed to anyone.  She said that Adelaide told her that the three witnesses experienced no grief nor could they speak for one hour afterwards.  One can imagine how intent he must have been at that point! His last stop on the tour was Mrs. Eddy's bedroom.  "This room was homespun and expressed simplicity...I was impressed to see several pictures of Jesus hanging on the walls. 
It was at this moment that my guide turned to me and said that she felt impelled to tell me the following incident, which was told to her by Adelaide Still, one of three persons watching with Mrs. Eddy in the final hours of her human experience...." After hearing the accounting of their experience, he said, "At that moment, as I stood there looking into Mrs. 
Eddy's bedroom, I felt a wave of insight into the magnitude of Mrs. Eddy's mission I had never felt before.  They had witnessed the ascension of their Leader!..."   This blessed message could not remain hidden forever.  I'm sure Adelaide's sister was feeling the impulsion of divine Love when she told Mr. Lundstrom about the experience.  The Christ, the ideal of God, good, the human and divine coincidence manifested first by Jesus and then by Mary Baker Eddy, established in the earth the Science of the universe including man. 
For this we owe them endless homage.   (Keyston, The Healer, pp.179-181 and Wright, Humanity's Divinity, p.297) On Sunday, Dec. 4th,  following the service, the First Reader read a portion of Mrs. 
Eddy's letter of June 3, 1891 (See Mis., p. 135)  After reading the sentence:  "You can well afford to give me up, since you have in my last revised edition of Science and Health your teacher and guide."  He then paused and continued:    "Although these lines were written years ago, they are true today, and will continue to be true.  But it has now become my duty to announce that Mrs. Eddy passed from our sight last night at 10:45 o'clock at her home in 
218 
Chestnut Hill."  This message was given to Branch churches around the world.    (Grekel, The Forever Leader, p. 591) On the third day after Mrs. Eddy's passing, Dec. 6th, Elizabeth Norton, one of the students selected by Mrs. Eddy to attend Bicknell Young's Normal Class, and Grace Collins, had gone to Chestnut Hill "to see the sepulchre" where the body lay.  Calvin Frye and two Directors were in the next room.  Suddenly they heard a great noise like an explosion.  The men went through the house to investigate but could find no cause or effect from the noise. 
The two women remained by the bedside and experienced something entirely different. 
Immediately following the great noise Mrs. Eddy appeared to them.  What they saw was their Leader in her true being, youthful, dark-haired, beautiful, and radiant.  They watched as Mrs. Eddy walked across the room and disappeared through the wall.  Then Mrs. Norton turned to Miss Collins and said, 'Grace, did you see what I saw?'  Grace answered, 'Yes.' 
When Elizabeth told the Directors what they had seen, they said it must not be told yet. (Grekel, Ibid., p.595-596) Jesus and Mrs. Eddy were our exemplars.  Because of mankind's profound ignorance of the real Science that is the actual Principle of their being, they had to show us by their actions what man is capable of.  Everything they did was an endeavor to provide us with visible demonstrations of what we are capable of as spiritual beings.  Sin, disease, and death are not actualities; they are illusions. The doctor who went to the home to grant a certificate of death was impressed with Mrs. Eddy's extraordinary beauty.  He said there were wrinkles, but they were so slight they looked as though they could have been brushed away with the gentle smoothing of a hand. 
He said, "I do not recall ever seeing in death before a face which bore such a beautifully tranquil expression."  [Of course, he could not know that Mrs. Eddy had not experienced one moment of “death!”]  The next day the undertakers volunteered the following information: "We found it [the body] in an excellent state of preservation...and also fifty-eight hours after death.  The tissues were remarkably normal;  the skin was well preserved, soft, pliable, smooth and healthy,  I do not remember having found the body of a person of such advanced age in so good a physical condition.  The walls of the arteries were unusually firm and in as healthy a state as might be expected in the body of a young person.  The usual accompaniments of age were lacking, and no outward appearance of any disease, no lesion or other condition common to one having died at such an advanced age [90 years old] were noticeable."   (Grekel, Ibid., pp. 591-592)   Mrs. Eddy was right.  Neither "old age" nor "being worn out"  are facts of Life.  They are educated beliefs only and can be overcome by Mind, the consciousness , the intelligence, the one and only source that is the Principle of our universe. Here is a passage Mrs. Eddy includes in Science and Health which supports this teaching: “… decrepitude is not according to law, nor is it a necessity of nature, but an illusion." (S&H, 245)  Mrs. Eddy was expressing her supreme intelligence, which was her Mind, as her body.  It truly was her mental state---the daily acceptance that she had "the mind of Christ," as St. Paul distinctly tells us in I  Corinthians 2: 16. "...we have the mind of Christ."   Does the Christ, Truth, age?  Again, Paul tries to drive his point home:  "Know ye 
219 
not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?"   "For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God."  (I Cor. 3: 16, 19)  Your body is the reflection of God.  That is why we need to know God---Then we will know the wonder and beauty of ourselves.  Then we will never “want” again. Spirit, your substance, is not matter.  Matter is but shadow, and our conviction that it is solid mass outside of our mind is foolishness, as any physicist will tell you.  Your body takes the form, outline, color, and all of its qualities directly from your mind.  Physics now has proven that to be the truth.  The ramifications for mankind are stupendous.  When you begin to see yourself and your world from this standpoint (which is what "repent" means— to change your mind, to turn aside from your old viewpoint), you read the Bible from a higher standpoint.  You all of a sudden begin to see the Truth, the facts, that the stories all the way through are pointing out to you.  It is a revelation!   All that the prophets, Christ Jesus, his disciples and apostles, Mrs. Eddy and her students have done were for our sakes. 
We are divine beings, self-purifying, self-perpetuating, self-harmonizing, and self- regenerating---yet, because we are deluded by "the false testimony of false material sense, of mind in matter;  [and] that this false sense evolves, in belief, a subjective state of mortal mind which this same so-called mind names matter, [we] thereby [are] shutting out the true sense of Spirit."  (S&H, 108: 25-29)  Spirit is pure good in form and function. The fact that Mrs. Eddy could show her true selfhood to her students who were ready to perceive it should not surprise us.  She had already overcome the illusion of death a number of times, including her own, when she had her great revelation that life is God, ever- present.  To Mrs. Eddy the appearance of death was nothing more than a mortal concept, wholly erroneous.  It was no more than a "mortal shadow flitting across the dial of time." (Mis. 71:27)  "Death can never alarm or even appear to him who fully understands Life." (Un. 40:20)  In Being, God, everything is reflected as being, and that being is eternal Life;  it is the fact of perfect health.  It isn't the body that lives.  When Mrs. Eddy "raised" Calvin Frye from death, that is only how it appeared to her immature students who believed that the life he had in him had exited his body.  To Mrs. Eddy, Calvin's body, as matter, had never had life abiding in it, so there was no life for matter to surrender. "Man is immortal, and the body cannot die, because matter has no life to surrender.  The human concepts named matter, death, disease, sickness, and sin are all that can be destroyed.  If it is true that man lives, this fact can never change in Science to the opposite belief that man dies."  (S&H, 426-427) 
In reviving Calvin, Mrs. Eddy went immediately to Life as Spirit.  She would not allow Adam Dickey to adjust Calvin's head;  this would be admitting that there was something "out of joint" and "Adam" could straighten it out.  She wanted Calvin to be left entirely to her--- to the seven-fold nature of God which she was knowing was all there was to Calvin.  "The dream of death must be mastered by Mind here or hereafter.  Thought will waken from its own material declaration, "I am dead," to catch the trumpet-word of Truth, "There is no death, no inaction, diseased action, over action, nor reaction."  (Ibid. 427-428) In order to catch this trumpet-word, Mrs. Eddy had to totally consecrate herself to that Life which mortal sense cannot impair nor mortal belief destroy.   This consecration to the facts 
220 
of being included the understanding that death is nothing but a mortal dream.  It is not a happening;  it is pure illusion." "During the sensual ages, absolute Christian Science may not be achieved prior to the change called death, for we have not the power to demonstrate what we do not understand.  But the human self must be evangelized.  This task God demands us to accept lovingly to-day, and to abandon so fast as practical the material, and to work out the spiritual which determines the outward and actual."  (S&H 254, 16-23) "The Directors saw Mrs. Eddy dead, and were intent on burying their concept of her, in accordance with Jesus' teaching,  'Let the dead bury their dead.'  Mrs. Eddy had proved beyond cavil that matter is nothing but an image in mortal mind.  She had demonstrated to humanity that man is a calculus of divine ideas that doesn't come and go, is not born, and cannot die, but is ever-present as the perfect reflection of living Love, man's true identity. 
We have Mrs. Eddy's promise:  "The impersonation of the spiritual idea had a brief history in the earthly life of our Master;  but 'of his kingdom there shall be no end,'  for Christ, God's idea, will eventually rule all nations and peoples---(S&H 565: 13) "For we know that the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now.  And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body."  (St. Paul, Romans 8:22; S&H, 255) The whole world over, those who believe in God are waiting for the redemption of their bodies.  The only problem is, they believe they have to die in order to find their bodies redeemed.  The great truth that Jesus and Mrs. Eddy brought to mankind is the fact that we don't have to die in order to redeem our bodies!  They both proved it by raising the dead and themselves.  Paul knew this and was able to write, "...the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death...For they that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh;  but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit.  For to be carnally minded is death;  but to be spiritually minded is life and peace.  Because the carnal mind is enmity against God:  for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be.  So then they that are in the flesh cannot please God...But if the Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, he that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by the Spirit that dwelleth in you...For if ye live after the flesh, ye shall die:  but if ye through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body, ye shall live." (St. Paul, Romans 8:2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11,13) "Eternal Truth is changing the universe.  As mortals drop off their mental swaddling-clothes thought expands into expression...Progress takes off human shackles. 
The finite must yield to the infinite.  Advancing to a higher plane of action, thought rises from the material sense to the spiritual, from the scholastic to the inspirational, and from the mortal to the immortal.  All things are created spiritually.  Mind, not matter, is the creator. 
Love, the divine Principle, is the Father and Mother of the universe, including man."   (S&H 256: 4 ) 
They did not realize 'ascension ' had nothing to do with taking away a material body, but instead demonstrates there never was life in matter in the first place. 
221 
Chapter 13  Epilogue to the Life of Mary Baker Eddy 
The Note Mrs. Eddy Left Us---Its Interpretation and Implications as Discovered in the Great Pyramid of Egypt              God as Mother 
Two days before she passed on, Mrs. Eddy asked for her writing pad and wrote what would be her last message to the world:  "God is my life"---[no period at the end]. 
Obviously, these four words could have been spoken to her helpers, but they were not.  Her students knew that whatever Mrs. Eddy wrote carried weight;  every single word in Science and Health and her other writings which have been gathered by her into the book, Miscellaneous Writings was given great thought and finalized through divine inspiration. 
Oral expressions do not register as seriously as written ones and could be forgotten.  Mrs. 
Eddy always emphasized that the truth she gave to the world came direct from God, divine Mind.  She left this as her last written statement.  She had to have had an ulterior motive for it.  Asking for a writing pad certainly showed definite intention.  Mary intended this for future generations, not just her household.  It was a short, concise message of four words and eleven letters.  Christian Scientists familiar with the system of how Christian Science operates with its seven synonymous terms for God and the four ways in which they are used (when dealing with the Word, Christ, Christianity, and Science) refer to them all as "the eleven."   The words stood alone on the sheet with nothing to distract from them.  There could be no chance that they would be overlooked.  (Wright, Mary Baker Eddy   A New Look,  pp. 341-344)  What was their purpose? A physical scientist of international reputation, Fernand d'Humy, knew there had to be an important meaning behind the words. He felt that they had to have a deep meaning and proceeded to decipher it as a serious message to the world.  This must be something that would strengthen faith in the Source and purpose of her divine accomplishment.  The conclusion he arrived at can be found in his book, Mary Baker Eddy Fulfills Prophecy in which he says he was led by divine inspiration to uncover Mrs. Eddy's purpose for the four- word message.  Christian Scientists, in studying his answer, cannot help but agree with him. 
Here is a very short synopsis of his explanation: That God is the Life of man is woven throughout every page in her textbook.  It is the message of the ages and will be seen in centuries to come to be the Comforter, bringing to the world salvation from evil of every name and nature and finally the peace and joy for which we have so long yearned.  Mr. d'Humy gave a long explanation of the meaning of each word showing how carefully Mrs. Eddy had chosen it and no other for this last message.  Every word carries weight;  even the absence of punctuation is significant.  It all must be written as revelation, so regarded, and therefore carefully examined. For instance, the word "is" implies omni-presence with no beginning and no ending. 
The Science discovered by Mary Baker Eddy always was, just as the law of mathematics always existed and will always exist in the ever-present is.  God, Life, always has been and always will be, unchanging.  "Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning."  (James 1:17)  Through this two-letter word, Mary denoted the permanency of 
222 
Science which cannot be separated from Christian Science.  "Christianity" is a necessity for the Science of the universe because only through the Christ-like nature of mankind as exemplified by Christ Jesus and Mary Baker Eddy can we finally achieve peace.  Good is self-perpetuating;  evil is self-destroying.  The qualities of manhood and womanhood must be seen as existent and equal in every individual.  In no other way can we obey the Ten Commandments and the new commandment given by Jesus, " Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." The absence of a period at the end of "God is my life" denotes the eternality of life, without limitations or termination.  Where did Mrs. Eddy gain her understanding of God? 
She said that all she learned came through a deep study of the Holy Scriptures. "In following these leadings of scientific revelation, the Bible was my only textbook.  The Scriptures were illumined;  reason and revelation were reconciled, and afterwards the truth of Christian Science was demonstrated.  No human pen nor tongue taught me the Science contained in this book, SCIENCE AND HEALTH; and neither tongue nor pen can over-throw it."  (S&H 110:13-20)  Mr. d'Humy saw Mrs. Eddy as an apostle of God and was inspired to look in the "Acts of the Apostles" in the New Testament .  He found that by multiplying "the eleven" and "the four" of the cryptogram he arrived at the product of forty-four.  This gave the sequential position of the book of Acts as the forty-fourth in the King James version of the Bible. He looked at Chapter four (four words), verse eleven (eleven letters) and found this verse:  "This is the stone which was set at naught of you builders, which is become the head of the corner."  Thus the decoding of the cryptogram is indisputable. The "stone which the builders rejected" is found seven times in the Bible and a number of times in Mrs. Eddy's writings.   (Ibid., pp.342-344)  (“A corner stone or the head stone or chief stone of the corner is that stone put down at the foundation of a building as the principle angle of two walls forming a corner of the building;  it is of fundamental importance.  Figuratively, it is a trait or fact upon which other facts rest as if forming a superstructure.  A superstructure is anything built up upon a foundation.” Webster)  In this instance, of course, it is used figuratively.  Mrs. Eddy was indicating that her great work, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures, is the crowning completion of the Holy Scriptures, the" key" which unlocks its profound meaning for the world. The quote from Acts 4: 11 to which Mrs. Eddy was alluding was spoken by Peter to the elders and scribes after the marvelous healing of a man born lame.  They asked him by what power it was done.  He told them, "Be it known unto you all, and to all people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole.  This is the stone which was set at naught of you builders, which is become the head of the corner."  The understanding that man is forever "made whole" is an incontrovertible fact or cornerstone of creation.  The belief that the body creates and sustains man can never nullify that fact, no matter what the senses claim to behold. Mrs. Eddy puts it this way, "In mathematics, we do not multiply when we should subtract, and then say the product is correct.  No more can we say in Science that muscles give strength, that nerves give pain or pleasure, or that matter governs, and then expect that 
223 
the result will be harmony.  Not muscles, nerves, nor bones, but mortal mind makes the whole body 'sick, and the whole heart faint;' whereas divine Mind heals. "When this is understood, we shall never affirm concerning the body what we do not wish to have manifested.  We shall not call the body weak, if we would have it strong;  for the belief in feebleness must obtain in the human mind before it can be made manifest on the body, and the destruction of the belief will be the removal of its effects.  Science includes no rule of discord, but governs harmoniously."  (S&H:219) Except for a few very spiritual thinkers over the millenniums, this foundational fact has been rejected or not known or remembered, and we find "the whole body sick, and the whole heart faint;...'   This quoted phrase is from I Isaiah to the children of Israel:  "Hear O heavens, and give ear, O earth:  for the Lord hath spoken, I have nourished and brought up children, and they have rebelled against me… Ah sinful nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evildoers, children that are corrupters:  they have forsaken the Lord,...Why should ye be stricken anymore?  ye will revolt more and more:  the whole head is sick, and the whole heart faint...Except the Lord of hosts had left unto us a very small remnant, we should have been as Sodom, and we should have been like unto Gomorrah.  To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices unto me?  saith the Lord:  I am full of the burnt offerings of rams...I delight not in the blood of bullocks, or of lambs, or of he goats...Bring no more vain oblations;  incense is an abomination unto me; ...Your new moons and your appointed feasts my soul hateth: ...Wash you, make you clean;  put away the evil of your doings from before mine eyes;  cease to do evil;  Learn to do well;..." (I Isaiah 1: 4, 5, 9, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17) Outward show of dedication to God is as nothing to Him.  Only the sacrifice of long-held beliefs that are not in keeping with true science and the affirmation and proof of our reformation will do. This report was given by the Clerk at the Annual Meeting of The First Church of Christ, Scientist in 1906:  "..For a Cause that has rooted itself in so many distant lands, and inspired so many different races and tongues into the demonstration of the knowledge of God, the years have passed since Mrs. Eddy founded her first church seem but a short time. 
And this little church, God's word in the wilderness of dogma and creed, opened an era of Christian worship founded on the commands of Jesus:  'Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature... And these signs shall follow them that believe;  In my name shall they cast out devils;  they shall speak with new tongues;  they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them;  they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.'  (Mark 16: 18) "Not until nineteen centuries had passed was there one ready to receive the inspiration, to restore to human consciousness the stone that had been rejected, and which Mrs. Eddy made 'the head of the corner' of The Church of Christ Scientist."   (MY 47: 20- 48: 8) 
The prophet Isaiah uses the allusion of a cornerstone when he talks about what will happen "in that day."  "In that day shall the Lord of hosts be for a crown of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue [remnant] of his people...Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men...because ye have said, We have made a covenant with death, and 
224 
with hell are we at agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us:  for we have made lies our refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves:  Therefore thus saith the Lord, Behold, I lay in Zion a stone, a precious cornerstone, a sure foundation: ...Surely your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter's clay: for shall the work say of him that made it, He made me not? or shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, He had no understanding?...And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness.  The meek also shall increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel.  For the terrible one is brought to naught, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off:...They also that erred in spirit shall come to understanding, and they that murmured shall learn doctrine." (Is. 28: 5, 15-16; 29: 16-20, 24)  We are also  warned in I Thess.,  “Despise not prophesyings.”  (5: 20) Does the clay command the potter?  Does the body command the mind?  The prophets knew that at some point in the misty remoteness of time, mankind had "turned things upside down," and been hypnotized into believing that the body ruled the mind, that sensation, the five senses, intelligence, etc., dwelt in the body, and that man was a creator. 
A false sense of ego, or "I" was given to matter, which in Truth has no substance nor intelligence and is solely dependent upon the unseen Mind or Principle of the universe, which is wholly good. This erroneous reasoning, this turning aside from the Truth of all things, brought sin, sickness, disease, and death into the world. We have been duped by lies, scurrilous falsehoods, "the terrible one" or false ego.  "Mortal man has made a covenant with his eyes to belittle Deity with human conceptions. In league with material sense, mortals take limited views of all things. That God is corporeal or material, no man should affirm." (S&H 255: 11-15) 
Mrs. Eddy's cryptogram was referring to her textbook, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  Why is this book the promised Comforter?  Why is it different from countless other books on ethics or religion?  Mrs. Eddy writes, "The cardinal point of difference in my metaphysical system...[is]: that by knowing the unreality of disease, sin, and death, you demonstrate the allness of God.  This difference wholly separates my system from all others."  (Unity of Good, 9:27)  This awesome world-shattering revelation tells us what Jesus could not tell the world in his time.  In the First Edition of Science and Health she says, "Opinions and beliefs regarding God and man, or Soul and body, are the foundations of all error.  In the last edition she warns, "The error relating to Soul and body...reverses the order of Science and assigns to matter the power and prerogative of Spirit, so that man becomes the most absolutely weak and inharmonious creation in the universe.  (123:6)    This reversal of Science is the error of believing that we are the body of which we are aware.   (See Mary Baker Eddy  God's Great Scientist, Vol. 1, Helen Wright, p. xx)   Physicists now know the error of this upside down belief and have begun to look into its ramifications. There can be no doubt that this last message recorded by Mrs. Eddy before departing this mortal sense of life was divinely revealed to her. She asks us if we have planted our 
225 
"standard on the rock of Christ, the true, the spiritual idea---the chief cornerstone in the house of our God." (Pulpit and Press, 10)  Our "house" is our consciousness.  In exact proportion to the Truth we have taken in and live by have we built on the "rock" that is Christ, Truth.  In Science and Health she gives us this standard many times.  Here is one: "The chief stones in the temple of Christian Science are to be found in the following postulates:  that Life is God, good, and not evil;  that Soul is sinless, not to be found in the body;  that Spirit is not, and cannot be, materialized;  that Life is not subject to death;  that the spiritual real man has no birth, no material life, and no death... "Mortal man can never rise from the temporal debris [rubbish] of error, belief in sin, sickness, and death, until he learns that God is the only Life.  The belief that life and sensation are in the body should be overcome by the understanding of what constitutes man as the image of God.  Then Spirit will have overcome the flesh."  (S&H 288-289)  Is this a tough standard?  It is.  But we cannot "get into heaven," experience harmony, without it. 
And we cannot realize it universally until Mrs. Eddy's textbook is studied universally and religion and science become reconciled. In Isaiah quoted above, we are told that in that day, they that "murmur shall learn doctrine."  When Mrs. Eddy wrote to the Church in June 1908 about dispensing with the Executive Members' meetings, she said, "...the purpose of my request was sacred.  It was to turn your sense of worship from the material to the spiritual, the personal to the impersonal, the denominational to the doctrinal, yea, from the human to the divine."  (MY 139: 18-22) If the Christian churches are ever to unite on one spiritual platform, then the denominational must give way to the doctrinal. (Webster gives us the definition of "doctrine:"  "that which is taught;  a principle, or body of principles, in any branch of knowledge.")   She predicts, "The continuity of The Church of Christ, Scientist is assured.  It is growing wonderfully.  It will embrace all the churches, one by one, because in it alone is the simplicity of the oneness of God; the oneness of Christ and the perfecting of man stated scientifically."  (Ibid., 342: 19- 24) 
Although Christian Science is a denomination, and considers Science and Health its denominational  textbook, Mrs. Eddy was founding a much higher sense of Christianity, one that does not rely on mystery or faith alone, but understanding and demonstration.  The textbook is the fulfillment of the second coming of the Christ, the "voice of Truth to this age, and contains the full statement of Christian Science, or the Science of healing through Mind."  (S&H 456: 25-30) The "book," spoken of in the Old and the New Testaments, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures, brought to mankind by Mary Baker Eddy, is changing the universe, leading us into the land of Christian Science, where shackles fall and we find that our true identity is inseparable from our divine Mind.  "...and nothing shall be impossible unto you." (Christ Jesus, Matt. 17: 20) I Peter restates the four-word message and its meaning with these beautiful words: "Wherefore laying aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speaking, As newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby: If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious. To whom coming, as unto a living stone, 
226 
disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and precious, Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.  Wherefore also it is contained in the Scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion [Zion] a chief corner stone, elect, precious:  and he that believeth on him shall not be confounded...But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people;  that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvelous light."  (I Peter 2: 1-7, 9)  The Christ-like man is sacrificing his old opinions and beliefs, which bring death, for the Truth which is Life, making him a "lively stone."  This dedicated, pure, holy sense of Truth and Life is most precious, for it blesses not only himself but all of us, helping to bring into fruition the "city foursquare," the consciousness of Love, the final destination in the journey of mankind. Mrs. Eddy left her last written message to mankind in order to signify her place in prophecy as the one whom God had appointed to bring the promised Comforter to mankind. 
But, as if that was not enough, she left another message on her desk on the day of her passing, Dec. 3, 1910.  It was a pamphlet entitled "The Latter Days:  with Evidence from The Great Pyramid," by F.E.H., published in London, 1895.  He was not a Christian Scientist.  It is a discourse on the Great Pyramid and the religious meanings of its measurements which had recently been done by pyramidologists such as Sir Petrie who published his book in 1883, Pyramids and Temples of Gizeh.  The 38 page pamphlet was the property of The Mother Church. This pamphlet, combined with her own handwritten message, points us to the original source for the Bible's use of the symbol of the rejected cornerstone.   The two messages were meant to be read together, the one supporting the other.  The pamphlet was left open on her desk to page 32.  One of the sentences read, "By the same standard of interpretation, the termination of The Grand Gallery 1,910 inches, gives the 3rd of December, 1910, as the end of the present era, which we accept as an approximation only, though possibly a very close one.'  On this exact date, the passing of Mrs. Eddy from the human scene was the end of the era---the era which witnessed the founding of the Comforter in human consciousness.  It is the city foursquare, Christian Science.  It is Science (Second Coming) added to Christian (First Coming). The Pyramid goes back at least a thousand years before the Bible and so was considered very ancient even then.  Its builder is not known, though it might have been the great Thoth himself under his Greek name, Hermes.  The Egyptian priest-historian Manetho credits Hermes with writing 36,525 books of ancient wisdom, and this figure is identical with the number of Primitive Inches in the Great Pyramid's designed perimeter.  Scholars believe it provides confirmation for many Biblical prophecies and has come to be known as "the Bible in stone."  It was never used as a tomb for a Pharaoh, and it was never capped with its chief cornerstone.  (Of course, any building can have a cornerstone, most have four or more, but only one type of building can have a "chief cornerstone" and that is a pyramid.) The facts stated about the Pyramid itself in this paragraph and in following pages have been garnered from Peter Lemesurier's book, The Great Pyramid Decoded, beginning with the above information,  p.18.  Lemesurier is a living pyramidologist who researched and wrote about the Great Pyramid whom I will quote in the next several pages. 
227 
Fernand d'Humy, realizing that the missing capstone of the great Pyramid was a symbol for "the stone which the builders rejected," felt that this was evidence that Mrs. Eddy accepted the current scientific research of the pyramid's symbolism and that it pointed to her day, herself, and her mission.  He believed that in this disclosure from the pamphlet and the decoded cryptogram, we have Biblical evidence that Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures is authentically given by God.  All evidence, all history, all scientific research relating to the divine meaning and purpose of the Great Pyramid, compel the acceptance of this Truth.  Mrs. Eddy, because of her momentous and holy revelation, did not "reject" the "stone" but knew that it brought to mankind "the way" by which we can have dominion over sin, disease, and death.  She realized that it was what "came from on high"---the symbolic capstone---and that it typed the descending "city foursquare" promised by Jesus in Revelation.  This city is symbolic of civilization operating with divine Science in the true consciousness of Love.  We may seem very far from such a state of affairs as we look around the world today, but the process has begun with the dissemination of the textbook throughout the earth, and prophecy will be fulfilled. With the coming of Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures, the capstone of enlightenment was placed on the Bible in that it made the Bible, at last, comprehensible to mankind. Besides St. Peter and Isaiah, Jeremiah, the prophet, wrote of this pyramid (32:19, 20):  "Ah Lord God!  behold, thou hast made the heaven and the earth by thy great power and stretched out arm, and there is nothing too hard for thee...Great in counsel, and mighty in work...which hast set signs and wonders in the land of Egypt, even unto this day...and hast made thee a name, as at this day."  Helen Wright, in her book , Mary Baker Eddy, A New Look, writes, "The Holy Scriptures came to us as the Word of God.  This has been unqualifiedly accepted by all who believe in Deity, in the one God---Mind, who creates and governs all, the same one---God, who caused to be erected a great monument in stone...which would endure through the centuries so future generations would find an enduring confirmation of the authenticity of the Holy Scriptures.  That is why the Great Pyramid of Gizeh has reverently been named the 'Bible in stone.'  "  (344) Mrs. Eddy alluded to the pyramid in some of her writings:  "We are in the midst of a revolution;  physics are yielding slowly to metaphysics;  mortal mind rebels at its own boundaries;  weary of matter, it would catch the meaning of Spirit.  The only immortal superstructure is built on Truth;  her modest tower rises slowly, but it stands and is the miracle of the hour, though it may seem to the age like the great pyramid of Egypt, a miracle in stone." (Christian Healing, 11:12)  Note that she mentions physics as being the physical science that is yielding to metaphysics in the same paragraph with the great pyramid, a "miracle." Isaiah speaks again about the symbolism of the Pyramid:  "See how the Lord comes riding swiftly upon a cloud, he shall descend upon Egypt..." (and then later in the same chapter, there comes the following extraordinary passage):  "When that day comes there shall be an altar to the Lord in the heart of Egypt, and a sacred pillar set up for the Lord upon her frontier.  It shall stand as a token and a reminder to the Lord of Hosts in Egypt, so that 
228 
when they appeal to him against their oppressors, he may send a deliverer to champion their cause, and he shall rescue them.'   (Is.19: 19-20)  (Lemesurier, Ibid., p.215) Amazingly, it describes the exact site of the Great Pyramid. How can it be both in the heart of Egypt and upon its frontier?  "The ancient Nile Delta, in the ancient kingdom of Lower Egypt, forms almost a perfect quadrant of a circle, an angle 90 degrees at its center. 
The geometrical hub of the quadrant could thus be in the heart of the kingdom, which would also mark the angle of its southern frontier.  This was discovered by accident in 1868 by the US Coastal Survey.  (Ibid., p.216) "In speaking of a sacred pillar with an altar, translated into Hebrew it meant a commemorative altar of witness."  Peloubet's Bible Dictionary, p.649, defines these stone altars:  '...large  stones were set up to commemorate any memorable event.'  Moses, Jacob, Joshua, Gideon and others built them.  Isn't a pyramid the ultimate heap of stones?  The pillar referred to means in the original Hebrew 'funeral bier' or  "funerary monument"  which seems to have been the supposed basis for the Pyramid."   ( Ibid. pp.216-217) Here are further "readings" taken from the Great Pyramid's "heap of stones."  The readings from the interior passages seem to show its message to be universal, not just for any one religion, sect, or tradition.  The original Christian teachings are seen as the development of a world enlightenment. The Pyramid encloses three main passages: a subterranean one which descends into a chamber with a "pit" in the middle of it and continues to a dead-end. 
The next one above it, about in the middle of the Pyramid, extends horizontally off an ascending passage.  It is called the Queen's Chamber Passage and ends with a niche with a stone roof which seems to be pointing upwards.  The third passage is the same ascending one from which the Queen's Passage extends.  It is higher and a little longer than the Queen's Passage and  includes a "Great Step" which one must take to get into the King's Chamber with an empty, lidless, uninscribed coffin.  It also has a "roof," taller than the Queen's chamber, which seems to be pointing upward as well.  Mathematical measurements are taken of the height, length, depth, distances from one object to another, angles of slope, types of rock, etc., along each passageway and all that they include which are then translated into significant spiritual symbols. To the ancient Egyptians, the interior passages were thought to symbolize the post- mortem travels of the souls in the under-world, the way-of-the-dead.  However, the readings seem to symbolize the unenlightened ones as well as the enlightened ones, so it must be referring to all of mankind.  It also makes clear that the progress does not take place in some mythical underworld, but here on earth.  Most religions do, in fact, teach that our spiritual "fate" is determined by our efforts here.  So, what does the Great Pyramid tell us about our general state of enlightenment?  I'm afraid it's rather gloomy!  After all these thousands of years it indicates that mankind in general is still in the subterranean "way of the dead."  We here on earth are "the dead!"  The spiritually dead!  The spiritual life we seem to have lost is the spiritual, harmonious state we must regain.  As we make our way through the "lower passage" of the unenlightened, the choices we make determine our progress.   (Lemesurier, Ibid., p. 33) 
229 
Mr. Lemesurier believes that each of us has our own soul which reincarnates at each "death" into a new and different body.  Christian Science differs from that belief.   Mrs. 
Eddy writes, "Error brings its own self-destruction both here and hereafter, for mortal mind creates its own physical conditions.  Death will occur on the next plane of existence as on this, until the spiritual understanding of Life is reached. Then, and not until then, will it be demonstrated that 'the second death hath no power.'  "The period required for this dream of material life, embracing its so-called pleasures and pains, to vanish from consciousness, "knoweth no man ...neither the Son, but the Father."  This period will be of longer or shorter duration according to the tenacity of error."  (S&H, p. 77) "The relinquishment of all faith in death and also of the fear of its sting would raise the standard of health and morals far beyond its present elevation, and would enable us to hold the banner of Christianity aloft with unflinching faith in God, in Life eternal.  Sin brought death, and death will disappear with the disappearance of sin.  Man is immortal, and the body cannot die, because matter has no life to surrender.  The human concept named matter, death, disease, sickness, and sin are all that can be destroyed. "Man's individual being can no more die nor disappear in unconsciousness than can Soul, for both are immortal,...The belief that existence is contingent on matter must be met and mastered by Science, before Life can be understood and harmony obtained. 
".. Nothing can interfere with the harmony of being nor end the existence of man in Science.  Man is the same after as before a bone is broken or the body guillotined.  If man is never to overcome death, why do the Scriptures say, 'The last enemy to be overcome is death?' ...The difficulty lies in ignorance of what God is.  God, Life, Truth, and Love make man undying.  Immortal Mind, governing all, must be acknowledged as supreme in the physical realm, so-called, as well as the spiritual...The dream of death must be mastered here or hereafter...Thought will waken from its own material declaration, 'I am dead,' to catch this trumpet-word of Truth, 'There is no death, no inaction, diseased action, overaction, nor reaction.'   (S&H, 426-428) "Jesus said (John viii. 51), "If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death." 
That statement is not confined to spiritual life, but includes all the phenomena of existence. 
Jesus demonstrated this, healing the dying and raising the dead [as Mrs. Eddy did also, on a number of occasions]."  (S&H, p.430) 
"Science declares that man is subject to Mind.  Mortal mind affirms that mind is subordinate to the body, that the body is dying, that it must be buried and decomposed into dust; but mortal mind's affirmation is not true.  Mortals waken from the dream of death with bodies unseen by those who think that they bury the body.  (Many people around the world have come back from “death” and tell of having the same body as before, but well, and seeing family members and friends who had passed on. Movies have recently been made from such stories.) "If man did not exist before the material organization began, he could not exist after the body is disintegrated.  If we live after death and are immortal, we must have lived before birth, for if Life ever had a beginning, it must also have an ending, even according to the calculations of natural science...We must have faith in all the sayings of our Master, though 
230 
they are not included in the teachings of the schools, and are not understood generally by our ethical instructors. "The great spiritual fact must be brought out that man is, not shall be, perfect and immortal...It is a sin to believe that aught can overpower omnipotent and eternal Life, and this Life must be brought to light by the understanding that there is no death, as well as by other graces of Spirit.  We must begin, however, with the more simple demonstrations of control, and the sooner we begin the better.  The final demonstration takes time for its accomplishment...Mortal mind must part with error, must put off itself with its deeds, and immortal manhood, the Christ ideal, will appear."  (S&H,  428-430) The Great Pyramid is mentioned in the Bible by the prophet, Jeremiah, (quoted above), considered by many to be one of the greatest prophets.  David expresses great joy in the Lord and His salvation with these words:  "I shall not die, but live, and declare the works of the Lord...Open to me the gates of righteousness:  I will go into them, and I will praise the Lord:  This gate of the Lord, into which the righteous shall enter.  I will praise thee:  for thou hast heard me, and art become my salvation.  The stone which the builders refused is become the headstone of the corner.  This is the Lord's doing;  it is marvelous in our eyes." (Psalm 118)  What are the "gates" of the Lord?  What do they have to do with the headstone or cornerstone, of the pyramid?  Why was it "marvelous" in David's eyes? The word "gate(s)" has a tremendous meaning in Christian Science.  "The Key to the Scriptures, which is the Key to the Universe, is called in the book of Revelation the “Key of David.”  It unlocks the gates of the city of Jerusalem, the city of the great king, the capital city of all Israel, typical of a peaceful and united human race.   David, King of the old Jerusalem in the Old Testament, prefigures Christ, the King of the New Jerusalem in the New Testament."  (Brown, Civilization Lieth Foursquare, p.285)  David is such a transcendent figure because under his reign Israel, consisting of the houses of Judah and Joseph, is undivided.  Christ, the king, the head, rules over his foursquare city, or, his body, who is "without father, without mother, without descent, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life;  but made like unto the Son of God..."  (Hebrews 7:2)  These are Paul's words describing the divinely anointed king as represented by the priestly Melchisedec in the Old Testament."   (Brown, Ibid.) "God makes a covenant with His beloved David, and with the Davidic dynasty that is to culminate in the kingship of Jesus.  This reads:  'Thine house and thy kingdom shall be established for ever before thee:  thy throne shall be established forever.' " (II Samuel  7:16) (Ibid.)   "The Key of David thus opens the door to the birthless, deathless reality of man, who inherits nothing genetically from the male and female of mortality, but all things spiritually from God." (Ibid.)  This prefigures the kingship of Christ, the Son of God, the idea of the divine Principle, Love, ruling over the universe.  The heavenly kingdom and the earthly kingdom are one.  Earth is the reflection of heaven.  Body is the reflection of Mind which governs it.   "Divine Science deals its chief blow at the supposed material foundations of life and intelligence.  It dooms idolatry.  A belief in other gods, other creators, and other creations must go down before Christian Science.  It unveils the results of sin [bowing down to matter as all-powerful] as shown in sickness and death.  When will man pass through the 
231 
open gate of Christian Science into the heaven of Soul [spiritual understanding], into the heritage of the first born among men?  Truth is indeed  ‘the way.’  "  (S&H 535:10-18) 
"This spiritual, holy habitation ["the heaven of Soul"] has no boundary nor limit, but its four cardinal points are:  first, the Word of Life, Truth, and Love;  second, the Christ, the spiritual idea of God;  third, Christianity, which is the outcome of the divine Principle of the Christ-idea in Christian history;  fourth, Christian Science, which today and forever interprets this great example and the great Exemplar [Christ Jesus].  This city of our God [Christian Science] has no need of sun or satellite, for Love is the light of it, and divine Mind is its own interpreter.  [It is not a physical place, but a spiritualized sense of man and the universe.]  All who are saved must walk in this light.  Mighty potentates and dynasties will lay down their honors within the heavenly city.  Its gates open towards light and glory both within and without, for all is good, and nothing can enter that city, which 'defileth,...or maketh a lie.'   (Ibid., 577: 12-27) 
"Science, bestowed in its oneness and undividedness as divine Science ["our city"], is the gift to us all of our everlasting individuality as man.  Through Christian Science, we give this individuality back where it belongs.  We acknowledge that it constitutes the indivisibility of "our God...The forever unfoldment of man's present perfection as the city (body) of our God [Mind] solves every human problem. That is to say, nothing can ever enter this body which 'defileth or maketh a lie.' " Why not?  Because it would have to enter Mind, the Infinite One, first---an impossibility.  (Brown, From Genesis to Revelation, p.373) The "divine Science which ushered Jesus into human presence" is "the spiritual origin of man."  (Ibid., p.373)  The great revelation brought to earth by Mrs. Eddy is that we all have that same spiritual origin---that same divine Principle, that same divine Mind, that same divine Love.  That infinity of origin or source precludes any other creator or creation.   We can say with Jesus, our exemplar, "I and my Father are one."  (John 10: 30) The " gates"  spoken of in a number of places in the Bible and in Mrs. Eddy's writings were originally symbolized by the twelve gates of the city of Jerusalem.  The Glossary tells us that "Jerusalem" symbolizes "Home, heaven."  (S&H, p. 589)  It also tells us that "Heaven" means "Harmony; the reign of Spirit;  government by divine Principle; spirituality;  bliss;  the atmosphere of Soul [spiritual understanding on an individual basis]. (S&H, p.587)  On p. 266 of S&H she writes, "Perfect and infinite Mind enthroned is heaven."   Each of us, making up one united body, recognizing at last our inheritance from God as the Christ man, the Son of God, passes through the gate, [achieves higher spiritual understanding] into the foursquare city, the consciousness of omnipresent, omnipotent Love; the human race as a whole thus attains the goal of a spiritually oriented, truly civilized society. Here are more compelling facts about the Pyramid:  It is probably the oldest structure on earth, and the most massive.  Egyptologists are agreed that it was the first building of its kind and all of the others are copies of it to a greater or lesser extent.  It cannot be denied that its architect had a wonderful knowledge of astronomy, geology, and pure mathematics, far beyond what was known in his day.  Perhaps it would not be far- fetched to assume that God was the inspiration behind it.  In fact, in Job 38:4-7 the Almighty 
232 
asks Job, "Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth?  Declare, if thou hast understanding.  Who determined the measures thereof.  If thou knowest?  Or, who stretched the line upon it? [Who measured it?]  Whereupon were the sockets thereof made to sink.  Or, who laid the corner-stone thereof?  When the morning stars sang together, and the sons of God shouted for joy."    Truly, the Great Pyramid has been said by those who have studied it to epitomize the whole earth.  (F.E.H., pp. 19-20) The Pyramid is accurately aligned to the true cardinal points of the compass; its four sides face due north, south, east, and west, its orientation nearly perfect.  It is so perfectly constructed that even today's technology to replicate it would be strained to the breaking point.  There is no modern building with masonry so finely jointed.  The facing stones, some weighing up to seventy tons, are so finely cut and polished that there is less than a fiftieth of an inch in thickness between them.  They were levelled and honed to the standard of modern optical work.  Its measurements are near perfect, though done before the invention of the compass.  In fact, "the unit of linear measure employed in the construction of the Pyramid is identical with that believed to have been made use of by Moses and Solomon, in the erection of the tabernacle and the temple, and is known as the sacred cubit, equal to 25 Pyramid inches or 25.025 British inches, or one-millionth of the earth's semi-axis of rotation." (F.E.H., p.21)   The chosen site lies on the longest land-contact meridian on the earth's surface and at the geographical center of its whole land mass, including America and Antarctica. This Great Pyramid of Gizeh certainly could not have been constructed by a king, supposedly the Pharaoh Cheops or Khufu, at the edge of pre-history.  It was purported by its builder to be a tomb for the pharaoh, yet its sarcophagus was never utilized, found by the first men who entered the tomb, to see it with its lid open and its interior pristine. There are clear mathematical links between the Pyramid's dimensions and the earth's basic geographical data and orbital astronomy.   The unit of measure used by the builder is the exact ten millionth of the earth's mean polar radius.  The Pyramid's base-square has a side measurement just 365.242 of these same units, a figure identical to the number of days in the solar tropical year.  It is also claimed that the height of the Pyramid's summit-platform denotes the earth's mean level of land and sea.  The Pyramid's weight, generally quoted at some 5,955,000 tons, is a billionth of the weight of the earth.  The slightly indented shape of the base of the core masonry alternative measurements of 365.256 and 365.259 turn out to be the length of days of the sidereal year ( the actual time the earth takes to complete a circuit of the sun) and the anomalistic year (the time taken by the earth to return to the same point in its elliptical orbit, which is itself revolving slowly about the sun.) Further measurements appear to give exact figures for the eccentricity of that orbit, for the mean distance of the earth from the sun, and for the period of the earth's full precessional cycle, a period of over 25,000 years.  Once again, it seems that the Great Pyramid is an architectural symbol for the planet Earth! Although the original beautiful white, glistening limestone casing-stones are nearly all gone, the sockets marking out its foundations remain and the angle of slope of its faces can be deduced from the casing-stones still remaining.  "The Pyramid builder included in the 
233 
design of each face a triangular indentation representing a one-fifth scale model of the Pyramid's cross-section.  Therefore, the length of the Pyramid's base-side can be known, and its designed height can be calculated accurately.  As it turns out, the ratio of base-perimeter to height is none other than twice the quantity of pi.  The Pyramid's height is to its base- perimeter as a circle's radius is to its circumference."  (Lemesurier, 21) " It follows that since the length of the four sides of the base typifies the number of days in a year, while the height gives the radius of the circle, the circumference of which is equal to those four sides, the radius symbolizes the earth's mean distance from the sun, which distance, worked out from this basis, is ascertained to be 91,840,000 miles.  This quantity was thus recorded upwards of 4,000 years ago, while it was only of recent years that the scientific world of the nineteenth century had any suspicion that its accepted quantity of 95 million odd was incorrect, neither is there any finality about the number, between 92 and 93 millions of miles, now accepted as the sun's distance, since the observations of the transit of Venus in 1874 and 1882."  (F.E.H., 22) 
“Using the unit of measure of the Sacred Cubit, every one of the Pyramid's basic external and internal measurements can thus be expressed as a function of the quantities of pi and 365.242 to the fifth power.  The Pyramid's geometry, in other words, not only combines all of the above data into a single, elegant identification of the planet upon which we live; it also gives these quantities durable expression in terms of each other.  These measurements reflect an extraordinarily advanced level of knowledge in its designer, a level rivalled only by the technology of its builders. "  (Lemesurier, The Great Pyramid Decoded, 6,7,9)    The Great Pyramid's measurements have been established beyond all reasonable doubt and are now considered definitive. The pamphlet Mrs. Eddy purposefully left open on a table the day she passed on shows that studies of the Great Pyramid by pyramidologists over many decades believe that the Pyramid was built expressly by very advanced scientists for the purpose of leaving mankind a message of supreme import, significantly, a Judeo-Christian message with an overtly Messianic  assertion.  Example:  The King's Gallery represents the ascending path of those who have reached a great degree of enlightenment.  However, their journey brings them to a "Great Step," which means that all of their spiritual searching has brought them to a place where they are ready to make the mental "paradigm leap" which will propel them toward the end of their long journey, which smooths out into a horizontal passage after the" leap" has been made.  At that point, you are no longer reasoning from the point of matter or mortal mind, but from your actual real Mind, the one and only Mind, and problems that had been stumbling blocks become stepping stones.  You see God, good, in every direction. 
"The Grand King's Gallery ascends in a continuous line for 1,813 inches, at which point the perpendicular face of the "Great Step" is reached.  With the Great Step the Ascending Passages cease;  from the crest of the Step onwards, the floors of the passages and chambers are horizontal, and with one small exception, are on the same level.  The length of the step is 61 inches, at which point the south wall of the Gallery is reached and the Gallery extends no further. The length of the Great Step is 36 inches by 25 inches, or the lengths of the British yard and sacred cubit added together, (61 inches), implying that the 
234 
possessors of those units of measure are closely related.  Here is their relationship:  "In front of Solomon's temple were set up two pillars of brass, Jachin and Boaz, of the height of 18 cubits each, together 36 cubits, or in other words, the combined heights of these pillars amounted to 36 cubits or 25 yards;  hence we find the British unit of linear measure prophetically indicated in conjunction with the sacred cubit. We have already remarked, it has been discovered that the length of these pyramid passages indicate the duration of the periods they signify, at the rate of an inch to a year. 
The length of the Grand Gallery, measured direct from end to end---that is, through the Great Step in continuation of its ascending floor---equals 1,881.6 inches;  but it will be observed, that the Great Step results in giving what may be best described as a second length to the Grand Gallery---namely, up its perpendicular face and along its surface, or 1,813 inches + 36 inches + 61 inches, amounting to 1,910 inches [the year 1910], so that, in effect, the Great Step adds 28.4 inches to the length of the Grand Gallery.  So, the British and the Israelites are related! The designed angle of descent and ascent of the Pyramid's interior sloping passages (26 degrees, 18 feet, 9.7 inches) is significant for having once been the exact elevation of the Polar Star, Alpha Draconis in the third millennium B.C., thought to be the millennium in which the Pyramid was constructed.  This star actually shown directly down the Descending Passage, symbolic of mankind's descent into "hell", in the Pyramid at its lower culmination, where the "pit" is found.  This obviously has a symbolic significance, for this star was called the" Dragon Star" by the ancients for its death-laden significance.  [The great red dragon from Revelation?] It has also been associated with the ancient story of Lucifer, the angel who, like man, also "fell from grace."  Lemesurier wonders if Lucifer could symbolize man himself who was "like unto the angels" and then underwent a "fall from grace."  But could the same angle of the passage of descent and ascent have another important symbolic meaning?   That angle laid off from the Pyramid's east-west axis in a north-easterly direction, the rhumb-line so produced, marks the summer sunrise from the latitude of the Pyramid.  The same line also passes straight through the town of Bethlehem where Jesus was born.  Lemesurier says" this indicates a remarkable level of knowledge."  (Information in this paragraph is from Lemesurier's The Great Pyramid Decoded, 19-21) In my estimation it could signify the salvation from which that "fall" would come--- Christ Jesus the man, and later, the realization brought by Mrs. Eddy's revelation of the Christ as the ideal man which Jesus embodied, man's regained status as the Son of God, like unto the angels. Jesus told us that man is like the angels in heaven when the Sadducees, who did not believe in the resurrection, posed the question to him about the woman who had seven husbands and which husband would be hers in "the resurrection" when they all had died.  “Jesus answering said unto them, Do ye not therefore err, because ye know not the Scriptures, neither the power of God?  For when they shall rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given in marriage; but are as the angels which are in heaven...have ye not read in the book of Moses, how in the bush God spake unto him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?  He is not the God of the dead, but the God of the living: ye therefore do greatly err." (Mark 12: 18-27) 
235 
How could all of this be just a coincidence?  What makes it even more interesting to Christian Scientists is what Mrs. Eddy wrote about the Polar Star and Bethlehem in Science and Health, p. 575:  "As the Psalmist saith, 'Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth, is mount Zion, on the sides of the north, the city of the great King.'  It is indeed a city of the Spirit, fair, royal, and square..."  [Could these words not be symbolized by the Great Pyramid, also a "mount"  which symbolizes the "whole earth" and was built to be "fair, royal, and square?  "It was beautiful, and royal with two main interior passageways called the "Queen's Chamber Passage" and the" King's Chamber Passage"  and it has, of course, a square base!]   She writes further:  "Northward, its gates open to the North Star, the Word, the polar magnet of Revelation;  eastward, to the star seen by the Wisemen of the Orient, who followed it to the manger of Jesus;  southward, to the genial tropics, with the Southern Cross in the skies,---the Cross of Calvary, which binds human society into solemn union; westward, to the grand realization of the Golden Shore of Love and the Peaceful Sea of Harmony." What is the thinking by pyramidologists about the capstone which was deliberately left off?   The other pyramids were capped with gilded cornerstones to represent the sun with the slopes of the pyramids representing the sun's rays descending from it. If the Great Pyramid represents the Earth, could the missing capstone symbolize the Earth as being in darkness?  The deliberately reduced dimensions of the original Pyramid also lead to this possibility since the addition of the capstone would symbolize the Pyramid's completion of its message and thus of its full design.  There is evidence in ancient texts that the eventual addition of the capstone was seen as light returning to the world through a Messianic coming.  The capstone=sunrise=Messiah notion is found in the Old and New Testaments already discussed, including Jesus' assertion, " And have ye not read this scripture;  The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:  This was the Lord's doing, and it is marvelous in our eyes?"   (St. Mark: 10-11 where Jesus is quoting David in Psalm 118:22) Could the architect of the Great Pyramid have seen into the future, for the birth of Jesus occurred some 2,600 years after the Pyramid's construction?  And did its architect see even further to the second coming of the Christ some 2,000 years later?  Ancient Egyptian manuscripts actually do affirm this, that the Pyramid contains a record of all that is past and of all things that are to come.  In Ezekiel 3: 15 we read, "That which has been is now and that which is to be hath already been, and God requireth that which is past."  In other words, as Christian Science teaches, in Truth, the only thing that has ever been going on and the only thing that can ever go on is God and His perfect reflection, the universe. The entire Scriptures, from Genesis to Revelation, are full of symbolism of which you are already aware.  Numerals, signifying numbers, are a part of this spiritual symbolism, such as "7," of the seven days of creation and the seven synonyms for God., the seventh day meaning fulfilment, peace, rest, the consciousness of Love.  In Christian Science, "4" stands for the four ways in which God operates, through His own Word, Christ, Christianity, and Science.  Since the Pyramid is decoded through mathematics, using the numbers' derivatives in addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division as trigonometry, geometry, etc., and 
236 
then seeing their numerical patterns throughout the Pyramid, the pyramidologists can arrive at fairly to absolutely certain conclusions as to their cryptogrammic meanings.  However, their own level of knowledge of the Scriptures and its meanings, including what they don't know, their own belief systems and level of spirituality, and their level of freedom from prejudice skewed to those beliefs can have an effect on their interpretations of the measurements. Therefore, their final readings and conclusions may or may not be entirely sound. They are the first to say that there are some measurements they do not understand, and that they all do not agree with each other on their interpretations.  However, they absolutely agree that the messages deal with the Holy Scriptures "in stone" and are generally correct, though dates and the events they purport to symbolize may not be entirely accurate. 
I have given here the symbolism that is agreed upon, using the most up-to-date book, that I know of, on the subject, The Great Pyramid Decoded, by Lemesurier, copyrighted 1977 and 1996, Element Books Limited, as a definitive study of the measurements.  I have also been giving you the unique standpoint of Christian Science, as to the interpretation of the message contained in the Pyramid with its missing capstone. When Mrs. Eddy called the Pyramid a "miracle in stone" she was not speaking of the fact that its construction seemed miraculous, although that, too, is certain.  "If the architect of the Pyramid was to employ 100,000 men on free rations over a period of some 20 years, as claimed by Herodotus,...the schedule would have involved the laying, at the very least, of one block of stone in every two minutes of daylight---a speed totally incompatible with any known technology, let alone with the supreme standards of care and accuracy exhibited by the Pyramid's masonry...It seems that no matter what is measured it has a meaning which is not just fortuitous."  (Lemesurier, 27-28) The great monument without a headstone has stood silently for thousands of years awaiting its own completion.  With the impetus of Mrs. Eddy's having pointed to it on the day of her passing, along with the cryptogram alluding to it, Christian Scientists see material history drawing to a close; we see the Truth as spiritual ideas urging its demands on mortals. 
Mrs. Eddy addresses it, "As a material theoretical life-basis is found to be a mis- apprehension of existence, the spiritual and divine Principle of man dawns upon human thought, and leads it to 'where the young child was,' even to the birth of a new-old idea, to the spiritual sense of being and of what Life includes. Thus the whole earth will be transformed by Truth on its pinions of light, chasing away the darkness of error." (S&H, 191:8-15)  She tells us, as the spiritual age dawns, "Christian Scientists, you have planted your standard on the rock of Christ, the true, the spiritual idea, the chief corner-stone in the house of our God [healing all error with Mind, divine Love, instead of matter].  And our Master said: 'The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner'...Let us rejoice that chill vicissitudes have not withheld the timely shelter of this house [the revelation of man's real consciousness as Love], which descended like day-spring from on high.' (Pulpit and Press, 16-20) The precious capstone, which proclaims and proves to the world its spiritual, revelatory message, but has been rejected for so long by mankind, is Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures.  Certainly it "descended like day-spring from on high."  The 
237 
"Bible in stone" received its "capstone" when Science and Health, with its "Key to the Scriptures" was symbolically placed upon the Holy Scriptures.  The great monument was finally completed, the Bible was finally crowned with a textbook that would unify its pages into a comprehensive lesson which would aid man in overcoming his many "vicissitudes." 
This textbook is the second coming of the Messiah, the Savior promised by Christ Jesus and foretold in the Old and New Testaments and, as seems the case, The Great Pyramid.  The sacred and true knowledge the textbook contains transforms the material with the ideal, and human thought frees itself from self-imposed materiality and bondage. "What comes  'from on high'---the capstone---is Love, the descending city foursquare, or consciousness which starts every thought from God.  Then 'How is man, seen through the lens of Spirit, enlarged, and how counterpoised his origin from dust, and how he presses toward his original, never severed from Spirit!  O ye who leap disdainfully from this rock of ages, return and plant [your] steps in Christ, Truth, 'the stone which the builders rejected!'  Then will angels [God's messages to man] administer grace, do thy errands, and be thy dearest allies.  The divine law gives to man health and life everlasting---gives a soul to Soul, a present harmony wherein the good man's heart takes hold on heaven, and whose feet can never be moved.  These are his green pastures beside still waters, where faith mounts upward, expatiates, strengthens, and exults. ' " (My. 129:15-27)) Why has spiritual healing and the message of man's divine origin as including manhood and womanhood in one united spiritual consciousness been rejected by the world at large, especially medicine and religion?  Because "in order to understand our incorporeal divinity we must lay down the mortal.  Without the cross of giving up the mortal there can be no crown, no capstone.  Love, the capstone, is won only through the cross.  'All have the cup of sorrowful effort to drink in proportion to their demonstration of His Love till all are redeemed through divine Love.'  (S&H 26:7)  This deep note of sorrowful effort sounds again and again beneath the triumphant affirmations of Science.  Mrs. Eddy's own 'gracious preparation' was a series of disasters, humanly seen.  The 'builders' want to escape the laying down of the mortal."  (Wright, Mary Baker Eddy A New Look, 346 and 347) "Mrs. Eddy chose the cross and crown as the emblem for Christian Science because it symbolizes that without the crucifixion of the mortal viewpoint there can be no crown, no capstone.  The crown can be won in no other way than through continuing to 'pour in Truth through floodtides of Love'---love for the spiritual.  Everything Mrs. Eddy wrote or spoke revealed her commitment to the Christian ethic of love---love for her fellowman and love for her enemies.  Since the publication of Science and Health, the world's commitment to the Christian ethic of love for one's fellowman has steadily grown, 'for the world feels the alterative effect of truth through every pore.' "  (S&H, 224:2) (Ibid.) "The holy city---that spiritual divinely scientific consciousness---the 'capstone,' comes 'down from God out of heaven.'  (Rev. 21:2)  As an ever-present divine Principle with which we can calculate or reason,  we are assured that our foundations too have been laid in heaven, for like produces like.  We lay our foundation in heaven when we start working with [praying or reasoning our way through any inharmonious situation] with what we know about God--- Mind, Soul, Spirit, Principle, Life, Truth, and Love.  Other foundations there 
238 
are none, since "The starting point of divine Science is that God, Spirit, is All-in-all, and that there is no other might nor Mind,---that God is Love, and therefore He is divine Principle.' (Ibid.,275:6)  Love is a circle that has no starting point.  Thus the Christ is one whole body, 'in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth into an holy temple in the Lord.' " (Ephesians 2:21)  This 'holy temple in the Lord' is the consciousness of Love..." ( Ibid., 348) When the capstone, divine Science, "descended from on high," it brought to mankind its salvation from false science, all of the devastating beliefs stemming from the basic belief that the substance of the universe is matter, that it is the source of all life and intelligence, and that it governs everything.  The most devastating beliefs of all, however, aside from false science, are the false religions that accompany it.  The belief that God, (or the gods), created matter, sanctions it, and governs with it, rather like a material father who uses it to reward and punish His children, plunged the world into darkness.  Sin, sickness, disease, and death are the fruits of these beliefs.  The belief that the brain uses its five senses, seeing, hearing, feeling, smelling, and tasting, to then interpret what is going on around it, is the belief of mind or intelligence in matter.  Mrs. Eddy called it "mortal mind."  She studied the Scriptures only, saw its stories and lessons with new eyes, and grasped their profound underlying meaning---that so-called matter is a wrong interpretation of that which is.  The primal perfection or Principle is Mind, includes all intelligence (I AM), and is Self- manifested as the universe (THAT I AM). Throughout the past chapters we have delved at length into the thesis of this book--- the coming of the Comforter to mankind---and nearly every chapter has been about a woman!  This certainly may seem to go against everything you have been trained to believe, for, after all, God is referred to in the Bible as "Father" who had a "Son" who would come to save us, and then promised to come again to explain his teachings and their demonstrations when we were better able to understand them.  Christians are waiting for their Father to send His son to come again. Hopefully, you have already been enlightened regarding that belief as you have been reading the foregoing chapters.  You have seen that Christian Science brings to mankind a more complete sense of God as Mother as well as Father. For thousands of years, to this very day, women the world over have been relegated to second-class status, subservient to men. They are termed  "the weaker sex."  Why?  We have been told by our religious leaders throughout the ages that woman brought the downfall of man when she, symbolized by Eve, disobeyed God and succumbed to the temptation of the serpent (material sense---carnal desire) to eat of the fruit from the tree of good and evil. 
She then enticed Adam to eat of it also. This disobedience by Adam and Eve caused Adam to till the ground from whence he came and woman to be put under the government of man (Adam). Christian Science redeems womanhood from that false belief, and women everywhere will cheer! 
This is one of the most important teachings of Christian Science and one of the reasons why Jesus could not discuss it during his day.  If Christian Science is indeed the Comforter to all mankind, there must be an absolution for "the woman" so that she can be seen as innocent and equal to man. 
239 
Volume 2 will address that issue from the standpoint of Christian Science, as revealed in the Old Testament.  Since Science and Health is the Key to the Scriptures as has been asserted, that must mean that the Scriptures have within them a reason to justify the innocence of womanhood.  "If Mary Baker Eddy did not fulfill Bible prophecy, Christian Science is not the revelation of Truth."  (Smillie, In Defense of Mary Baker Eddy and the Remnant of Her Seed, 37) 
Mrs. Eddy's revelation "capped," or completed the Scriptures with divine Science which explains and fulfills all that the Scriptures have been teaching us through the ages--- the allness of God, good, and the nothingness of evil;  man and the universe as the reflection of God;  God as being manifested as qualities throughout His creation which include the qualities of both man and woman---Father and Mother, complete in one seven-fold nature. 
These definitions from the Glossary of Science and Health ratify the point I'm making: "MAN:  The compound idea of infinite Spirit;  the spiritual image and likeness of God;  the full representation of Mind."  (591)  "MOTHER.  God;  divine and eternal Principle;  Life, Truth, and Love."   (592)  When Mrs. Eddy symbolically "lowered" (because it came from "on high")  the Christian Science textbook onto the top of the Bible, she was lowering it into place on the foundations laid by Jesus, his disciples, apostles, and holy men of the Bible. 
These foundations Mrs. Eddy presents in the fulfilment of Jeremiah's prophecy (Jer. 31:22), "A woman shall compass a man."  Is not the definition given above for Mother greater than the definition for man?  Man is the image and likeness of God.  Mother is God.  Mrs. Eddy's revelation, that came from God, that manhood and womanhood are one, as qualities, in the one compound spiritual idea, the image and likeness of God, was the revelation that completed the Bible's teaching, only hinted at by Jesus and others in earlier Biblical times. 
Love encompasses its own reflection, man. We are all thereby embraced in that marvelous Love. My purpose in Volume 2 is to take this revelation of the Comforter back to its beginnings---to that ancient allegory, symbolized in our Bible in the Book of Genesis.  Most people around the world know or have heard various versions of it, but very few have any real idea of its deep meaning for mankind.  With the Comforter providing us with the Key to the Scriptures, let us unravel anew its profound message.  That saving message must be understood before the rest of the Scriptures can finally be deciphered.  Having, then, unlocked its treasures, we will continue on through the rest of the Scriptures.  Oh, what jewels of unutterable worth we will uncover---even the precious “stone” that “the builders rejected!” The Scriptures from Genesis to Revelation show how the Principle behind the universe has revealed its nature to mankind through the ages as mankind has been able to comprehend it.  Its non-material nature as infinite Mind, today seen by physicists as Consciousness  (just as Mrs. Eddy realized decades before them), all-power, all-presence, all-knowing, all-acting, has come to our apprehension through symbols from the Bible which change as our spirituality grows.  This is still true today.  We have been learning, over thousands of years, about our relationship to this Principle, finally realizing in the past three thousand years, that this governing Principle is not only Intelligence, but is also Love.  It is Love that is the basis of the Law underpinning the universe.  Mrs. Eddy gives us a sense of this beautiful fact which we witness every day:  “Beauty is a thing of life, which dwells 
240 
forever in the eternal Mind and reflects the charms of His goodness in expression, form, outline, and color.  It is Love which paints the petal with myriad hues, glances in the warm sunbeam, arches the cloud with the bow of beauty, blazons the night with starry gems, and covers the earth with loveliness.”  (S&H 247: 21-26)  Law without Love is cold, lifeless, merciless.  Love lifts the universe and its laws into that which we call “heaven.”  The two are inseparable, invariable, and knowing that creation is based on them, we have healing and peace. 
"The prophets of old looked for something higher than the systems and practices of their times.  They foresaw the new dispensation of Truth and the demonstration of God in His more infinite meanings,---the demonstration which was to destroy sin, disease, and death, establish the definition of omnipotence, and illustrate the Science of Mind."  (My. 221: 5-11) "The ancient prophets gained their foresight from a spiritual, incorporeal standpoint, not by foreshadowing evil and mistaking fact for fiction,---predicting the future from a groundwork of corporeality and human belief.  When sufficiently advanced in Science to be in harmony with the Truth of being, men become seers and prophets involuntarily, controlled not by demons, spirits, or demigods, but by the one Spirit."  (S&H 84: 3-10) 
God is, in fact, one divine, supreme, eternal, whole, infinite consciousness, forever expressing Itself as qualities throughout the universe, qualities which take form as visible compound ideas.  These ideas necessarily include qualities of manhood and womanhood.  It is Love wedded to its own spiritual idea, man (including all of mankind, all of us).  This revolutionary teaching redeems woman (Eve), gives man (Adam) back his womanhood so that he is whole, and so destroys sin, sickness, and death imposed by material sense, life and sensation in matter--- the serpent.  "...'Arise from your false consciousness into the true sense of Love, and behold the Lamb's wife,---Love wedded to its own spiritual idea.'  Then cometh the marriage feast, for this revelation will destroy forever the physical plagues imposed by material sense."   (S&H  575: 1-6) That which has been rejected down through the ages is the concept of God as Love and that Love is the divine Principle of the universe.  This means that man's divine origin has been rejected, replaced by a material origin believed to be the truth of creation. This rejected teaching had to come as the Christ, the Truth, in its womanhood so that God, our origin, could finally be seen as the undivided God, by and for, all of mankind---not just the men!  What are some "womanhood/motherhood” qualities expressed by the true individualized ideas of God, which includes men and women?  The love of order and beauty, gentleness, peacefulness, purity, graciousness, respectfulness, carefulness, poise, serenity, kindness, goodness, meekness, patience, selflessness, attention to detail, contentment, sincerity, harmony, joy, fairness, constancy, satisfaction, mercifulness, tenderness, insight, understanding, inspiration, forgiveness.  How greatly these qualities are needed in this world today!  Women around the world are crying out for the men in their lives, close to them or governing them, to express these qualities.  And, I am sure, there are many men who would like to see the women in their lives express these qualities to a fuller extent!  In Christian Science, men and women share these qualities equally as fundamental to their very being as 
241 
images of God, good.  If they do not, they have no right to consider themselves Christians, much less Scientists! Much has been said throughout this book about the significance of understanding that God is Mother as well as Father and how this understanding is associated with the revelation brought by the Comforter as revealed to Mrs. Eddy.  We have seen how Mrs. 
Eddy founded this revelation in human consciousness, step by step according to the "seven days of creation," its spiritual meaning at last unlocked. We have discussed the fact that the seven days of creation unfold as the seven thousand years of human education and progress which started with Genesis in the Bible and ends with two thousand years going beyond the Bible timeframe.   The past sixth thousand year period (1,000 to 2,000 years after Christ Jesus) included the coming of the Comforter as promised by Christ Jesus, and the current seventh thousand year period, not yet a quarter of the way through it, includes the culmination of Bible prophecy spoken of in symbol by the Bible prophets as those days, in that day, last days, last time(s), the latter days, etc. Mrs. Eddy writes of "...the divine Science of the Scriptures seen from Genesis to Revelation,..."  (S&H 139: 23-24)  This indicates that there is a spiritually scientific continuity to the Scriptures.  Its divine metaphysics can and will be studied from endless reference points, for its Principle is a vast, unstereotyped Science of Life.  The door to mankind's deeper penetration into the vista of spiritual understanding is now open, the seven seals have been broken, and the awesome ramifications are accelerating into view.  The prophet Malachi prophesied:  "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it."  (Mal. 3:10) All that we have and will glean from our deeper and deeper study and comprehension of the Scriptures and Science and Health in their scientific import will be written about, studied, and demonstrated in the centuries to come for the benefit of all.  St. 
John wrote concerning Jesus' teachings and demonstrations:  "And there are also many other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose even the world itself could not contain the books that should be written."  (John 21:25)  Expecting the flood of works that would come forth from increased enlightenment, Mrs. Eddy wrote:  "A student can write voluminous works on Science without trespassing, if he writes honestly, and he cannot dishonestly compose Christian Science."  (Ret. 76:4-7---italics in original) Because the Scriptures are the Word of God, they are the Word of Life, Truth, and Love.  Mrs. Eddy says, "God is the sum total of the universe."  (Mis. 105:32)  Therefore it is the eternal reality of man and the universe as existent in the Mind that is God.  It is a Science that can diversify itself infinitely because of its inherent order, structure, and wholeness--- because it has law, system, method, fact, and design.  It is, therefore, deathless.  After Jesus arose, demonstrating deathless life, he unfolded the true meaning of the Scriptures to his disciples, and thereby unsealed their understanding of God and man as one interwoven whole. "The divine Science of man is woven into one web of consistency without seam or 
242 
rent."  (S&H 242:25-26)  Their "hearts burned within them," and they were to prove that, like Jesus, they "came forth from the Father."  (John 16:28) Their starting point, like Jesus, was from the divine Principle, the law to their wholeness and oneness with good.  This is the underlying theme of the Bible, told in symbol, unfolding the Science of the universe, the deathless body of Truth, or "Christ" of Jesus and of each of us.  Once Jesus' disciples beheld the living, resurrected Christ, their objective viewpoint of the unity and eternality of being developed into a subjective awareness of being itself as the birthless, deathless reality of all. As mankind learns of his spiritual individuality as diversified ideas in Mind, dependent solely upon this Mind for life, he will, like Jesus, prove that he cannot be confined within organic limitations of a male or a female material body, subject to the five physical senses.  John the Baptist called Jesus the "Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."  (John 1:29)  In Revelation, the multitude hails the Lamb:  "Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof:  for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation;  and hast made us unto our God kings and priests:  and we shall reign on the earth."  (Rev. 5:9-10) The "Lamb of God," symbolized by Christ Jesus, " the Root of David," was slain by a material sense of creation.  Jesus’ personal self-sacrifice for the enlightenment of mankind concerning man's true deathless nature, alone had the power to unloose the seven seals of the Bible so that the human race could be liberated from the terrible errors of belief in mortal life.  The seven seals are the material, historical interpretations of its meaning as judged according to material sense.  This limiting evidence must be unloosed from its hold on human thought;  its true divine meaning can now open up and flood human consciousness, so that, at last, we all can see ourselves as the "human and divine coincidence."  The "Lamb" is given the "seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth." 
“The book” [Bible] is in the hand of the eternal, enthroned "one" [God, Principle, Love---italics in original].  In the midst of the throne round about it are four "beasts" ("four living creatures" in the Revised Version,), which break the imprisoning seals, and reveal to mankind the way of salvation from a mortal sense of life.  No wonder that from the assembled multitude a paean of praise and thanksgiving goes up!   When Christian Science is at last hailed as the true Science of the universe and demonstrated on a world-wide basis, the multitudes of the world will certainly send up a paean of praise and thanksgiving!  This is, in fact, already going on by hundreds of thousands everywhere, but it is "veiled" at this point, from the general public by false theology, medicine, and physical science.  Only the humble searchers find it. The "seven spirits of God" are the seven capitalized synonyms for God which answer the question "What is God?"  (S&H 465)  The "four living creatures" are the second set of capitalized terms, the "four sides" of the holy city of Revelation 21, spiritualized consciousness (S&H  575). They stand for the living operation of Being (God operating as the Word (the Truth or reality of God, man, and the universe as given us in the Scriptures and Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures);  the Christ (the saving Truth revealing itself to us on an individual basis);  Christianity (the human race, expressing its divine 
243 
identity and working together as a whole);  and Science (the universal reality of the entire universe operating as a divine, omnipotent, omnipresent, omniscient, omni-active Principle, governing It's Self, It's reflection, from the infinitesimal to the infinite, in utter harmony). 
Man and the universe combine as one, a fact of Being, expressing, manifesting, in form, outline, color, action, etc., the allness and wholeness of Being. In other words, man is, individually and universally, God in operation. What unites us?  It is the divinely revealed spiritual identity of the human race as a whole.  The story of the Bible as a whole is one of constantly advancing human resurrection above mortal confines, until, as depicted at the close of Revelation, universal resurrection is won."   Resurrection and ascension are inseparable, but resurrection implies human experience rising above mortality.  We can "ascend" to God because we have already "descended" from God, where there has never been any mortality.  Jesus said:  "No man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven."  (John 3:13) 
It is not the body that literally ascends or rises up into the air until it is out of sight, or a flesh-and- blood " Messiah" that descends from way up in the sky down to the earth. 
That which "descends" to us is revelatory in nature and can only come to the meek, open, searching, waiting, listening thought.  The revelation that we are already the Son of man, the divine man, the "human and divine coincidence" as Mrs. Eddy calls it, and, therefore, are already " in heaven,"  is our Messiah, our Savior, which we have ascended in thought to see as our present "heaven," or consciousness of ever-present good now.  When we seek diligently and persistently for the Truth about ourselves and this universe in which "we live and move and have our being," we have Jesus' promise that we "shall find it."  (Matthew 7:7) We shall find that the heaven we thought was "up there" is actually "here" as our own dear Father-Mother, loving us and supplying us with all good.  (See  Acts 17:28) This translation from mortal-based thinking to Spirit-based thinking which enables us to "lie down in green pastures, beside the still waters, that restores our soul (spiritual understanding), may seem to take a long time.  There are many beliefs that we cherish as true and satisfying and we don't want to let them go.  Mrs. Eddy knew this and said that only through "suffering or Science" will we find the kingdom of heaven, harmonious life).  This process happens to all of us in daily life. We pig-headedly stick to an issue or action that we've been told won't pan out correctly or satisfactorily for us, and we forge ahead with it anyway.  Finally, we experience failure (suffering) and are forced to retrace our steps. 
Letting go of the old, which hasn't served us very well anyway, and laying hold on the new, spiritually-based way of reasoning begins to literally change us, usually through healing. As our thought rises, ascends, above old material convictions about everything, our entire experience undergoes a transformative change.  Translation from matter, the rubbish of the centuries, into Spirit, the Truth about everything, is taking place.  Our old vantage points can no longer satisfy or serve us.  We just want to continue to ascend in our understanding.  We are, at last, ready to leave the world of matter-based pleasures and problems, the “first degree” of “depravity.”  We are open to the "Moral" second degree, 
244 
“evil beliefs disappearing,” and, finally, we rise into the "Spiritual" third degree” of "understanding." To human sense, Jesus was translated from the human to the spiritual when he ascended.  But to Jesus, he knew he was spiritual all along.  We will all eventually experience total spiritual translation.  In fact, it is going on with each of us as we solve the life-problem in choices we make daily between the material and the more spiritual.  The word "mortal" is from the root "mors" meaning "death."  The birth-death cycle is the counterfeit of the counter-fact of the God-impelled workings of eternal Life. When St. Paul taught the nature of the Son of God in symbolism, he used the terms "body" and "head."  Christ, Truth, is the one governing "head" of which universal humanity is the "body."   Christ is the generic  "one," Christianity is the "all."  Jesus prayed that all men may be made one.  (John 17:21)  This prayer is answered, or culminates, in Christian Science.  Is not womanhood included in this oneness?  Generic  "man" includes woman. "Woman" includes man---All-in-one and one-in-All.  Head (meaning, of course, Mind) and body are one and indivisible and always have been!  The womanhood and manhood of God are forever in spiritual "wedlock," or union.  This one compound idea of God or "Christ" lived and proven in human affairs by each individualized expression of "Christ" is "Christ's Christianity," which affects the dissolution of a mortal sense of life, and reveals the original perfection of man (all mankind).  "This is the idea which, stemming from the depths of the Scriptural unfoldment, breaks through the testimony of the physical senses, the seals imposed on the Lamb's book of life, which otherwise keeps the message of salvation locked away from mankind."  (Brown, From Genesis to Revelation, p.6;  much of the past two pp. are attributable to Brown on pp.2-6 ) Heaven is our true consciousness---the consciousness of Life, Truth, and Love, the understanding that we are not "going up to heaven to be with God," but that we are here and now the very operation and functioning of the Science of the universe which man has named "God."  Our individual bodies are forms, outlines of Spirit, Mind-substance.  Our Mind has complete dominion over our body, governs it with the laws understood and used by Jesus when he healed all manner of inharmonies, walked on water, fed five thousand, raised the dead including himself, walked through closed doors, etc., etc.  This consciousness that knows no matter is the Third Degree, the "Spiritual."  Therefore, though moral qualities are requisite,  we still need to let go of the mortal mind beliefs that we are still at times separated from "wisdom, purity, spiritual understanding, spiritual power, love, health, holiness." 
These are the third degree qualities.  "In the third degree mortal mind disappears, and man as God's image appears. "  (S&H 116) Does this mean we will lose our bodies and be some kind of vapory ghost-like beings?  NO!  Jesus' body was still identifiable by his disciples after his resurrection, and Moses and Elias, talking with Jesus,  were recognized by Peter, James, and John on the mount.  (Mark 9:4)  We will find ourselves to be more and more unhindered because of a less mass-and-weight sense of ourselves;  our bodies will take on an ageless appearance and our senses become extra-sharp and clear.  Our identities are ours forever, though we know not how we will change after ascending.  When Jesus ascended, he did not lose his body, but 
245 
it became more scientifically practical as it was unloosed from material restrictions.  His disciples could not see what they could not comprehend at that time.  We will, as individualized Mind, always manifest a body.  Jesus was able to say, "Before Abraham was, I Am."  (John 8:58)  We will all learn that this can be said by each of us!  If we live after so- called death, we lived before so-called birth.  We have never truly had a "beginning." 
“Three fundamental spiritual factors stand out to us which together epitomize the entire Scriptural teaching.  They are the Prophets, the Gospels, and the Epistles.  The true idea of man and the universe, found in the Gospels, is, in the Prophets, held in the heart of its timeless Principle.  This idea comes from Principle, returns to Principle, yet remains forever within the embrace of its determining, all-governing Principle.  The impact which the idea makes upon human consciousness disabuses mankind of the belief that man ever fell away from God.  This regathers humanity (as the idea itself) to its original unfallen position. 
Volume 2 will begin a synopsis of the Scriptures, from the Book of Genesis to the Book of Revelation.  Each Book will be interpreted from the standpoint of Christian Science.  As already discussed, Mrs. Eddy's revelation, Science And Health with Key to the Scriptures, the Comforter promised by Christ Jesus, presents mankind with the Key which allows mankind to unlock the Scientific meaning of the Scriptures.  Mrs. Eddy writes: "From beginning to end, the Scriptures are full of accounts of the triumph of Spirit, Mind, over matter.  Moses proved the power of Mind by what men called miracles;  so did Joshua, Elijah, and Elisha.  The Christian era was ushered in with signs and wonders. There are two golden threads we will see woven throughout the Books of the Bible-- -the dominion of Spirit over so-called matter and the unfoldment of God's Womanhood/Motherhood.  This entire history of mankind from Genesis to Revelation expresses man's translation from depravity to morality to divinity, from belief in man's fragmentation to the understanding of man as an indivisible whole.  It encompasses the "foursquare city" or divine Consciousness of man, the Consciousness of Love.  This "city" or divine consciousness operates in four ways---as the manifestation of Scientific revelation, the Word---the manifestation of Truth---the Christ;  the manifestation of good will towards men---Christianity;  the manifestation of government by divine Principle---Science.  The Books of the Bible also follow the order of  the "Days of Creation." This natural order is the apprehension of God's seven-fold nature down through the ages---His nature as Mind (Source of all of man's real intelligence), the first thousand-year period of man's history, to Love (holiness, man understanding himself as the holy image of Love), the seventh thousand-year period, which started around the year 2,000. "The Bible, spiritually understood, is the story of the human race solving, by means of the divinely revealed system of ideas ("the seven" [7 synonyms for God] in action as "the four" [the Word, Christ, Christianity, and Science), the problem of being..."  (Brown, From Genesis...25) 
246 
Bibliography 
Alexander, Eben Dr., Newsweek Magazine article fall 2008 Ali, Ahmed Farag, Zewail, City of Science & Tech.(Egypt) Physics Letters B, Lisa Zyga, Physics.org, Feb. 9, 2015 Allen, Dr. Allen D., Matter Doesn’t Exist, Look Magazine, April 5, 1955 Barr, Stephen M. , Modern Physics & Ancient Faith, University of Notre Dame Press, 2003 Basler, Roy P., The Collected Works of Abraham Lincoln, Vol. 6 Bates, Edward, Reminiscenes of Mary Baker Eddy, Gethsemane Foundation, St. Maries ID 2nd edition Beasley, Norman, The Cross & the Crown, Duell Sloan & Pierce, New York , Little Brown & Co., 1952 
Bigelow, John, The Works of Benjamin Franklin Federal Edition, Vol. 2 Bohm, David, Wholeness & the Implicate Order Boston Globe, Aug. 28 1901, article about Mrs. Eddy’s appearance on Governor’s Day at the Concord State Fair Boston Herald, Jan. 1895, Pulpit & Press pg. 40 Brook, Peggy M., The Bible as Our Life, Book I Genesis-Ruth,Book 2; 1st Samuel-Esther; God’s Nature as Principle; Job an Interpertation;The Foundational Book Co., for the John W. Doorly Trust, London England 1982 Brookes, Warren T., No Walls in the Quantum Economy of Mind, The Bookmark 1990 Brown, Gordon, Civilization Lieth Foursquare, Publisher Gordon & Estelle Brown, England, 1987, 3rd Edition Brown, Gordon, From Genesis to Revelation, Gordon & Estelle Brown, England 1984 Brown, Gordon, From Genesis to Revelation, Gordon & Estelle Brown publisher, England 1984 Britian & America, C.S., Research Library, Christian Science Foundation, Cambridge, England, 1990 Carpenter, Gilbert C., C.S. B., Miscellaneous Documents (from multiple authors) Relating to CS also essays on C.S. ascribed to Mary Baker Eddy Carpenter, Gilbert, Compiler, Fragments Gathered From Unpublished Items Chapman, Larry Eric Stanford Rick James, Has Science Discovered God? Website Y-Jesus.com Chopra, Deepak, Mensus Kafatas Md.,Bernard Kastrup,PhD,Rudolph Tanzi PhD, Website SFgate.com, Why a               Mental Universe is the Real Reality, Nov. 30, 2015 Columbus, Christopher, The Book of Prophesies, Writings of Christopher Colombus part I Vol. 2 d’Humy, Fernand, The Latter Days: with Evidence from the Great Pyramid, London, 1895 Daily Inter-Ocean, Chicago, Ill. Pulpit & Press, Mary Baker Eddy, pg. 23 Das, Saurya, Univ. of Lethbridge,  Alberta Canada, Physics Letters B, Lisa Zyga, Physics.org Feb. 9, 2015 
Davies, Phil, God & the New Physics, Touchtone Book, publisher Simon & Schuster, 1983 Davis, William, William Bradford History of Plymouth Plantation;Documents of American History Denton, Michael J., Nature’s Destiny Dewey, Barbara, Consciousness & the Quantum Behavior, Bartholomew Books Dickey, Adam H. CSD, Memoirs of Mary Baker Eddy, Lillian S. Dickey, CSB, Brookline, MA 1927 
247 
Doorley, John, Talks on the Science of the Bible Vol. 1,The True & False Accounts of Creation The Foundational Book Co. Limited, 1947, Talks at Oxford Summer School Vol. 2 Matthew & Revelation 1948, Luke & John 1949 The Foundational Book Company for the John W. Doorley Trust, London England Drell, Dr. Sydner, Daedalus, 1977 Dummetow’s One Vol. Bible Commentary, Macmillan Publishing Co. New York 1973 Eddington, Sir Arthur, Arthur Stanley Eddington, by Douglas, Miscellaneous Documents Eddy, Mary Baker G., Prose Works, published by the Trustees under the Will of Mary Baker G. 
Eddy Miscellaneous Writings (MIS), Retrospection & Introspection(RET), Unity of Good (UN), Pulpit & Press (PUL), Rudimental Divine Science (Rud), No & Yes (NO), Christian Science versus Pantheism (PAN), Message to the Mother Church, 1900 (00), Message to the Mother Church 1901 (01), Message to the Mother Church, 1902 (02), Christian Healing (HEA), The People’s Idea of God (PEO), The First Church of Christ Scientist & Miscellany (MY) Eddy, Mary Baker G., Science & Health with Key to the Scriptures, published by the First Church of Christ, Scientist, Boston, MA, USA Einstein, Albert, New York Times article, 1930, G.S. Viereck, Glimpse of the Great, 1930 Ferguson, Kitty, The Fire in the Equations Fosbury, Aurthur F. C.S., Healings Done by Mrs. Eddy, private publisher Frye, Calvin A., Diary, Photostat Edition, not paginated Green, History of the English People Greenwood, Samuel, Footsteps of Israel, private publisher, Pre-Existence , The Bookmark Grekel, Doris CS, Principle & Practice, Science in Education, Oakhurst, CA 1978 Grekel, Doris, The Discovery of the Science of Man, Healing Unlimited, 1999 Grekel, Doris, The Forever Leader, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Healing Unlimited 1901-1910, Healing Unlimited 1999 Grekel, Doris, The Founding of Christian Science;  The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, 1888-1900, Healing Unlimited, 1999 Seattle Washington Grekel, Doris, The Individual Christian Scientist Volume 36 Jackson Patriot, Jackson Michigan, Jan. 20 1895 Jeans, Sir James, Physics & Philosophy Jowett, George F., The Drama of the Lost Disciples, Covenant Publishing Co. Ltd. 
Kaku, Michio, Parallel Worlds, Anchor Books, Random House, Inc. , 2005 Keyston, David L., The Healer, Healing Unlimited, Seattle, Washington Keyston, David, The Healer, Cross & Crown Publications & Healing Unlimited, 1996 King James Bible, Cambridge University Press, Distributed by The Christian Science Publishing Society, USA King, Karen, The Gospel of Mary of Magdala, Poleridge Press, 2003 Ladies Home Journal, featured a 2 page article: Mary Baker Eddy whose name is known to thousands all over the civilized world, 1903 Lemurier, Peter, The Great Pyramid Decoded, Revised Edition,  Element Books Inc., Rockport Mass. 1996 Life Magazine, included Mary Baker Eddy in a special report about Remarkable American Women from 1776-1976 McCalls Magazine, listed Mary Baker Eddy as one of the most eminent women in history, 1959 McTaggart, The Field, Harper Collins Publishers, 2002 Montreal Daily Herald, Feb. 2, 1895 
248 
Morgan, John, Scientific Translation, Elmdon Publications, Elmdon, Saffron Walden, Sussex England, 1981 Morgan, John, Sermon on the Mount, The Gospel of Mark, Elmdon Publications 1980 Morgan, John,  Felixstowe Summer School, 1955 National Magazine, rated Mary Baker Eddy as “standing eighth in a list of twenty two of the foremost living authors, 1903 Oakes, Richard, CS compiler, Divinity Course & General Collectaneas of Items…Rare Book Company, Freehold NJ 1995 Essay and Other Footprints, Red Book Edition, Mary Baker Eddy’s Six Days of Revelation, CS Research Library, 1981 One Volume Bible Commentary, edited by J.R. Dummelow, Macmillan Publishing, 1973 Orcutt, William Dana, Mary Baker Eddy & Her Books, CS Publishing Society, 1950 Orgain, Alice, As It Is, The Johnson & Hardin Co. Cincinnati, OH, 1932 Peloubet’s Bible Dictionary, John Winston Co. Philadelphia PA 1947 Penrose, Roger, The Emperor’s New Mind, Oxford University Press, 1989 People & Patriot, Prose Works Pulpit & Press, Concord, NH, Feb. 27, 1895 Putnam, Robert C. ,Items on the Science of Life, Vol. 3, 1996 published R. Putnam, Mountain Lakes, NJ Religion and Ethics News Weekly, listed Mary Baker Eddy among the top 25 most influential religious leaders of the 20th century, 2002 Rieke, Dorothy, My Grace is Sufficient for Thee, A Collection of Articles on Christian Science, Publisher The Bookmark Santa Clarita, CA, p. 15 Riffert, George, Great Pyramid, Proof of God Rosten, Leo, The Story Behind the Painting Schroeder, Gerald, The Science of God Scofield Reference Bible Shannon, Clara M. Sainsbury, Golden Memories, The Gethsemane Foundation, St. Maries, Idaho Shipman, Emma, Reminiscence, Church History 95 Falmouth St. 1902 Smillie, Paul R., The Father, the Prodigal, and the Citizen, The Gethsemane Foundation, St. Maries, ID, 1988 
Smillie, Paul, In Defense of Mary Baker Eddy & the Remnant of Her Seed, The Gethsemane Foundation, St. Maries ID 2008 Smillie, Paul, Mary Baker Eddy: The Prophetic & Historical Perspective, Vol. 1, The Gethsemane Foundation, St. Maries, Idaho, 1979 Smith, Clifford P., Historical & Biographical Papers, CS Publishing Society, 1914 & 1934, 1st & 2nd editions Spencer, Ralph, The Overwhelming Evidence, Spiritual Healings Thru Mary Baker Eddy, Ralph B. 
Spencer, 90 Noble St., Seekonk, MA, 1963 Fourth Edition Stewart, Irma, The Ten Commandants, Nortle River Press, 311 W.43rd St. New York City Tallmadge, Major Ben, Memoir The Atlantic, List of the 100 Most Influential Americans: Abraham Lincoln, Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin…Mary Baker Eddy, 2006 The Chicago Tribune, selected Mary Baker Eddy as one of 12 female leaders in the last 100 years The National Women’s Book Association, chose Mary Baker Eddy book Science & Health as one of the 75 books by American women whose words have changed the world, 1994 The New York Herald, Mrs. Eddy Shocked , Feb. 6, 1895 The Toronto Globe, Christian Scientists, Toronto, Canada, Jan 12 1895, Pulpit & Press, pg. 75 
249 
Tomlinson, Reverend Irving C., Church History, Mary Baker Eddy: The Prophetic & Historical Perspective, Vol. 1, the Christian Science Publishing Society, Boston MA Tomlinson, Reverend Irving C., Twelve Years with Mary Baker Eddy Viereck, G.S., Glimpses of the Great, 1930 von Weis, Cache & Robert T. Warneck, Mary Baker Eddy Christian Healer amplified edition, Christian Science Publishing Society, 2009 Walker, Evan Harris, The Physics of Consciousness, Perseus Books Group, Basic Books, New York, 2000 Weekend Australian Magazine, listed Mary Baker Eddy with 100 Millennium Women who have made a lasting impression on the world, 2000 West, Brandon, Exploring the Nature of Mind & Our Holographic Brain,project global awakening.com Oct.13,2015 Wigner, Eugene, Genesis & Observership Wilbur, Sybil, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Christian Science Publishing Society, 1907 Wills, Norton B., Thoughts on the Apocalypse, London England, 1853 Wright, Helen M. , Star of Boston, The Life of Mary Baker Eddy, Helen M. Wright publishing, 1984 Wright, Helen M., Humanity’s Divinity, H.M. Wright Publishing Co., Seattle, Washington, 1995 Wright, Helen, America, Cradle for the Second Coming of the Christ, MBE Science Institute, N. Ft. 
Meyers Fl. 
Wright, Helen, History of Plymouth Plantation, Documents of American History, William Davis Wright, Helen, Mary Baker Eddy a New Look, Copyright Helen Wright , 1980 Wright, Helen, The Star of Boston, Helen M. Wright Publishing Co., Seattle, Washington, 1996 
Read more